west Chester state
college bulletin
m 1979-1980
undergraduate studies catalog
ACADEMIC CALENDAR 1979-80
FALL SEMESTER 1979
August 28, Tuesday
August 29, Wednesday
September 3, Monday
November 21 , Wednesday
November 26, Monday
December 15-21, 1979
December 21, Friday
Faculty Meetings (As Per Departmen-
tal Announcements) Late Scheduling
Classes Begin
Labor Day, Holiday
Thanksgiving Recess Begins
(Close of Classes)
Thanksgiving Recess Ends (8:00 a.m.)
Examination Period
Fall Semester Ends (Close of Classes)
January 14, Monday
February 15, Friday
February 25, Monday
March 28, Friday
April 7, Monday
May 10-16, 1980
May 16, Friday
May 17, Saturday
SPRING SEMESTER 1980
Classes Begin
Winter Vacation Begins
(Close of Classes)
Winter Vacation Ends (8:00 a.m.
Spring Vacation Begins
(Close of Classes)
Spring Vacation Ends (8:00 a.m.;
Examination Period
Spring Semester Ends
(Close of Classes)
Commencement
lune 2, Monday
SUMMER SESSIONS 1980
Summer Sessions Begin
'^
WEST CHESTER
STATE COLLEGE
BULLETIN
UNDERGRADUATE STUDIES
1979-1980
West Chester State College is accredited by The Middle States
Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, The National
Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education, The
American Association for Health, Physical Education, and
Recreation, The National Association of Schools of Music,
The Council on Social Work Education, and The Annerican
Chemical Society. West Chester State College is a member of
The Council of Graduate Schools in the United States.
West Chester State College is committed to a policy of non-discrim-
ination in compliance with all applicable Federal and State statutes.
Education programs, activities, and employment at the college are
provided to individuals without regard to marital status, race, color,
national origin, sex, sexual orientation, age, or religious creed. In
addition, the college endeavors to remove any barriers and to pro-
vide opportunity for education and employment of handicapped
persons. This policy of non-discrimination applies to all students,
employees, applicants for admission and employment, and to all
participants in college-sponsored activities. Inquiries regarding
compliance with this policy may be directed to Ms. jeanette Sam,
Director of Affirmative Action, Philips Memorial Hall, West Chester
State College, telephone (21 5) 436-2838.
The provisions of this bulletin are not to be regarded as an ir-
revocable contract between the student and the college. West
Chester State College reserves the right to change any provisions or
requirements at any time.
BBGJtfEtflUe
Academic Calender
(Inside Front Cover)
4 Baccalaureate Programs
9 Introducing West Chester
13 Academic Affairs
23 Campus and Facilities
31 Admission to West Chester
37 Fees and Expenses
43 Financial Aid
51 Student Affairs
67 Structure of
the College
69 Academic Policies
and Procedures
85 Programs of Study and
Course Offerings
230 Administration
232 Faculty
261 Index
271 Map
Communications Directory
(Inside Back Cover)
BACCALAUREATE PROGRAMS at
WEST CHESTER STATE COLLEGE
BACHELOR OF ARTS
American Studies
Anthropology-Sociology
Art
Biology
Economics
Foreign Languages
French Russian
German Spanish
Latin
Geography
History
Literature
Mathematics
Mathematics-Computer
Science
Music
Philosophy
Philosophy-Religion
Physics
Political Science
Political Science-
Public Administration
Psychology
Social Work
Speech Communication
Theatre Arts
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Business Administration
Accounting Management
Economics Marketing
Chemistry
Chemistry-Biology
Chemistry-Geology
Clinical Chemistry
Computer and Information Sciences
Criminal Justice
Earth Science
Forensic Chemistry
Nursing
Public Health
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION
Early Childhood Education
Elementary Education
Secondary Education
Biology
Chemistry
Communications
Earth and Space Sciences
English
Foreign Languages
French German Latin
Spanish Russian
General Science
Mathematics
Physics
Social Studies, Comprehensive
Geography
History
Political Science
Health Education
Health and Physical Education
Music Education
Special Education
Speech Pathology and Audiology
Cooperative Degree
Program for Dental Hygienists
3-2 Program in Engineering
Certification Programs at West Chester
Driver Education and Safe Living Environmental (Outdoor) Education
Athletic Coaching
Continuing Education at West Chester
In addition to the degree and certification programs listed above, West Chester offers a
variety of courses for non-degree students seeking vocational advancement of personal en-
richment. Further details are available from the Continuing Education and Evening Studies
Office, Room 108, Anderson Hall.
^*#i^-
^--^jg^J^^
^^^^'P'^^ ■ ■'
West Chester State College offers four years of
discovery to those who want to
explore the history of the wilds of Chester County;
find, in the familiar,
something new;
develop untapped talents
and curiosities;
cultivate college
friendships that
last a lifetime;
meet the challenge
:m
«Di
^V
11 III \%
II
t
\m '
Si»i
rQii7njni(^rn(£U[S[£
Quality education at a reasonable price . . . this is the goal of West Chester
State College, one of the largest of the fourteen institutions of higher learning
owned and maintained by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. A comprehensive
and multi-purpose college, West Chester serves individuals of all ages offering a
variety of programs to fill their educational needs.
Listed in detail on page 4, these encompass liberal arts, science programs,
teacher training and certification, preparation for advanced study in fields such
as medicine and law, education for specific professions, and continuing educa-
tion.
Total enrollment at West Chester includes about 6,000 full-time undergraduate
students, about 1,200 part-time undergraduates, and nearly 1,500 graduate stu-
dents. While most of these are recent high school graduates preparing for career
objectives, many others are older individuals including veterans and home-
makers who either never before had the opportunity for a college education or
whose schooling was interrupted.
While the school's primary function is the education of Pennsylvania residents,
high quality students from other states and foreign countries are welcome. West
Chester's student body represents a cross section of many ethnic, racial, and reli-
gious groups and includes students from all economic levels.
Like the world around it. West Chester State College is constantly changing
and growing. The school continues to broaden and modify the nature and num-
ber of its programs to reflect the needs of its students in their endeavor to pre-
pare themselves for success and fulfillment in life.
HISTORY OF THE COLLEGE
Although its founding year is 1871, the college in fact has deeper roots tracing
from the West Chester Academy, a private, state-aided school which existed from
1812 to 1869. The academy enjoyed strong support from the highly intellectual
Chester County Society of the pre-Civil War decades. It was recognized as one of
Pennsylvania's leading preparatory schools, and its experience in teacher-train-
ing laid the groundwork for the normal school years that were to follow.
As the state began to take increasing responsibility for public education, the
academy was transformed into West Chester State Normal School, still privately
owned but state-certified. The normal school admitted its first class of 160 stu-
dents on September 25, 1871. In 1913 West Chester became the first of the nor-
mal schools to be owned outright by the Commonwealth.
West Chester became West Chester State Teachers College in 1927 when Penn-
sylvania initiated a four-year program of teacher education. In 1960, as the Com-
monwealth paved the way for liberal arts programs in its college system. West
Chester was renamed West Chester State College, and two years later introduced
the liberal arts program which turned the one-time academy into a comprehen-
sive college.
LOCATION OF THE COLLEGE
West Chester State College is in West Chester, a town which has been the seat
of government in Chester County since 1786 With a population of about 20,000,
the borough proper is small enough to have the pleasant aspects of a tree-shaded
American town, large enough to contain essential services and the substance of a
vigorous community, and old enough to give the student first-hand touch with
America's early history.
Students may walk to West Chester's many churches. The town has excellent
stores and shops and a fine hospital. In the heart of town is its courthouse, a
classicial revival building designed in the1840's by Thomas U. Walter, one of the
architects for the Capitol in Washington, DC. West Chester was settled in the
early 18th century, principally by members of the Society of Friends; charming
traces of their culture remain in the community.
West Chester today is part of the rapidly growing suburban complex surround-
ing Philadelphia and offers interesting opportunities for the study of local, coun-
ty, and regional government in a period of change and growth
Philadelphia is 25 miles to the east and Wilmington 15 miles to the south, put-
ting the libraries, museums, and other cultural and historical resources of both
cities in easy reach. Valley Forge, the Brandywine Battlefield, Longwood Gar-
dens, and other historical attractions are near West Chester
HOW TO REACH WEST CHESTER
The Borough of West Chester is easily accessible from all directions both by
car and public transportation Route 3, the West Chester Pike, leads directly into
town from center-city Philadelphia From the Pennsylvania Turnpike, motorists
traveling west should take Route 202 south from the Valley Forge Interchange
while those traveling east can arrive via Route 100 south from the Downingtown
Interchange. From the south. Route 202 from Wilmington and Route 100 and 52
from US Route 1 all lead to West Chester
Public transportation includes SEPTA buses which run from the 69th Street
Terminal in Philadelphia into the center of town and the Penn Central Railroad
which operates a limited schedule from Philadelphia's 30th Street and Suburban
Stations to West Chester.
BACCALAUREATE PROGRAMS
West Chester State College offers certification programs and programs of study
leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science
in Education and Bachelor of Science. These are listed on page 4. Programs of
study at the graduate level are also available. These are listed briefly on page 21
and are described in detail in the college bulletin of graduate studies
INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS AND OFFERINGS
Among West Chester interdisciplinary programs — drawing upon the resources
of two or more of the college's schools — is one which leads to the bachelor's de-
10
gree and others which provide transcript recognition. They are
American Studies— Bachelor of Arts
Ethnic Studies — Transcript recognition
Latin American Studies — Transcript recognition
Russian Studies — Transcript recognition
Women's Studies — Transcript recognition
^ifS^'7.
WE'jT CHESTER 7E/\TE COLLEGE
11
GRADUATE PROGRAMS See page 21
PRE-PROFESSIONAL STUDY AND ADVISEMENT
West Chester State College recognizes that some students will select a career
goal which will require pursuit of an academic degree after the baccalaureate,
either in a graduate school or at a professional school Students with such goals
are encouraged to discuss them with appropriate members of the faculty.
Pre-Law. Students who are contemplating going on to law school should take part
in the pre-law advisory program, conducted by the Department of Government
and Politics, and select major and elective courses which will provide a sound
foundation for later studies in law school. The program of study pursued by the
pre-law student will depend in part upon the interests of the student and upon
the student's breadth of competence in oral and written communication. Pre-law
students may be found in a variety of major fields of study. They are encouraged
to participate in the Law Club.
Pre-Theology. Pre-seminary students tend to major in Religious Studies under the
auspices of the Department of Philosophy but select courses from a wide variety
of fields of study in order to be better prepared to cope with the variety of
secular problems which they will confront in their chosen calling. Students in-
terested in post-graduate studies in theology and religious studies should work
out their programs of study with the Department of Philosophy.
Pre-Health. Students interested in graduate studies in one of the health pro-
fessions (dentistry, medicine, optometry, osteopathy, veterinary medicine) are
encouraged to apply for admission to the pre-professional program which is
supervised by members of the Departments of Biology and Chemistry. More
about this program may be found under the pre-professional listing in the section
on Programs of Study and Course Offerings later in this catalog.
INTERNSHIPS
A number of departments offer the opportunity for internships in which
students may be employed in their field of interest for college credit. Among the
departments at West Chester with internship programs are American Studies,
Chemistry, English, Geography and Planning, Government and Politics, History,
Psychology and Speech Communication and Theatre. Additional information is
available under the various department listings and from the departments.
STUDENT TEACHING
Student teaching is to be taken in the seventh or eighth semester and normally
culminates the professional experience in pre-service preparation for teaching.
13
Students are required to file applications for student teaching one year prior to
their student-teaching semester. Regular meetings for student-teaching registra-
tion are scheduled annually early in the semester Prospective student teachers
must attend one of these meetings.
Students must do their teaching in stations in school areas where the college
holds a contract for student teachers.
To be eligible for student teaching, candidates must have senior standing (96
semester hours) and a cumulative index of 2 00 (C) or higher and should have
completed all course work required in at least the first six semesters and satisfied
competencies for the degree. Criteria for student teaching approval occasionally
change. Students should contact departments for requirements.
NATIONALTEACHER EXAMINATION
The college provides an annual opportunity for students to take the National
Teacher Examination Details may be secured from the Career Development
Center.
TEACHING CERTIFICATES
Instructional I Certificate. A student who satisfactorily completes one of the
college's teacher education curricula receives his degree from the college and
qualifies for an Instructional I Certificate, which is issued to him by the Pennsyl-
vania Department of Education.
In the elementary field, this certificate qualifies the holder to teach in Penn-
sylvania's elementary schools for three years.
In the secondary field, this certificate qualifies the holder to teach the speci-
fied subject in Pennsylvania's secondary schools for three years.
In health education, health and physical education, music education, foreign
languages, and speech correction, the certificate qualifies the holder to teach the
specified subject in the public schools of Pennsylvania for three years
Instructional II Certificate. This certificate requires three years of successful
teaching in the public schools of Pennsylvania under the Instructional I
Certificate and the satisfactory completion of 24 semester hours of additional
work of collegiate grade, completed after issuance of the baccalaureate degree.
This certificate is a permanent license to teach in Pennsylvania
All or part of the educational requirements for this credential may be obtained
through approved in-service programs
EXTENSION OF TEACHING CERTIFICATES
1. A college certificate valid for a secondary field may be extended to include
the elementary field by completing a program designed by the Department of
Early Childhood and Elementary Education.
2. A college certificate valid for the elementary field may be extended to include
any subject of the secondary field by completing the college's field require-
ment for it and the related methods course.
3. A college certificate valid for a secondary field may be extended to include
additional academic subjects by completing the college's field requirements
for them.
14
«
§Blllr ^ m'
16
MARINE SCIENCE CONSORTIUM
As a charter member of the Marine Science Consortium, West Chester, along
with 1 7 other colleges and universities, provides opportunities for field studies in
marine sciences at Lewes, Deleware, and Wallops Island, Virginia. Under-
graduate and graduate courses are given each summer in five three-week ses-
sions. The consortium offers courses in navigation, scuba diving, geology, biol-
ogy, chemistry, and physics as well as cruises on two ocean-going vessels. Coastal
navigation, marine ecology, and marine geophysics are examples of recent of-
ferings. During fall and spring semesters field trips to the stations are taken by
classes in biology and earth sciences. For more information, consult either the
Department of Biology or Department of Earth Sciences.
OVERSEAS STUDY
The Junior Year Abroad Program, sponsored by the college, makes it possible
for interested students to spend one or more semesters in France. Those inter-
ested in the French language pursue two semesters at the University of Montpel-
lier. Students with interests in other areas of French life and culture may develop,
with their departments, independent study programs or projects which can be
facilitated by the West Chester faculty member in residence in Montpellier. See
Department of Foreign Languages for details. The Consortium of Pennsylvania
State Colleges sponsors an annual summer studies program conducted in English
in Salzburg, Austria. Periodically, several of the schools offer field-study courses
which take place in Europe or other overseas locations.
NATIONALSTUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM
West Chester is one of approximately 40 American colleges and universities,
ranging from the University of Hawaii at Manoa to the Universities of Maine and'
South Florida, which participate in the National Student Exchange Program. The
project gives students an opportunity to widen their cultural and academic hori-
zons through a semester or a year of study in another part of the Unjted States
without paying out-of-state tuition fees or incurring such complications as credit
transfers. The exchange usually takes place during the sophomore or junior years
so that returning students may share their experiences with students on the West
Chester campus. In order to qualify for the program, applicants must be full-time
students with a 2.5 grade point average. The annual recruitment program takes
place during the fall semester with placement for the following school year oc-
curring midway through the spring semester.
THE CENTER FOR ACADEMIC INFORMATION AND ADVISING
The Center for Academic Information and Advising provides the following
services for an exploratory major (undeclared major) as well as for non-degree
and part-time students who have not yet declared a major:
Advisement at the time of preregistration;
Information regarding various programs offered by the college;
Guidance in and instructions for declaring a major; and
Interpretation of college, school and department regulations, rules and re-
quirements
The center also makes information regarding college services available to late
afternoon and evening students.
17
THE WOMEN'S CENTER
The Women's Center is open to all women of West Chester State College, and
has a particular interest in serving the needs of the returning woman student Lo-
cated in the Learning and Research Center (Room 139), the Women's Center pro-
vides a lounge area for conversation, study, and snacks, campus and community
referral services; peer counseling; special interest programs (lectures, films, etc.);
and a drop-in center for children. For more information call (215) 436-2122.
CONTINUING EDUCATION AND EVENING STUDIES
West Chester State College is concerned about the educational needs of every-
one beyond compulsory school age who is interested in educational opportuni-
ties on either a full-time or part-time basis. This includes individuals who can be
served during the regular college schedule and those who require different and
convenient hours and ways to continue their education
Persons interested in taking advantage of the various opportunities available
through continuing education are enrolled in educational programs for a variety
of reasons. They may be pursuing a degree, upgrading skills, or seeking personal
and professional growth and enrichment.
Participants also represent a wide range of age, experience, and economic sta-
tus. They include recent high school graduates who are unable to attend college
full-time, older students who return to college or enroll for the first time, em-
ployed individuals looking for advancement or a change in career, and many
who wish to broaden their personal horizons through study.
West Chester's Continuing Education and Evening Studies Program serves an
ever widening community with an increasing variety of credit and non-credit pro-
grams and special activities designed to meet individual and organizational
needs. Current programs include:
(1) A wide variety of undergraduate college credit courses are offered during
the evening for persons wishing to continue their education on a part-time
basis. These courses are presently offered by the college departments and
are creditable toward a regular degree when proper criteria and require-
ments are satisfied. Requirements for undergraduate evening courses are
the same as those for the regular academic program. Any reference or in-
quiry should be directed to; Office of Continuing Education and Evening
Studies, 108 Anderson Hall, West Chester State College, West Chester,
Pennsylvania 19380(215)436-2811.
(2) Non-college credit studies and activities are accomplished in terms of a
Continuing Education Unit (CEU) which operates under the ratio of one
CEU for each ten (10) contact hours. These non-credit programs are sched-
uled during the year to serve a greater number of individuals and organiza-
tions with more diversified programs Admission is largely on the basis of
interest, and work is ungraded but is recognized by special certificates
designatingCEU's earned.
(3) In-service courses which may carry graduate credit, in-service credit, or
both are also offered by the college. In-service courses in teaching require
the college and one or more intermediate units to cooperate in sponsor-
ship. For information or assistance in non-credit and in-service courses con-
tact: Education Development Center, 811 Roslyn Ave., West Chester, Penn-
sylvania 19380(215) 436-2833
The Continuing Education and Evening Studies Program operates under the
18
guidance of a college-wide committee It functions under the aegis of the vice-
president for academic affairs.
ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS
Along with other colleges throughout the nation, West Chester has faced its
responsibilities toward the special students on the American scene; the young
people from ethnic and lower-income groups, with differing cultural
backgrounds, whose educational experiences and opportunities have suffered as
a result of neglect and inequalities within our society.
West Chester is responding to this with it's Academic Development Programs,
including an Act 101 program which accepts students who would not qualify for
regular admissions and in most cases could not attend college without financial
aid. The programs have demonstrated that these young people can succeed
academically under the impetus of a specifically designed entry program.
Facets of the programs include academic preparation during a nine-week sum-
mer program, continued tutorial assistance and counseling support, and
individualized attention to the social and cultural needs of participating
students.
The program has grown steadily both in enrollment and in the scholastic
achievement of its students. Those with a relatively good academic background
in specific subject areas may now enroll in summer courses and earn up to nine
credits. Others engage in supportive remedial programs designed according to in-
dividual needs. Additional information may be obtained from the Academic De-
velopment Programs Office, Ruby Jones Hall.
SUMMER SESSIONS
West Chester offers programs for both undergraduates and graduates during
summer sessions
Summer session catalogs, containing the course schedules, may be obtained
from the director of admissions (for undergraduate studies) and the dean of
graduate studies (for graduate studies)
VETERANS' AFFAIRS
Under the provisions of Title 38, West Chester State College is an accredited
college for the education of veterans. The college cooperates with the Veterans
Administration to see that honorably separated or discharged veterans receive
every consideration consistent with either degree or non-degree admission stand-
ards.
All veterans, certain dependents of disabled or deceased veterans, and war
orphans who wish to obtain educational benefits under the appropriate public
laws must register with the Office of Veterans' Affairs at college registrations.
Veterans must renew their registration with this office at the beginning o' each
subsequent semester and each summer session. The Veterans Administration re-
quires students who are veterans to schedule at least 1 2 s.h. per semester in order
to receive full benefits under the G.I. bill.
A representative of the Veterans Administration is in the Veterans' Affairs Of-
fice part-time, counseling and acting as liaison between students and the Vet-
erans' Affairs Office in financial and other matters.
19
The Veterans' Affairs Office also advises students on Selective Service mat-
ters.
ARMED SERVICES ROC PROGRAM
The college, with the approval of the Board of Trustees, permits West Chester
students enrolled in the Armed Services Reserve Officer Candidate Program
(ROC) to receive six semester hours of baccalaureate credit upon successful com-
pletion and certification of ROC military requirements. Such credits are classi-
fied as free elective transfer credits. Depending on the status of a student's pro-
gram at the time of ROC credit transfer, these credits will be counted toward, or
in excess of, the 1 28 credits required for a baccalaureate degree
ROC programs are contingent upon successful completion of military require-
ments during vacation and the award of a college degree before being granted
the service commission. The programs cover the Navy's Basic and Advanced
Reserve Officer Candidate courses and the Marine Corps' Junior and Senior
Platoon Leadership courses.
INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION
The general objectives of West Chester's program are to promote interest in in-
ternational studies and in the analysis of America and ourselves as we fit into the
world community. The Office of International Education, located in the Old Li-
brary, has on file opportunities for study throughout the world. It develops a pro-
gram in Austria and Mexico each summer and promotes extensive study abroad
for majors in Spanish, French, and German and the office administers a program
for waiver of fees for foreign students, publishes a newsletter, brings speakers
and exhibits to the campus, and reviews the laws related to foreign students and
international education. It has provided the opportunity for 200 students to
study conversational Chinese, Portugese, Japanese, Hebrew, Polish, Vietnamese,
Persian, and Creek in the past three years and has recruited six faculty members
to teach abroad in as many years. The office has represented the college in the
Pennsylvania Consortium for International Education, and has helped to com-
plete reports for funding of projects in India, Pakistan, and Egypt The American
Association of State Colleges and Universities has cited West Chester for effec-
tive integration of foreign students into its curriculum. In 1977 fifty foreign stu-
dents were enrolled on campus. In the past five years over two hundred West
Chester students have participated in study programs in other countries.
20
GRADUATE STUDIES
West Chester's graduate program, introduced in 1959, has expanded rapidly
and now offers study leading to Master of Education, Master of Arts, Master of
Science, and Master of Music degrees. West Chester schedules its graduate
courses during the fall and spring semesters in the late afternoon and evening. It
is possible to pursue full-time graduate programs during the academic year and
during summer sessions.
The following graduate programs are offered:
Certification
and/or Master
of Education
Biology
Counselor Education
(At West Chester State College, the
master's degree is required for those
seeking certification In counselor
education )
Driver Education and
Safe Living (Certifi-
cation only)
Elementary Education
English
French
Geography
German
Health and Physical
Education
Industrial Media
Education
Latin
Mathematics
Reading
Secondary Education
Social Science
Concentrations in:
Geography
History
Spanish
Special Education
Teaching the Emotion-
ally Disturbed (Certi-
fication only)
Master of Arts
Biology
English
French
Geography
History
Mathematics
Music
Philosophy
Physical Science
Psychology
Social Science
Concentrations in:
Anthropology/Sociol
ogy
Geography
History
Political Science
Psychology
Spanish
Speech Pathology &
Audiology
Teaching English as
Second Language
Master of Science
Chemistry
Counselor Education
Criminal Justice
Educational Research
Health and Physical
Education
Instructional Media
Master of Music
Music Education
Music Theory or
Composition
Performance
Graduate catalogs and further information are available from the Office of
Graduate Studies.
21
Ig'
i
^»y r^^™H
Kjbf« 'flHI
:ai
% '
Li
."^^^^^HHE
11
^^^$9
ii
H^JT^fli
Mil '^^
,3|
■* "^A^l^ *«^* 1
' ^ixS^l»f,^\
LSj
DESCRIPTION OF THE CAMPUS
The college has a land area of 551 acres. North campus, an expansion of the
original campus, occupies 94 acres at the southern boundaries of the Borough of
West Chester. South campus, which came into full use in 1970, is a 291-acre ex-
panse of the gently rolling countryside which Andrew Wyeth has defined in his
landscapes of Chester County. In 1977 the college acquired Welkinweir, the gift
of Mr. and Mrs. Everett G. Rodebaugh. The estate consists of 166 acres located 17
miles north of the main campus.
Fronting on South New street 3/4 miles south of the original college, south
campus contains the massive Health and Physical Education Center, which has
won national acclaim for the quality and extent of its teaching, performance, and
research facilities. John A. Farrell Stadium, playing and practice fields, and ten-
nis courts surround the center. Included in the open areas is a stretch of natural
forest, part of which has been conserved as a resource for the natural sciences.
Other sectors are marked for future building development
Architecturally, north campus combines late 19th century, collegiate Gothic,
and contemporary styles. Three of the college's green-hued serpentine stone
buildings, which have given West Chester a unique character for many decades,
are still in use. The college is also know for its magnificent old trees.
A massive building program in the last decade produced a number of major
facilities and utilities which equip the college well for the needs of modern
education. The Learning and Research Center, the library, Mitchell Hall (Fine
Arts), and the Schmucker Science Center are major additions, along with six high-
rise residence halls which span the western side of north campus.
PRINCIPAL BUILDINGS OF NORTH CAMPUS
Anderson Ha// (1938) is a large five-floor classroom building, extensively reno-
vated in 1966, which houses the offices of the dean of the School of Education;
the office of the director of student teaching; the Departments of Business and
Economics, Counselor Education, Elementary Education, Secondary Education
and Professional Studies, Geography and Planning, Instructional Media Educa-
tion, Mathematics, and Psychology, and the Advisement Center.
Elsie Oleita Bull Learning and Research Center (1968), contains the computer
center, a television studio, Turk's Head Theatre, Studio Theatre, COPE/PRIDE
23
Project, Early Childhood Program, and the Offices of Research and Related Serv-
ices, Dean of Academic Services, Registrar, and the Coordinator of Summer
School.
Ehinger Gymnasium (1930) and Hollinger Field House (1949) are connected
buildings serving the School of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation and
housing the Recreational Services Program.
Francis Harvey Green Library (1 966) is described on page 26.
Lawrence Cenfer (1965), houses the Career Development Center, the Counsel-
ing Center, the campus post office, dining halls and a snack bar.
Main Hall (1974) is the newest of the classroom buildings and meets the needs
of many humanities programs. The administrative offices of the School of Arts
and Letters are in Main, as are the Departments of English, Foreign Languages,
History, Philosophy, and Speech Communication and Theatre. A lecture hall
seating 400 and the language laboratory are major features of Main, which
stands on the grounds of the college's original building. Old Main.
Maintenance Building (1968) is a multi-purpose building accommodating the
Plant Maintenance and Department of Law Enforcement offices, various mainte-
nance shops, the Centrex Automatic Telephone Exchange, and the fire detection
center.
Lloyd C. Mitchell Hall (1970), a fine-arts classroom building, is the location of
the Art Department and its exhibition galleries. It also provides additional class-
rooms, practice rooms, and offices for the School of Music whose building
(Swope Hall) is adjacent to Mitchell.
Ruby tones Hall (1899), contains the offices of Graduate Studies, dean of the
School of Social and Behavioral Sciences, and the Department of Government
and Politics
Old Library (1902), a neoclassic serpentine building, contains the Bureau of
Educational Media Services, the Printing-Copying Center, College Information
and Publications, the Social Welfare Center, the Department of Anthropology,
Sociology, and Social Welfare, the Office of International Education, and the
Chester County Instructional Materials Service.
Philips Memorial Hall (1925) is an outstanding example of collegiate Gothic
which houses the Office of the President, the Office of the Vice-President for Ad-
ministration and Fiscal Affairs, the Financial Management Division, the Affirma-
tive Action Office, Philips Memorial Library, the college's largest auditorium, the
faculty lounge, and conference rooms.
Recitation Hall (1892), a serpentine building, holds classrooms, the Department
of Reading, the Reading Clinic, the Department of Nursing, the Department of
Music Education, and the Individual Learning Service Center
Reynolds Hall (1871), a former farm house, is occupied by the College Health
Service and the administrative off ices of the Division of Facilities.
Schmucker Science Center (1968), a two-phase center including the biological
sciences and physical sciences buildings, contains classrooms and laboratories, a
planetarium, astronomical observatory, television studio, an auditorium, and the
Darlington Museum and Herbarium The administrative offices of the School of
Sciences and Mathematics are in Schmucker
Special Education Building (1960) contains classrooms, a clinic area for special
education, and the Departments of Special Education and Urban Education.
24
Swope Hall (1959) houses the School of Music, including offices, classrooms,
an auditorium, choral and instrumental rooms, a music library, and a music lis-
tening room.
Sykes College Union Building (1975), of modern design, contains the Offices of
the Vice-President for Student Affairs, Student Development, Student Housing,
Cultural Affairs and College Events, Student Activities, and the Intracollegiate
Governmental Association. The college book store, conference rooms, lounges,
snack bar, the college newspaper and the college radio broadcasting studio are
also found in Sykes.
Tanglewood, a historic and handsome house with beautiful grounds, is the
residence of the president of the college.
Residence Halls include Killinger (1959), McCarthy (1960), and the following
highrise halls; Goshen, Ramsey, and Tyson (1966); Sanderson (1969); and Schmidt
andWayne(197l).
A boiler plant, water pedisphere, garage, and housekeeping building, along
with several annex houses, complete the physical plant of north campus.
PRINCIPALSTRUCTURESOF SOUTH CAMPUS
Health and Physical Education Center (1970), contains a one-acre gymnasium,
divisible into six pneumatically sealed gymnasiums; a three-point natatorium;
multi-purpose teaching stations; research facilities; administrative offices; 16 lec-
ture classrooms; two dance studios, a physiological research laboratory; two
physical therapy rooms; two sauna baths, and other facilities.
lohn A. Farrell Stadium (1970) provides spectator seating for 7,500 at varsity
football, soccer and track events, a press box, lighting for night games, and con-
cessions and rest areas.
Athletic Field Complex (1969-70) includes playing and practice fields for foot-
ball, hockey, soccer, lacrosse, and baseball; tennis courts; night lighting; and
parking for 1 ,000 cars.
ROBERT B. GORDON NATURAL AREA FOR ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
The college has conserved a large area of natural woodlands, located on south
campus, and utilizes it for several kinds of outdoor studies in the natural sci-
ences. Dedicated in 1973, the area was named for Robert B Gordon, chairperson
of the college's Department of Science from 1938 to 1963.
WELKINWEIR
West Chester's most recent land acquisition is Welkinweir, the 166-acre, north-
ern Chester County estate which was presented to the college as a gift by Mr. and
Mrs. Everett G. Rodebaugh
The stone mansion at Welkinweir dates back to 1750 with an 1800 addition as
well as a wing added in 1940 Filled with a remarkable collection of historically
valuable books, antiques and objects d'art, the residence is now used for con-
certs, seminars and conferences.
Highlights from among the contents include numerous authenticated Chester
County pieces of furniture, an EM. Skinner Automatic Pipe Organ (one of only
five still in existence in working order in the country), a Mason & Hamlin Piano,
antique clocks, an English silver collection, and a variety of oriental rugs.
25
Welkinweir's grounds contain a six-acre, man-made lake and seven ponds;
lawns; forested areas; and unusual plantings. Access to the Appalachian Trail is
possible from the Horseshoe Trail which passes through the property.
FRANCIS HARVEY GREEN LIBRARY
The Francis Harvey Green Library provides an excellent environment for study
and research With the opening of a new six-story addition m the fall of 1976, the
library has added to and greatly expanded its facilities The total complex will
house one-half million books It is furnished with a variety of seating areas in-
cluding individual study carrels; faculty, graduate, and undergraduate studies
and lounges; typing rooms; group studies; seminar rooms; and general reading
areas.
The library has an increasingly important role in both teaching and research
with its growing collection of more than 365,000 volumes and subscriptions to
over 2600 journals Augmenting this general collection with more than 300,000
titles in the micromedia collection including books, periodicals, newspapers and
doctoral dissertations along with the facilities to read this material
Other noteworthy collections can be found in the library complex An exten-
sive holding of courses of study and textbooks and a variety of audio-visual
materials are held in the instructional materials center. Also available are separ-
ate collections for children's literature, government documents, and maps
The Special Collections Room holds the Chester County Collection of scientif-
ic and historical books; the Normal Collection, publications by and about the
faculty and alumni; the Ehinger Collection (a collection of historical books on
physical education); the Biographies of the Signers of the Declaration of Inde-
pendence by John Sanderson; and the Shakespeare Folios. The Philips Auto-
graphed Book Library is kept in a specially designed room in the Philips Memor-
ial Building
West Chester students may take advantage of the library's many services such
as reference, computerized on-line literature searching, interlibrary loan, and
photoduplication. To add to the cultural enrichment of the college community
the library schedules informative displays and art exhibits throughout the year.
MUSIC LIBRARY
The Music Library is part of the college library. Located in Swope Hall it
houses an extensive collection of music, one of the largest of its kind in the Com-
monwealth of Pennsylyania. Its rapidly growing holdings include 18,000 scores
(historical editions, collected works, opera, keyboard, vocal, and instrumental
music) and more than 16,000 33-1/3 rpm. recordings (classical, folk, non-western,
popular). Listening facilities for forty persons are available within the library.
ART COLLECTIONS
The college's permanent art collection is made up primarily of gifts from in-
terested art patrons, senior class purchases, and gifts from the alumni. A different
selection from the collection is placed on view each year in the galleries in Lloyd
C. Mitchell Hall. The Intracollegiate Governmental Association's permanent art
collection also has a growing collection of art works which are on display at
various times in both Mitchell Hall and the Francis Harvey Green Library. The
IGA collection consists of a number of important works such as the water color,
"Andress Place," by Andrew Wyeth.
26
HISTORICAL PROPERTIES
Among a number of historical properties which the college inherited from the
Chester County Athenaeum, a literary society of the early 19th century, are let-
ters to Anthony Wayne from George Washington, Israel Putnam, Benedict Ar-
nold, and others The college also possesses a mahogany clock which belonged
to Benjamin Franklin and Anthony Wayne's telescope. Both were acquired from
the West Chester Academy, forerunner to the present college
DARLINGTON HERBARIUM
The Darlington Herbarium, housed in Schmucker Science Center, is one of the
highly regarded historical collections of dried plant specimens in the East.
Among the 30,000 specimens are plants collected by such famous explorers and
botanists as Captain John Fremont, Thomas Nuttall, Sir William Hooker, C. S.
Rafinesque, and George Engelmann. More than 200 collectors from America's
formative years of 1820 to 1850 are represented. The herbarium was the work of
Dr. William Darlington (1782-1863), a member of the West Chester Cabinet of Sci-
ence. Dr. Darlington was eminent in West Chester as a physician, educator,
banker, businessman, historian, and botanist. His plants, however, were his first
love. A state park has been established in northern California to preserve a rare
species of insectivorous plant named in his honor — Dar//ngton/a.
CHESTER COUNTY INTERMEDIATE UNIT
INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS SERVICE
West Chester is headquarters for this center, which makes more than S,700
films available to the 138 schools it serves The center also maintams the college
film library and promotes effective use of instructional materials and technology
in the 12 affiliated school districts. College faculty and student teachers may
make use of these facilities.
THE EDUCATIONAL DEVELOPMENT CENTER
Cooperatively established and maintained by Cheyney State College, West
Chester State College, and the Pennsylvania Department of Education, the center
is one of a network throughout the Commonwealth in which applied research
findings are used to develop innovative products and programs to improve the
educational process.
This facility assumes a primary responsibility implementing Pennsylvania's ef-
fort to improve urban and bilingual education. It is involved in the coordination
and evaluation of a statewide Urban Elementary School Network and the Penn-
sylvania portion of an Interstate Urban Elementary School Network (also em-
bracing schools in New York and New Jersey). The center provides services de-
signed to (1) identify curriculum needs, (2) improve existing education programs,
(3) design innovative pilot and exemplary programs, (4) assist in grants to support
these projects, and (5) disseminate new and developing programs and concepts.
The Educational Development Center is Pennsylvania's means of liaison
among state, college, and community educational and education-related agen-
cies and institutions.
COMPUTER CENTER
The Computer Center at West Chester serves a variety of users both on and off
27
campus. Many of the college's administrative functions such as registration,
grading, class lists, and billing depend heavily on computer operations.
More important, the college views the computer as a vital instructional and re-
search tool. The Computer Center offers the student and faculty users time-
shared, remote access to its computers. By the use of terminals scattered about
the campus, more than 70 users can simultaneously be served "on-line" while
others can operate in the "batch" mode.
The availability of the computer, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, combined with
the ready availability of terminals — even in the dorms — makes computing a han-
dy tool for the West Chester community.
The academic functions are supported by the ready availability of scientific
languages and software which can be easily used, even by those without com-
puter experience. This includes a variety of statistical software
In addition to the courses designed to teach computing, the computer as a tool
is utilized in many other classes , and systems have also been developed by some
departments for remedial and individual study programs. The Computer Center
will continue to work with faculty in developing new roles for the computer in
the educational process here at West Chester.
BUREAU OF EDUCATIONAL MEDIA SERVICES
The Bureau of Educational Media Services offers a variety of services to the
undergraduate and graduate programs of the college. They are available to the
faculty, administration, and students in the following areas:
1. Graphic arts includes printing, duplicating, copying, photography, illustrat-
ing, mounting, lettering, and projectual production.
2. Television offers live programming from commercial and public broadcast-
ing stations, video taping and replay, studio productions, and portable tele-
vision equipment for remote productions.
3. The Media Center offers equipment and material distribution to the class-
room. This includes the renting of films and other related materials.
4. Media programming includes carrels and materials for individualized in-
struction.
5 Technical services of a non-instructional nature includes the functions of
the Student Electronic and Television Services (SETS).
6. College Information serves as the clearing house for all publicity and
advertising on college activities as well as the achievements of members of
the college community.
7. Publications prepares the college catalogs, brochures, campus maps, and
other major printed material not produced in the Printing-Copying Center.
8 Photography includes services for instructional and administrative pur-
poses
28
29
fleKJCgecGJOJ w
West Chester State College evaluates its applicants on the basis of scholarship,
character and potential for achievement in the programs to which they apply
The college operates on a rolling admissions policy so that applications are re-
viewed as received and applicants can be notified as quickly as possible of their
status. Qualified students of any age as well as faculty and staff are welcomed at
West Chester from all racial, religious, ethnic and socio-economic backgrounds.
Studies may be pursued on a full or part-time basis
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
1 . Graduation, with satisfactory scholarship, from an approved secondary
school or approval by the Credentials Evaluation Division of the Pennsylvania
Department of Education
2. Either a satisfactory score on the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College
Entrance Examination Board (CEEB) or satisfactory scores on the tests given in
the American College Testing Program (ACT).
HOW AND WHEN TO APPLY FOR ADMISSION
For application forms and instructions, send the request form at the back of
this catalog to the director of admissions.
Applicants for a fall semester are urged to begin the application procedure im-
mediately after their junior year of secondary school. If spaces are available, the
director of admissions will accept applications into the spring of the year in
which admission is desired
Applicants for a spring semester should submit the request form by November
1. They must take their SAT or ACT no later than July 31.
Applicants for the nursing program are admitted only for the fall semester
Lasf Day for Admission of New Freshmen. Completed applications generally
should be in the Office of Admissions by July 1 for a fall semester or December 1
for a spring semester If enrollment quotas are filled before these dates, admis-
sions will be closed
Notice of Decisions. Candidates will hear from the director of admissions as
soon as possible after decisions are reached. The applicants' secondary schools
will also be notified.
31
ARRANGING FOR TESTS
Information aboutCEEBorACT may be obtained from guidance counselors or
the Office of Admissions.
POLICY FOR DEFICIENT SCORES
Students whose scores are low on either the Verbal Section of the SAT Test or
the English section of the ACT tests are required to take a basic English course.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS IN SPECIFIC FIELDS
Health and Physical Education and Health Education. See School of Health,
Physical Education, and Recreation for additional admissions requirements.
Mathematics. Mathematics majors must present three secondary units of
mathematics, including algebra and plane geometry
Music. See School of Music for additional admissions requirements.
Nursing. See Department of Nursing.
PHYSICAL EXAMINATION REQUIREMENTS
Except for the health and physical education programs, applicants are not
asked to submit a health reference until they have been accepted for admission
Upon acceptance, they will receive a form for the necessary health examination
Students who are handicapped or medically disabled may be requested to seek
additional advising or counseling for career and course selections
Health and physical education majors. A satisfactory medical report is required
for admission to the health education and health and physical education pro-
grams The necessary form will be supplied by the School of Health, Physical
Education, and Recreation.
POLICY ON EARLY ADMISSION
In exceptional circumstances, students with superior academic qualifications
and unusually mature personal development are admitted as freshmen upon
completing their junior year of secondary school Students who, in the opinion of
their guidance counselor, warrant consideration for early admission may obtain
more information from the director of admissions The closing date for appli-
cation is June 1 .
ACCEPTANCE OF AN OFFER OF ADMISSION
Each applicant who accepts an offer of admission to the college must sign an
acceptance form which includes the following statement: "I hereby submit my-
self to the jurisdiction of the college and agree to be governed by the rules and
regulations of the college now existing or to be adopted during the period in
which I am enrolled as a student."
TRANSFER STUDENTS
Students who previously enrolled, no matter how briefly, in another school of
collegiate rank after graduation from high school are classified as transfer
students. Students whose cumulative grade-point average is less than 2 00 will
not be considered for admission.
32
All application procedures must be completed and in the Office of Admissions
by July 1 for a fall semester or December 1 for a spring semester If enrollment
limits become filled before these dates, admissions will be closed
APPLICATION PROCEDURE FOR STUDENTS TRANSFERRING FROM AN
ACCREDITED INSTITUTION
1 . File a transfer application form, available from the Off ice of Admissions.
2. See that the director of admissions receives:
a. Two official transcripts of records from all institutions attended, with
honorable dismissal shown. If preliminary (incomplete) transcripts are sub-
mitted, the student must see that completed transcripts are filed later
b. Mid-term grades, if the student enrolled elsewhere in the fall semester and
applying to West Chest for the following spring semester.
3. If a student has completed less than 30 semester hours of credit he or she must
supply SAT or ACT scores and a high school transcript.
Upon acceptance, transfer students are given a health report form which must
be completed. Admission is contingent, finally, upon a satisfactory health ref-
erence and successful completion of current course work with at least a C aver-
age as documented by transcripts of all work attempted or completed.
Transfer students should note the paragraph titled "Maintenance of Minimum
Standards" in Academic Policies and Procedures
Transcripts will be evaluated in accordance with the policies of the school and
department to which the student seeks to be admitted After the student has
been admitted, he or she should work out an acceptable program of study in
close consultation with an advisor in the major department.
COLLEGE POLICIES FOR STUDENTSTRANSFERRING FROM A
NON-ACCREDITED INSTITUTION
Applicants from collegiate institutions (including community colleges and
junior colleges) which are not accredited by one of the six regional associations in
the United States will be considered for admission if the applicant's cumulative
index is 2.00(C) or better.
The evaluation of courses listed on transcripts from an institution not ac-
credited by one of the six regional associations will be made by the student's
major department in consultation with the school dean and the dean of
academic services. All evaluations are subject to review by the vice-president for
academic affairs.
ADMISSION OF COLLEGE GRADUATES
SEEKING CERTIFICATION
College graduates who wish to obtain teaching certification should consult
with the School of Education and file an application for undergraduate admis-
sion in the Office of Continuing Studies. Two complete official transcripts must
be sent to the Office of Admissions from each college attended.
READMISSION OF FORMER STUDENTS
Students who have withdrawn from West Chester for acceptable reasons may
ask the Office of Admissions for an application for readmission Those who have
33
attended any institutions of higher learning since leaving West Chester must re-
quest those institutions to forward transcripts of their records to the Office of
Admissions
Students intending to enroll in student teaching in the first semester of read-
mission must file an application for student teaching with the director of student
teaching at least four months before their expected readmission.
All readmission applications generally are to be filed by June 1 for the fall
semester or December 1 for the spring semester. If enrollment quotas become
filled before these dates, admissions will be closed.
34
ai
€%
<A
f^i
yi
>
\fme, ^aj(ij
Fees and Expenses are subject to change without notice.
Unless otherwise specified, fees are paid by checl< or money
order payable to: Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Your canceled
check or money order record serves as your receipt.
UNDERGRADUATE FEES
(as of Spring semester, 1979)
BASIC FEE FOR LEGAL RESIDENTS OF PENNSYLVANIA
Full-time students (between 1 2-1 8 semester hours)
Extra charge for semester hours over 18
Part-time students (11 semester hours or less)
$475.00 per semester
$ 39.00 per semester hour
$ 39.00 per semester hour
BASIC FEE FOR OUT-OF-STATE STUDENTS
Full-time students (between 12-18 semester hours)
Extra charge for semester hours over 1 8
Part-time students (11 semester hours or less)
$890.00 per semester
$ 71.00 per semester hour
$ 71.00 per semester hour
HOUSING FEE
The housing fee for students living in campus residence halls is $537 per
semester and covers room ($315) and meals ($222) while the college is in session.
The college charges commuting students $222 per semester for meals in the
dining hall. These fees are subject to annual adjustment.
COMMUNITY CENTER FEE
Students pay a community center fee based on the number of credits carried:
1 through 6 credits
7 through 9 credits
10 credits or more
The community center fee is not refundable.
37
$ 2.50 per semester
$5.00 per semester
$10.00 per semester
CREDIT BY EXAMINATION
A fee of $25.00 is paid at the Financial Management Division at the time the
examination is scheduled
ROOM RESERVATION FEE
A room reservation fee of $50 is required late in the spring semester, of all cur-
rently enrolled students who apply to the office of the associate deans of stu-
dents for residence hall reservations for their next academic year. These appli-
cations must be made during a three-day period announced each spring in
campus publications. The room reservation fee is not refundable but is credited
to the housing fee for the following fall semester. The room reservation fee must
be paid on the day of application by check or money order drawn to the
"Commonwealth of Pennsylvania "
FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS
Students and their parents or guardians should observe that all fees and ex-
penses are subject to change without notice and that, since the acceptance of a
student is for a semester, financial obligations are for a semester.
The college may authorize deferred payments to worthy upperclassmen who
are full-time students and whose circumstances require an installment payment
schedule. Requests for the installment payment schedule should be sent to the
Student Accounts Office. However, entering new students are expected to make
full payment of fees and expenses by the registration deadline unless they have
supplementary scholarship aid.
ADVANCE PAYMENT OF HOUSING AND BASIC FEES
All students are required to pay their housing and basic fees in advance of
each semester. The college sends bills for these fees preceding each semester. If
payment is not made within the stipulated period, the student is dropped from
the admissions list or the rolls of the college; loses all privileges and priorities, in-
cluding his room reservation; forfeits his room reservation fee and incurs a late
fee.
Payments normally fall due each academic year as follows:
Fall semester Early in July
Spring semester Early in December
Any change in these dates will be shown on fall or spring semester invoices.
Checks should be made payable to the "Commonwealth of Pennsylvania" and
mailed to;
Students Accounts Office
Financial Management Division
West Chester State College
Westchester, Pa. 19380
APPLICATION FEE FOR NEW STUDENTS
An application fee of $10 is required of all applicants. It is not refundable un-
der any circumstance and is not credited to a student's account. The application
fee must be paid by cashier's check or money order(not personal check).
38
ACCEPTANCE FEE FOR NEW STUDENTS
The student accepts an offer of admission by paying an additional $75 as a
guarantee of his intention to enter the college in the semester indicated. This fee
is not refundable, but upon enrollment is credited toward the basic fee. If, before
enrollment, the college finds it necessary to revoke admission on the basis of an
unsatisfactory health report from the student's physician, the acceptance fee will
be refunded. The acceptance fee must also be paid by cashier's check or money
order
DAMAGE FEE
Students are held responsible for damage, breakage, loss, or delayed return of
college property and will be charged for any damage other than that occurring
from normal use or deterioration. If a student damages college property while us-
ing an appliance not provided by the college, he is held liable for the repair of the
college property.
PRIVATE MUSIC INSTRUCTION FEES
Every student whose program requires private lessons pays a basic semester
fee of $45 to cover all half-hour lessons in the curriculum When hour lessons are
required, the fee is $90. Elective and makeup lessons are billed at the rate of $45
per semester for each one-half hour of instruction per week
Students pay no extra fee for the use of practice pianos. They are, however,
charged at mid-semester for:
1 . Pipe organ for practice, one period each weekday, $36 per semester.
2. Band or orchestra instruments, $6 rental per semester.
HEALTH CENTER FEE
A health center fee of $5 is required of all students. The health center fee is not
refundable.
MISCELLANEOUS FEES
Record transcript fee of $1 is charged to students for the second and all subse-
quent transcripts of records. The $1 fee also applies to those not currently en-
rolled.
Late registration fee of $25 is required of students completing registration after
the official registration deadline.
Late payment fee of $5 is charged for overdue payments required during the
semester.
Transient lodging fee of $4.50 for double occupancy, $5.50 for single occu-
pancy, is charged for overnight guests.
Transient meals fee. Breakfast, $1 .00. Lunch, $1 .45. Dinner, $1 .80.
Additional housing fee of $5 per week is required when one person is permitted
to occupy a double room. (This privilege is given only in summer sessions.)
Auditing fee. Students auditing a course are charged the part-time basic fee of
$39 per semester hour if they are residents of Pennsylvania, or $71 per semester
hour if out-of-state students
Dishonored Check Fee of $10 applies to stopped payment checks and checks
drawn for insufficient funds. The late registration fee of $25 also applies as men-
tioned above.
WITHDRAWAL PROCEDURE
Students who wish to withdraw from the college after paying their semester
39
fees must follow the official withdrawal procedure. This procedure begins in the
Office of the Registrar, Room C-40, Learning and Research Center.
POLICIESON REPAYMENTS AND REFUNDS
Refunds cannot be made after the close of the semester. Initiate refund re-
quests immediately by contacting the Office of the Registrar or the Student Ac-
counts Office on the second floor of the Philips Memorial Building.
Basic fee refunds
First through second
week: Full-time students who withdraw completely forfeit
$75.00.
Part-time students who withdraw completely and stu-
dents who drop courses are eligible for 80% refund.
Third week: All students — 70% of basic fee refundable.
Fourth week: All students — 60% of basic fee refundable.
Fifth week: All students — 50% of basic fee refundable.
After fifth week: No refund on basic fee.
The community center fee is non-refundable.
Housing refunds
The $50.00 room deposits are not refundable. If a student registers as a resi-
dent student and changes to commuter status before the end of the sixth week of
classes, he will be eligible for a one-half refund of his room rent. After the end of
the sixth week of classes there is no refund on room rent.
Meal Refunds
The fee for meals may be refunded on a weekly prorated basis. Contact Stu-
dent Accounts Office on the second floor of the Philips Memorial Building for
procedure.
In cases of personal illness, certified by an attending physician, or for other
reasons which may be approved by the Board of Trustees, the college will refund
the portion of the housing and meal fees covering the number of weeks remain-
ing.
Repayment of the application fee or acceptance fee will not be made under
any circumstances.
Repayments will not be made to students who are temporarily or indefinitely
suspended.
PLEASE REFER TO THE SUMMER UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG FOR SUM-
MER SESSION FEES AND POLICIES
BILLING ADDRESSCHANGES
If a student billing address changes during enrollment at the college, the new
address must be given to the Student Accounts Office on the second floor of the
Philips Memorial Building This will avoid delayed delivery of registration materi-
als and grades.
A change in domicile from out-of-state to Pennsylvania requires a notarized af-
fidavit. For information on this procedure, contact the Student Accounts Office
at (21 5) 436-2552.
40
DETERMINATION OF LEGAL RESIDENCE
A student who does not have a Pennsylvania domicile is classified as out-of-
state and pays fees as a non-resident student. The amounts for the activity fees,
room and meal charges, and costs of books and supplies, however, are the same
as for students who are classified as Pennsylvania residents. Domicile is defined
as the place where one intends to and does in fact permanently reside.
Determination of Pennsylvania domicile is made on the basis of documentary
evidence, statements from disinterested persons, and the presumptions set forth
below.
1 . Continuous residence in Pennsylvania for a period of 1 2 months prior to regis-
tration creates a presumption of domicile.
2. A person attempting to establish domicile must have citizenship or proof of
intention to become a citizen or must have been admitted to the United States
on an Immigrant Visa.
3. A minor (i.e., person under 21) is presumed to have the domicile of parent(s)or
a guardian.
4. A member of the Armed Forces who was domiciled in Pennsylvania imme-
diately preceding entry into government service and who has continuously main-
tained Pennsylvania as a legal residence will be presumed to have a Pennsylvania
domicile.
5. A student receiving a scholarship or grant dependent upon domicile from a
state other then Pennsylvania is not domiciled in Pennsylvania. Examples of fac-
tors which may provide convincing documentary evidence include purchase or
lease of a permanent independent residence, payment of appropriate state and
local taxes, transfer of bank accounts, stock, automobile, and other registered
property to Pennsylvania, driver's license, agreement for permanent full-time em-
ployment, membership in organizations such as social, civic, political, athletic,
or religious, voter's registration, statement of intention to reside indefinitely in
Pennsylvania, statement from parent(s) or guardian setting forth facts to estab-
lish a minor's financial independence, and separate residence as documented by
affidavit and/or copy of income tax return.
A student may challenge residence classification by filing a written petition
with the Secretary of Education in Harrisburg where the decision on the chal-
lenge shall be final.
DELINQUENT ACCOUNTS
No student will be enrolled, graduated, or given a transcript of his record until
all charges due at the particular time are paid.
PARKING FEE
The college collects a parking fee of $20.00 per year from the students eligible
to utilize on-campus parking facilities. For details, consult the automobile regu-
lations which accompany the fall semester student bills.
ADDITIONALCOSTS
INTRACOLLEGIATE GOVERNMENTAL ASSOCIATION FEE
Student Government Fee. $35 per semester is collected from all full time under-
graduate students, and $11 per semester from all undergraduate part-time stu-
41
dents. This fee is administered through a cooperative organization under regula-
tions approved by the Board of Trustees. It covers the cost of the extra- and co-
curricular programs in such areas as athletics, various musical organizations, lec-
tures, entertainment, and student publications. $1 represents government dues
a nd will go to the Residence Hall Associat ion (RH A) or Off Campus Student Asso-
ciation (OCSA) depending upon residency status. $1 goes to Commonwealth
Association of Students (CAS)
The ICA fee must be paid promptly upon receipt of the bill, which covers the
semester. Checks should be drawn to ICA and must be mailed with registration
materials.
IDENTIFICATION CARDS
All students — both part-time and full-time — must secure an identification (ID)
card from ICA at a cost of $1, either during orientation or at the beginning of a
semester. The charge for replacement of a lost card is $5
LIBRARY CARDS
The student ID card serves as a library card.
GRADUATION FEE
A graduation fee is required of all degree candidates. No degree will be
granted until this fee is paid. The bill is presented when the student files Notice of
Intention to Graduate. It must be paid to ICA by check or money order drawn to
"Commencement Fund "
GYMNASIUM UNIFORMS
Men students in the B.S. in Health and Physical Education degree program are
required to buy athletic and gym outfits in their first semester and again in their
third semester.
Women Students in the B.S. in Health and Physical Education degree program
must buy uniforms for their first semester. Order forms are sent to each applicant
upon her acceptance by the college A slight additional expenditure is required
of all sophomores.
All other students are required to purchase a regulation gym outfit. For the
women students this is a one-piece suit available at the College Bookstore. For
men the outfit includes a pair of white shorts, a white T-shirt, white socks, and
canvas gym shoes.
SWIM SUITS
Men and women students are required to have a regulation nylon tank suit,
available at the college bookstore.
SPECIALCOSTS FOR NURSES
At the end of their sophomore year, students in the B.S. in Nursing program
must purchase uniforms. Throughout enrollment, students in this program must
carry liability insurance.
42
^COJ^OJl^CdJIL (m
The purpose of the West Chester State College financial aid program, which is
administered by the director of financial aid to students, is to provide financial
assistance to students who can benefit from further education, but who cannot
do so without such assistance. Financial assistance consists of scholarship or
grant assistance and self-help (loans and employment) which may be offered sing-
ly or in various combinations to students who demonstrate financial need. Finan-
cial need is the difference between the cost of attending West Chester State Col-
lege and the financial resources available to the student.
The main responsibility for meeting the student's educational expenses rests
with the family Parents are expected to contribute according to their means, tak-
ing into account their income, assets, number of dependents, and other relevant
information. Students are expected to contribute from their own assets and earn-
ings, including appropriate borrowing against future earnings.
Financial assistance will be offered only after determination that the resources
of the family are insufficient to meet the student's educational expenses. The
amount of assistance offered will not exceed the amount needed to meet the dif-
ference between the student's total educational expenses and the family's re-
sources.
All documents, correspondence, and conversations among the aid applicant,
his or her family, and student aid officers are confidential and entitled to the pro-
tection ordinarily arising from a counseling relationship.
Each applicant for financial aid must:
(1) Be accepted for admission as at least a half-time student at the college, or,
in the case of a student already attending the college, enrolled and in good
standing as at least a half-time degree student
(2) Submit an application for financial aid to the Director of Financial Aid,
Room 103 Lawrence Center, West Chester State College, West Chester,
Pennsylvania, 19380 The necessary form will be included with the admis-
sions material sent to a student after he or she has been formally accepted
at West Chester.
(3) Submit a Financial Aid Form (FAF) by May 1 to the College Scholarship
Service, P O. Box 2700, Princeton, New Jersey, 08540. The FAF may be ob-
tained from high school guidance offices, the College Scholarship Service,
or the director of financial aid at West Chester State College. The College
Scholarship Service code number for West Chester State College is 2659.
(4) Submit, in the case of a transfer student, a summary of prior financial aid
awards to the director of financial aid. The aid summary form can be ob-
tained from the college's Office of Financial Aid.
(5) Submit the official copy of the Federal Basic Educational Opportunity
Grant Student Eligibility Report to the director of financial aid.
43
OUT OF STATE STUDENT
950
1780
630
630
444
444
20
20
70
70
750
750
2864
3694
Please note that submission of the above forms does not automatically entitle
a student to receive financial aid. The Office of Financial Aid follows the guide-
lines established by the federal government for awarding student aid
Because the family's financial status may change from year to year, it is neces-
sary for students to apply for financial aid each academic year.
Unless otherwise specified, requests for scholarships, grants, loans, and em-
ployment opportunities described herein should be made to the Director of
Financial Aid, West Chester State College
SAMPLE COLLEGE BUDGET (1978-79 ACADEMIC YEAR)
FOR A FULL TIME DORMITORY STUDENT
IN STATE STUDENT
Basic Course Fees
Room
Board
Sykes Student Center Fee
Student Government Fee (I.C.A.)
Books, Supplies, Personal & Misc.
Total
NOTE: (1) Full time commuter students should subtract the cost of room and
board from the above budgets.
(2) Part time students are referred to the fees and expenses section of
the catalog.
(3) Approximately 51 % of our students receive financial assistance.
(4) Fees and expenses are subject to change without prior notice.
GRANTS, SCHOLARSHIPS,
AWARDS, AND LOANS
FEDERALGRANTS
BASIC EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANT PROGRAMS (Basic Grants). A
federal program which makes funds available to eligible students attending ap-
proved colleges and other post-high school educational institutions
SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANT (SEOG) PROGRAM.
A federal program for students of exceptional financial need who, without a
grant, would be unable to continue their education.
STATE GRANTS
STATE HIGHER EDUCATION GRANTS TO VETERANS. The Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania has enacted legislation to provide State Higher Education
Grants (formerly called state scholarships) for qualified veterans who need finan-
cial assistance to complete approved programs of post-secondary education All
veterans will be considered for state grant assistance without regard to the fi-
nancial data of their parents or guardians Qualified veterans are eligible for a
grant equal to the cost of their tuition and fees not to exceed a maximum grant of
$1 ,500 at a Pennsylvania school or $800 at a non-Pennsylvania school.
44
THE STATE HIGHER EDUCATION GRANT PROGRAM
The State Higher Education Grant is intended to provide grant aid to Pennsyl-
vania residents who are in need of financial aid to attend a postsecondary school
as full-time, undergraduate students. The amount of the state grant for those who
qualify varies from $100 to $1500 at a Pennsylvania school and normally from
$100 to $600 at a school located outside of Pennsylvania.
LAW ENFORCEMENT EDUCATION
PROGRAM GRANTS
Grants not to exceed $400 per semester are available to students who are eli-
gible personnel of publicly funded law enforcement agencies of federal, county,
municipal, and state government enrolled in or accepted for enrollment on a full
time or part-time basis in the "Criminal Justice Program" and who agree to re-
main in full-time criminal justice employment.
SCHOLARSHIPS AND AWARDS
THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OF WEST CHESTER STATE COLLEGE SCHOL-
ARSHIP EUND A scholarship fund was established by the Alumni Association of
West Chester State College in 1974 to benefit the students of West Chester State
College. The criteria for selection are scholarship, leadership, character, and
need. In addition, the applicant must be enrolled in the sophomore or junior
year. Applications are available annually on the 1st of February from the director
of financial aid or the executive director of the Alumni Association. The awards
are made on Alumni Day each year and are applied to winner's course fees for
the next academic year. A minimum of twenty-two scholarships are awarded
each year, at least twenty for $100.00 and two for $250.00.
LAURY SAMUEL BROKENSHIRE SCHOLARSHIP This $100 scholarship is pre-
sented annually as a memorial to Laury Brokenshire, '59, by his parents, Mr. and
Mrs. James R. Brokenshire, of Reading. It is awarded to an outstanding junior
class music student selected by the School of Music faculty
ROBERT L. CARL MEMORIAL KEYBOARD SCHOLARSHIP. Two $150 scholar-
ships to incoming freshman students who are keyboard majors, in honor of the
late Robert L. Carl, former chairperson of the Department of Keyboard Music,
who taught piano at the college from 1946 until 1971. Applications are made to
the dean of the School of Music.
CHEMISTRY DEPARTMENT SCHOLARSHIP. A $500 award available to a full-
time student majoring in chemistry. Applications are made to the Department of
Chemistry
DR ROBERT E. DRAYER MEMORIAL AWARD. An annual award for the senior
who graduates with the most distinguished record in history, in memory of Dr.
Robert E Drayer, assistant professor of history, who died in 1968 The Depart-
ment of History selects the recipient
FACULTY SENATE SCHOLARSHIP FUND. Annual awards of $200 each are
made each May to undergraduate students. Awards are made on the basis of aca-
demic ability and financial need. Applications are made to the Faculty Senate
Scholarship Fund.
FRESHMAN STRING SCHOLARSHIP A competitive audition scholarship in
the amount of $400 awarded to an incoming freshman music student. Applica-
tions are made to the dean of the School of Music
45
ARTHUR E JONES MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP Talent in the vocal-choral
area and scholarship are among considerations for this $400 annual award to a
music student in remembrance of Dr Arthur E Jones, former chairman of choral
music. To be eligible, a student must be a junior who has completed a'course in
choral conducting. The Department of Vocal and Choral Music selects the recip-
ient
WALKER HAMILTON, JR MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. As a memorial to
Walker Hamilton, Jr., an associate professor of English who died in 1968, the De-
partment of English annually makes an award to an academically superior Eng-
lish major The recipient must have completed three years at West Chester
SCHOOL OF HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, AND RECREATION
SCHOLARSHIP. Three $300 scholarships awarded to any sophomore, junior or
senior student in health, physical education and recreation. Applications are
made to the dean of the School of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation.
FRITZ K KREUGER MEMORIAL VOICE SCHOLARSHIP Two $150 scholar-
ships for incoming freshman students who are vocalists in honor of the late Fritz
K Krueger, who taught in the Department of Vocal and Choral Music from 1961
until 1971 Applications are made to the dean of the School of Music
LEWIS H. MARSHALL AWARD. An annual award to a senior in the School of
Social and Behavioral Sciences whose leadership, professional promise, and aca-
demic achievement are outstanding. It is made available by the Chester County
Association to Township Officials, and the awardee is selected by a committee
of faculty from the School of Social and Behavioral Sciences
S. POWELL MIDDLETON MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP An annual $300 award
to a freshman music student for talent and achievement on an orchestral instru-
ment. The award honors the former conductor of the College Symphony Orches-
tra who died in 1970.
LLOYD C. MITCHELL PIANO SCHOLARSHIP This $100 scholarship was estab-
lished in honor of Dr. Lloyd C. Mitchell upon his retirement in 1971 after 35 years
service at the college, including 20 years as chairman of the Music Department
and dean of the School of Music. It is awarded annually to a freshman music stu-
dent selected by a piano faculty jury. Applications are made to the dean of the
School of Music.
ROBERT M. MITTEN SCHOLARSHIP FOUNDATION An annual $500 scholar-
ship for a major in health and physical education, given in memory of Dr. Mitten,
former professor of health and physical education and the college football
coach, who died in 1972
CLIFTON E. MORGAN MEMORIAL AWARD. Presented annually to a West
Chester student as a memorial to a member of the Department of History, who
died in 1974.
MICHAEL MOROCHOKO MEMORIAL PIANO AWARD. The Department of
Keyboard Music presents a $200 scholarship annually to an outstanding junior
music student majoring in piano as a memorial to Michael Morochko, father of a
former student.
MUSIC SOPHOMORE SCHOLARSHIP Three $200 scholarships, given annually
to music education sophomores. Criteria: College citizenship and musical per-
formance. Applications are made to the dean of the School of Music.
NURSING SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM. Scholarships not to exceed $2000 per
academic year are available to assist students of exceptional financial need.
46
These scholarships are for full time or half-time study in the Bachelor of Science
Degree Program in Nursing.
HILLARY H PARRY MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP An annual $200 award to a
junior music student, granted for scholarship, citizenship, and achievement in
vocal study. The scholarship is in remembrance of a former teacher of voice
PHI MU ALPHA, SINFONIA POWELL MIDDLETON AWARD. An annual $100
award in memory of S. Powell Middleton, presented by the Rho Sigma chapter of
Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia men; music fraternity. It is based on outstanding musi-
cianship, scholarship, and character. Applications are made to the dean of the
School of Music.
WILLIAM PYLE PHILIPS SCHOLARSHIPS. Awarded annually to juniors and
seniors who are natives of Chester County, on the basis of demonstrated scholas-
tic ability. Funds are available for approximately 20 scholarships of $400 each.
Application forms may be secured in the Office of Financial Aid,
DAVID M SENSENIG MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. $50 savings bonds given
annually to two juniors with outstanding ability in mathematics. Dr. Sensenig was
chairman of the Department of Mathematics from 1895 to 1908 The scholarship
fund is administered by the alumni Association of West Chester State College.
DR. AHMAD H, SHAMSEDDINE MEMORIAL AWARD. An annual award for
an outstanding student in the field of business and economics, in memory of Dr.
Ahmad H. Shamseddine, associate professor of economics, who died in 1971 . The
Department of Business and Economics selects the recipient
SCHOOL OF MUSIC MEMORIAL INSTRUMENTAL SCHOLARSHIP Two $100
tuition scholarships to incoming freshman students who are instrumentalists to
honor distinguished musicians and to continue their dedication to teaching
talented students in the art of music. Applications are made to the dean of the
School of Music
SICO SCHOLARSHIPS. $3,000 scholarships, in limited number, provided by the-
SICO Company of Pennsylvania to students from specified localities entering
West Chester in the field of elementary or secondary education Applications
from high school seniors must be filed before March 1 through their guidance
counselors. The stipulated areas of legal residence are: Chester, Adams, Berks,
Cumberland, Dauphin, Delaware, Lancaster, Lebanon, and York Counties in
Pennsylvania; Kent, New Castle, and Sussex Counties in Delaware; and Cecil
County, Maryland.
GREG SMITH MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. An annual scholarship of $100
presented by the baseball club in memory of a former baseball captain and presi-
dent of the baseball club.
THE CHARLES S. SWOPE SCHOLARSHIP FOUNDATION A Memorial
Scholarship Trust Foundation established by the Swope family in memory of Dr.
Charles S. Swope, who served as president of West Chester State College for a
quarter of a century. In order to apply for the scholarship "the student must be
enrolled in the junior year and have a desire to engage in the teaching profes-
sion." Application for the scholarship, which is awarded in the amount of $800
each, must be filed with the Trustee Committee on or before April 1 of each year.
The selection is made by the committee during May, and scholarships commence
in September. The number of scholarships which the Swope Foundation makes
possible annually is in the range of fifteen.
47
LOANS
NATIONAL DIRECT STUDENT LOAN PROGRAM Under this program
students can obtain long-term, low-interest loans The program includes loan can-
cellation provisions designed to attract superior students to the teaching profes-
sion at all academic levels. Approval of loans depends upon the student's need
for financial assistance and the availability of funds. Preference is given to
students from low-income families
PENNSYLVANIA HIGHER EDUCATION ASSITANCE AGENCY LOAN
GUARANTY PROGRAM. Under the Pennsylvania Higher Education assistance
Act of 1963, as amended, qualified Pennsylvania residents can obtain long-term,
low-interest educational loans, made by private lending institutions who are
guaranteed repayment by the Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance Agency.
WEST CHESTER STATE COLLEGE STUDENT EMERGENCY LOAN FUND. Stu-
dents doing satisfactory academic work and needing funds to continue in the
college may obtain short-term loans up to $100 from this fund. The loans must be
repaid before graduation or prior to registration for the next academic year.
ALUMNI STUDENT EMERGENCY LOAN FUND. The West Chester State
College Alumni Association maintains a fund from which students in financial
need may obtain loans. No interest is charged, although legal security is required.
Applicants must have a satisfactory academic record. The loan amount is re-
stricted to no more than $300. The loan must be repaid within 6 months. Applica-
tions are available from the executive director of the Alumni Association.
NURSING STUDENT LOAN PROGRAM Loans not to exceed $2500 per
academic year are available to students for full time or half-time study in the
Bachelor of Science Degree Program in Nursing Approval of loans depends upon
the student's need for financial assistance and the availability of funds.
COLLEGE WORK-STUDY PROGRAM
The College Work-Study Program is designed to expand part-time employment
opportunities for students, particularly those from low-income families, who are
in need of earnings from part-time employment to pursue their course of study.
COUNSELING SERVICES FOR SENIORS SEEKING GRADUATE ASSISTANTSHIPS
OR FELLOWSHIPS
Seniors planning to pursue graduate study at other colleges or universities may
obtain information about sciiolarships, fellowships or assistantships from the di-
rector of the Counseling Center or the library Conferences with department
chairpeople or faculty advisors are recommended
48
49
50
gtPEeetotP d^eam^
It is a conviction at West Chester that education is both an academic and a
social process, and that the student community is not merely a housing adjunct
but an intrinsic part of the college experience
The administration holds that students should share the responsibility in gov-
erning this community and should have a voice in shaping and reexamining the
objectives of the college.
West Chester students have a democratically constructed governing body for
maintaining a mature and responsible student citizenry and for developing the
various activities and programs which best serve their interests and needs.
Through advisory and committee machinery, the administration, the faculty, and
the student body seek to work together in behalf of the general welfare of the
college.
CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS
Students who attend West Chester State College are classified for adminis-
trative purposes into two categories.
(1) RESIDENT STUDENTS
These students live in residence halls operated by the college Resident
students are required to take meals in the dining hall.
(2) OFF-CAMPUS STUDENTS
This classification covers students who travel or commute to and from their
legal residence as well as students who live away from the homes of their par-
ents or legal guardians in a dwelling which is not supervised or approved by
the college.
HOUSING
1. ON-CAMPUS HOUSING
The residence halls on the campus provide accommodations for approximate-
ly 3,100 students. Students cannot be guaranteed housing for their full four years.
Room Assignments. The Office of Student Development makes the room as-
signments for all students living in the residence halls. These assignments are
made without regard to race, color, national origin, sex, sexual orientation, age or
religious creed. Only individuals of the same sex will be assigned as roommates
Student rooms have basic furnishings for comfortable living and the students
may make them more homelike with their own accessory additions. During
orientation, students are informed about the services and equipment furnished
by the college and those necessities which the student must supply for himself.
Lounge and recreation areas, storage rooms, television, and a variety of other
facilities add convenience and a pleasant setting for student life.
51
Freshman Students. All freshmen — both men and women — who have been ac-
cepted as resident students have the opportunity to hve in the college residence
halls.
Transfer Students. Transfer students are admitted both as resident students and
as commuting students. Those who have been admitted as commuting students
and desire accommodations in residence halls may apply in the housing office to
be placed on the waiting list. Priority is based on the date the application is re-
ceived.
Married Students. The college has no housing facilities for married students
during the regular sessions. Prior to registration, they will need to secure their
own accommodations in the community
Overnight Guests. If accommodations are available, a resident student may
have an overnight guest on Fridays or Saturdays at a charge. Prior approval and
registration must be secured from the resident director
Policy for Withdrawals. Resident students must vacate their residence hall
within 24 hours of completing the withdrawal form in the Office of the Registrar.
2. OFF-CAMPUS HOUSING
Students who wish to live in the community must secure their own off-campus
accommodations. Lists of off-campus housing are available in the Office of Stu-
dent Development, Sykes College Union Building. The college does not approve
or inspect off-campus living units on this list. Area realtors and newspapers
should also be consulted.
DINING ACCOMMODATIONS
Dining accommodations are provided in Lawrence Center where all resident
students must take their meals. Commuting students may eat meals in the
college dining room on a semester basis or may obtain meals at the transient
rates. Three meals are served, cafeteria style, every day of the week Menus are
carefully planned to meet the nutritional needs of active students.
The dining hall staff is not equipped to meet the special needs of students
whose health requires medically regulated diets. Special problems should be
taken to the coordinator of food services at least two weeks in advance of each
semester.
Students who do not have a semester contract for meals may not eat in the din-
ing hall unless they pay the transient fee for an individual meal. If this regulation
is violated, the student will be held responsible for payment of the full semester
charge for meals in the dining hall
NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION PROGRAM
The New Student Orientation Program, with its human relations experience, is
a required program for all new freshmen and transfer students. Freshmen attend
a three-day session during the summer while transfer students attend a two-day
session.
Students receive one academic credit for their participation in the human rela-
tions experience
The orientation program helps introduce students to the campus and helps
students develop certain basic competencies in human relations.
52
Freshmen will schedule for classes and take required placement tests during
orientation.
Within limits of early response and available space, new students may sched-
ule for the most convenient of several orientation sessions. Advance notice of the
program is sent to all incoming students. If you do not receive advance notifica-
tion about the program, or if you have any questions, please contact the Director
of Orientation, 206 Sykes College Union Building.
COLLEGE HEALTH SERVICE
To meet emergency and first-aid needs, and to perform routine infirmary treat-
ment of minor illnesses and minor surgical conditions, two part-time physicians
and five registered nurses are available at no cost to the students. A four- bed
ward is available for short-term observation or treatment at the discretion of the
college physicians. The College Health Service is in Reynolds Hall where, for
emergencies, a nurse is on duty on a 24-hour basis except from midnight Saturday
to 8:00 a.m. Sunday while college is in session. Beyond these services, the college
does not furnish medical care nor bear the costs of medical or surgical treatment
or hospitalization. The community of West Chester has qualified physicians and
excellent hospital facilities.
INSURANCE PROGRAM
In order to ease the financial burden which could result from extended illness
or serious injury, a voluntary student insurance program, approved by the
college, is available to all full-time and part-time students as well as graduate
students. The college requires all students in health and physical education, all
students participating in the intercollegiate athletic program, and all students
who are members of a club of an athletic nature to purchase the minimum cover-
age or show proof of comparable coverage.
Information about the insurance program is mailed to students prior to
registration or may be obtained from the College Health Service.
Liability Insurance Requirennent for Students in Nursing. See Department of
Nursing.
STUDENT PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS
In addition to the physical examination required for entering students, a com-
pleted physical examination form must be submitted annually to the College
Health Service by all students participating in the intercollegiate athletic pro-
gram
A current physical examination including a report of a negative tuberculin test
or chest X-ray showing no active tuberculosis is mandated by the Pennsylvania
Department of Education for all senior student teachers and all junior or sopho-
more students participating in a field experience in the public schools
The College Health Service reserves the right to request an annual physical
examination by the family physician for any student suffering from a chronic ill-
ness The college may deny admission to, or later dismiss, any student whose
health would be detrimental to other college students.
No student will receive treatment unless a physical examination form is com-
pleted and filed
53
These forms are available at the college infirmary
Physical Examination Requirement for Students in Nursing. See Department of
Nursing.
VEHICLE REGULATIONS
All students may operate motor vehicles at the college. Students who intend to
park motor vehicles on official student parking lots must register their vehicles
with the Department of Law Enforcement and obtain an authenticated decal
under college motor vehicle regulations.
CAMPUS POST OFFICE
The college has an on-campus post office, located on the second floor of
Lawrence Center Commuting students may receive their mail here through com-
bination-lock mail boxes. Mail boxes are assigned to them on request Residence
hall students receive their mail at their dormitories. To insure prompt delivery,
mail sent to resident students should show the student's name, room number, the
name of the residence hall, and West Chester, Pa., 19380.
COLLEGE POLICY FOR STORM CLOSINGS
When storm conditions affect the operation of the college, announcements
are made over local radio and TV stations via a system of code numbers keyed to
affected schools with prefixes indicating whether the school will be closed or
open later than usual West Chester's numbers and applicable prefixes are:
853 Day Classes
2853 Evening Classes
No prefix — Classes are cancelled for the day.
Prefix 5 — School will open 1 hour late.
Prefix 6 — School will open 2 hours late.
COLLEGE BOOKSTORE
Operated by the Intracollegiate Governmental Association, the College Book-
store is located on the ground floor of the Sykes College Union Building In addi-
tion to required textbooks, the bookstore carries a full line of school supplies,
health and beauty aids, supplementary reading material, physical education uni-
forms, gift items and the many other "necessities" of student life. Purchases may
be charged to students or their parents subject to certain qualifications. Details
are available at the ICA Business Office where application for credit may be
made. All profits derived from the bookstore benefit the student body through
the ICA.
SYKES COLLEGE UNION
This multi-purpose facility is a place to go for the entire college community.
Under one roof are lounges and meeting room facilities, recreation and leisure-
time activities plus a campus deli eating facility. Also housed within this complex
is the Office of Student Development, Intracollegiate Governmental Association
Offices including ticket purchasing and check cashing, the WCUR radio station,
offices of "the Quad" student newspaper, duplicating facilities and the College
Bookstore.
54
SPEECH AND HEARING CLINIC
The services of the Speech and Hearing Clinic, located on the second floor of
Wayne Hall, are available to students. The clinic, which the Department of
Speech Pathology and Audiology maintains as a teaching-trainmg facility, pro-
vides diagnostic and therapeutic services for persons with speech and hearing
problems Others who may use the services of the clinic are the college commun-
ity and residents of West Chester and the surrounding area.
THE COUNSELING CENTER
The Counseling Center offers special opportunities for personal growth which
can make the college experience more rewarding and fulfilling. It is a place
where students may get help in facilitating their own growth through discussion.
The opportunity to clarify feelings and explore concerns enables many people to
realize their potential more fully.
The Counseling Center provides counseling services without charge to all
undergraduate and graduate students at West Chester. The faculty in the
Counseling Center includes licensed psychologists who are interested and experi-
enced in working with college students. Students may discuss their concerns,
feelings, hopes, and interests freely and in strict confidence.
COUNSELING SERVICES:
Since the Counseling Center provides services for a wide range of concerns,
each student's experience will be tailored to his or her request. Students may
want to clarify their vocational or educational choices, improve their inter-
personal skills, or resolve personal conflicts. Their choice of approach could in-
clude one or more of the following counseling center services.
1. Individual vocational counseling consists of a one-to-one counseling experi-
ence which focuses upon the student's choice of major and vocation. Voca-
tional choice is most solid when it is the outgrowth of understanding one's
self. Such understanding requires time and thought and involves the stu-
dent's identifying his or her own style, values, interests, and abilities.
Psychological testing as well as discussion often enhances self understand-
ing.
2. Individual counseling for personal problem solving consists of a one-to-one
counseling experience where the focus is upon resolving personal conflicts,
conflicts with others, and upon improving the student's expertise at making
personally meaningful choices. It may also help some people avoid deci-
sions which restrict their personal growth and undermine their well-being.
3. Group counseling consists of a small group of peers with one or more coun-
selors. Such groups meet usually once weekly to provide group members
with constructive learning about themselves. Groups often have a specific
focus. Past groups have focused upon:
Elimination of self-defeating behavior
Assertiveness training
Anxiety maintenance
Test anxiety reduction
Weight reduction
Career exploration
Procrastination — how to avoid it
4 Tesf/ng— Information from psychological tests can be useful in increasing
self understanding and can often assist in the process of vocational and
55
educational decision making. The Counseling Center faculty is trained in
the administration and interpretation of psychological tests and the student
and his or her counselor can decide whether testing might be helpful to you.
Arrangements can also be made at the Counseling Center for taking the
Graduate Record Exam and the Millers Analogies Test — two graduate
school admissions tests.
5. Consultation Serv/ces — The Counseling Center faculty also is available to
consult with staff and faculty members of the college community. It can as-
sist with crises, program planning, group and interpersonal communica-
tions, as well as referrals to other agencies.
CAREER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT SERVICES
The professional staff of the Career Development Center work directly with
students throughout their years in college assisting in defining career goals, relat-
ing academic preparation to these goals, and, eventually, helping in the search
for fulfilling occupations. These services are available throughout the entire
calendar year in Lawrence Center, second floor. A career information section is
kept current for browsing and research while the Office of Graduate Studies pro-
vides college catalogs and other reference materials for students considering
graduate school. Other activities of the Career Development Center include
career days, seminars, and on-campus interviews with potential employers.
SCHEDULING OF COLLEGE EVENTS
All college functions and special events should be scheduled in advance with
the director of cultural affairs and college events, Sykes College Union, in order
that there be proper facilities and the necessary supportive services.
THE INTRACOLLEGIATE GOVERNMENTAL ASSOCIATION
All students, upon payment of their student government fee, are members of
the Intracollegiate Governmental Association, which is the student governing
body concerning itself with the welfare of all students Under its constitution, the
IGA provides students with experiences in the processes of democratic govern-
ment.
The elected General Assembly is the IGA's legislative body; the IGA program is
administered through its officers and a student committee system. In fiscal mat-
ters, in various policy-making areas, and in disciplinary action, final authority
rests with the president of the college and the Board of Trustees.
Under guidance from the vice-president for student affairs, the IGA maintains
the College Bookstore, publishes the student newspaper, operates the college
radio station, conducts ticket sales for college events, and plans and conducts
many all-campus special events and programs.
RESIDENCE HALL ASSOCIATION
The purpose of the Residence Hall Association is to provide for the social, cul-
tural, and educational life of resident students It purchases and maintains
recreational equipmerU, provides social events, and gives the student develop-
ment staff information regarding visitation hours, living conditions, and regula-
tions in the residence halls. Its varied activities stem from representation and
participation withm the residence halls Each hall has a representative from
every floor and a slate of dormitory officers The officers from every residence
56
hall represent their respective halls in the Residence Hall Association General
Assembly.
OFFICE OF OFF-CAMPUS LIFE
The Office of Off-Campus Life (OCL) was formed in February of 1978 to meet
the specific needs of all off-campus students. Located in Room 206 of the Sykes
College Union Building, OCL is staffed daily from 8:30 a.m. till 4:30 p.m. The
responsibilities of this office include the Off-Campus Housing Service", advising
the Off-Campus Student Association, and serving as a community resource agent
for the college and local government in all areas related to off-campus students.
Additional service provided to off-campus students by OCL include serving as
their advisor in the college judicial system, landlord/tenent legal aid information,
individual and group counseling, educational, cultural, and social programming
and development of long-range plans and research on the profile and needs of
the off-campus student.
OFF-CAMPUS STUDENT ASSOCIATION
Off-Campus Student Association (OCSA) is a student organization whose pri-
mary goal is the representation of all students living off campus. OCSA objec-
tives include distribution of college information, designing educational and so-
cial programming, and development of positive community relations. Through
representation and input to various college committees OCSA represents the
ideas and concerns of all students living in the West Chester community as well
as students who commute to the college.
The organization encourages students' active participation in all OCSA events.
The OCSA office is located in room 229 of the Sykes College Union Building
(SCUB), phone number (215) 436-2279. Meetings are held every Tuesday at 11:00
a.m. in room 114 (SCUB). All off-campus students are urged to attend.
STUDENT STANDARDS
West Chester State College assumes that its students are mature persons who
are attending an institution of higher learning for serious purposes Therefore the
college believes that students should accept responsibility for their personal
behavior In situations that deviate from these ideals. West Chester State Col-
lege's Judiciary System is designed to hear complaints against individual
students and groups of students whose behavior or activities are variously
labeled unacceptable, destructive, irresponsible, disorderly, or in violation of
existing standards of conduct and regulations
In encouraging the development of responsible student conduct, the college
employs counseling, guidance, admonition, and example, as well as disciplinary
proceedings. Students found in violation of the college's rules and regulations
may be subject to disciplinary action which could include suspension and/or ex-
pulsion.
ORGANIZATIONS AND ACTIVITIES
West Chester has an extensive program of extra and co-curricular activities
under the direction of the vice-president for student affairs, who works directly
with the officers and committees of the IGA in coordinating the program seeing
that it reflects and fulfills student needs. Many of the activities are described in
57
i
1 ■ -.^''^'^
Ell
' "^ •l^^^^
JP^*^-'
ft... ,^^^^^^^^H^ '*
^
'*
>*
58
the following pages with additional details provided in the student handbook,
Ram's Eye View.
CULTURAL AFFAIRS/COLLEGE EVENTS
The Cultural Affairs Program at West Chester exceeds most college programs
by far in both quality and quantity. Supported by the large and respected School
of Music and supplemented by an interested community, the cultural affairs
events always draw large and enthusiastic audiences.
THE ALL STAR SERIES— Each year this provides students at West Chester the
opportunity to see and hear noted artists from around the world. For instance, re-
cent performances included the Vienna Choir Boys, Andre Watts, Roberta Peters,
Van Cliburn, and Vincent Price.
THE CHAMBER MUSIC SERIES — Numerous well-known chamber groups have
come to the West Chester campus under this program including the Guarneri,
Curtis, and Warsaw String Quartets; the Mozarteum Woodwind Quintet; and the
American Brass Quintet.
THE WILLIAM PYLE PHILIPS LECTURE SERIES-This series brings varied
prominent individuals from the worlds of the arts, politics, and science.
Additional college events popular with the student body include The Program
Board Pop Film and Concert Series, the School of Music concerts and recitals,
monthly exhibits at the Francis Harvey Green Library, art exhibits in Mitchell
Hall, the English Colloquium, the College's Theatre Dance Group annual
performance, and Little Theatre Productions in the Studio Theatre and Turk's
Head Playhouse.
MUSICAL ORGANIZATIONS
In conjunction with the regularly scheduled student and faculty recitals, the
college maintains the following well-developed musical organizations which con-
tribute to the wealth of fine music on the campus.
THREE COLLEGE BANDS. Membership in the Symphonic Band, Concert Band,
and Marching Band is determined by the student's qualifications regardless of
curriculum.
COLLEGE STRING ORCHESTRA. Membership in this organization is open to
all qualified students.
WIND ENSEMBLE. A band of 50 to 60 outstanding campus wind instrumental-
ists and percussionists, the ensemble performs difficult music emphasizing con-
temporary works.
SYMPHONY ORCHESTRA Membership is determined by the student's qualifi-
cations.
INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES AND CHAMBER MUSIC GROUPS. Membership
in these groups is determined by the student's qualifications.
THE CRITERIONS. Members of the college jazz lab band are selected by audi-
tion
CONCERT CHOIR. This mixed choir of approximately forty music students
selected by audition meets twice a week, devoting its efforts toward acquiring a
59
fine technique of choral singing through the preparation of an extensive reper-
toire for performance,
CHAMBER CHOIR. Members of this choir which performs music of the
Renaissance and baroque periods, are selected by audition
CHOIR. A mixed choir of junior and senior music students, this group meets
twice a week, devoting its efforts toward a wide association with choral litera-
ture. It is used as an opera chorus in School of Music productions and joins with
the Concert Choir for large performances.
WOMEN'S CHORUS All freshman and sophomore women not in the Concert
Choir who are enrolled in music education are required to take this course, de-
voting their efforts primarily toward acquiring the techniques of choral singing.
MEN'S CHORUS. All freshman and sophomore men in music education who
are not enrolled in the Concert Choir are required to take this course. Men from
all other curricula are invited to audition for this group.
MIXED CHORUS. This mixed chorus of freshman and sophomore music educa-
tion students meets once a week, alternating as a mixed chorus and as Men's
Chorus and Women's Chorus. It combines with the Concert Choir for perfor-
mances.
MUSICA ANTIQUA. Open to all students, the weekly meetings of Musica An-
tiqua are for the pleasure of learning to sing and play early music, using repro-
ductions of ancient instruments. Public performances are presented.
OPERA CHORUS The chorus is formed through an elective course devoted to
the training of a choral group which participates in opera and operetta produc-
tion. Membership is by audition.
WOMEN'S GLEE CLUB. This organization provides an opportunity for non-
music women students to participate in a choral group The activities include the
annual Christmas Carol Program and the Women's Glee Club spring concert.
Membership is by individual audition.
SPORTS, ATHLETICS, RECREATION
Sports and recreational activities are popular elements of student life at West
Chester, thanks in large part to the outstanding resources of the School of
Health, Physical Education, and Recreation
The college's intramural and intercollegiate athletic programs, which are de-
scribed under the School of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation, are
open to all students.
Beyond organized athletic programs, informal sports and recreational activi-
ties of almost every conceivable variety are available. The range is from court
games, field games, and swimming to hiking, ice skating, canoeing, bicycling, ski-
ing, and camping. The office of Recreational Services, established in 1972, en-
courages increased participation in these leisure-time activities throughout the
entire college community.
More details on the full athletic and recreational programs at West Chester are
given under the School of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation in the Rec-
reational Services Handbook.
60
FORENSICS AND THEATRE
FORENSICS. The college has a strong program in intramural and intercolle-
giate forensics. Its Forensic Society is the focal point for training in competition
in debate, oratory, extemporaneous speaking, after-dinner speaking, parliamen-
tary discussion, interpretive reading, and other events.
LITTLE THEATRE Excellent opportunities for experience in theatre are offered
through this student organization which functions in the Studio Theatre and
Turk's Head Playhouse. Its major productions, drawn both from the classics and
from contemporary drama, are outstanding events for the college and the com-
munity as well. All students with an interest in drama are welcome.
WEST CHESTER COLLEGE MUSICAL THEATRE COMPANY Students with an
interest in joining other students in the production of Broadway musical fare may
enjoy what this group has to offer. Productions are mounted, directed, designed,
and performed by students. Musical Theatre Company welcomes all students.
PUBLICATIONS AND RADIO
THE QUAD. This student newspaper is published by the Intracollegiate Gov-
ernmental Association with a faculty member as advisor. All interested students
are invited to seek positions on the Quad which offers training and experience in
many areas of journalism.
THE SERPENTINE. This yearbook provides a pictorial and written record of
the year's activities at the college. It is edited by a student staff with a faculty ad-
visor.
COLLEGE LITERATURE. This journal of scholarly articles on frequently taught
literary works is published thrice yearly.
RAM'S EYE VIEW (THE STUDENT HANDBOOK). Detailed information con-
cerning student life is provided by this annual, student-edited publication. It is
particularly valuable to the incoming student
STATION WCUR. Sponsored by the Intracollegiate Governmental Association,
WCUR serves the college with news, music, and special interviews and programs.
The station, operated entirely by students, offers experience in all phases of radio
communication.
RELIGIOUS ORGANIZATIONS AND PLACES OF WORSHIP
Opportunities for fellowship and religious experience are offered by the fol-
lowing groups:
Campus Crusade for Christ Christian Science Organization
Hillel Club Fellowship of Christian Athletes
Newman Student Association Lutheran Student Association
The Ecumenical Campus Ministry Board, Inc., is an interdenominational minis-
try which works with students and the campus community in pertinent religious
areas, both personal and social Through its ministers and its executive director,
various programs, including interfaith experiences, are provided
Students are always welcome at the many places of worship in and near the
Borough of West Chester.
61
BLACK STUDENT UNION
The Black Student Union, which was formed in 1971, is dedicated to the crea-
tion of a relevant atmosphere for black students at West Chester Black Student
Union membership is open to all West Chester students, faculty, and staff — re-
gardless of race, color, or creed — who have a concern for the black cause.
A major purpose of the organization is to broaden and enhance the academic
and social life for black students at the college. The union's democratically struc-
tured constitution provides for an executive board elected by the membership.
Applications for membership in the Black Student Union are reviewed by the
executive board. Applications for membership may be made at the Black Stu-
dent Union office in the basement of Recitation Hall.
HONOR SOCIETIES
ALPHA LAMBDA DELTA. The West Chester chapter of this national freshman
honors society encourages superior scholarship attainment and continued schol-
arly development A 3 5 average for the first two semesters is required for mem-
bership. Thereafter a student must maintain a cumulative grade average of 3.0 in
order to maintain active membership in the organization.
ALPHA MU GAMMA. The Department of Foreign Languages sponsors a chap-
ter of this national collegiate foreign-language honor society, devoted to promot-
ing the study of foreign languages and encouraging cultural exchange with for-
eign students.
APLHA PSI OMEGA This honorary fraternity recognizes excellence in and
dedication to the theatre arts. It is sponsored by the Department of Speech Com-
munication and Theatre and membership is open to all students regardless of
major
GAMMA THETA UPSILON. Gamma Eta Chapter of this international profes-
sional geographical honorary society was established in 1963 The organization
promotes professional interest in geography and provides services with the
Department of Geography.
KAPPA DELTA PI. Kappa Delta Pi is a national honorary society for junior and
senior students in education who excel in scholarship, maintain high personal
standards, and are dedicated to the teaching profession.
PI GAMMA MU. The Omega chapter is sponsored by the School of Social and
Behavioral Sciences for the recognition of scholarship in the social sciences and
encouragement of social service. Majors in the school who have demonstrated
high academic achievement may become candidates for membership in their
junior or senior years.
PHI KAPPA DELTA. This professional fraternity is open to students preparing
for administrative careers in business and government. Its objectives are to par-
ticipate in worthy undertakings on campus in administrations and in the com-
munity and to promote educational, vocational, and leadership opportunities
and experience for all members.
PI KAPPA LAMBDA The primary objectives of this national music honor
society are the recognition and encouragement of the highest level of musical
achievement and academic scholarship. Nominations and elections to member-
ship are the responsibility of the faculty committee of the chapter. Delta Sigma
chapter at West Chester State College was established in 1978
62
PI KAPPA DELTA A chapter of this national honor society for students in conn-
petitive forensic activities was established in 1969 under the School of Arts and
Letters sponsorship. Pi Kappa Delta has its base in the Forensic Society.
PI MU EPSILON. This national mathematics society is open to junior standing
students who rank in the upper-third of their class and have completed 18 hours
of mathematics with a minimum average of 3.0 It is also open to sophomores
who rank in the top quarter of their class and have completed 3 semesters of the
calculus sequence with an average of 4.0
PHI ALPHA THETA. Organized in 1968, Nu Sigma chapter of this international
honor society in history is sponsored by the Department of History Phi Alpha
Theta is open to history majors in teacher education and liberal arts who have a
minimum average of 3.01 in twelve or more semester credits in history
PHI DELTA KAPPA. This is an international honor society in graduate educa-
tion for both men and women who are actively engaged in the profession of edu-
cation. Its aim is to promote quality education on all levels, particularly in pub-
licly supported education. Results of research are reported in its extensive publi-
cations. The West Chester State College campus chapter includes over one hun-
dred members from the surrounding area and from the campus.
PHI EPSILON KAPPA. The School of Health, Physical Education, and Recrea-
tion sponsors the Gamma Alpha Chapter of this national, professional, honor fra-
ternity for students majoring in health and/or physical education. Phi Epsilon
Kappa seeks to advance the profession of health and physical education and pro-
mote brotherhood among its members.
PHI MU ALPHA SINFONIA. Rho Sigma chapter of the professional men's
music fraternity was formed at West Chester in 1967. The organization seeks to
advance the cause of music in America and to foster the welfare and brother-
hood of students of music Upon approval by the brotherhood prospective mem-
bers are invited to pledge the fraternity. These prospective members must be at
least second semester freshmen.
PSI CHI. A chapter of this national honor society in psychology is sponsored by
the Department of Psychology. Membership is by invitation, with scholarship as
the major criterion. Psi Chi, under the aegis of the American Psychological Asso-
ciation, endeavors to advance the science of psychology and encourages supe-
rior scholarship in all academic fields, particularly in psychology.
SIGMA ALPHA IOTA. Epsilon Epsilon chapter of this internationally incorpo-
rated professional fraternity for women in music was formed in 1968. The fratern-
ity is dedicated to service in the field of music Membership, by invitation, recog-
nizes scholarship, and musicanship Members must be in at least their second
semester.
SIGMA TAU DELTA. Under the sponsorship of the English Department, a
chapter of Sigma Tau Delta, national honor society for students of English, was
established at West Chester State College in 1977. This organization has for its
major purposes the stimulation of interest in the opportunity for practice and ex-
perience in all phases of the study of English language and literature.
SERVICE FRATERNITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS
ALPHA PHI OMEGA. Omicron Upsilon chapter of this fraternity, which is dedi-
cated to service and leadership development, is open to all men of the campus
community, Omicron Upsilon chapter conducts many service-oriented activities.
63
THE FRIARS SOCIETY. The Friars Society, which has been established at West
Chester for many years, is composed of sophomore, junior, and senior men in-
vited into the organization in recognition of character and leadership The so-
ciety's various service projects concern the good of the college community.
SOCrAL FRATERNITIES AND SORORITIES
The college has a system of social fraternities and sororities, governed respec-
tively by the Inter-Fraternity Council and the Panhellenic Council, a chapter of
the National Panhellenic conference. Since their introduction in 1967-1968, the
social fraternities and sororities have become an integral part of campus life.
NATIONAL NATIONAL
FRATERNITIES SORORITIES
Alpha Phi Alpha Alpha Kappa Alpha
Kappa Alpha Psi Alpha Phi
Lambda Chi Alpha Alpha Sigma Tau
Omega Psi Phi Alpha Xi Delta
Phi Beta Sigma Delta Sigma Theta
Tau Kappa Epsilon Delta Zeta
Theta Chi Zeta Tau Alpha
ORGANIZATIONS AND ACTIVITIES
West Chester has an extensive program of extra and co-curricular activities.
Many organizations, including student interest clubs, intercollegiate athletics,
cultural affairs, the Program Board, music and related activities, recreational
services, and sports clubs are funded through the student government fee. Allo-
cations are made by the finance committee of the Intracollegiate Governmental
Association under the direction of the vice president for student affairs. Many of
the organizations are described in the following pages, with additional details
provided in the student handbook. Ram's Eye View.
THE PROGRAM BOARD
The Program Board is one of the major sub-committees of the Intracollegiate
Governmental Association and one of many organizations funded through the
student government activity fee. The board is composed entirely of volunteer
members from the student body and advised by two professional staff persons.
Their goal is to provide recreational and educational experiences which meet the
intellectual, social, emotional, and cultural needs of the college community. At
the same time, these students also have an opportunity to gain valuable training
in leadership, responsibility, and life skills. The Program Board strives to achieve
these ends through cabaret entertainments, concerts, lectures, theatre presen-
tations, dance programs, pop and art films, artists-in-residence workshops, light
cultural events, and video activities.
THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
Graduation doesn't necessarily mean termination of college activities for stu-
dents as West Chester has a large and active Alumni Association It has branch
organizations in various Pennsylvania communities as well as out-of-state in New
Jersey and California Alumni Day is held annually at the college during Com-
mencement Weekend, and the association publishes a quarterly magazine. The
Olden Ram, to keep members informed of college concerns.
64
V
\ %
.4 ♦
q
k 11
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
.fcM^RV"^
EP WQ BBILILEBE
*The structure presented below is the structure of the college during 1978-79.
This structure is currently being revised.
West Chester State College is divided into six schools each under the direction
of a dean. The various departments of the college are distributed among the
schools as follows:
SCHOOL OF ARTS
AND LETTERS
John P. Field
Acting Dean
Art
English
Foreign Languages
Philosophy
Speech Communication and Theatre
Speech Pathology and Audiology
SCHOOL OF
EDUCATION
Carlos R Zeigler
Acting Dean
Counselor Education
Early Childhood and
Elementary Education
Instructional Media
Education
Reading
Secondary Education and
Professional Studies
Special Education
SCHOOL OF HEALTH,
PHYSICAL EDUCATION,
AND RECREATION
Ronald B.Woods
Acting Dean
Edwin B. Cottrell
Associate Dean
Health Education
Physical Education
SCHOOL OF MUSIC
Charles A Sprenkle
Dean
Alexander Antonowich
Associate Dean
Music Theory and Composition
Music History and Literature
Music Education
Keyboard Music
Vocal and Choral Music
Instrumental Music
SCHOOL OF SCIENCES
AND MATHEMATICS
Russell K Rickert
Dean
Biology
Chemistry
Earth Sciences
Mathematical Sciences
Nursing
Physics
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL
AND BEHAVIORAL
SCIENCES
James S. Milne
Acting Dean
Anthropology, Sociology, and
Social Welfare
Business and Economics
Criminal Justice
Geography and Planning
Government and Politics
History
Psychology
67
L-i/'
■^
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BACCALAUREATE
DEGREE
1 Satisfactory completion of a minimum of 128 semester hours dis-
tributed as shown in the curriculum for the student's major field
2 Achievement of a cumulative index of at least 2.00 (C) and an average
of at least 2.00 (C) in the major field
3 Attendance at West Chester State College for at least 30 semester
hours of the degree program
4 Fulfillment of any special requirements or program competencies
which are particular to a department or a school
5 Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the college, including pay-
ment of the graduation fee; and of all other obligations, including the
return of college properties
6 Compliance with all academic requests from the Dean of Academic
Services, including the request for Notice of Intention to Graduate
NOTE:
Students are permitted to pursue dual majors under the same degree with the
concurrence of the participating department
THE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS-COMMON TO ALL
CURRICULA
West Chester State College's over-all curriculum has been substantially altered
in the last few years as the result of a comprehensive investigation with recom-
mendations by committees and councils comprised of faculty, students, and ad-
ministrators Aimed at determining genuine needs and realistic goals for today's
students, the extensive study has resulted in a new program of general require-
ments allowing more freedom of choice for the student and greater flexibility for
the departments in planning their curricula.
It was felt that to insure a broad education encompassing experiences in hu-
manities and the social and natural sciences, it would be imprudent to eliminate
the general requirements completely. At the same time, however, it became obvi-
ous that today's education must be versatile because of the many new courses
and areas of study that are constantly becoming available.
69
As a result, these general requirements represent a decrease in required hours
and specific required courses while increasing the number of courses that may be
used to fulfill a given requirement
The "new" general requirements apply to all students entering West Chester
since June 1974. Those who entered the college prior to that date continue to fol-
low the general requirements that were in effect at the time of their entrance.
These are given in previous issues of the Undergraduate Studies Bulletin through
1972-74 and are also available in all departments.
All students should counsel closely with their advisors. Each department has a
handbook or guide outlining courses of study for the various curricula that are
available. These give required courses, prerequisites and other information
necessary for the successful completion of the student's degree program.
THE BASrC OUTLINE FOR GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
(as revised in April 1974 and introduced to freshmen entering in June
1974 and thereafter)
I BASIC SKILLS 5-8 SEMESTER HOURS
English Composition (3)*
Physical Education (2)
II HUMANITIES 9 SEMESTER HOURS
One course in three of the following areas:
Art
Literature
Music
Philosophy
Speech/Theatre
III SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES 9 SEMESTER HOURS
One course in three of the following areas:
Anthropology/Sociology
Economics
Geography
History
Political Science
Psychology
IV SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS 9 SEMESTER HOURS
One course in three of the following areas:
Biology
Chemistry
Computer Science
70
Earth and Space Science
Mathematics
Physics
V FREEELECTIVES 9-12 SEMESTER HOURS
These hours are completely at the choice of the student.
TOTAL: 44 SEMESTER HOURS
*POLICY FOR PLACEMENT IN FRESHMAN COMPOSITION COURSES
Effective June 1978, all entering freshmen with Verbal SAT scores below 450
must take English 000 (Basic Writing, no credit), then English 120 and 121 (Effec-
tive Writing I and II, 3 credits each). Students with Verbal SAT scores between
450 and 590 take English 120 and 121. Students with Verbal SAT scores of 600 or
above must take either English 1 21 or Literature 299; the student may elect to use
the latter course to satisfy one-third of the general education humanities require-
ment.
Exemptions: Students may take a placement test during their summer orienta-
tion week; if they pass it, they will be allowed to bypass the composition course
they would have taken first according to their SAT scores. (That is, students be-
low 450 who pass the placement test will enroll in English 120; students in the
450-590 group who pass the test will enroll in English 121.)
HUMAN RELATIONS REQUIREMENT
Effective as of fall, 1976, a one-credit human relations course taken as a part
of the New-Student Orientation Program is a requirement for all degree candi-
dates. This course is graded on a pass-fail basis.
FOREIGN LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE
CANDIDATES
Candidates for the B.A degree are required to complete the second half of the
intermediate year of a foreign language. This means in effect that only the 202
(Intermediate II) language course is actually required Hence, any student who is
not qualified to take the 202 course must prepare himself by taking the
elementary (101-102) and/or Intermediate I (201) courses or course or by inde-
pendent study. (101, 102, and 201 levels may be taken pass-fail if the student
wishes.) Students may satisfy the foreign language requirement by presenting
evidence of preparation equivalent to the 202 level either by certificate or by
examination.
QUALIFYING FOR THE TEACHING CERTIFICATE
Upon satisfying all of the baccalaureate degree requirements listed in this bul-
letin, students in teacher education programs may qualify for the Instructional I
Certificate, which will be issued by the Pennsylvania Department of Education.
The specific applications of the Instructional I Certificate, according to the field
or area of study, are detailed under "Teaching Certificates" in Academic Affairs.
r\\\ students seekmg a teachmg certificate should consult with their profession-
al advisor regarding certification requirements prior to their junior year
71
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SCHOOLS
Students in degree programs which are listed in this catalog as part of two of
West Chester's schools have core requirements which must be met in addition to
the general requirements. The requirements are as follows:
ARTSAND LETTERSCORE REQUIREMENTS-15 S.H.
Beyond courses selected to meet the general requirements, one course is re-
quired in each of the following areas plus a second course from one of the
areas:
(a) Art (c) Philosophy
(b) Literature (d) Speech Communication/Theatre
NOTE:
(a) The requirements shown above apply to School of Arts and Letters students
in both the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science in Education curricula
within limits set by the department.
(b) In addition to core requirements. School of Arts and Letters majors may be
required to take certain related courses as determined by the departments.
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORALSCIENCESCORE-21 S.H.
All Bachelor of Arts Programs and all
Bachelor of Science Programs in Criminal Justice and Education
(The disciplines included in the social science core are: anthropology, eco-
nomics, geography, government and politics, history, sociology, and psychology)
A Four courses in the School of Social and Behavioral Sciences in the disci;
plines not chosen under the general requirements 12 s.h.
B. One additional course in each of three disciplines in the School of Social and
Behavioral Sciences outside the student's major 9 s.h
Residency Requirements: Students graduating from programs in the School of
Social and Behavioral Sciences must complete eighteen (18) hours of residency in
the department from which they graduate.
SECOND BACCALAUREATE DEGREE
An individual may pursue a second baccalaureate degree at West Chester
State College after achieving the first baccalaureate degree either at West
Chester or some other institution. Such an individual must apply for admission
through the Office of Admissions as a transfer student and earn at least thirty
hours on campus beyond the requirements of his/her initial baccalaureate pro-
gram. All requirements for the curriculum in which the second degree is earned
must be satisfied. A given course required in both the degree programs may not
be repeated for the second degree.
The main purpose of the option of applying for a second degree is to provide
baccalaureate recognition for those who have secured a degree in an area
divergent from the intended major
West Chester State College does not permit a student to pursue two degrees
simultaneously, except in the five-year program in engineering in cooperation
with Pennsylvania State University Students who wish to pursue a double major
72
for their initial baccalaureate degree should discuss the feasibility of this with
appropriate program advisors. (See also page 69.)
ACADEMIC ADVISING
Under West Chester's advising program, all students have faculty advisors, ap-
pointed through their major departments, who counsel them on academic mat-
ters throughout their undergraduate years. Students, however, are responsible for
seeing that they meet all graduation requirements.
CLASSIFICATION BY COLLEGE PROGRAM
Degree Candidates — aU undergraduates admitted to a degree program by the
Office of Admissions or through approved internal transfer recorded in the Of-
fice of the Registrar.
Non-degree Students— special students admitted for course work toward cer-
tification, professional growth, or other purposes. Normally, a special student
may not earn more than 24 hours of credit at West Chester. This classification
does not include students who have been accepted through the Office of Admis-
sions to the temporary undeclared major degree program.
ACADEMIC CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS
The student's class designation is determined by the number of semester hours
or credit earned, thus:
Freshman 0-31 semester hours of credit (inclusive)
Sophomore 32-63 s.h. of credit (inclusive)
junior 64-95 s.h. of credit (inclusive)
Senior 96 or more s.h. of credit
Note: In computing the cumulative index, the total number of credits at-
tempted is considered. (See "Cumulative Index" below.)
STUDENT CLASS LOAD
A full-time classload ranges from 12 to 18 s.h. of semester credits. Students en-
rolled in 9 semester hours of a 0 credit course, and 3 contact hours, eg., English
000, are defined as full-time students by the college, but are defined by the state
as part-time students as far as state financial aid (the PHEA grants) is concerned.
OVERLOADS
Students wishing to carry more than 18 credit hours per semester must secure
permission from the Dean of Academic Services. Permission to carry more than
24 hours is rarely granted.
CHANGING MAJORS
A student wishing to transfer from one program of study at the college to an-
other program files a Change of Program/Concentration form in the Office of the
Registrar. The student must meet the standards for admission into the desired
program and must obtain written permission from the department involved Any
courses which were initially accepted for transfer credit from another college are
73
subject to re-evaluation by the department to which the student transfers in-
ternally
STUDENT ABSENCE POLICY
The student absence policy is a graduated policy providing leniency to stu-
dents (primarily juniors and seniors) enrolled in 300 and 400 courses and certain
restrictions to freshmen and sophomores in 100 and 200 courses The privilege
given to upperclassmen, regardless of course level, is based upon their demon-
strated ability to assume responsibility
The absence policy holds that satisfactory proficiency in course work is the
student's responsibility, as is class attendance. Course grades should reflect satis-
factory comprehension of the course materials, not the attendance record.
The policy is administered at the student-faculty level Only when a faculty
member reports a course drop does the college learn of a poor attendance rec-
ord
Absences from 300 and 400 courses have no specified restriction For 100 and
200 courses, freshmen and sophomores are allowed a total of absences equal to
three times the semester credits On days of an announced quiz, test, or examina-
tion, no absences are permitted at any course level. Excess absences in 100 or 200
courses may cause a freshman or sophomore to be dropped from the course and
to incur either a WP or WF. Before a drop is instituted, the instructor discusses
the matter with his or her department chairperson and informs the student of the
intention
This policy does not deal with unique circumstances such as preparation and
performance in music, theater, athletics and laboratories or professional type du-
ties such as practice teaching. Absences from these courses and duties must be
considered on an individual basis by the department and professor responsible
for the actual event or duty.
GRADE REPORTS
After each semester, a report of each student's semester grades is mailed to the
student at the home address.
GRADING SYSTEM
Percentage Quality
Grade Interpretation Equivalents Points
A Excellent A -90-1 00 4
B Superior B-80-89 3
C Average C- 70-79 2
D Below Average D — 60-69 1
F Failure F — 59 or lower 0
P Passing
I Incomplete
WF Withdrew Failing F — 59or lower 0
WP Withdrew Passing
AU Audit
I (Incomplete): given when a student fails to complete course requirements by
the end of a semester for such valid reasons as serious illness or death in the fam-
ily. Unless the work is satisfactorily completed within the first nine weeks of the
next semester, the I becomes an F
74
GRADE CHANGES
Normally a grade awarded other than "I" is final. Grades other than "I" (In-
complete) can be changed only when there is a bona fide clerical error Any inac-
curate final grade must be reported in writing to the professor before the end of
the fourth calendar week of the following semester.
CUMULATIVE INDEX
The cumulative scholastic index (grade point average) is determined by divid-
ing the total quality points earned by the total credit hours attempted. The
following example, based on a single semester, illustrates:
Quality
Quality
Points
Points
Semester
for
for
Hours
Grade
Grade
Course
1st subject
4
A
4
4x
4 -
16
2nd subject
3
B
3
3x
3 -
9
3rd subject
3
C
2
2x
3 -
6
4th subject
3
D
1
1 X
3 -
3
5th subject
2
F
0
Ox
2 -
0
15 34
34 divided by 15 equals scholastic Index 2.27
All grades received during a student's enrollment (except the grade of "P" and
except D's or F's when a second attempt produces a higher course grade) are in-
cluded in the cumulative index. Grades from other colleges are excluded.
If a student repeats a course, in an effort to improve his D or F grade, he or she
must notify the Office of the Registrar at the beginning of the semester in which
the course is being repeated.
REPEATING COURSES
In a change of academic policy applying to students who were admitted or re-
admitted after June 1, 1973, D or F grades are not computed in the index when a
student repeats the course and attains a better grade. If the second attempt does
not produce a grade higher than D or F, the grade will be computed into the index
and remain there even if a third attempt is successful. Whatever the outcome of
second and subsequent attempts, the original D or F will appear on the student's
record.
Students must inform the Office of the Registrar that they are repeating a
course and must do so as the semester of the second or subsequent attempt be-
gins.
For students admitted before June 1, 1973, the original D or F will be figured
into the index.
Students readmitted after June 1, 1973, are eligible under the new D-F policy
only for those courses in which they received a D or F after their readmission
Except as indicated above, students who repeat a course will not earn addi-
tional credits in such a course towards their degree and in the event that the com-
puter adds such credits to the students' records, these will be subtracted at the
time of final clearance for graduation.
75
TAKING COURSES OUT OF SEQUENCE
Students may not enroll for credit in a more elementary course in a sequence
after having satisfactorily passed a more advanced course in that sequence. For
example, a student may not enroll for credit in French 101 after having satisfac-
torily passed French 201 .
PASS-FAIL POLICY (Effective, September, 1978)
1. All sophomores, juniors, and seniors with a cumulative index of at least 2.00
are eligible.
2. The Pass/Fail privilege is limited to one course per semester; only free elec-
tives may be taken on a Pass/Fail basis. A free elective is a course which a stu-
dent selects outside the major field and which the student is not using to sat-
isfy either specific department requirements or a school or college distribu-
tion requirement.
3. A grade of Pass carries credit value, but does not affect the cumulative index.
4. A grade of Fail is computed into the cumulative index.
5. After contracting for Pass-Fail, the student may not request or accept any
grade other than a "P" or "F".
6. This process must be completed by the end of the eighth week of the semester
or the equivalent in Summer School. Forms are available in the Office of the
Registrar
AUDITING PRIVILEGES
Anyone may attend the college for the sole purpose of auditing one or more
courses by obtaining approval from the Office of the Registrar and paying the
regular fee Full-time students have the privilege of auditing one course per se-
mester without charge, provided they obtain approval from the course instructor
Part-time students may audit one course per semester, provided they obtain the
instructor's approval, enroll in the course through the Office of the Registrar, and
pay the regular course fee
Credit is never given to auditors, and audited courses do not appear on student
records. After the course has commenced, the auditor status may not be
changed.
EXEMPTION FROM FINAL EXAMINATIONS
Students who have attained an A or B prior to the finals, have completed all
other course requirements, and have the instructors' permission may waive final
examinations. This privilege is subject to several reservations.
1. Any unit examinations given during the final examination period are not sub-
ject to this policy.
2. Academic departments as well as faculty may adopt a policy excluding the
final examination exemption for certain courses.
3. Mutual agreement between the instructor and the student to waive the final
examination should be determined during the week prior to the beginning of
the examination period.
The course grade will be the A or B earned exclusive of a final examination
grade.
76
77
ACADEMIC HONORS LIST(Effective September, 1979)
The academic Honors List of those students achieving a semester index of 3.50-
4.00 is pubhshed at the close of each semester
MAINTENANCE OF MINIMUM STANDARDS
A 2.00 (C) cumulative index is the minimum acceptable for academic work; stu-
dents failing to maintain a 2.00 index are considered probationary students.
In order to remain in the college as degree candidates, students must attain the
following cumulative indexes.
With up to 32 credits attempted or two full-time semesters completed 1 .80
After 32 credits attempted or four full-time semesters completed 2.00
A minimum cumulative index of 2.00 (C) for all work taken at the college is re-
quired for senior standing and graduation
If a student's cumulative index is below 1.00 (D) after attending two full-time
semesters and the summer sessions, the student is denied permission to enroll
again in the college
MINIMUM STANDARDS-TRANSFER STUDENTS
Transfer students are required to maintain the cumulative indexes shown
above. The number of credits taken at West Chester is added to the number of
credits transferred for the purpose of determining the credit hours attempted For
example, 34 credits transferred and 32 credits at the college equal 66 credits and
require a minimum average of 2.00.
ADDING A COURSE
Students may add a course during the first week of the semester
DROPPING A COURSE
A. During the first six weeks of a semester a student may drop a course, thereby
receiving no grade.
B. After the first six weeks of a semester a student may not drop a course except
for special reasons and emergencies The student secures a drop form from
the department involved, has it signed by the instructor and department chair-
person, and returns it to the Office of the Registrar
If a student is doing passing work at the time of approved withdrawal, he re-
ceives a WP, which is not treated as a grade If he is failing, he receives a WF,
computed as an F.
A student who drops a course without official permission is given an F.
Full-time students on financial aid may lose part of their financial aid if they
drop to part-time status.
WITHDRAWAL FROM THE COLLEGE
Students wishing to withdraw from the college or take a leave of absence are
to go to the Office of the Registrar and follow the prescribed procedures. If ill-
ness or some other emergency interrupts the student's college work, he or she
must notify the Office of the Registrar at once Unless a student withdraws offi-
cially, F grades will be recorded for unfinished courses
78
REINSTATEMENT AND READMISSION
A student whose cumulative index is below that required for retention may at-
tend summer sessions at West Chester in order to improve the index If the defi-
ciency is corrected during the summer, the student is reinstated as a degree can-
didate If, however, the required cumulative index is not attained by the close of
summer sessions, candidacy is terminated The student must remain away from
West Chester for one full semester before taking part-time work in an effort to be
readmitted
All students must apply formally for readmission as full-time degree candi-
dates; however, no application is necessary, other than proper registration, for
part-time work taken to qualify.
Students dismissed for academic reasons are eligible for readmission if they
qualify through part-time work taken after the first dismissal A second academic
dismissal terminates degree candidacy at West Chester.
ROOM RESERVATION POLICY FOR REINSTATED STUDENTS
Those students living in college dormitories who are in academic difficulty at
the close of the spring semester should consult with the housing office as to their
eligibility for continued housingon campus.
ADVANCED PLACEMENT PROGRAM
Courses taken under the Advanced Placement Program offered by the College
Entrance Examination Board may be applied toward advanced placement in the
college and/or toward credit requirements for graduation. The college recognizes
the grade of 3 0 or above as acceptable
COLLEGE LEVEL EXAMINATION PROGRAM (CLEP)
West Chester State College encourages the non-traditional student to use CLEP
subject examinations especially if he or she has not yet applied for admission to
West Chester State. While a non-traditional student may utilize CLEP exams after
gaining admission to WCSC, the student is urged to examine carefully the merits
of the credit-by-examination option for individual courses offered by the college.
Traditional college students (those who are admitted immediately after high
school), should take advantage of advanced placement or credit-by-examination
options available at West Chester State College.
West Chester State accepts SUBJECT Examinations in which the score is
greater than the 50th percentile. Course credit is given only where the Subject
Examination can be applied to specific courses offered most commonly in the
general requirements program or in free electives Those interested should be-
come familiar with the subject areas included in such programs of general study.
Courses are accepted as degree credit only; while no grade is recorded, a specific
number of credit hours is recorded.
West Chester State does NOT accept the General Examination of CLEP.
INDEPENDENT STUDY AND CREDIT BY EXAMINATION
Enrolled students desiring approval for independent study or credit by exami-
nation must apply on forms available from the Office of the Registrar. A fee of
$25 is charged for enrolling for credit by examination. The privilege of inde-
pendent study or credit by examination is subject to the following conditions:
1 . Application within the first two weeks of a semester
79
2. A cumulative index of at least 2.00 in the major area
3. Evidence of a satisfactory academic background for the course
4. The student has not already completed a more advanced course which pre-
supposes knowledge gained in the course. For example, credit by examina-
tion cannot be given for French 101 after the student has passed French 201
Students who have taken a course but have not achieved a satisfactory grade
may not apply for credit by examination for the same course.
TRANSFER OF CREDIT
Advanced credit may be granted for equivalent courses completed in accredit-
ed institutions of collegiate grade. Credit for work completed at an unaccredited
institution may be granted upon the recommendation of the student's major de-
partment in consultation with the dean of academic services. (See also Ad-
missions.)
Effective for students who entered the college after September, 197.3, D grades
are accepted for transfer if the credit is for equivalent courses within the frame-
work of general requirements or free electives, provided the transferred course
does not satisfy a major field requirement as well
D grades considered for transfer for a major program requirement are treated
in the same manner as the major department treats D grades earned at West
Chester, that is, the student's major department may require the course to be re-
peated
If the student is required to repeat a course in which a D was obtained, the
course originally considered for transfer will not be accepted for any type of
credit. Likewise, if a student changes his major, D grades originally approved for
transfer will be re-evaluated by the new major department
IN ORDER TO RECEIVE FULL CREDIT FOR COURSES TAKEN ELSEWHERE
AND FOR PROFICIENCIES DEMONSTRATED ON ADVANCED PLACEMENTOR
CLEP EXAMINATIONS, THE TRANSFER STUDENT SHOULD HAVE THIS WORK
EVALUATED PRIOR TO ENROLLING IN ANY POTENTIALLY EQUIVALENT
COURSES AT WEST CHESTER
POLICY ON CORRESPONDENCE COURSES
The college does not allow credit for courses taken through correspondence.
TRANSIENT STUDENT STATUS-TAKING COURSES OFF CAMPUS
West Chester State College students who wish to enroll at another institution
and have the credits count towards a West Chester degree fill out and turn in a
transient student application in the Office of the Registrar prior to enrolling at
the other institution. Students who fail a course at West Chester may not repeat
the course at another institution and have the credits count towards a West
Chester degree
in case of doubt as to which West Chester course is the equivalent to the
course to be taken elsewhere, the student should consult with the chairperson of
the West Chester department offering such courses.
GRADUATE CREDIT
An undergraduate who is in the final semester of work for the bachelor's de-
80
gree and has an overall grade point average of at least 3.0 may, with the permis-
sion of the dean of graduate studies, enroll in up to six credits of graduate level
course-work. Credits earned may be applied to a master's degree program.
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION
A student is recommended for graduation upon the satisfactory completion of
a minimum of 128 semester hours and upon fulfillment of all categories of the re-
quirements for his degree. A minimum cumulative index of 2.00 (C) is required for
graduation. Degree requirements are detailed under the heading of the subject
field. See also "Requirements for the Baccalaureate Degree" cited at the
beginning of this section. A student must file for graduation at the beginning of
the semester in which the student will complete the requirements.
RESIDENTCREDIT REQUIREMENT
To qualify for graduation, a student must take at least 30 semester hours of
credit at West Chester. Normally the student will take the last 30 semester hours
at West Chester.
REQUIRED NOTICE OF INTENTION TO GRADUATE
Students intending to graduate in May or August must come to the Office of
the Registrar and give Notice of Intention to Graduate no later than February 1.
Students intending to graduate in December must give such notice no later than
October 1 . The baccalaureate degree will not be granted unless this requirement
is met.
After submitting this notice, the student will receive a cap-and-gown order
form and a bill for the graduation fee. He or she will also specify how his or her
name should be shown on the diploma and commencement program Unless the
deadline is met, it will be impossible for the college to order a diploma, place the
name on the forthcoming commencement program or have the transcript reflect
the appropriate date of graduation.
GRADUATION HONORS
Graduation honors are awarded as follows:
Cumulative Index
cum laude 3.25 — 3.49
magna cum laude 3.50 — 3.74
summa cum laude 3.75 — 4.00
The Honors List for Commencement is necessarily calculated at the close of
the seventh semester. Those who do not attain honors distinctions until the end
of their final semester will have recognition of their achievement on their tran-
scripts, where all honors distinctions are recorded.
To be eligible for honors distinctions, transfer students must have completed a
minimum of 64 semester hours, or four full time semesters, at West Chester
TRANSCRIPTS
Requests for official transcripts are made by writing to the Office of the Regis-
trar, Learning and Research Center. West Chester graduates are not charged for
81
their first transcript but pay $1 each for subsequent transcripts Checks, payable
to the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, must accompany all but the first request.
DIRECTORY INFORMATION - RIGHTS TO PRIVACY ACT OF 1974
West Chester State College has, in the past, made public certain kinds of infor-
mation about students, such as, the names of those who receive scholarships,
who hold offices, or who are members of athletic teams Various kinds of campus
directories are published throughout the year to help members of the college
community locate and communicate with each other The commencement pro-
grams publish the names of those who have received degrees during the year
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 defines the term "direc-
tory information" to include the following categories of information: the stu-
dent's name, addresses, telephone numbers, date and place of birth, major field
of study, participation in offically recognized activities and sports, weight and
height of members of athletic teams, dates of attendance, degrees and awards re-
ceived, and the most recent previous educational agency or institution attended
by the student The college will limit information which is made public to cate-
gories such as these but will not necessarily publish all such information in every
listing.
Undergraduate students who do not wish to have any or all of such "directory
information" published without their prior consent must file notice in the Office
of the Registrar and graduate students in the Graduate Office. A signed, dated
statement specifying items not to be published must be brought by the student to
the appropriate office within the first fifteen calendar days after the beginning of
the fall semester.
82
\
For the convenience of readers, the arrangement of course offerings is
alphabetical by department or area of study.
Students may obtain a typical sequence of courses for any of the pro-
grams from the offices of the appropriate school or department.
All courses, course substitutions, and course sequences are subject to
change.
American
Studies
Perry F. Hoberg and Richard ). Webster
Coordinators
Offered jointly by the Schools of Arts and Letters and Social and Behavioral Sci-
ences
Students are exposed to a broad spectrum of American culture and given op-
portunities to relate the knowledge thus acquired to their vocational interests
through concentrations in American Art History, Black Studies, Ethnic Studies,
Historic Preservation, Journalism, and Museum Studies. An optional internship
provides on-the-job experience.
BACHELOR OF ARTS- AMERICAN STUDIES
1 General Requirements
see page 70
2. Foreign Language Requirements
3. Required Core
Proseminar and Field Experience (AMS 300)
American Literature l-ll (LIT 200-201)
History of the United States l-ll (HIS 151-152)
Material Culture of U.S. I, II, or III (AMS 301, 302, or 303)
(choose any two)
Senior Thesis or Project (AMS 400) or American Studies Internship
(AMS 41 5, 416)
44s.h.
6s h.
23s.h.
3
6
6
6
3-12
85
86 American Studies
4 Elective Core 24-33
Five American-topic courses are to be taken in Anthropology, Art, Government and
Politics, History, Literature, Music, Philosophy, Sociology, with no more than two
courses from one discipline.
5. Elective Concentration
Enough courses to insure that a minimum of 128 s.h. are taken Each American Studies
major is to submit for approval a proposal for a course of study and a sequence of
courses For guidance in the selection of a course track consult either of the American
Studies Program Coordinators.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: AMS
AMS 300 Proseminar and Field Experience (3) Orientation to a methodology and bibliog-
raphy of American Studies as an interdisciplinary investigation and practical experience
through fieldwork
AMS 301 Material Culture of U.S. I: Art and Images (3) Colonial period Cultural approach
to development of American values related to visual expression and imaging Cross-study
analysis of the impact of image and object on folk and elite traditions interacting with
Indian culture.
AMS 302 Material Culture of U.S. II: Art and Images (3) 19th century Emphasis on ethnic
contributions to the "American mainstream " Particular focus on black Americans.
AMS 303 Material Culture of U.S. Ill: Art and Images (3) 20th century Art movements are
related to the changed social climate generated by technological materialism. Dehumaniza-
tion and the development of a new humanism. Particular focus on the influence of youth
and counterculture
AMS 305 American Decorative Arts (3) Study of decorative and utilitarian objects of the
American household environment from Colonial period through World War I
AMS 400 Senior Thesis or Project (3) A concluding "statement" incorporating the inter-
disciplinary generalist approach
AMS 401 Independent Studies (1-3) An opportunity to pursue alternative outside-the-class-
room study projects; field work in community resources, etc.
AMS 415, 416 American Studies Internship (3-6) Cooperative service-learning experience at
community agency, business, or institution
Anthropology,
Sociology, and
Social Welfare
Martin Murphy,
Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Becker, Samuelson, Yeakel
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Bartlett, Luck, Main, Murphy
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Bamat, Cowen, McCullough, McCutcheon, Monos, Wingate,
Witthoft
The department is organized into two divisions: anthropology-sociology and
social work. The faculty of the anthropology and sociology division offer three
undergraduate courses of study leading to Bachelor of Arts degrees; and, in
cooperation with the faculty of teacher education, Bachelor of Science in Educa-
tion degrees: Comprehensive Social Studies with a concentration either in
anthropology or in sociology. The faculty of the social work division offer a bac-
calaureate degree program as well as extension courses through the Social Wel-
fare Institute for Professional Development (see page 93)
ANTHROPOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY DIVISION DEGREES
1 B A in Anthropology The course of study in anthropology focuses on man's biological
evolution; on the origin, development and integration of human cultures; and on the in-
terrelationship of biological and cultural factors in the etiology of human behavior
2. B.A. in Sociology. The course of study in sociology centers on understanding the proc-
esses involved in the creation, maintenance and evolution of social structure, and on the
impact of diverse structural forms on individual behavior
3. B.A. in Social Anthropology (Anthroplogy/Sociology). The course of study in social
anthropology/comparative sociology is interdisciplinary, drawing upon offerings in both
sociology and anthropology to develop an analytic understanding of the dialectic of
social structure and culture
Majors in the three B.A. courses of study should consult the appropriate
department handbooks and their academic/disciplinary advisor for current
requirements. Students planning to major in one of these courses of study are ad-
vised to take ANT 102 and SOC 200 no later than their sophomore year A grade
of at least B in each of these courses is necessary for admittance Application for
admission is made on forms available from the department office.
Students planning to pursue the B.S. in Education: Comprehensive Social Stud-
ies degrees should consult during the freshman year with both their academic
advisor in this department as well as with their professional studies advisor
among the faculty of teacher education.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE B.A. PROGRAMS
1. General Requirements, see page 70 44 s h.
88/Anthropology, Sociology and Social Welfare
2. Foreign Language Requirement 3s.n.
(second half of the intermediate year)
3. Social Science Core, see page 72 21 s.h.
4. Major Requirements 60 s.h.
BACHELOR OF ARTS- ANTHROPOLOGY TRACK
1. Required Core Courses 9 s.h.
ANT 101, 103, 495 (ANT 102 under social science core)
2. Specialization Requirements 12-21 s.h.
Four to seven courses in anthropology
3. Cognate Requirements 15 s h
LIN 203; additional courses outside of anthropology approved by the stu-
dent's advisor
4. Free Electives 15-24 s.h.
BACHELOR OF ARTS-SOCIOLOGY TRACK
1 Required Core Courses 21 sh.
a Theory Core (15 s h )
SOC300, 301,302, 401,403
b. Methodology Core (6s h)
SOC 322, 421
2. Specialization Requirements 15 s.h.
a. SOC 492 (Comprehensive Examination)
b Any four advanced courses in sociology
3. Cognate Requirements 12 s.h.
Any four non-sociology courses approved by the
student's advisor
4 Free Electives 12 s.h.
BACHELOR OF ARTS-SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGYTRACK
1 Anthropology-Sociology Core Courses 6sh.
ANT 341, SOC 302
2. Anthropology 12 sh.
Two topical and two area courses in ethnology, selected in
consultation with the student's advisor
3. Sociology 12 s.h.
One methodology and three topical (mstitutional or theoretical)
courses, selected in consultation with the student's advisor
4. Seminar 3 s.h.
ANT 490
5 Cognates 12 s.h
Four courses selected in consultation with the
student's advisor.
6 Free Electives 15 s.h.
Bachelor of Science in Education
Comprehensive Social Studies: Anthropology or Sociology (concentration)
Students interested in teaching secondary school social studies may pursue a concen-
tration in anthropology or sociology while earning state certification and the Bachelor of
Anthropology, Sociology and Social Welfare/89
Science degree. See description under COMPREHENSIVE SOCIAL STUDIES; B.S. IN EDU-
CATION, PagellS
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ANTHROPOLOGY
Symbol: ANT
PRIMARILY FOR FRESHMEN AND SOPHOMORES
101 Introduction to Anthropology: Biological (3) Fundamentals of human biology, evolu-
tion, and the prehistoric development of culture Spring, odd years
102 Introduction to Anthropology: Cultural (3) Comparative analysis of culture systems
Fail, spring, summer.
103 Introduction to Anthropology: Archaeology (3) Interpretation of culture through
Analysis of archaeological remains. Spring, even years. Summer
113 Archaeological Field Techniques (3) Implementation of archaeological principles and
theory in laboratory and field studies PREREQ OR CONCURRENT: ANT 103. Summer.
120 Cultures of Ethnic Groups in America (3) Survey of the cultural history and traditions
of ethnic groups in America. Fall, odd years
140 Folklore in Society (3) Survey of basic American folklore genres. Emphasis on folklore
as process, tradition, and as an element of culture. Fall, even years.
FOR SOPHOMORES AND UPPERCLASSMEN
202 World Ethnology (3) Survey of the social organization, belief systems, and cultures of
selected peoples. PREREQ: ANT 102 or permission of instructor. Spring, even years.
260 (also HIS 353) Artifacts and Culture (3) See H IS 353. PREREQ: ANT 102
280 Practicum in Museum Techniques I (3) Exploration of techniques of cataloging, con-
serving objects, and of designing and setting up exhibits. Involvement in actual museum
work. PREREQ: ANT 102 or permission of instructor. Fall, odd years.
FOR UPPERCLASSMEN
A BIOLOGICAL ANTHROPOLOGY
310 Human Paleontology (3) Evolutionary thought; origin and antiquity of the primates;
fossil man and living races. PREREQ: ANT 101. (Some background in biology recommend-
ed.)
B. ETHNOLOGY: AREA COURSES
320 American Indian (3) Ethnology of North America. PREREQ: ANT 102 Fall, even years.
Summer.
321 American Indian Today (3) Native Americans in contemporary Anglo- America.
PREREQ: ANT 102 or permission of instructor Spring, odd years. Summer.
322 Ethnology of Central America (3) Survey of the modern cultures of Central America:
relationships to ancient peoples, the process of modernization in this area. PREREQ: ANT
102
326 Cultures and Peoples of Sub-Saharan Africa (3) Examination of the cultures and socie-
ties of Black Africa. PREREQ: ANT 102 Spring, even years
327 (also HIS 302) Cultures and Peoples of India (3) See H IS 302 PREREQ: ANT 102
329 Problems in Ethnology (3) Survey of the ethnographic literature pertaining to specific
geographic regions. Area of focus to be announced in advance PREREQ: ANT 102 Fall,
even years
C. ETHNOLOGY: TOPICAL COURSES
341 Social Organization (3) Study of social groups, their structure and functioning
PREREQ: ANT 102. Spring, odd years.
90/Anthropology, Sociology and Social Welfare
342 Political Anthropology (3) Analysis of tribal and peasant political systems. PREREQ:
ANT 102 Fall, odd years
343 Economic Anthropology (3) Analysis of tribal and peasant economic systems.
PREREQ ANT 102 Spring, odd years
344 Magic, Religion, and Witchcraft (3) An analysis of supernaturalistic ideology and ritual
in both tribal and civil society PREREQ; ANT 102 Spring, even years Summer
345 Culture and Personality (3) Study of relationship between culture systems and person-
ality PREREQ: ANT 102 Eall, even years.
346 Culture Change (3) Empirical and theoretical study of culture change PREREQ; ANT
102 Eall, even years
350 (also Art 350) Primitive Art (3) See ART 350 PREREQ ANT102.
D. ARCHAEOLOGY
360 Historical Archaeology (3) Historical research through archaeology Chester County is
emphasized through local research projects. PREREQ OR CONCURRENT; ANT 103. Sum-
mer
362 Archaeology of Central America (3) The archaeological record of Central America,
covering the significant features of each culture area from modern Mexico to Panama.
PREREQ ANT103
ADVANCED AND SENIOR COURSES
405 Topical Seminar in Anthropology (3) Selected topics in the subdisciplines of anthropo-
logy Topics announced in advance Juniors and seniors only. Spring
410 Independent Studies in Anthropology {1 to 3) Special research projects, reports, read-
ings in anthropology, juniors and seniors only PREREQ: Permission of department chair-
person. Fall, spring, summer.
459 History of Ethnological Theory (3) Development of ethnological theory with emphasis
on the nature of explanation in ethnology PREREQ: Six hours in ethnology and junior or
senior standing. Fall
490 Seminar in Social Anthropology (3) History and theory of social anthropology PRE-
REQ: Six hours in ethnology and six hours in sociology Seniors only Spring.
495 Senior Seminar in Anthropology (3) Discussion and supervised research designed to
integrate conceptual and methodological skills. The research paper for the seminar must be
acceptable as a required departmental senior research paper. Senior anthropology majors
only Fall.
ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATE AND GRADUATE COURSES
500 Strategies and Techniques in Anthropological Research (3)
512 Ethnographic Studies (3)
515 Problems in Anthropology (3)
555 Proseminar in Urban Anthropology (3)
580 (also LIN 580) Language and Culture. See LIN 580
595 Seminar in Anthropology (3)
599 independent Studies in Anthropology (1 to 3)
SOCIOLOGY
Symbol: SOC
PRIMARILY FOR FRESHMEN AND SOPHOMORES
135 Explorations in Human Relations (1) Developing awareness of self and others through
Anthropology, Sociology and Social Welfare/91
understanding values, attitudes, and feelings related to race, ethnicity, sexism and differing
life styles. (A course for full-time students offered as part of the college Orientation Pro-
gram) Summer, spring
200 Introduction to Sociology (3) Fundamentals of the sociological perspective on human
behavior Fall, spring, summer
235 Racial and Ethnic Understanding (3) A human relations course designed to facilitate
inter-racial and inter-ethnic understanding. Fall, spring, summer.
240 Sociology of the Family (3) Comparative, historical, and cross-cultural analysis of the
family institution. Fall, spring, summer.
250 Contemporary Social Problems (3) Analysis of current social disorders; urban unrest,
racial tension, poverty, addictions, crime, and mental illness Fall, summer
PRIMARILY FOR SOCIOLOGY MAJORS AND OTHER UPPERCLASSMEN
299 The Sociological Perspective (3) Overview of sociology as a discipline and profession
PREREQ:SOC200 Sprmg
300 Sociological Theory to 1920 (3) Historical development of the sociological perspective
on human behavior; emphasis on the perennial issues in sociological explanation. PREREQ:
SOC 200 Fall.
301 Self and Society (3) The emergence, maintenance, and transformation of the self in
social interaction PREREQ: SOC 200 Fall
302 Analyzing Social Structure (3) Discussion of the major concepts employed in the
analysis of social structure and of the impact of various features of social structure on
human behavior. PREREQ: SOC 200. Spring.
322 Methods of Sociological Research (3) The logic of social research. Fundamentals of re-
search design, data collection and reduction, and non-statistical analysis PREREQ: SOC
200. Fall.
335 Racial and Cultural Minorities (3) Analysis of the implications of racial differences, the
factors affecting prejudice and discrimination, and structural aspects of group conflicts.
PREREQ: SOC 200. Spring.
341 Social Stratification (3) Analysis of inequalities in wealth, power, and prestige in con-
temporary societies PREREQ: SOC 200 Odd years.
342 Urban Sociology (3) A descriptive study of the form and development of the urban
community with respect to demographic structure, spatial and temporal patterns, and func-
tional organization. PREREQ: SOC 200. Fall.
343 Complex Organizations (3) Analysis of large-scale formal organizations with emphasis
on bureaucracy as the dominant form of social organization in the West. PREREQ: SOC 200.
Spring.
344 Sociology of Religion (3) Theoretical analysis of social functions of religion; history
and internal structure of religious institutions; their relationship to other institutions. PRE-
REQ: SOC 200. Fall, odd years.
345 Sociology of Education (3) Sociological dimensions of educational institutions
PREREQ: SOC 200. Fall
351 Deviance (3) Causes and consequences of the construction and violation of social
norms. PREREQ: SOC 200 Fall
352 Criminology (3) Sociological analysis of the definition, distribution, and causes of
crime, and of social response to it. PREREQ: SOC 200. Fall, spring, summer
353 Juvenile Delinquency (3) Theories of delinquency; evaluation of programs for its pre-
vention and control PREREQ: SOC 200 Spring, summer.
361 Sociology of Medicine (3) A sociological perspective on health, illness and medical
care. PREREQ: SOC 200.
92/Anthropology, Sociology and Social Welfare
362 Sexuality in Society (3) The social dimensions of human sexuality. PREREQ: SOC 200.
Spring, odd years.
363 Small Groups (3) Critical survey of group techniques designed to change behavior
through interpersonal or collective experience PREREQ: SOC 200 Spring, even years.
371 Applied Social Change (3) Strategy and tactics of planning and guiding change in small
and large-scale social systems. PREREQ: SOC 200. Spring.
401 Social Stability and Change (3) Critique of the leading models of social order and
change; analysis of major transformation in Western civilization. PREREQ: SOC 200. Fall.
403 Sociological Theory Since 1920 (3) Theories of social order. Logic of theory construc-
tion and evaluation. PREREQ: SOC 200 Senior standing recommended Spring
410 Problems in Sociological Analysis (3) Analysis of several of the key philosophic issues
underlying sociological thought. PREREQ: SOC 300 and/or 302, or permission of the instruc-
tor. Fall.
421 Statistics in Sociological Research (3) The application of statistical methods to socio-
logical hypothesis testing. PREREQ: SOC 200. Spring.
490 Independent Studies in Sociology (1 to 3) Individual research projects, reports, and/or
readings Seniors only PREREQ: permission of department chairperson Fall, spring, sum-
mer
491 Topical Seminar in Sociology (3) Special topics in theory or methodology Topics an-
nounced in advance. Admission by permission of instructor. Juniors and seniors only.
492 Senior Seminar in Sociology (3) Preparation for Comprehensive Examinations. Senior
sociology majors only. Spring
ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATE AND GRADUATE COURSES
500 Research Design (3)
521 (also CRJ 521) Youth and Delinquency (3)
531 Social Problems (3)
532 History of Sociological Theory (3)
533 American Minorities (3)
538 (also CR) 538) Crime and Justice (3)
539 (also CRJ 539) Deviance and Control (3)
540 (also LIN 540) Sociolinguistics (3)
543 The Sociology of Complex Organizations (3)
550 Seminar in Sociology (3)
590 Independent Studies in Sociology (1 to 3)
Anthropology, Sociology and Social Welfare/93
Social Work Program
John A. Main
Program Director
The Social Work Program combines a hberal arts foundation with the analyti-
cal framework of the social and behavioral sciences and the principles and
methods associated with the professional practice of social work. The student
applies theory to practice in the varied field experiences of the sophomore,
junior, and senior years. The ultimate goal of this program is to have the student
develop a basic competency in generic social work practice.
The Social Work Program is accredited as a professional degree in social work
by the Council on Social Work Education.
Admission to the program is limited, because of the limited number of ap-
proved field placement agencies. Those students interested in majoring in Social
Work should take Introduction to Social Welfare I and II (SWO 200 and SWO
201) during the fall and spring semesters of their sophomore year. They are ad-
vised to apply for admission at the beginning of the spring semester of their
sophomore year. Applications for admission to the Social Work Program will be
reviewed by the Admissions and Standards Committee of the Social Work Pro-
gram during the spring semester of the applicant's sophomore year. To be eligible
for consideration for admission the student must have achieved at least an aver-
age of 2.5 in social science courses and a B in Introduction to Social Welfare
(SWO 200).
TRANSFER STUDENTS FROM OTHER COLLEGES
Those students transferring from other colleges as sophomores or juniors will
be directed by the Admissions Office of the college to make an appointment with
an appropriate faculty member of the Social Work Program to discuss their sta-
tus in regard to admission to the program A limited number of openings are held
for transfer students with A. A. Degrees in Social Work or Human Services. Trans-
fer students with no academic background in the helping professions will be
asked to enter the program through the admissions procedure described above.
INSTITUTE FOR PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT
In 1972, the Social Welfare Institute for Professional Development, designed
for persons employed in the human services, was introduced. The institute has
two facets. The first is designed for workers without college preparation who
wish to enhance their on-the-job skills. The second is designed for workers who
have baccalaureate degrees in other areas but lack specific professional prepara-
tion for social work.
Courses related to on-the-job skills are in interviewing (SWO 250, 251 ), informa-
tion and referral (SWO 260, 261) the communication and collaboration process
(SWO 270, 271 ), and supervision (280, 281 ).
A professional social work sequence is available for students with baccalau-
reate preparation in other areas. These students take social work courses lacking
in their previous preparation plus a supervised field practicum. Concurrent job
responsibilities supply a framework for courses and practicum whenever possi-
ble. A vocational certificate carrying equivalent professional recognition is avail-
able to students completing the program
94/Anthropology, Sociology and Social Welfare
SOCIAL WORK FIELD PLACEMENTS
Chester County Board of Assistance
Chester County Children's Services
Chester County Farms
Crozer-Chester Medical Center
Delaware County Child Care Services
Delaware County Day Care Association
Delaware County Intermediate Unit
Delaware County Juvenile Court
Embreeville State Hospital
Family Service-Mental Health Centers
of Chester County
Family Service of Delaware County
Freedom Valley Girl Scout Council
Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania
Jefferson Hospital
Mental Health and Mental Retardation
Board of Chester County, Base
Service Unit
Norristown State Hospital
Pennhurst State School and Hospital
United Farm Workers
West Philadelphia Consortium
Wilmington School District
BACHELOR OF ARTS- SOCIAL WORK
44s.h.
3s. h.
21 s.h.
39 sh
12s. h.
6. Electives 9sh.
Social work majors should choose with their advisor an interdisciplinary elective program
geared to their learning needs and professional interests.
General Requirements, see page 70
Foreign Language Requirements (second half of the intermediate year)
Social Science Core, see page 72
Social Work Concentration:
SWO 300-301, 320-321, 350, 420-421, 430, 450-451, 495-496.
Cognates (Psycho-Social Foundation)
Select four courses, under advisement
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: SWO
PRIMARILY FOR SOPHOMORES
200 Introduction to Social Welfare I (3) Current social problems and the influence of socie-
tal values upon their definition and upon the structures devised to meet them. Two hours per
week of volunteer experience in a social agency. Fall.
201 Introduction to Social Welfare II (3) The history of social welfare in the United States,
and an overview of major fields of social work practice with emphasis upon legislation and
policy formulation. Spring.
INSTITUTE COURSES
240 Framework for Social Work Practice (2) A historical survey of the cultural, economic
and political forces influencing social welfare legislation and social work practice. Fall,
spring, summer
250 Human Problems and the Interviewing Process I (2) The development of more effec-
tive responses to the dynamics of human behavior within the interview Current interviewing
exoerience necessary. Fall, spring, summer
251 Human Problems and the Interviewing Process II (2) Advanced techniques of inter-
viewing Current interviewing experience necessary. Fall, spring
260 Information and Referral I (2) Interviewing skills for the collection of factural informa-
tion and for problem assessment; an analysis of the network of local human services and
procedures for referral Fall, spring, summer.
261 Information and Referral II (2) The compilation of case histories, case summaries and
referral summaries; the dynamics of inter-agency, inter-disciplinary collaboration and fol-
low-through. Fall, spring, summer.
Anthropology, Sociology and Social Welfare/95
270 Dynamics of Staff Collaboration I (2) An exploration of the concepts of role and func-
tion as they relate to various positions within social agencies. Fall, spring, summer
271 Dynamics of Staff Collaboration II (2) Theoretical framework building upon basic con-
cepts developed in SWO 270. Fall, spring
280 Social Work Supervision I (2) An integration of theoretical content with the practice of
supervision, taking into account the unique characteristics and problems of social agencies.
Fall, spring
281 Social Work Supervision II (2) Use of generic social work principles and concepts for
the supervisor as teacher, administrator, and model for practice. Fall, spring
290 Dynamics of Case Management (2) An examination of the following areas of social
work practice skills: problem assessment, the professional relationships, short term counsel-
ing, crisis intervention, and systems analysis Fall, spring.
291 Job Design and Organizational Development (2) A study, with a practical exercise, of
organizational theory as it deals with small units of workers Fall, spring
B.A. COURSES FOR SOCIAL WORK MAJORS AND OTHER UPPERCLASSMEN
300 Social Welfare Systems I (3) Introduction to selected items in systems analysis, empha-
sizing application to understanding the institutional and organizational framework of
human behavior. Fall
301 Social Welfare Systems II (3) Systems concepts applied in the study of selected social-
structural problems, various systems responses, and implications for social work practice.
Spring.
320 Principles and Methods of Social Work Practice I (3) A systems approach to the use of
generic principles and methods of social work practice. Fall.
321 Principles and Methods of Social Work Practice II (3) A continuation of SWO 320
325 Race Relations and Social Work Practice (3) An examination of the significance of
racial, ethnic, and cultural difference as potential variables of the helping relationship in
social work. Summer.
350 Psycho-Social Foundations of Human Behavior (3) Life cycle of individual develop-
ment in a framework of interrelationships of self-concept, reference groups, social reality,
and social role. Fall
375 Field Placement (3) Junior year field experience for the social work major Spring
410 Independent Studies in Social Work (1 to 3) Special research projects or practices in
social work Juniors and seniors only PRERFQ: permission of department chairperson. Fall,
spring, summer
430 Introduction to Social Research (3) Introduction to the nature and function of the re-
search process, emphasizing application in social work practice and research.
431 Methods of Social Inquiry (3) Fundamentals of problem identification, research
design, sampling, observation, data collection and reduction, and non-statistical analysis.
Spring.
450-451 Field Experience l-ll (6) (6) Supervised work experience in social agency. Seniors
only. Fall, spring
495 Senior Seminar in Social Work (3) Integration of field and classroom experiences into a
professional framework for the social work helping process. Fall
496 Social Work Process Seminar (3) Seminar on social work process designed to relate to
the second semester field experience Fall
ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATE AND GRADUATE COURSES
520 Theory for Social Work Practice (3)
521 Social Work with Women in Transition (3)
522 Family Therapy in Social Work (3)
96/Art
542 (also CRJ 542) Interviewing and Counseling the Offender I (3) (See CRJ 542)
543 (also CRJ 543) Social Rehabilitation of the Offender (3)
Art
Perry F Hoberg
Chairperson
PROFESSOR: Hemphill
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Hawthorne, Hoberg, Lasuchin, McKinney, Sermas, Simmendin-
ger. White
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Blake, Defino, Rarick, Shapiro
INSTRUCTORS: Baker, Reed
The undergraduate programs offered by the Department of Art give students
the opportunity to achieve competence in the practice, theory and history of art
taking into consideration both personal and vocational needs. Each student's ad-
visement reflects an effort to relate the general requirements to art subjects.
In addition to the formal programs listed below, alternative courses of study
may be planned in conjunction with other departments. Students are encouraged
to make connections between art and other subjects where appropriate to
achieve vocational and personal advancement Proposals for alternative pro-
grams should be made to the department after consultation with the student's
advisor
BACHELOR OF ARTS- ART
1 General Requirements (see page 70) 44s.h.
2. Language Requirement (Intermediate II Level for tracks Band C Inter-
mediate I level or 200 course for track A) 3 s.h.
3 Arts and Letters Requirement 15 s.h.
4. Art Department Program Requirements (Select One)
A Studio Art i sequence — (prepares student for graduate study
and/or personal/vocational competence)
(1) StudioFoundation-(106, 111,112, 206, 220, 221) 18 sh
(2) Art History — (elect from any art history, aesthetics, museum,
or AMS 301, 302, 303, 305 courses) 12 s h
(3) Other Studio — (elect from studio offerings ) 42 s.h
Total 72 s.h.
B Studio Art II sequence — (provides a minimal concentration with
wide choice of free electives or second concentration options)
(1) Studio Foundation-(106, 111,220) 9 s.h.
(additional foundation course(s) required dependent upon
media concentration)
(2) Art History — (any art history, aesthetics, museum, 12 s.h.
or AMS 301 , 302, 303, 305 courses)
(3) Other Studio — (elect from studio offerings See 15 sh
special note below) Total 36 sh
C Art /-//sfory — (preparation for graduate study in art history or museum study)
(1) ArtHistoryFoundation-(350. 381,382, 383, 384, 385, 386) 21 s.h.
Art/97
(2) Studio Foundation-n06, 111,220) 9s.h.
(3) Other Art History— (elect from any other art history, 6s.h
aesthetics, museum, AMS 301, 302, 303, 305 courses) Total 36s.h.
(4) Majors are advised to take additional art history unless considering a double con-
centration or other interdisciplinary goals.
Special Note: Studio majors are advised to consider concentration emphasis in general cate-
gories of 2-dimensional, 3-dimensional, or inter-media, or, if the subject area permits, more
specialized concentration in single or limited media.
Other considerations: Studio Art II majors may consider a second concentration in art his-
tory, or vice versa. Or, in either case, a second concentration with another major department
may be considered.
Internships are also available in certain areas such as museums, historical societies, or in-
stitutions where art therapy or other art services may be required.
5. As appropriate, free electives complete 128 s.h. program.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: ART
101 Learning to Look: Fine Arts, Art (3) An appreciation course covering various art forms
of twentieth century with emphasis on selected historical antecedents.
102 Roads to Renaissance: Introduction to Art History I (3) Survey of significant art and
architectural monuments from prehistory through Middle Ages. Includes Western and
Eastern civilizations.
103 Movements to Modernism: Introduction to Art History II (3) Continuation of ART 102
from Renaissance through twentieth century.
104 Survey of Art History (3) A condensed one semester version of ART 102 and 103.
105 Art Workshop (3) An art workshop for non-art majors. Exploration of art materials and
techniques.
106 Beginning Drawing (3) Drawing from direct observation and an introduction to ideas
of perception and interpretation. Use of a variety of media.
111 Basic Design (2-D Design) (3) Experimentation with shape, space, light, color, texture in
a variety of media toward developing a visual vocabulary.
112 Color and Design (2-D Design) (3) Extensive study of color theory and its application to
a variety of fine and industrial art projects
206 Intermediate Drawing (3) Work in a variety of media and methods designed to develop
"aggressive seeing." Emphasis on the exploration of line as boundary to describe form and
space, as gesture, as calligraphy, and for expressive qualities as a tool for working in other
media PREREQ: ART 106
211 Graphic Design I: Lettering and Layout (3) Exploration of the design aspects of letter-
ing and layout for communication.
212 Graphic Design II: Graphic Concepts (3) Continuation of ART 211 with emphasis on ex-
pressive possibilities of lettering and typography. Further study of production methods and
use of silk-screen techniques as means of reproduction. PREREQ: ART 211, 242, or permis-
sion of instructor.
216 Beginning Painting (3) An introduction to the basic materials and techniques of the
painter with emphasis on color.
217 Intermediate Painting (3) Advanced work with models, still life, landscape Emphasis
upon technique and composition
220 Fundamentals of 3-Dimensional Design (3) An introduction to theories, processes, and
elements of perception and visual design in a three-dimensional situation Problems will be
geared to problem solving rather than object-making.
98/Art
221 Advanced 3-Diniensional Design (3) Experimentation with various materials toward
solving problems in terms of visual elements as they relate to volumetric forms in space.
222 Beginning Sculpture (3) An introduction to the basic fundamentals of sculpture, in-
cluding concepts of design, knowledge of tools and techniques, materials and processes.
Project assignments to be rendered in clay, plaster, wood, and stone.
226 Water Color I (3) An introduction to the basic tools and techniques of the water-color
painter. Emphasis upon transparent water color.
227 Water Color 11 (3) Advanced problems in water color, gouache, tempera, and mixed
media.
231 Ceramics 1: Basic Techniques (3) Introduction to the basic techniques of ceramics.
Hand and wheel methods of construction; knowledge of clay bodies, firing, and glazing.
232 Ceramics II: Intermediate Techniques (3) Fundamental methods of creating clay forms
on the wheel Experimentation with clay bodies, glazes, and the operation of the kiln. Design
is stressed.
241 Printmaking: Introduction to Relief Printmaking (3) An introduction to the medium of
print-making; linoleum cuts, woodcuts, and collographs
242 Printmaking: Introduction to Silk-Screen Printmaking (3) An exploration of the basic
techniques of silk-screen printing. Emphasis upon color and design.
243 Printmaking: Intermediate Relief Printmaking (3) Continuation of ART 241 emphasiz-
ing expressive possibilities of various relief techniques and their combination with other
print media. PREREQ: ART 241, or permission of instructor
244 Printmaking: Intermediate Silk-Screen (3) Continuation of ART 242 emphasizing ex-
pressive possibilities of various silk-screen techniques and their combination with other print
media. PREREQ: ART 242, or permission of instructor
245 Architectural Drawing (3) Studio experiences in layout; preparation of plans and eleva-
tions, presentations, (renderings) and architectural lettering. Use of mechanical drawing
tools to help students express steps that occur from design of to realization of a structure.
250 Art in Early Childhood Education (3) For those who will work with very young children,
seminar, field experience and workshop activities designed to prepare adults to help chil-
dren explore, discover, manipulate, imagine, and express.
251 Art in the Elementary School (3) Workshop and seminar providing experience with a
wide variety of media appropriate for use with children as well as investigation into the
philosophy and psychology of children's art.
263 Art as Therapy (3) Exploration of potentials of art activity chosen for their therapeutic
value in work with physically or emotionally handicapped in either educational or therapeu-
tic millieu.
266 Introduction to Crafts (3) An introduction to varied materials with an emphasis on
craft and design as a form of expression. Applicable to teaching and recreation use. Media
to include clay, fibers, glass and metals.
306 Life Drawing (3) An exploration of the abstract dynamics of figure drawing with par-
ticular application of anatomical structure to expressive design. PREREQ: ART 106, 206.
307 Drawing: Independent Projects (3) Individualized instruction in increasingly complex
formal and expressive problems in drawing.
310 Graphic Design III: Trademark, Logotype (3) Experimentation with designing trade-
mark and logotype symbols in single and multi-pattern images as applied to a variety of
advertising media for private and public agencies PREREQ: ART 211, 242, or permission of
instructor.
311 Graphic Design: Independent Projects (3) Individualized instruction in design prob-
lems at an advanced level.
Art/99
312 Graphic Design IV: 3-D Graphics (3) Problems in advanced design: the application of
previous studies in design to specific projects. PREREQ: ART 211, 242, or permission of in-
structor
316 Advanced Painting (3) Emphasis upon advanced problems in painting in a variety of
techniques encouraging individual expression.
317 Painting: Studio Problems (3) Concentration upon individual work and professional
competence. Group critiques and discussions
320 Painting: independent Projects (3) Individualized instruction. Preparation for senior
show.
321 intermediate Sculpture (3) More advanced problems in sculpture with emphasis on
individual exploration of form, structures, and process. Independent projects to be rendered
in choice of materials to include clay, plaster, wood, and stone.
322 Advanced Sculpture (3) Continued exploration and development of individual form
and process awareness through involvement with modeling, casting, fabrication, and assem-
blages. In addition to clay, wood, stone, and plaster, metals and plastics will be utilized.
325 Sculpture: independent Projects (3) Individualized instruction in advanced sculpture
Preparation for senior show.
331 Ceramics ili: Advanced Techniques (3) An advanced course to develop craftsmanship
and to explore clay as a means of individual expression.
332 Ceramics: Studio Problems (3) Work at an advanced level in specialized ceramic tech-
niques.
335 Ceramics: Independent Projects (3) Individualized instruction as well as research and
study in ceramic design.
341 Printmaking: Introduction to Intaglio Printmaking (3) Intaglio techniques, etching,
dryp point, aquatint, and engraving.
342 Printmaking: Introduction to Lithography Printmaking (3) Fundamentals of stone and
plate lithography.
343 Printmaking: Intermediate Etching (3) Continuation of 341 with emphasis on expressive
qualities of the medium and its possible combination with other print media PREREQ: ART
341, or permission of instructor.
344 Printmaking: intermediate Lithography (3) Continuation of ART 342 with emphasis on
expressive qualities of the medium and its possible combination with other print media.
PREREQ: ART 342, or permission of instructor
345 Printmaking: independent Projects (3) Individualized instruction in depth in a selected
printmaking medium.
346 Metal Crafts (3) The basic process of jewelry making with emphasis upon creative de-
sign. Work in metals, copper, silver, gold.
347 Crafts: Weaving (3) Basic techniques of weaving are explored, with emphasis upon
fabric design and craftsmanship.
350 Primitive Art (Also ANT 350) (3) Analysis of primitive art as determined through ritual
and myth. Focus includes ethnographic parallels to prehistory and the concept of primi-
tivism in the West.
355 Photography in Art (3) A workshop course emphasizing the basics of photography as
an art medium.
356 Outdoor Photography (3) Art studio course with the out-of-doors as studio and subject.
Development of basic mechanical skills as a means of increasing personal awareness and
sensitivity to photographic opportunities.
357 The Photographer as Artist (3) Examines the creative aspects of photography and how
they relate to the photographer as an artist. Production of slides in conformity with tech-
nical and creative criteria required.
100/ Art
359 Resources in Art Education (3) An investigation of community and cultural resources
for use in art education and their adaptability to the school program
360 Function of the Museum in Art (3) Role and function of the museum as an educational
and cultural institution; its service to school and community.
361 Museum Practice (3) Firsthand experience in museum practice through work at the
Brandywine River Museum and other area museums. PREREQ: ART 360
381 Near Eastern Art: Ancient Antiquity (3) The art and architecture of Ancient Egypt,
Mesopotamia, Arabia, Syria, and Palestine from 3000—500 B.C.
382 Art of Classical Antiquity (3) The art and architecture of the Creeks, Etruscans, and
Romans.
383 Art of Middle Ages (3) Cothic art and architecture and their development from Early
Christian and Romanesque art
384 Art of Renaissance-Baroque (3) Study of the art forms of the 15th through 17th century
in Europe as they affect social and religious crosscurrents.
385 The Romantic Rebellion (3) From David to Rodin: the rise and development of the
romantic style and its struggle with orthodox classicism
386 Modern Art (3) Development of modern art from the work of Cezanne, Van Gogh, and
Gauguin through to the art of today Architecture of the 20th century
400 Art Seminar (3) Special topics to be announced for studio and art history Offered
periodically as appropriate.
401 introduction to Contemporary Aesthetics (3) Explores the meaning behind contem-
porary art forms and the emergence of a new aesthetic.
402 History of Aesthetics (3) Reading and interpreting art documents from the Greeks to
the 20th century
404 Ethnic-American Art (3) Study of ethnic development; adoption and adaptation of
Western traditions. Emphasis on relation of art expression to alienation
405 Russian Art (3) A history of the art and architecture of Russia from Medieval begin-
nings through social realism to socialist realism
407 Oriental Art (3) Critical survey of historic art forms, from the earliest beginnings, of all
Asia, Near, Middle, and Far East
409 Weaving: Independent Projects (3) Individualized instruction and project assignments.
411 Latin-American Art (3) An analysis of the impact of Renaissance-Baroque forms and
Counter-Reformation theology on native traditions and expressions in the new world.
412 American Architecture (3) A study of the style and structure of American architecture
from the 1 7th century to the present
413 American Art (3) A survey of American painting and sculpture from Colonial times to
the present
414 Research and Methodology in Art (3) Introduction to basic research methods and the
use of reference material relevant to the study of art history
415 Art History: Independent Studies (3) Opportunity for the student to pursue a particular
field of interest PREREQ: ART 414
419 Women in Art: Madonna or Model? Traces the position of the woman artist in society
and its results What role has woman played as the subject of painting through the ages?
What are women artists creating today?
420 European Architecture (3) Survey of European architecture from the Norman Con-
quest to the 20th century.
421 Modern Architecture (3) Traces of technological sources of modern architecture from
its roots in the nineteenth century through to the late twentieth century Includes such influ-
Biology/101
ences as the Chicago School, the late Californians, and the Bauhaus, leading to new con-
cepts of space, decoration and use of materials.
455 Introduction to Multi-Media (3) A workshop designed for students with some back-
ground in photography and/or sound recording techniques. Creative potentials of combining
sound and various photographic arts will be explored.
485 Roman-Greek Archaeology (3) A study of the discovery, preservation, and analysis of
Creek, Etruscan, and Roman archaeological finds.
Astronomy — See Earth Sciences
JBlOlOfifV (See also Pre-Professional Program)
Robert W. Bernhardt
Chairperson
Margaret Y. Martinez
Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Brown, R , Cinquina, DeMott, Dorchester, Overlease, Romig, Woodruff
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Bernhardt, Brown, W., Cullen, Eleuterio, Martinez
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Jones, Waber, Webster
The major in biology centers about a core of courses which emphasize broad
unifying principles. The foundation subjects — general biology, general botany,
and general zoology — are followed by the integrative disciplines of genetics,
ecology, and general physiology Available electives provide enriching ex-
periences in many areas of biology.
The Department of Biology offers three undergraduate degree programs:
BACHELOR OF ARTS- BIOLOGY
The B.A program in biology provides both the liberal education and the spe-
cial preparation required for careers in college teaching, government service,
independent and industrial research, science-related sales and public relations,
and other areas of business This program also prepares students to qualify for
admission to graduate and professional schools.
The requirements for this degree are: Thirty-five credit hours in the supportive
sciences (CHE 103-104, CHL 103-104, CHE 231-232, CHL 237, PHY 103-104, MAT
121L, 161). Thirty-four credit hours in Biology (BIO 110, 115, 117, 330, 361, 370,
490, and nine credit hours of BIO electives) Biology 110, 115, and 117 must be
passed with a grade of "C" or better. Satisfy the foreign language requirement
which applies to all candidates for the B.A. degree. Satisfy all general education
requirements of the college.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION -BIOLOGY
The requirements for this degree are: Thirty-one credit hours in the supportive
sciences (CHE 103-104, CHL 103-104, CHE 230, CHL 230, ESS 201, ESL 201, MAT
121 L, 161, PHY 103), thirty-two credit hours in biology (BIO 110, 115, 117, 150,
102/Biology
330, 361, 370, 490 and six hours of BIO electives). Biology 110, 115, and 117 must
be passed with a grade of "C" or better. Twenty-nine hours of professional edu-
cation courses (see page 215). Satisfy the general education requirements of the
college.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE-CHEMISTRY-BIOLOGY
This cross-disciplinary program operated with the cooperation of the Depart-
ment of Chemistry enables the student to pursue a career in such fields as marine
biology, oceanography, biochemistry and environmental chemistry.
The concentration requirements for this degree are; BIO 110, 115, 117, 330,
361, 214 or 348 or 365 or 370, CHE 103-104, CHL 103-104, CHE 231-232, CHL 237,
CHE 321, CHL 321, CHE 345, CHE 471, CHL 471, CHE 491 or BIO 490 Related
courses MAT 121 L, 161, PHY 103, 104. Concentration electives totaling thirteen
credits to be selected on advisement from upper division chemistry and biology
courses. The student will satisfy all general education and other requirements of
the college.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: BIO unless otherwise shown
(3-2) represents 3 hours lecture and 2 hours lab.
100 Basic Biological Science (3) Basic principles of biology Cell theory, energy metab-
olism, genetics, development, diversity of life forms, and ecology Not open to biology
majors. (2-2).
110 General Biology (4) The concepts general to all living organisms such as the life of
cells, genetics, evolution, ecology, and man's role in the living world. (4-2)
115 General Botany (4) Survey of the plant kingdom with stress on distribution, anatomy,
physiology, reproduction, and economic importance of the plants from bacteria to and in-
cluding the angiosperms (3-3) PREREQ: BIO 110.
117 General Zoology (4) Principles of animal biology. Form and function of vertebrate and
invertebrate animal types (3-3) PREREQ: BIO 110
150 Contemporary Issues in Biology Teaching (1) Secondary science curriculum, pro-
fessional organizations, academic preparation of science teachers. (1-1)
200 Basic Genetics (3) A course for non-major students. Mendelian laws of inheritance,
probability, organic evolution, and social implications of population control, genetic en-
gineering, etc. Not open to majors in elementary education or to students with credit for BIO
100 or its equivalent (2-2).
201 Basic Ecology (3) A course for non-major students. Field, forest, freshwater, and marine
environments studied through field experiences. (2-2)
203 Current Issues in Ecology (3) A course for non-majors dealing with the underlying eco-
logical bases for current issues taken from the popular media during the semester in
question. Offered in spring.
209 Human Anatomy (4) The organ systems of man with emphasis on gross structure.
Occasional reference to microscopic structure, development, function, and pathology.
Laboratory work deals with the human skeleton and dissection of the preserved cat. (3-2)
214 Introductory Medical Microbiology (4) A fundamental background in principles of
microbiology and the nature and epidemiology of microbial diseases. Emphasis on host-
parasite interactions. Recent advances in immunology and serology PREREQ: one semester
of college chemistry (3-2)
271 Wildlife Conservation (3) Principles of conservation of plant and animal resources.
Collateral reading assignments. PREREQ: BIO 100 or one semester of botany or zoology.
272 Field Ecology and Natural History (3) Class and field work in natural history and
ecology for the prospective teacher. Identification of local organisms and pertinent eco-
Biology/103
logical concepts. Not counted toward a biology major. (2-3) PREREQ: permission of
department Offered in fall of odd years.
275 Field Botany (3) Methods of studying plants in their natural surroundings Use of keys,
botanical manuals, and illustrated floras to identify living specimens. (2-3) PREREQ: BIO 100
or 11 5 Offered in spring of even years.
277 Field Zoology (3) Animal life in the surrounding localities Identification, behavior,
habitats, feeding, and reproduction. (2-3) PREREQ: BIO 100 or 117 Offered in fall of even
years.
307 Pathophysiology (3) An integrated study of the processes involved in the total body
systemic complex as it changes from the ordered homeostatic condition to the imbalanced
diseased state The use of disease models, with clinical considerations, strengthens the con-
cepts. (4) PREREQ: BIO 209, 309. Offered in fall.
309 Human Physiology (4) Basic human functions with emphasis on the circulatory, respi-
ratory, and nervous systems. (3-2)
330 Genetics (4) Nature of genetic material; its qualitative and quantitative variation;
recombination; interaction of gene products; regulation of genetic material; its role in
evolution (3-2) PREREQ: BIO 100 or 110
348 Animal Development (4) Introduction to principles of animal development; laboratory
study of vertebrate embryos. (2-3) PREREQ: BIO 110, 330. Offered in spring.
357 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (3) Comparative study of the principal organ
systems of selected vertebrates as to their structure and evolutionary relationships. (2-3)
PREREQ: BIO 117. Offered in spring.
361 General Physiology (4) General principles of physiology Concept of homeostasis;
nature of protoplasm; acid-base balance; bioenergetics; electrophysiology; enzyme activity.
(3-3) PREREQ: CHE 230 or 231, BIO 117, MAT 105 or equivalent.
365 Plant Physiology (3) Physiological processes of plants Photosynthesis, respiration,
intermediate metabolism, entrance of solutes into the plant, water metabolism, and growth
regulators. (2-3) PREREQ: BIO 115, CHE 230 or 231. Offered in fall
370 Ecology (4) Relationship between living things and their environment approached
through the study "of individual ecosystems. The aquatic, forest, field, and urban eco-
systems (3-3) PREREQ: 8 hours of biology or permission of instructor.
371 Fundamentals of Soil Ecology (3) A field oriented course in the nature and properties of
soils, their biology, classification and conservation. (2-3) PREREQ: BIO 115, 117. Offered in
fall of odd years.
372 Freshwater Flora and Fauna (3) A laboratory and field oriented course in the identi-
fication and ecology of freshwater algae and invertebrates (1-4) PREREQ: BIO 115, 117. Of-
fered in fall of odd years.
377 Entomology (3) Insects: their structure, functions, classifications, economic im-
portance, and biological significance (2-3) PREREQ: BIO 100 or 117 Offered every other
year.
378 Ornithology (3) Introduction to the birds of Pennsylvania with emphasis on field
identification. Classification, migration, songs, courtships, nesting, care of young, and plum-
age changes. (2-3) PREREQ: BIO 100 or one semester of zoology Offered in spring.
409 Internship in Biological Sciences (8-16) A full-time or half-time, one semester work
study appointment with a commercial, industrial or governmental agency. Student will be
supervised jointly by the professional scientist of the agency and a faculty member of the
Biology Department. PREREQ: Senior standing and approval of the department.
414 Biological History (3) The story of the development of the biological sciences.
PREREQ: BI0115,117
428 Vertebrate Histology (3) A study of the microscopic structure of vertebrate tissues to-
gether with considerations of their functions, their associations with each other, and their
evolutionary developments. PREREQ: BIO 117 or consent of the instructor.
104/Biology
430-439 Course Topics in Biology (1-3) Courses in this series are of timely interest to the stu-
dent. Topics may include: biological terminology, laboratory techniques, mycology, etc.
Open only to junior and senior science majors
452 Parasitology (3) Biology of the principal types of animal parasites PREREQ: BIO 117
Offered in spring.
454 Mycology (3) An introductory course including a general study of the biology of fungi
and a survey of the field of medical mycology (3). PREREQ: BIO 110 plus 4 hrs of biology.
Offered in fall every other year
459 Regional Human Anatomy (3) A regional approach to the study of human anatomy:
head and neck, thoracic cavity and thoracic wall, abdominopelvic cavity and abdominal
wall, upper and lower extremities (2-2) PREREQ: college biology.
467 General Endocrinology (3) Anatomy and physiology of the ductless glands; role of hor-
mones in regulating and coordinating body processes. PREREQ: college biology and organic
chemistry
471 Ecological Systems and Applications (3) Environmental profiles of lake, marine, and es-
tuarine ecosystems. Applications of ecological principles to solution of environmental prob-
lems. (2-3) PREREQ: BIO 370, 372 Offered in fall of even years
483 Ecological Techniques (3) Field and laboratory techniques in collection and treatment
of environmental data (2-3) PREREQ: MAT 121L. Offered in spring of even years.
484 Epidemiology (3) A general study of the epidemiology of both infectious and non-in-
fectious diseases, including industrial and environmentally related health problems.
Methods of interviewing and data collecting are also included (3) PREREQ: BIO 214.
Offered in fall every other year
485 Plant Taxonomy (3) Principles of evolution as illustrated by the principles of plant
taxonomy Modern concepts of biosystematics Practical experience in plant identification.
(2-3)PREREQ: BI0115
487 Animal Taxonomy (3) Procedures and principles governing the classification of
animals with emphasis on morphological, physiological, ecological, and ethological
characters. PREREQ: college biology
490 Biology Seminar (1) Reports on special topics and current developments in the
biological sciences PREREQ: 18 hours of biology and permission of department.
491 Special Problems in Biology (1 to 3) Tutorial course primarily for advanced under-
graduate biology majors capable of independent study and research on a problem approved
by the supervising instructor. PREREQ: consent of instructor
SCE 350 Science Education in the Secondary School (3) A methods course emphasizing
knowledge of curricular development and skill in planning, involving the design and exe-
cution of learning activities for all instructional modes (2-2) PREREQ: BIO 150 for biology
majors
For courses in Marine Science, given in summer only, see Earth
Sciences.
Business
and
Economics
Eugene C. Hassler
Chairperson
Philip DeMoss
Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Green, Schooler, Sylvester, Thorson
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Ballas, DeMoss, Hassler, A. Naggar
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Chu, Calbraith, Morgan, T. Naggar, Ritsonis, Smith
The primary objective of the Department of Business and Economics is to pro-
vide a learning system that will permit each student in the department to achieve
his or her maximum potential intellectual development in his or her chosen area
of study and to prepare himself or herself for a satisfying career in that field.
As an aid to the achievement of this purpose, the Department of Business and
Economics strives:
(1) To assist students acquire a fundamental knowledge and understanding of the frame-
work within which our business and industrial system operates;
(2) To acquaint students with the modern techniques used by business and industry to
enable them to deal effectively with the changing environment;
(3) To encourage students to develop the ability to analyze situations, to relate and clas-
sify pertinent factors, and to derive alternatives for solving problems.
BUSINESS CONCENTRATIONS:
Accounting Management
Economics Marketing
1. General Requirements 44s.h.
See page 70
2. Social and Behavioral Science Core 6s.h.
Two courses in the School of Social and Behavioral Sciences in dis-
ciplines not chosen under general requirements.
3. Business and Economics Core 36s.h.
BAD 101*, EC0 131*-2*, BAC 201 *-2*, BAD 201*, BMK 221*, ECO 351,
BFN 325, BLA 301, Economics course of the 300 level excluding ECO 352,
and a quantitative business or economics course excluding ECO 351 .
* — A minimum grade of C must be attained in each of these courses.
4. Other courses required by the Business and Economics Department CSC
102, MAT 107 and SPH 101 or 230. These courses satisfy and are included
under the general requirements.
MAT 108
3s.h
5. Area of Concentrat
ion
27s.h
Accounting
Economics
Management
Marketing
BAC 301-2
ECO 334
BAD 302
BLA 302
BAC 303-4
ECO 338
BAD 323
BMK 322
BAC 401
ECO 340
(continued on
BAD 401
following page)
BMK 327
106/Business and Economics
(continued)
Accounting Economics Management Marketing
BAC403 ECO 343 BAD 402 BMK 328
BAC405 ECO 348 BAD 405 BMK 400
Bus. Elec. Bus. Elec. BAD 408 BMK 403
Bus. Elec. Bus. Elec. BLA 302 BMK 404
Bus. Elec ECO 334 BMK 408
Bus. Elec Bus. Elec. ECO 334
6. Free Electives 12s.h.
An additional social science course in a discipline not chosen under gen-
eral requirements and social and behavioral science core is recom-
mended
BACHELOR OF ARTS-ECONOMICS
1 General Requirements 44s.h.
See page 70
2. Foreign Language Requirement 6s.h
3. Social Science Core 21 s.h.
4. Economics Concentration Requirement 36 s.h.
ECO 231-2, ECO 340, MAT 107-8, ECO 335, ECO 351-2
Additional Departmental Courses
5. Electives (6 s.h of electives may be economics courses) 31 s.h.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ACCOUNTING
Symbol: BAC
The objective of the accounting concentration is to prepare students for accounting
careers in business, for the CPA examination, and for the private practice of accounting.
201 Principles of Accounting I (3) Introduction to financial accounting A conceptual ap-
proach to recording, summarizing, presentation and valuation of the financial affairs of a
business firm. PREREQ: BAD 101
202 Principles of Accounting II (3) Introduction to management accounting. Accumu-
lating, processing and interpretation of financial data as an input for managerial decisions
of a business firm. PREREQ: BAC 201
301 Intermediate Accounting I (3) Analysis and evaluation of assets, liability, and capital
account. Problems of income measurement and recognition. PREREQ: BAC 202.
302 Intermediate Accounting II (3) Continuation of BAC 301 PREREQ: BAC 301 .
303 Cost Accounting I (3) Techniques of product unit cost determination and uses of cost
data in managerial decisions. PREREQ: BAC 202.
304 Cost Accounting II (3) Continuation of BAC 303 PREREQ: BAC 303.
401 Auditing (3) Introduction to auditing as a tool for verification of the fair presentation
of financial statements. PREREQ: BAC 302.
403 Federal Taxation (3) A study of individual and federal income taxes, with some busi-
ness application. Emphasis on tax planning for minimization of tax liability. PREREQ: BAC
202.
405 Advanced Accounting (3) In depth study of business combinations and consolidations,
government accounting and other specialized topics PREREQ: BAC 302.
410 Independent Studes in Accounting (1 to 3) Special research projects, reports, readings
in accounting. Open to seniors only. PREREQ: instructor's approval.
Business and Economics/107
ECONOMICS
Symbol: ECO
The objective of the economics concentration is to develop an understanding of eco-
nomic theory rather than career preparation (other than teaching economics, or as a profes-
sional economist in government, business or private consultation). Economics has many use-
ful career applications The department coordinates its economics courses with the Depart-
ment of History (such as HIS 354, 356, 358, 333, and 360 and the Department of Geography
such as CEO 210, 212, 214, and 220) which courses may be considered economics courses
under advisement.
101 Principles of Economics — Survey (3) Basic principles underlying production and con-
sumption activities in our modified capitalistic economic system, from the aggregate as well
as individual and sectoral standpoints. Issues include competition, unemployment, infla-
tion, economic growth, and alternative economic systems.
131 Principles of Economics I (Micro) (3) Principles underlying use and allocation of scarce
productive resources. Consumption and production activities. Value, price, and income dis-
tribution. Considerations of economic efficiency and welfare
132 Principles of Economics 11 (Macro) (3) National income and its measurement. The de-
termination of price levels, output, and employment. Money and credit, expenditures, and
economic stability Government fiscal and monetary policy
333 Consumer Economics (3) Major kinds of economic decisions required of consumers; an
evaluation of the social and economic consequences of those decisions.
334 Labor Economics (3) Objectives sought and policies followed by labor and manage-
ment in modern industrial relations in the United States Collective bargaining processes and
the role of government. PREREQ: ECO 1 32.
335 Money and Banking (3) A survey of money, credit, and prices, emphasizing their ef-
fects on economic stability The Federal Reserve System and its effect on credit control.
PREREQ: EC0132
336 Regulation of Competition (3) Background and development of public policies which
directly modify the free enterprise economy of the United States. Evaluation of policies
which change the nature and extent of competition PREREQ: ECO 1 31
337 Economic Growth and Development (3) A survey and critical evaluation of alternative
theories of capitalist economic development. Analysis and comparison of alternative public
policies applicable to underdeveloped countries and regions PREREQ: Junior standing.
338 International Economics (3) A descriptive, analytical examination of international
trade, financial, and other economic relationships The effects of public policies on these
relationships. PREREQ: ECO 131 and 132
340 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) A continuation and extension of the price-system
analysis in ECO 131. Emphasis on the need for efficiency in the economy's use of scarce pro-
ductive resources. PREREQ: ECO 1 31 .
341 Public Finance (3) Government's influence on stability of national income. Nature of
taxes and expenditures at the various levels of government and their effect on the allocation
of resources and the distribution of income. PREREQ: ECO 132.
343 Comparative Economic Systems (3) Basic ideas and economic institutions of socialism,
communism, and capitalism in the twentieth century; problems created by the emergence of
competing systems. PREREQ; EC0 131 and 132.
345 History of Economic Thought (3) Origins of economic thought and comparison of the
major schools of economic doctrine Current economic and socio-political factors. PREREQ:
ECO 131 and 132.
346 Economy of Soviet Russia; Organization and Growth (3) Russian economic growth
prior to 1917; economic change and growth under the Soviet system. Workers' control, plan-
ning, pricing, resource allocation, and controls An assessment of the economy's achieve
ments, shortcomings, and prospects. PREREQ: Junior standing.
108/Business and Economics
347 Managerial Economics (3) A course which seeks to develop managerial judgment. The
premise is that technical application, to be successful, must proceed from economic feas-
ibility. One plan is weighed against another in terms of comparative costs and revenues, re-
turn on investment, plant-replacement problems, obsolescence, and depreciation. PREREQ:
ECO 131 and 132.
348 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) Introduction to the theory of income, employment,
and growth. Provides the tools of analysis necessary for dealing with aggregate economic
problems. PREREQ: EC0132
349 Economics of Poverty (3) Incidence, causes, and consequences of poverty in the
United States. Economic theory, history, and statistics applied to analysis of poverty-reduc-
tion measures. PREREQ: Junior standing.
350 Urban Economics (3) Economic aspects of such urban problems as poverty, housing,
taxation, income distribution, and discrimination. Analysis of economic aspects of various
proposed remedies, including urban renewal, family allowances, cooperatives, and others.
PREREQ: Junior standing
351 Quantitative Business Analysis I (3) Considers the fundamental ideas of statistical
theory that are appropriate for solving problems in the fields of business and economics.
Topics include: descriptive statistics, probability theory, sampling and estimation, hypo-
thesis testing PREREQ: MAT 108
352 Quantitative Business Analysis II (3) Continuation of ECO 351. Topics include hypo-
thesis testing, simple multiple regression analysis, and Bayesian inference PREREQ: ECO
351.
354 Sampling Theory (3) Study of process of sample surveying, designing experiments in
stratefied, cluster, ratio, and multi-state sampling. PREREQ: ECO 351.
400 Senior Seminar in Economics (3) Research in economics. Emphasis on methodology,
bibliography, and oral and written presentation. Research paper must meet departmental re-
quirements PREREQ: ECO 340.
401 Introduction to Econometrics (3) Statistical and mathematical techniques applied to
economic situations Use of empirical data in economic analysis PREREQ: ECO 352, ECO
131 and132
410 Independent Studies in Economics (1 to 3) Special research projects, reports, readings
in economics Open to seniors only PREREQ: instructor's approval.
FINANCE
Symbol: BFN
325 Corporation Finance (3) The organization and financing of the modern corporation
Promotion, capitalization, short-term financing, capital budgeting, distribution of earnings,
expansion, consolidation, failure, and reorganization PREREQ: ECO 1 31, BAC 202.
344 Investments (3) Problems and procedures of investment management; types of invest-
ment risks; security analysis, investment problems of the individual as well as the corpora-
tion PREREQ: BFN 325
370 Problems in Financial Management (3) Case problems in corporate financial manage-
ment. Includes cases on management of current assets, obtaining short term loans, raising
long term capital, capital budgeting, and dividend policy PREREQ: BFN 325.
LAW
Symbol: BLA
The objective of teaching law in the Department is to give every business student a basic
knowledge of the American legal system, and such additional specialized legal knowledge
as needed in a planned business career.
Business and Economics/109
301 American Legal System (3) The nature of law, the judicial system, civil procedure,
crimes, torts, contracts, and agency, from a business viewpoint.
302 Special Subjects in Business Law (3) A survey of legal subjects of practical utility in
business: partnerships, corporations, real and personal property, sales, negotiable instru-
ments, etc.
303 Legal Problems in Business (3) Special legal problems in business will be considered at
length, such as consumer credit regulation, insurance, personal law relating to decedent's
estates and social security, preparation for the CPA examination, etc. This course may be
taken more than once (but not more than three times) for credit if the subject matter of the
course is not duplicated.
MANAGEMENT
Symbol: BAD
The objective of the management concentration is not to prepare students for a particular
occupational specialty, such as accounting, or law. Graduates in management cannot ex-
pect to be employed as "managers." The management concentration seeks to make stu-
dents knowledgeable about the practice and theory of management. Such a knowledge will
enhance effective performance in any career, and will enable one to be an effective man-
ager in an organization. Since there is no one accepted school of management theory, the
concentration relates various schools of management thought so that the graduate can ef-
fectively apply management theory to business problem solving. Both the qualitative and
the behavioral aspects of management science are taught.
101 Introduction to Business (3) A descriptive survey of the role and function of American
business, the elements of business operations and the tasks and structures of business organ-
izations, also of the purpose and impact of government regulations and the social respon-
sibility of business. Intended to enable business students to gain orientation for their busi-
ness studies and for non-business students who want to understand the American business
system.
201 Business Organization and Management (3) Study of the history, theory, principles and
functions of the business organization and its effective management. Decisions and prob-
lems attending the principle management functions: planning, organizing, staffing, directing
and controlling PREREQ: BAD 101.
302 Personnel Administration (3) The personnel system in an organization: policy, employ-
ment, training, job evaluation, wage and salary administration, benefits, performance stand-
ards and evaluation, etc. Personnel responsibility of line managers PREREQ: BAD 201 or
consent of instructor.
323 Planning and Control (3) A study of the budgeting process of planning and controlling.
Includes forecasting and the means of measurement of the flow of expenses for the purpose
of establishing sound conditions of operation and profitability. PREREQ: ECO 352, BAD 201
324 Quality Control (3) Control techniques in industrial production, inspection, and experi-
mentation, intensive study of the SHEWHART control charts and acceptance sampling by
attributes and variables. PREREQ: MAT 108, BAD 201.
400 Senior Seminar in Management (3) Research in management Emphasis on integrating
and reinforcing principles studied in earlier courses. Research papers must meet depart-
mental requirements PREREQ: BAD 401
401 Production Management and Operations (3) Principles and theory involved in operat-
ing a modern plant; problems of organization, location, layout, equipment, standards, and
control of operations PREREQ: BAD 302
402 Organization Theory and Behavior (3) Study of organizations in terms of goals, struc-
ture, behavior and environment The organization is viewed as a dynamic process in interac-
tion with its environment to accomplish its goals PREREQ: BAD 201
405 Business Policy (3) Case study of policy making and administration from a general
management point of view. Emphasis is on problem analysis, the decision making process.
no/Business and Economics
administration and control, and continuous reappraisal of policies and objectives. PREREQ:
BAD 402
406 Introduction to Operations Research (3) A quantitative and qualitative presentation of
problem solving with model building. Examples from economics, business and the be-
havioral sciences are used to guide students through formulation of problems to implement-
ing solutions. PREREQ: ECO 352.
407 Budgeting and Systems (3) Budgeting and systems as aids in coordinating and directing
business operation PREREQ: BAC 202. ECO 1 32
408 Contemporary Problems in Business (3) An independent analysis and discussion of
ethical problems usually confronted in business, such as obedience to illegal or immoral or-
ders of superiors; exorbitant or excessive pricing; deceptive trade practices; bribery or undue
influence on government officials; harassment of business critics or competitors; knowing
underpayment of taxes; favoritism of customers; abuse of expense accounts; fidelity to com-
pany and stockholders; kickbacks and accepting gifts from suppliers; industrial espionage,
bugging, etc.; and dishonest or misleading financial reporting. The work of business critics
such as Ralph Nader will be treated. Open to non-majors
410 Independent Studies in Management (1 to 3) Special research projects, reports, read-
ings in management. Open to seniors only. PREREQ: instructor's approval.
MARKETING
Symbol: BMK
The objective of the marketing concentration is to prepare students to assume positions
primarily in the areas of marketing research, product development, advertising, sales, phys-
ical distribution, and pricing in both the private and public sectors
221 Principles of Marketing (3) The consumer market, product planning, merchandising
and distribution, pricing, and market research PREREQ: ECO 131, BAD 101
320 Managing Sales (3) Source, technique, and theories applied to problems encountered
in managing a sales force in the areas of administration, policy, organizational structure,
personnel selection and evaluation, sales training, compensation, forecasting, establishing
territories and quota, and sales analysis. Emphasis on case studies. PREREQ: BMK 221 .
321 Salesmanship (3) Analysis of the selling process applied to sales calls and sales strate-
gies, communication, persuasion, motivation, ethics, interpersonal relationships, nego-
tiations and professionalism. Emphasis on case studies. PREREQ: BMK 221
322 Advertising and Sales Promotion (3) Roles of advertising and promotion in wholesale
and retail marketing Current campaigns are studied. PREREQ: BMK 221.
327 Marketing Management (3) Study of policy decision-making. Organization and analy-
sis of marketing opportunities; policy decisions regarding product, price, marketing chan-
nels, physical distribution, advertising, and sales; marketing models and systems. PREREQ:
BMK 221.
328 Marketing Channels (3) Distribution strategy; efficient planning of space, time, and
distribution costs to meet consumer demand; alternatives in channel structure, policies,
management, and leadership; methods for improving channel performance; channel strate-
gy in the future PREREQ: BMK 221.
400 Senior Seminar in Marketing (3) Research in marketing. Emphasis on integrating and
reinforcing principles studied in earlier courses. Research paper must meet departmental re-
quirements. PREREQ: Senior standing or instructor's permission
403 Consumer Behavior (3) Foundations of consumer behavior Market structure and con-
sumer behavior; purchase strategy and tactics; determinants and patterns of consumer be-
havior. An integrated theory of consumer behavior is sought PREREQ: BMK 221 .
404 International Marketing (3) Historical and theoretical background of foreign trade;
world marketing environment; world market patterns; marketing organization in its interna-
tional setting; international marketing management. PREREQ: BMK 221
Chemistry/111
408 Marketing Research (3) Systematic definition of marketing problems; strategies for
data collection; model building; interpretation of results to improve marketing decision-
making and control PREREQ: BMK 221, ECO 351 and 352.
410 Independent Studies in Marketing (1 to 3) Special research projects, reports, readings
in marketing. Open to seniors only PREREQ: instructor's approval
Chemistry (See also Pre-Professlonal Program)
Robert F. Foery
Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Bravo, Durand, Foery, Medieros, Reynolds, Rudnick, Torop
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Mangravite, Williams, Witonsky
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: A'Zary, Coudy, Eichelberger, Magnuson
The Department of Chemistry offers five undergraduate degree programs:
(1) The B.S. Chemistry program enables students to receive basic preparation required for
the careers of their choice. Such choices include college and university teaching, posi-
tions as professional chemists, research work, and various services in industry and
government. In all cases, the program prepares students for graduate study in the field
of chemistry.
(2) The B.S. in Chemistry-Biology is an innovative cross-disciplinary program operated with
the cooperation of the Department of Biology. In addition to providing the core courses
required for admission to schools of medicine, dentistry and veterinary medicine, the
program also enables the student to pursue a career in marine biology, oceanography,
biochemistry, and environmental chemistry.
(3) The B.S. in Clinical Chemistry is a program which trains students for careers in hospital
or private clinical chemistry laboratories. A one semester internship in a hospital clin-
ical chemistry laboratory is a mandatory part of this program. Students completing the
program are eligible for certification as clinical chemistry technologists by the National
Registry in Clinical Chemistry.
(4) The B.S. in Forensic Chemistry is a new program which will train students interested in
working in criminalistics and toxicology laboratories. The program prepares students for
graduate study and specialization in these fields. A one-semester internship in a police
or toxicology forensic-chemistry laboratory is a mandatory part of this program.
(5) The B.S. in Education in chemistry program prepares the student for a career in teaching
chemistry in the secondary schools. The program enables the student to gain experience
in the major branches of chemistry so that, with proper selection of electives, graduate
work in either pure chemistry or chemical education can be pursued. Sufficient flexibil-
ity is provided so that the student may also become certified in general science.
The Department of Chemistry is accredited by the American Chemical Society,
w^hich provides its professional certification to graduates of the B.S. in Chemistry
program.
Internship Program
Although internships are not a mandatory part of all chemistry programs, they
are available to majors on a selective basis. Students receive varying amounts of
credit based upon the number of hours spent in a work situation and upon the na-
112/Chemistry
ture of the academic work necessary during the internship. Credit varies from
three to fifteen semester hours; each eight hour workday per week is equivalent
to three semester hours
CHEMrSTRYCORE COMMON TO ALLCHEMISTRY PROGRAMS
General Chemistry Ml (CHE 103-104) Calculus l-ll MAT 161-162
Experimental General Chemistry l-ll Physics l-ll (PHY 101-102)
(CHL 103-104)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE-CHEMISTRY
Along with meeting the general requirements and the chemistry core, the student pursuing
the Bachelor of Science in Chemistry must take the courses below:
Chemistry Concentration Requirements
CHE 231, 232-233, 321, 341, 342, 401, 411, 471, 491
CHL 237, 238, 321, 341, 342, 471
In addition 6 credits of Chemistry electives must be taken.
Related Courses
Foreign Language (6 s h )
German required unless the 101-2 level has been achieved, when German through the
Intermediate II level or French or Russian at the 101-2 level may be substituted.
Introduction to Computer Science
One elective in mathematics or computer science
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE-CHEMISTRY-BIOLOGY*
Concentration Requirements for this program are:
CHE 231, 232, 321, 345, 471, 491
CHL 237, 321,471
BIO110,115, 117, 330, 361
Concentration electives totaling a minimum of 1 3 credits
Must be selected on advisement from upper division chemistry or biology courses.
Related Courses
MAT 121, 161, PHY 103-104
'See also Pre-professional Chemistry-Biology Curriculum, page 210.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE- FORENSIC CHEMISTRY
In addition to the general requirements and the chemistry core requirements, a student
pursuing the Bachelor of Science in Forensic Chemistry must take the following courses:
CHE 231, 232, 321, 345, 371, 471, 479
CHL237, 321,345, 371,471
CHE 421 or BIO 364
Related Courses:
BIO 110, 309
MAT 121, CSC 101
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION-CHEMISTRY
in addition to meeting the general requirements, the chemistry core shown above, and the
professional education requirements shown on page 21 5, the major in this program takes the
following:
CHE 231, 232. 321,341 or 345, 401, 411 or 471, 491
CHL 237, 321,341
CSC 101, and PSY 100
Eight credits of science electives are required
Chemistry/113
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CLINICAL CHEMISTRY
In addition to the general education and chemistry core requirements, a student pursuing
the Bachelor of Science in Clinical Chemistry must take the following courses:
CH E: 231 , 232, 321 , 341 or 345, 381 , 401 , 471 , 481 , 482, 495
CHL: 237, 321,341 or 345, 381, 471
610:110,209,361
MAT: 121; CSC 101
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: CHE
Symbol for Chemistry Labs: CHL
100 chemistry and Man (4) Fundamentals of inorganic, organic, and biological chemistry
as applied to the contemporary problems of mankind. A terminal course for non-science ma-
jors.
CHL 100 Basic Experimental Chemistry (0) Selected laboratory exercises illustrating funda-
mentals of inorganic, organic, and biological chemistry. For non-majors.
101 Chemistry for Nurses (4) Topics in inorganic, organic, and biological chemistry of
medical and physiological significance. Standard laboratory experiments and clinical tech-
niques. (3 hours lecture; 2 hours lab). For diploma nurses only.
103-104 General Chemistry i-ll (3) (3) Basic laws and theories of chemistry including atomic
structure, chemical bonding, oxidation-reduction, solutions, and ionic equilibria Correla-
tions of chemical principles and their application to modern descriptive chemistry. CHE 103
must precedeCHE 104. Labs: CHL103-104.
CHL 103-104 Experimental General Chemistry I-ll (2) (2) Basic laboratory studies in college
chemistry utilizing the quantitative approach. Semi-micro qualitative analysis and inorganic
preparations. CONCURRENT OR PREREQ: CHE 103-104 or 106-107. CHL 103 must precede
CHL 104. (1 hour recitation precedes 3 hours lab.)
Ill Chemistry — "What People Eat" (3) A one semester course using analysis of the stu-
dent's actual diet as a point of departure for the study of general chemistry for students with
little or no background in science A TERMINAL COURSE FOR NON-SCIENCE MAJORS
ONLY.
230 introduction to Organic and Biological Chemistry (3) A terminal course in fundamen-
tals of organic chemistry. Structural theory or organic molecules; organic synthesis; and bio-
logical applications. Lab CHL 230 PREREQ: CHL 104.
CHL 230 Basic Experimental Organic and Biological Chemistry (2) Fundamental laboratory
techniques of organic chemistry and their application to organic synthesis. CONCURRENT
OR PREREQ: CHE 230.
231-232-233 Organic Chemistry l-ll-ill (4X3X3) A comprehensive study of the structure and
reactions of organic molecules. 231 must precede 232 which must precede 233. Lab: CHL
237-238. PREREQ: CHE 104
237-238 Experimental Organic Chemistry I-ll (2) (2) Basic laboratory skills in organic chem-
istry including classical as well as instrumental techniques. Organic synthesis and modern
spectrophotometric methods of identification CONCURRENT OR PREREQ: CHE 232-233.
CHL 237 must precede CHL 238
300 Fundamentals of Radioisotope Techniques (3) (Also PHY 300). Biological, chemical, en-
vironmental and physical effects of nuclear radiation. Radiation detection instrumentation
and radio tracer methodology. (2-2) PREREQ: CHE 104 and PHY 102 or 104
313 Geochemistry (3) (Also ESS 311) The chemistry of the earth and its relation to geologic
processes. (2 hours lecture; 2 hours lab) PREREQ: CHE 104, ESS 201
321 Analytical Chemistry I (2) Fundamental principles of analytical chemistry. Theory of
gravimetric and volumetric methods of analysis. Lab: CHL 321, PREREQ: CHE 104.
114/Chemistry
CHL 321 Analytical Chemistry I Laboratory (3) Practical experience in modern techniques
of chemical analysis with emphasis on volumetric and gravimetric methods CONCURRENT
ORPREREQCHE 321
341-342-343 Physical Chemistry l-IMII (3) (3) (3) The mathematical laws and theories of
chemistry including thermodynamics, reaction kinetics, quantum and statistical mechanics,
theory of chemical bonding and molecular structure. Lab: CHL 341-342 PREREQ: CHL 104,
PHY 102, MAT 142 or MAT 162.
CHL 341-342 Experimental Physical Chemistry l-ll (2) (2) Laboratory exercises illustrating
principles of thermodynamics, kinetics, and quantum mechanics. CONCURRENT OR PRE-
REQ: CHE 341-342
345 Fundamentals of Physical Chemistry (3) A survey of the fundamental topics in physical
chemistry with applications to biology and medicine. Primarily for biology, chemistry-biol-
ogy and pre-professional majors. Lab: CHL 345 PREREQ: CHE 232, MAT 141 or MAT 161,
PHY 102 or PHY 104
CHL 345 Basic Experimental Physical Chemistry (2) Experiments illustrating the laws of
physical chemistry Primary for biology, chemistry-biology, and pre-professional majors.
CONCURRENTOR PREREQ: CHE 345
371 Forensic Chemistry (3) Introduction to criminalistics (chemical forensic analytical
techniques) with the role, functions, operations and organization of a scientific police labor-
atory.
CHL 371 Forensic Chemistry Lab (2) Identification and comparison of trace evidence utiliz-
ing modern instruments and classical wet methods of chemical analysis.
381 Clinical Chemistry (3) Analysis of biological fluids Clinical significance of enzyme,
electrolyte, protein, and carbohydrate analysis. Requires permission of instructor or prep-
aration in organic chemistry and quantitative analysis. PREREQ or CONCURRENT: CHE
471, CONCURRENT: CHL 381
CHL 381 Clinical Chemistry Laboratory (2) Lab for 381 Practical experience in analysis of
biological fluids for diagnostic parameters Nature of biological sampling, sample preserva-
tion, methodology, statistics, quality control. PREREQ or CONCURRENT: CHE 381, CHE
471, CHL 471.
401 History and Literature of Chemistry (2) Historical background of chemistry, survey of
literature of chemistry; instruction in the use of modern chemical library. PREREQ: CHE 231
403 Chemistry of the Environment (3) The chemistry of the atmosphere, hydrosphere, and
biosphere; man's impact upon these areas PREREQ: CHE 104 May also be offered with lab
(2-2).
404 Foundations of Nutrition (3) Proteins, lipids, fats, vitamins, and minerals and their role
in normal metabolism; nutrition and disease; metabolism and biochemical individuality;
cultural and political aspects of nutrition. PREREQ: CHE 104 or permission of instructor
CHE 406 Chemistry Internship (3-15) A full or part-time work study appointment in a gov-
ernmental or industrial chemistry laboratory supervised jointly by an on-site evaluator and a
chemistry department faculty member PREREQ: Permission of department internship com-
mittee.
408 Industrial Pollution (3) Applications of elementary chemical engineering to the indus-
trial complexities of the environmental processes. Emphasis on unit operations and unit
processes applicable to pollution control and abatement. PREREQ: CHE 104
410 Independent Studies in Chemistry (1-6)
411 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (3) The application of modern chemical theories to in-
organic substances and reactions: the chemistry of the short and long transition elements
PREREQ: CHE 104.
421 Selected Topics in Chemistry (2-4)
424 Analytical Chemistry II (2) Basic principles of applied instrumental analysis Special
Comprehensive Social Studies/115
emphasis on the use of spectrophotometric and electroanalytical instrumentation Lab: CHL
424, PREREQ:CHL32r
CHL 424 Analytical Chemistry II Laboratory (2) Practical experience In the choice and ap-
plication of instrumental methods of analysis to chemical systems. CONCURRENT OR PRE-
REQ:CHE424
435 Qualitative Organic Analysis (4) A laboratory course in classical and instrumental
methods for identification of organic compounds PREREQ: CHE 232, 321 (2 hours lecture; 6
hours lab.)
436 Polymer Chemistry (3) Polymerization kinetics, rheology of polymer melt's, crystalliza-
tion paramenters, and monomer reactivity in copolymerization. PREREQ: CHE 232
471 Fundamentals of Biochemistry (3) Structure and chemistry of proteins and nucleic
acids; molecular biology, physio-chemical methods for biomacromolecules, enzymes, and
the molecular basis for some physiological phenomena. Lab: CHL 471 PREREQ: CHE 345 or
equivalent.
CHL 471 Experimental Biochemistry (2) Laboratory exercises in the fundamentals of bio-
chemistry. CONCURRENT OR PREREQ: CHE 471.
480 Introduction to Chemical Research (3) Information retrieval and chemical research
under direct supervision of a staff member. Must be taken for at least two semesters for a
total of six credits. PREREQ: Senior standing and permission of department chairperson
481-482 Clinical Chemistry Seminar i-ll (1) (1) Weekly lectures covering current aspects of
laboratory procedures or interpretation of data in the clinical chemistry laboratory Presen-
tations may be by students and/or invited lecturers; may be given off-campus.
491 Seminar in Chemistry (2) Oral presentation of papers based upon laboratory or library
research. PREREQ: permission of department chairperson.
495 Clinical Chemistry Internship (3-1 5) A full-time, one semester work study appointment
at a hospital, commercial, or industrial clinical chemistry laboratory supervised jointly by a
practicing clinical chemist and a participating Chemistry Department faculty member
SCI 370 Science and Human Values (3). A one semester course illustrating the impact of
science on human thought, values, and institutions. Ethical, sociological, and psychological,
aspects of science-mediated change are covered in depth.
Comprehensive
Social Studies
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION
Students wishing tc tc='ch secondary school social studies should pursue a
Comprehensive Social Studies major. The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania grants
a comprehensive social studies certificate entitling the holder to teach any of the
social studies. Therefore, this program combines an introduction to all of the so-
cial science disciplines with a concentration in one of them. Also, an interdisci-
plinary concentration is available as an option. Students may choose from a wide
variety of concentrations according to their interests and career goals. For in-
formation, contact the chairpersons of the departments participating in this pro-
gram (Anthropology, Sociology and Social Welfare; Geography and Planning;
Government and Politics; History; Psychology; and Sociology.)
116/Comprehensive Social studies
COMMON REQUIREMENTS
General Requirements See Page 70
Professional Education See Page 21 5
Social Science Core See Page 72
Students in the Comprehensive Social Studies major must take six hours in
each of the social sciences. Thirty of these forty-two semester hours may be ful-
filled under general education requirements and social science core; the balance
may be completed under 33 semester hours of specialized preparation of each
concentration described below. A 2.5 cumulative average in the social sciences
and a 2.25 overall average is a prerequisite for student teaching.
A. Comprehensive Social Studies: (discipline concentration)
The concentration is in the discipline of student's choice, providing that the academic de-
partment is participating in the B.S concentration At this time, students may choose from
the following disciplines: Anthropology, Geography, Government and Politics, History, Psy-
chology or Sociology. A total of eighteen hours under advisement in one discipline, exclud-
ing seminar but including credits in general requirements and social science core, fulfills the
concentration. See department of concentration for advisement.
Seminar 3 s h
Courses in Discipline 15s.h
Social Science Requirements 9s.h
Cognates 6s.h.
B Comprehensive Social Studies: American Cultures See History Department for advise-
ment.
American Studies Core 24 sh.
American Studies Electives 9 s h
and Social Science Requirements
C. Comprehensive Social Studies: World Cultures Consult with any of the following depart-
ments for advisement: Anthropology/Sociology, Geography and Planning, Government and
Politics or History
Seminar 3s h
European Tradition 9s.h
Non-European Tradition 9s h
Topical and Thematic Approaches 9 sh.
Social Science Requirement 3s.h.
or Cognate
D. Comprehensive Social Studies: Ethnic Studies. Advisement by History Department
History Courses 15 sh
Social Science Electives 9s h
and Requirements
Humanities Electives 6s.h.
Teaching in Urban Schools 3s.h.
(EDU361)
E Comprehensive Social Studies: Human Heritages
This involves geographic distribution along with a concentration in a discipline, as in A.
Advisement by department of concentration.
Seminar 3 sh.
European Tradition 6s h
Non-European Tradition 6sh.
American Tradition 6s.h.
Thematic, topical courses 6s.h
Social Science Requirements 6s.h.
and Cognates
Criminal justice/117
Computer Science — See Mathematical Sciences
Counselor Education — See Graduate Catalog
Educational Research — See Graduate Catalog
Criminal
Justice
Janet C. Seidel
Chairperson
PROFESSOR: Francella
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Metz, Seidel
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Anderson, Walters
A program leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in criminal justice has
been designed to provide for the needs of three categories of students: 1) those
who wish to undertake a four-year program of study for careers in criminal jus-
tice, 2) in-service personnel who wish to strengthen their educational background
and increase their professional competence, and 3) graduates of two year col-
leges.
The program is intended to provide the competencies, understanding, and
philosophy necessary for professional performance in the fields of criminal jus-
tice. Although the program is not designed to develop specialists in any one field
of criminal justice, it does provide opportunity to concentrate in one of two
areas through electives The final two years of the criminal justice program pro-
vide an opportunity for internships in law enforcement agencies, correction insti-
tutions, and court administrative units.
Prospective students are cautioned that career opportunities in the criminal
justice system are limited at present.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE-CRIMINAL JUSTICE
*1. General Requirements 44s.h.
Health and Speech must be included
See page 70
2 Specialized Preparation 21 sh
CR] 100, 252, 312, 322, 401, 409, SOC 352
3. Field Placement 12 sh
Must take place in the senior year and in intern situations related to the
chosen area of concentration
4 Topical Areas
* A Sociology and Psychology of Criminal Behavior(1 5 s h )
Five courses in sociology and psychology, selected under advisement
* B Approaches to Deviance, Criminal Justice, and Rehabilitation (24 sh.)
Eight courses chosen under advisement from anthropology, business administration,
geography/planning, history, political science, psychology, social welfare, and so-
ciology
118/Criminal Justice
5 Practice Theories 6s.h.
Choose either Area I or Area II
Area I — Law Enforcement — CR) 223, 323
Area II — Institution and Community Corrections —
CR) 428, 430
6 Electives from criminal justice offerings, chosen under advisement 6 s.h.
*When fulfilling these requirements, students must be certain to meet the Social Science
Core See Social Science Core, Page 72
Enrollment in 300 and 400 level courses restricted to criminal justice majors and to other
students approved by the department chairperson.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: CRJ
100 Foundations of Criminal Justice (3) Introduction to, and analysis of, the agencies and
processes within the criminal justice system This will entail not only an examination of po-
lice behavior, but will also pertain to the legislature, courts, police, prosecutor, corrections,
and correctional institutions and rehabilitation
102 Criminal Process (3) Taught from both a prosecutorial and defense orientation; the
examination and evaluation of each s.age of the criminal process from arrest to adjudica-
ti(bn.
122 Introduction to the Basic Principles of Law Enforcement (3) Organization principles,
applied to agencies operating within ti.^ criminal justice systems. Techniques, problems,
methods of solutions, and operation and supervision.
223 Fundamentals of Criminal Investigation I (3) Theory and Techniques of investigation,
legal significance of evidence, crime scene searches and records, preservation of evidence,
leads, laboratory and technical services, locating and interviewing witnesses, surveillance
and intelligence, interrogation, focusing the investigation, report writing, arresting the ac-
cused, case preparation.
240 Introduction to Criminal Justice Systems (3) Overview of the criminal justice systems.
Focus is on police, probation and parole, courts and corrections.
252 Criminal Justice Organization and Administration (3) Organizational structure and op-
eration of criminal justice agencies with emphasis on the management objectives of police,
courts, and corrections
260 Court Administration (3) An introductory course designed to acquaint students with
the problems of management of the courts
300 Criminalistics (3) To familiarize the student with the recognition of physical evidence,
its collection and processing at the criminalistics laboratory
312 Organized Crime (3) The course will cover the history and growth of organized crime
in the United States. It will include current activity and non-fiction accounts by inside
participants. Organization and function of law enforcement units designed to counter or-
ganized criminality will be discussed.
322 Criminal Justice Agencies and Their Community Responsibilities (3) A course designed
to acquaint the student with the nature and sources of law From there they are presented a
brief overview of the criminal justice system and its relationship to society in general and
the community in particular Conflicts between the system and the community are ex-
amined with emphasis upon the resolution of those problems where possible A concluding
section speculates on what the future may bring for the criminal justice system
323 Fundamentals of Criminal investigation II (3) Criminal Investigations examines the
function of police involving crimes of violence, crimes against property and organized
crime Police operational techniques and applicable court decisions, in the areas of inter-
view, search, seizure, and arrest PREREQ: CRJ 223.
Criminal Justice/119
368 Security I (3) General definition of the field of Industrial Security with emphasis on
loss prevention and protection of assets. Identification of vulnerabilities in business and in-
dustry and specific techniques and approaches for resolving or minimizing such vulnerabil-
ities.
369 Security II (3) In-depth examination of the various facets and interests of the private
security sector Review and discussion of security management to include selection of per-
sonnel, training, budgeting and costs, public relations, employee relations and the interface
with safety and fire protection PREREQ: CRJ 368
401 Criminal Law (3) This course will cover the principles of criminal responsibility, the
purposes and limitations of criminal law, and the elements of various criminal offenses.
409 Criminal Procedure and Evidence (3) This course is an examination of the theory and
application of the law and rules of evidence for the law enforcement person The course will
develop in the law enforcement officer an understanding of the reasons for the rules of evi-
dence and a grasp of the application of the rules in case investigation and for presentation
in court so that the rights of those under investigation are preserved. This is done through
study of selected cases, statutes and the analysis.of hypothetical cases and situations
411 Federal Law Enforcement (3) The maior federal enforcement agencies, their duties,
functions, and jurisdiction Role of Federal Prosecutor, judge, and corrections personnel.
Guest lecturers used frequently
412 State and Local Law Enforcement (3) Structure and organization of state, metropolitan,
and suburban police departments from commander to street patrol. Numerous guest lectur-
ers, currently or recently active in these assignments.
428 Corrections (3) The purpose of this course is to provide the student with a survey and
analysis of the correctional system and its processes from both a historical and geographical
perspective Emphasis will be placed on relating this survey and analysis to contemporary
practice and future trends within the area of corrections
430 Parole and Probation (3) History of parole and probation practices including the the-
oretical hypothesis of human behavior on which probation practices are based Contempo-
rary practices; possible future trends.
442 Interviewing and Counseling (3) The purpose of this course is to provide information
and material in in-depth interviewing, counseling, interrogating theory and techniques. In
addition to role playing and modeling behavior, the course will include: interviewing, the
mechanics of questioning, physical influence factors, ethics, and standards.
450 Major Case investigations (3) A model major actual case is reconstructed and reenact-
ed, with spectators, participants, victims, witnesses, enforcement agencies, and news media
included. Interviews, collection and preservation of evidence, deductions, laboratory exam-
inations, reports, and communications
460 Legal Aspects of Drug Abuse (3) This course content will include an analysis and defi-
nitions of drugs and drug abuse, going into their effects, types, extent of abuse, legal classifi-
cations, the present state of the law and the constitutional problems therein, techniques of
enforcement, sentencing and alternative systems.
462 Vice Control (3) This course is designed to familiarize the student with the ramifica-
tions of vice control. It will cover such topics as prostitution, homosexuality, pornography,
gambling and bookmaking as well as historical perspectives, statutes and interpretations, a
comparison of illegal operations, enforcement techniques and legalization efforts, and
other victimless crimes
470 Interpersonal Relationships (3) This course is designed to aid students in recognizing
changes which have affected them and led to the behavior they currently exhibit. They will
recognize how self understanding leads to understanding relationships with others. The
knowledge gained assists the students in relating to other persons in their personal, social,
and vocational life space
490 Field Placement and Integrated Seminar (12) Independent study based on visits to vari-
ous levels of the criminal justice program: police clerks, police patrol, courts, correctional
120/Dental Hygiene
institutions, parole off ices. The design of each program depends on the students previous ex-
perience. Written reports required. For seniors only
491 Field Placement Seminar (3) The student will conduct an intensive research paper in
the area of concentration. The subject of the research will be approved by the instructor and
periodic conferences will be scheduled
496 Criminal Justice Planning (3) This course is intended to aid in the instruction of under-
graduate students who are potential candidates for future planning evaluation or adminis-
trative positions. Given the newness of criminal justice planning, this course represents a be-
ginning effort at a comprehensive discussion and review of justice system planning and eval-
uation.
Dental
Hygiene
Russell K. Rickert,
Coordinator
COOPERATIVE DEGREE PROGRAM FOR DENTAL HYGIENISTS AND DENTAL
ASSISTANTS
The Degree of Bachelor of Science will be conferred upon dental hygienists
and dental assistants meeting the following requirements:
1. Satisfactory completion of an approved dental hygiene program or dental assistant pro-
gram of two years duration
2. Satisfactory completion of 64 semester hours at West Chester State College, including;
a) 44 s.h general education requirements, or whatever other general education program
is subsequently approved by the college.
b) A minimum of six (6) coordinated courses approved by an advisor assigned by the pro-
gram coordinator
PERSONS INTERESTED IN PRACTICING DENTAL HYGIENE IN AN EDUCA-
TIONAL INSTITUTION SETTING MAY HAVE THE OPTION OF OBTAINING
COURSES IN PRACTICA IN EDUCATION WITH RESPECT TO CERTIFICATION
IN EDUCATION THE INDIVIDUAL MAY CONTACT THE DEAN OF EDUCA-
TION.
Applicants should consult the coordinator about available concentrations
within this program.
Early Childhood and
Elementary
Education
E. Riley Holman
Chairperson
Robert W. Herres
Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: King, Kulp, Peta, Ziegler
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Brice, Chern, Dunlap, Good (Charlotte), Crasty, Habecker,
Herres, Hoggard, Holman, Jacecko, Maxim, Petkofsky, Radich, Zimmerman
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Gibson, Grafton, Hasselquist
INSTRUCTOR: Morgan
The Department of Early Childhood and Elementary Education certifies teach-
ers for elementary education (K-6), and early childhood education (NK-3).
The elementary education curriculum is designed to provide a broad back-
ground of general education, an understanding of children, and the knowledge
and skills needed to teach all aspects of the elementary school program. Upon
satisfactory completion of the approved program, the student will qualify for a
Pennsylvania Instructional I Teaching Certificate, valid for teaching for three
years in kindergarten, and grades one through six.
The early childhood curriculum is designed to provide both the liberal educa--
tion and special preparation required for careers in public and private school
teaching, and directorship and supervisory work in early childhood programs
other than those under the auspices of the public schools. Upon satisfactory
completion of the program, the student will qualify for a Pennsylvania Instruc-
tional I Teaching Certificate valid for teaching for three years in preschool, kin-
dergarten, and grades on through three.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION
(Curriculum K-6)
1 . General Requirements: (44 s.h.) See page 70
Literature, philosophy, art, and Introduction to Psychology are required.
2. Professional Education: (24 s.h.) EDF 100, EDP 250*, EDM 300, EDP 351 *, EDE 411 *
3 Specialized Preparation: (49 s.h.) EDE 200, EDE 251*, EDE 310*, EDE 311*, EDE 312*,
EDE 332, EDE 352, EDE 401, EDE 406, HED 370, LIT 350, MAT 351***, MUS 231**, PED
200, SCE 310* A course in art
*Courses requiring prerequisites — check catalog.
**Placement examination required.
***Prerequisitesare MAT 101 and MAT 102 (unless waived by examination).
4. Elective Area (See Concentration Areas) 11 sh.
In order to meet the degree requirements, the student must choose from concentration
areas (A-C) by selecting: (1 ) any one of the concentrations, or (2) any combination of courses
122/Early Childhood and Elementary Education
from any combination of concentrations (unless he or she chooses one of the two certifica-
tion areas). The teaching certificate is not affected by any chosen area except for the certifi-
cation program — Outdoor Environmental Education Concentrations in Disciplines (B) and
Concentrations in Specialized Programs (C) should be pursued under advisement
(Concentrations outside of those offered by the education department should be planned in
consultation with the chairperson or assigned advisor of the specific discipline )
(Curriculum NK-3)
1 . General Requirements: (44 s h ) See page 70
(Psychology, Anthropology/Sociology and MAT 101 are required)
2 Professional Education: (12 sh) EDF 100, EDP250*, EDM 300, EDP351*
3 Specialized Preparation: (72 s h ) ECE 100, ECE 101, ECE 105, LIT 352, ECE 201, ECE 202,
ECE 203, HED 276, ECE 205, MUS 232, PED 449, ECE 301, ECE 302, ART 250, MAT 351 A*,
ECE 304, SCE 300, ECE 411
*Courses requiring prerequisites — check catalog.
4. ElectiveAreas:{5sh)EDR321, EDE 422
Concentration: (8 sh): EDA 140, ECE 203, EDA 141, ECE 303.
Admission to the Early Childhood Certification Program is limited Freshmen should
apply during the first semester of their freshman year
NOTE: The art course may credit to General Requirements The course in physical educa-
tion may be used to satisfy General Requirements.
The following policies apply to all students entering the Department of Early Childhood and
Elementary Education.
INTERNAL TRANSFER STUDENTS (undeclared majors and change of majors) who desire ad-
mission into the Department of Early Childhood and Elementary Education may apply after
the completion of 30 sh. at West Chester State College Of the courses listed under Special-
ized Preparation (see catalog) only ECE 100, EDE 200, and EDE 251 may be taken for degree
credit prior to formal acceptance into the department. A cumulative grade point average of
2.0 or above plus an interview are prerequisites for acceptance into the department.
STUDENTS TRANSFERRING FROM COMMUNITY COLLEGES AND JUNIOR COLLEGES
who desire admission into the Department of Early Childhood and Elementary Education
may apply only with a grade point average of 2.0 or higher Transfer credit will be granted
for EDF 100, EDP250, ECE 201, ECE 202, ECE 203, EDE 200, and EDE 251 if (a) the course de-
scriptions are equivalent and (b) the grade is C or above.
APPROVED APPLICANTS FOR STUDENT TEACHING in Early Childhood (ECE 411) and Ele-
mentary Education (EDE 411) must have earned a cumulative grade point average of 2.25 or
above and a grade of C or above in each course listed in Professional Education and Special-
ized Preparation.
ELECTIVE (CONCENTRATION) AREAS
A ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Any combination of E DE courses not included in Specialized Preparation
B. CONCENTRATION INDISCIPLINES
The following areas of concentration are possible. Courses are to be selected under
advisement.
Art Geography Music
Bilingual Education Government and Politics Psychology
Creative Arts Flealth and Physical Education Sciences
English History Social Sciences
Foreign Languages Mathematics
C. CONCENTRATION IN SPECIALIZED PROGRAMS
Early Childhood Education* Reading
Environmental (Outdoor) Education* Urban Education
Language Arts
*This is a certification program.
Early Childhood and Elementary Education/123
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: ECE
100 Orientation to Early Childhood (3) An introduction to the history and philosophy of
Early Childhood Education Field observations in a variety of settings provide the student
with an opportunity for career decision making.
101*** Child Development (0-2 Yrs.) (3) Physical, social, emotional and intellectual devel-
opment of the child 0-2 years. Parallels are drawn from this phase of child development to
students' self-development. PREREQ: PSY100
105*** Infant Learning Environment and Field Experience (6) The study of and use of de-
velopmental tests for the diagnosis of infant needs. The relationship of developmental level
to the structuring of learning environment is developed as students interact with infants in
school and home settings for three hours per week.
201*** Child Development (2-5 Yrs.) (3) Physical, social, emotional, and intellectual and
moral development of the child 2-5 years Parallels are drawn from this phase of child de-
velopment to students' self-development. PREREQ: PSY 100
202** Preschool Learning Environment (3) Methods and materials for structuring the class-
room environment for the child 2-5 years. Readiness skills and concepts in all curricular
areas are addressed.
203** Field Experience (3 Yrs.) (3) Students apply knowledge of theory and practice in early
childhood settings with children 2-5 years Students work with children in the field in two dif-
ferent experiences Croup seminars are held weekly.
204** Early Childhood Programs (3) Study of contemporary program models in Early Child-
hood Education Major trends in education of young children are defined
205** Administration and Supervision of Early Childhood Programs (3) Principles of ad-
ministration and supervision of programs for young children. Includes parent education and
community relations.
301*** Child Development (5-8 Yrs.) (3) Physical, social, emotional, intellectual and moral
development of the child 5-8 years. Parallels are drawn from this phase of child develop-
ment to students' self-development PREREQ; PSY 100
302*** Early Childhood Language Arts (6) The areas of listening, speaking, reading and
writing are studied Knowledge and use of specific diagnostic, prescriptive and evaluative
techniques are addressed. Students work with school age children in the field to apply
knowledge of theory and practice.
303*** Field Experience (5-8 Yrs.) (3) Students apply knowledge of theory and practice in
early childhood settings with children 5-8 years Students work with children in the field in
two different experiences Croup seminars are held weekly PREREQ. EDP 250
304*** Social Studies and Socialization of the Child (3) A consideration of methods of in-
struction that best generate a social education meaningful to primary grade children. Em-
phasis is placed on providing a learning environment that parallels the maturation of the
young child.
411*** Student Teaching and Practicum (12) Three separate supervised student teaching
experiences are required Approximately five weeks of student teaching are spent in: 1) Pre-
school or Kindergarten, 2) First Crade, 3) Second or Third Crade. Weekly practicum sessions
are scheduled by the student teaching supervisor. PREREQ: 96 semester hours including all
professional education courses and all specialized-preparation courses and a C P A of 2 0.
124/Early Childhood and Elementary Education
Symbol; EDE
200* Theory and Field Experiences in Elementary Education (3) Orientation to the curri-
cula, processes, and structures of elementary education today Field experiences related to
course topics.
251* Child Development and Behavior (3) Emotional, social, mental, moral, physical, and
self factors shaping human behavior, with emphasis on child and early adolescent develop-
ment Specific application to classroom settings PREREQ: PSY 100.
301 Current Trends in Elementary Education (3) Recent trends related to basic changes in
elementary education
310* Communication Skills in the Elementary School (3) Study of teaching the language
skills in the elementary school: listening, speaking, and writing Students also participate in
a tutorial program in local schools PREREQ: EDE 251
311* Introduction to Reading Instruction (3) An exploratory course investigating the read-
ing process, learning theory and its relation to reading, readiness for reading, historical
scope of and various approaches to reading PREREQ: EDE 251
312** Reading Instruction and Practicum (6) Focus is on mastery of the teaching of read-
ing. Different reading programs are examined and evaluated The student learns how to se-
quence the instruction of reading Tutoring individual children and small groups is inte-
grated with the planning of lessons The student also learns how to evaluate pupil perfor-
mance in reading and how to plan for remediation PREREQ: EDE 311
315 Developmental Reading for the Handicapped Child (3) The focus of this course is: the
study of the nature of the reading process and its relation to language development; motiva-
tion and methodology for developmental reading skills, reading programs and materials;
problems in dealing with handicapped children, and practicum in reading instruction.
Required course for special education majors only
330 Instructional Programs and Strategies (3) Introduction to principles underlying the
development of instructional programs in the schools Strategies include cognitive and skill
learnings and modes of teaching Required course for special education majors only
332* Teaching Social Studies in the Elementary School (3) Methods of teaching social
studies and geography in the elementary curriculum Techniques, current research projects,
reading materials, audio-visual aids, resource persons, and field trips as tools of learning.
The organization, development, and use of resource units are stressed.
352* Self And Group Processes in the Classroom (3) Analysis of self processes influencing
teacher-student classroom interactions Role of needs, defenses, motives, emotions, and
early learning experiences as they shape the prospective teacher's responses to elementary
children Application of social learning and interpersonal theory PREREQ: 251
401* Creativity in the Classroom (3) Exploration of materials and processes of children's
perceptions and behavior, aimed at encouraging the development of their critical and crea-
tive potentials
406 Classroom Management (3) Detailed investigation into the elementary teacher's role in
classroom management. Teacher influence, personality, and class interaction; class roles
and expectation; seating plans; discipline; referral; the teacher's role in evaluating and iden-
tifying potential problems in children
410 Independent Study (1-3) Special topics or projects initiated by the student which will
enable her/him to do extensive and intensive study in an area of elementary education
which will sharply increase her/his knowledge of elementary education PREREQ: permis-
sion of department chairperson
411** Student Teaching and Direction of Student Activities (Elementary Majors] Including
Practicum (12) Observation and participation in teaching and all other activities related to
the teacher's work in the elementary school Students meet once each week in a practicum
session PREREQ: 96 semester hours including all professional education courses and all spe-
cialized preparation courses and a G P A of 2.0
Earth Sclences/125
412** Work-Study in the Elementary School (6) Limited practicum for pre-service teachers
who have taken EDE 200, 251, 311, 312, 406 Students work for a full term in one school dis-
trict under supervision Six credits may be granted toward student teaching requirements
(EDE 411) PREREQ: departmental approval.
421 Seminar in Elementary Education (3) An intensive study of some current, major de-
velopments in elementary education Topics announced in advance PREREQ: Senior stand-
ing and instructor approval
422** Seminar in Reading (3) Intensive study of some current major developments in read-
ing related to elementary education. Topics announced in advance. PREREQ: instructor ap-
proval.
423** Seminar in Communication Skills (2) Intensive study of some current major develop-
ments in communication skills (language arts) related to elementary education Topics an-
nounced in advance PREREQ: instructor approval
481* Constructing Activity-Oriented Teaching Materials For The Elementary School Class-
room (3) A workshop experience for students interested in exploring the many facets of mak-
ing activity-oriented learning materials for the elementary school classroom PREREQ: EDM
300
*Open to Early Childhood and Elementary Education majors or permission of instructor
**Open to Elementary Education majors only
***Open to Early Childhood majors only
Earth
Sciences
Louis Casciato
Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Creenberg, Reed, Rickert, Widick
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Casciato, Ehleiter, Harber, Johnson
The Department of Earth Sciences offers two programs leading to the Bachelor
of Science in Education. Both are designed to prepare teachers for secondary
schools and are ideal for students who plan to teach the junior high school sci-
ences.
The department also offers a program leading to the Bachelor of Science in
Earth Sciences. This is a liberal arts program that prepares the student for indus-
try and graduate studies. Individualized specialties are available within this
program.
In addition, an inter-departmental program which leads to the Bachelor of Sci-
ence in Chemistry-Geology is available.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION-EARTH AND SPACE SCIENCE
Specialized Preparation
CHE 103-104 and either CHL 103 or 104; PHY 103-104; CSC 101 or 141; MAT 105 (Students
with a strong background in high school algebra and trigonometry may substitute MAT 161
and MAT 162); ESS 160, ESS 201, ESS 211, ESS 111, ESS 455, ESS 240, ESS 230, ESS 320; SCE
350; plus a total of at least seven credits from among the following; ESS 160; ESS 220, ESS
250, ESS 260, ESS 302, ESS 303, ESS 305, ESS 311, ESS 330, ESS 339, ESS 340, ESS 480, ESS
410, ESS 475, ESS 476, or any course from the Marine Science Consortium
126/Earth Sciences
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION- GENERAL SCIENCE
Specialized Preparation
BIO 110 and one biology course other than BIO 100; CHE 103-104, CHL 103-104, PHY 103-
104, ESS 111, ESS 201 and one of the following: ESS 230, ESS 240 or ESS 211; CSC 101 or 141;
MAT 105 (Students with a strong background in high school algebra and trigonometry may
substitute MAT 161 and MAT 162) SCE 350
Science Electives— 9 or 1 0 s h from any courses in the science departments of the School
of Sciences and Mathematics or the Marine Science Consortium
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EARTH SCIENCE
Specialized Preparation
BIO 110; CHE 103-104 and either CHL 103 or CHL 101 or 104; CSC 141; MAT 161 and MAT
162 (students lacking a strong background in high school algebra and trigonometry must
also take MAT 105); PHY 103-104; ESS 111, ESS 201, ESS 211, ESS 230, ESS 240, ESS 302, ESS
305, ESS 311, ESS 320, ESS 330, ESS 410, ESS 455, ESS 340, or ESS 475, ESS 476
Science Electives — 9 s h From any courses in the science departments of the School of
Science and Mathematics or the Marine Science Consortium.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE-CHEMISTRY-GEOLOGY
Concentration Requirements for this program are:
CHE 321, 341 or 345, 411
CHL 321, 341
ESS 201, 211, 302, 305,311, 321
In addition 8 credits in chemistry and 8 credits in earth science electives should be taken
Related Courses
One course in computer science or statistics.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: ESS unless otherwise shown.
SCE 300 Science in the Primary Grades (3) A comprehensive coverage of the teaching of
science in the pre-school and primary grades (K-3).
SCE 310 Science for the Elementary Grades (3) A course to prepare the elementary teacher
for teaching science Selected units or problems which cut across various fields of science.
Methods and processes of science and available resources. PREREQ: Completion of science
and mathematics general education requirements
SCE 350 Science Education in the Secondary School (3) Philosophy, objectives, and meth-
ods of teaching science Practical experience provided PREREQ: A major in liberal arts or
secondary education (sciences)
101 Earth Science (3) The earth's composition and history; the processes that occur on and
within the earth
111 General Astronomy (3) A descriptive course including the composition and evolution
of solar and stellar systems 2 hours lecture, 2 hours lab.
160 Nautical Astronomy (Celestrial Navigation) (3) Technical skills including celestial co-
ordinates, principles of time, the navigational triangle, lines of position and star identifica-
tion
201 Physical Geology (3) The earth's composition (minerals and rocks) and earth processes
(weathering, erosion, volcanism, and diastrophism) 3 hours lecture
ESL 201 Physical Geology Laboratory (1) 2 hours-(required with lecture).
211 Historical Geology (3) The geologic history of the earth and the evidences for this his-
tory
220 History of the Earth Sciences (3) An examination of the history of scientific thought
and contributions in the area of the earth sciences. PREREQ: Completion of core require-
ments in science and mathematics.
Earth Sciences/127
230 Introduction to Oceanography (3) A survey of our present knowledge of the waters and
floor of the oceans
ESL 230 Introduction to Oceanography Laboratory (1)
240 Introduction to Meteorology (3) Principles governing the conditions of the earth's at-
mosphere; how these principles determine weather conditions.
250 Environmental Geology (3) A study of earth systems and man's affects on them tval-
uation of energy resources. PRtREQ: One year of college physics, one course in earth
science or permission of instructor
260 Archeoastronomy (3) Astronomical skills of the Babylonians, Egyptians, Creeks, Chi-
nese, Maya, Incas, Aztecs and the North American Indians (2 hours lecture and 2 hours
laboratory per week).
302 Mineralogy (3) Physico-chemical principles used in the classification, identification,
and origin of minerals Field examination of local minerals PREREQ: CHE 104, ESS 201.
303 Intermediate Mineralogy (3) How the petrographic microscope and x-ray diffraction,
are used to identify minerals PREREQ: One course in basic mineralogy (ESS 302)
305 Petrology (3) Principles of rock origin, identification and classification Laboratory
and field examination of rocks PREREQ: ESS 302
313 Geochemistry (3) The chemistry of the earth and its relation to geologic processes.
PREREQ: CHE 104, ESS 201
320 Structural Geology (3) Determination of the sequential development and the forces in-
volved in the various structural features of the earth. PREREQ: ESS 201, 211
330 Introduction to Fossils (3) Identification and study of common fossils in order to under-
stand their life process and geologic significance. PREREQ: one course in geology.
335 Stratigraphy (3) Description and evaluation of the physical, chemical, and biologic en-
vironment during the formation of stratified rock. PREREQ: ESS 201, 202
337 Sedimentation (3) Introduction to the analysis of sedimentary rocks: classification,
erosion, transportation and deposition of stratified rock; paleoenvironment interpretations
PREREQ: ESS 201 and ESS 211.
339 Groundwater Geology (3) The factors that control the distribution occurance, and
recoverability of groundwater, techniques for locating and estimating recoverable water,
groundwater pollution, and waste water disposal PREREQ: ESS 201, 211
340 Geophysics (3) Gravitational, magnetic, seismic (refraction and reflection), and elec-
trical properties of rocks and minerals in the earth. Physical principles of the earth; geo-
physics in relation to economic deposits. PREREQ: ESS 201, and 211, PHY 102 or 104.
ESS 405 Economic Geology (3) The origin, geologic and geographic distribution, limits, and
production technology of mineral resources PREREQ: ESS 101 or ESS 201, or permission of
instructor.
408 Field Geology (3) Practical experience in the techniques and tools of the field geologist
PREREQ: ESS 201, 211, 305.
410 Independent Studies (1 to 3)
455 intermediate Astronomy (3) An analytical and qualitative analysis of selected astro-
nomical phenomena Such topics as: telescope optics (including photographic and photo-
electric attachments), lunar and planetary orbits, stellar motions and magnitudes, galactic
classifications and distances 2 hours lecture, 2 hours lab.
475 Teaching in the Planetarium (3) Principles and use of the planetarium in teaching situa-
tions. Specific projects are assigned. PREREQ: ESS 111.
476 Planetarium Productions (3) The activities of this course will center around the
production of a major planetarium production. PREREQ: ESS 111 and consent of instructor.
480 Special Problems (1 to 3) Reports on special topics and current developments in the
earth and space sciences. PREREQ: consent of instructor.
128/Earth Sciences
490 Fundamentals of Soils (3) The properties of soils, edaphology, pedology: chemical,
physical, and biological factors. Soil genesis and classification.
MARINE SCIENCE
The following courses are given at the Marine Science Consortium field stations in the
summer only. For further information communicate with the Department of Earth Sciences.
MSC 110 Introduction to Oceanography (3) Physical, chemical, and biological aspect of
the oceans. Emphasis on lab and at-sea assignments
MSC 211 Field Methods in Oceanography (3) Field work on board small research vessels;
use and application of standard oceanographic instruments and sampling devices. PREREQ:
MSC llOor consent of instructor
MSC 221 invertebrate Zoology (3) Development, reproduction, structure, function, and
classification of selected marine organisms. Laboratory and field experience in collection,
preservation, and classification. PREREQ; 1 year of biology or consent of instructor
MSC 241 Marine Biology (3) Biology of marine plants and animals, field samplings, identi-
fication, and analysis PREREQ: 1 year of biology or consent of instructor
MSC 260 Marine Ecology (3) Relationship of marine plants and animals to physical,
chemical, and biological factors; their zonation and communities. PREREQ: 1 year of
biology or consent of mstructor
MSC 331 Chemical Oceanography (3) Oceanic chemical phenomena, sampling, and
laboratory analysis techniques. PREREQ: MSC 110, one year of college chemistry, or con-
sent of instructor
MSC 342 Marine Botany (3) Marine and marine fringe plants of the Middle Atlantic coast.
Techniques of collecting, identifying, and herbarium cataloging PREREQ: a course in gen-
eral biology or 1 semester of botany.
MSC 343 ichthyology (3) Anatomy, physiology, and systematics of fish along our eastern
seaboard PREREQ: general biology or zoology or consent of instructor
MSC 362 Marine Geology (3) Structural and sedimentary environment of the continental
shelf, slopes, and ocean basins; genesis of the ocean basins PREREQ: MSC 110 and ESS 201
or consent of instructor
MSC 364 Physical Oceanography (3) Physical properties of the ocean; basic instrumen-
tation in field work PREREQ MSC 110, PHY 103, 104, MAT 161 or consent of instructor
MSC 420 Marine Micropaleontology (3) Paleontology of the Foraminifera (Sarcodina),
Radiolaria, Diatoms, and Ostracoda PREREQ: 1 year of geology or 1 course each in geology
and biology or consent of instructor
MSC 457 Marine Geophysics (3) Laboratory and field assignments employing a portable
refraction seismograph, gravity meter, and magnetometer PREREQ: MSC 110, ESS 201, 1
year of mathematics or consent of instructor
MSC 458 Exploration Methods in Marine Geology (3) Geophysical and geological instru-
ments and techniques used to study the topography and geology of the ocean bottom.
PREREQ ESS 201 and 1 year of mathematics or consent of instructor
Economics — See Business and Economics
Education — See Early Childhood and Elementary
Education, Instructional Media Education, Reading,
Secondary Education and Professional Studies, Spe-
cial Education, Dental Hygiene, Environmental
(Outdoor) Education and Health, Physical Educa-
tion, and Recreation
Elementary Education — See Early Childhood
Engineering — See Physics
English
David E McKenty,
Chairperson
William H. Henry, Jr.
Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Bailey, Brooks, Falgie, Field, Garrett, Green, Haviland, Henry, Kent, Kersh-
ner, McGrath, McKenty, Markow, Myrsiades, Oldsey, Taylor, yVeiss, West, Ziegler
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Bosworth-Fling, Browne, Bruton, Corr, Ford, Fordyce, Gaunt,
Hunsberger, Kelleher, Kelly, McCawley, Miller, Page, Prater, Smith, Ward, Wise
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Boylan, Combs, Peich, Rimel, Thurbon
The Department of English offers two degree programs: the Bachelor of Arts in
Literature and, in cooperation with the School of Education, the Bachelor of
Science in Education Each program is planned in consultation with an advisor
The Bachelor of Arts in Literature prepares the student for graduate studies,
journalism, publishing, editing, public relations, advertising, and other
specialized careers. The required courses provide a broad foundation in
literature, an introduction to writing and the study of language, and an orienta-
tion in career planning and opportunities The wide choice of electives permits
the student to structure a program compatible with his/her particular career
goals and interests
The Bachelor of Science in Education prepares the student to teach English in
the secondary schools of Pennsylvania under an Instructional I Certificate. Be-
fore permission to student teach is granted, students in this program must (1) sat-
isfy the prerequisites for student teaching listed on page 215 and (2) satisfy
specific English Department requirements outlined in the Handbook for English
Majors.
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN LITERATURE
128 Semester Hours
1. General Requirements, see page 70 44s.h.
2. Arts and Letters Core Requirements, see page 72 15s.h.
3. Foreign Language Requirement, see page 71 3-12 s.h.
4. Cognate Courses, one from History and one from Political Science 6 s.h.
5. Departmental Requirements 33 s.h.
LIT 100- Practical Criticism
ENG 230— Introduction to Linguistics
LIT 260 — Continental Literature I
LIT 261— Continental Literature II
LIT 230— English Literature I or one Group A course — Consult
Handbookfor English Majors.
LIT 231 — English Literature II or one Group B course — Consult Handbook
for English Majors.
LIT 200— American Literature II or one Group C course in the appropriate
period — Consult Handbook for English Majors.
LIT 201 —American Literature II or one GroupC course in the appropriate
period — Consult Handbook for English Majors.
One course from Croup D or E —Consult Handbook for English Majors.
One advanced writing course
LIT 400— Literature Seminar
6. Departmental Electives 18 s.h
Selected under advisement from LIT groups A-E and approved English
and Humanities courses. Consult Handbook for English Majors.
7. Free Electives 0-9 s.h.
130/English
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION -ENGLISH
1 30 Semester Hours
1. General Requirements, see page 70 44s.h.
2. Arts and Letters Core Requirements, see page 72 15s.h.
3. Cognate Courses, one from History and one from Political Science 6 s.h.
4. Professional Education Requirements, see page 215 29 s.h.
These include ENC 390 — Teaching English in Secondary Schools
5. Departmental Requirements 30 s.h.
LIT 100 — Practical Criticism
LIT 260 — Continental Literature I
ENC 230— Introduction to Linguistics
ENC 331 —Structure of Modern English
ENC 335 — History of the English Language
LIT 200 — American Literature I or LIT 201 —American Literature II
LIT 230-English Literature I or LIT 231 -English Literature II
One course from Group A, B, C, or D
One advanced writing course
LIT 400 — Literature Seminar
6. Departmental Electives 6 s.h.
Selected under advisement from LIT groups A-E and approved English
and Humanities courses. Consult Handbook for English Majors.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ENGLISH
Symbol: ENG
000 Basic Writing (0) A preparatory course of study which emphasizes the basic gram-
matical, logical, and rhetorical skills that produce effective paragraphs.
030 English for Non-native Speakers (0) Individualized instruction for the non-native
speaker: conversational English, formal written English, reading and listening compre-
hension, and grammar
120 Effective Writing I (3) An intensive course in writing which emphasizes skill in
organization and awareness of styles of writing and levels of usage as ways of expressing
and communicating experience.
121 Effective Writing II (3) Continues the expository writing experience offered in Effective
Writing 1, and explores techniques of gathering, evaluating, and selecting materials to be
used in writing research papers.
122 Effective Writing II (3) An introduction to research techniques for political science ma-
jors, emphasizing problem formulation, descriptive and causal analysis, documentary re-
search, questionnaire survey, statistical analysis, and interview.
123 Seminar in Exposition (3) For English and communication majors. Extensive practice in
basic expository and argumentative writing skills, with emphasis on language awareness.
125 Writing for English and Communications Majors (3) Introduces rhetorical modes and
strategies of expository and argumentative writing, especially as applicable to the analysis
of literature; requires a research paper on a literary topic.
200 Writing Improvement (1, 2, or 3) Intensive instruction to aid students experiencing seri-
ous difficulties with their writing assignments in other courses Not open to freshmen
Pass/Fail only.
201 Advanced Writing (3) Frequent practice in expository, descriptive, narrative, and argu-
mentative techniques, with emphasis on style. Writing is criticized and corrected in private
sessions
202-203 Creative Writing l-ll (3) (3) Writing experience in the crafts of fiction, poetry, and
drama
English/131
204 Practical Prose Composition (3) Writing in various modes that authentically mirror real
situations in everyday life including the world of work.
205 Writing from Experience (3) Exploration of personal history and attitudes through care-
fully structured composition tasks of autobiographical narrative memoir and introspective
analysis.
230 (also LIN 230) Introduction to Linguistics (3) Basic concepts of language description,
classification, change, reconstruction, dialectology, and sociolinguistics. (Prerequisite for all
courses in English language )
260 Mass Media in Society (3) Introduction to theory and problems of mass media and
their role in American culture.
265 News Reporting (3) Principles of news reporting and practice in gathering and writing
news for all media. Research, writing, and the interview
266 Writing for Magazines and Newspapers (3) Writing for publication. Developing ideas,
gathering material, writing articles for both magazines and newspapers. Marketing methods
for the freelancer.
267 History of Communications (3) History and development of newspapers, magazines,
documentary films, radio, and television
268 Business Communication (3) The nature of communication within organizations Theo-
retical basis and practical application,
275 Literary Editing and Publishing (3) Experience in publishing the student literary maga-
zine Daedalus: editing, proofing, photographic selection and layout, printing.
276 News Editing (3) Basic principles of editing for newspapers and magazines: editing
practices, critical analysis of newspaper and magazine articles, practical exercises in editing
copy for print.
301 Poetry Workshop (3) The theory and practice of poetry; exploration of verse forms,
prosody, metrics; practice in critical and interpretive analysis of poems written by fellow
students and professional poets. The poem as a product of skilled craftsmanship.
302 Drama Workshop (3) Writing the play: possibilities and limitations of the stage. At-
tention to sets and costuming where relevent. Characterization by action and dialogue.
Problems of establishing motivation The play's totality in theme, character, and action. In-
formal readings of student work
303 Short Story Workshop (3) Crafting the modern short story with reference to American
and British models. The significance of setting, atmosphere, characterization, and theme.
Discussion and some exploitation of experimental ideas in the genre.
304 Essay Workshop (3) Practice in writing the essay. Conventions and techniques of this
literary form as it appears in commercial and quality magazines.
330 English Phonology (3) Phonemics and morphophonemics in English. Writing systems
and phonemic-graphemic relationship in English. Historical development of English sounds
PREREQ: ENC 230
331 Structure of Modern English (3) A detailed analysis of the modern descriptive ap-
proach to the study of English grammar and how it compares with the traditional approach
PREREQ: ENC 230
335 History of the English Language (3) Review of the influences on the development of the
English language. PREREQ: ENC 230
339 History and Dialects of American English (3) Development of the English language in
America since colonial settlement American and British English Pronunciation, vocabu-
lary, and grammar of the regional and social dialects of American English PREREQ: ENC
230
340 Sociolinguistic Aspects of English (3) The study of language in its social context: the
ethnography of communication; language and society, social classes, ethnic groups,
politics, sex, and education. PREREQ: ENC 230.
132/Engli$h
350 Introduction to English as a Second Language (3) Exploration of the scope of the field,
types of programs, general approaches to instruction
390 Teaching English in Secondary Schools (3) Review of language-arts requirements in
secondary schools Special reference to grade-placement with adaptation of materials,
appraisal of results, and development of programs of study PREREQ: ENC 331, 335, EDM
300, E DP 351, EDS 306
400 Writing Seminar (3) Special topics to be announced such as Fantasy and Science Fic-
tion, Longer Prose Works, or The Anti-Story.
410 Independent Study (3)
430 Language Seminar (3) Studies in English language and linguistics PREREQ: ENG 230
and at least junior standing
490-491 Writing Seminar in the Novel l-ll (3) (3) A course in the writing and preparing of
book-length manuscripts (novel, novella, "non-fictional" novel) with the intention of sub-
mission for publication Also includes coverage of fictional aspects and techniques used in
writing memoirs, biography, current history,
LITERATURE
Symbol: LIT
100 Practical Criticism (3) Study of and practice in the literary analysis of selected poetry,
prose fiction, and drama
101 Great American Writers (3) Major American writers from Franklin to Faulkner Not
open to English majors
130 Great British Writers, Post Renaissance (3) Major British writers from Milton to the
present Not open to English majors
160 General Literature I (3) Western literature from Homer through Shakespeare Not open
to English majors
161 General Literature II (3) Western literature from Shakespeare to the present Not open
to English majors
162 Fiction (3) Basic analysis of various forms of fiction: short story, novella, novel Inter-
pretation based on the relationship between form and content Not open to English majors
163 Drama (3) An introduction to drama, extending from the classical Creek tragedy to the
Theater of the Absurd Not open to English majors
164 Poetry (3) Analytical readings within a broad spectrum of English and American poetry
from Chaucer to the present Not open to English majors
200 American Literature I (3) A survey of representative American writers from Colonial
times to 1860, including Bradstreet, Taylor, Franklin, Poe, Thoreau, Hawthorne, and Mel-
ville
201 American Literature II (3) A survey of representative American writers from 1860 to the
present, including Whitman, Twain, lames. Crane, Eliot, Frost, Hemingway, and Faulkner
202 Afro-American Literature I (3) Survey of Afro-American authors from the antebellum
era through the first quarter of the 20th century (Croup C)
203 Afro-American Literature II (3) Continuation of LIT 202 Second quarter of the 20th
century to the present (Croup C)
230 English Literature I (3) A survey of English literature from Anglo-Saxon writing through
the 18th century
231 English Literature II (3) A survey of English literature of the 19th and 20th centuries.
260 Continental Literature I (3) Literature of continental Europe from classical times
through the Renaissance
261 Continental Literature II (3) Literature of continental Europe from Neoclassicism to
the present (Group D)
English/133
262 Classical Literature in Translation (3) The growth and development of Classical litera-
ture with emphasis on the epic, the tragedy, the comedy, and the lyric poem (Croup D)
263 Bible as Literature (3) Books of the English Bible, especially the King James Version, as
a part of English and American literature (Croup D)
264 Literature and Myth (3) Traditional, anthropological, and psychoanalytic interpreta-
tions of myth in literature (Group D)
265 Literature and Psychology (3) An examinetion of the relationships between literature
and psychology, and readings from drama (Shakespeare, Ibsen, Albee), poetry (Poe, Brown-
ing, Eliot), and fiction (Tolstoy, Joyce, Woolf, Mann, Kafka, Faulkner). (Croup E)
266 Science Fiction (3) A critical study of the science fiction novel focusing on the works of
contemporary writers such as C S Lewis, Asimov, Heinlein, Zelazny, Niven, Anthony, Her-
bert, LeCuin, and Delany (Croup E)
267 The Supernatural in Literature (3) A study of the representation in literature of super-
natural influences displayed in the writings of Homer, Aeschylus, Vergil, Spenser, Shakes-
peare, Middleton, Ford, Greene, Blake, Keats, Poe, James, Wilde, and Synge (Croup E)
268 Love in Literature (3) The changing roles of the sexes as revealed in literature Exam-
ination of Platonic, Courtly, and Romantic love Outside speakers on related topics (Croup
E)
269 The Literature of Roguery (3) A historical study of the rogue in fiction with emphasis
on the satiric view of society Among writers studied: Defoe, Thackeray, Donieavy, and
Wolfe (Group E)
270 Literature of the Cities (3) Covers a variety of responses of contemporary writers,
artists, and planners to the rise of the modern city. (Croup E)
271 Literature of the Left (3) A study of prominent leftist writers and their works, including
Mayakovsky, Neruda, Aragon, Lorca, Ritsos, Brecht, Malraux, Orwell, and Sartre (Croup E)
272 New Fiction (3) Fiction published in the last ten years. (Group E)
274 Feminist Poetry (3) A study of poetry espousing the feminist cause and exploring the
feminist response Techniques and attitudes of such poets as Plath, Sexton, Rich, Morgan,
Wakoski, and Kumin (Croup E)
275 Religious Themes in Western Literature (3) Analysis of five or six major writings in
Western literature such as St Augustine's Confessions, Dante's The Divine Comedy, Tenny-
son's In Memoriam examining the artistic use of religious themes
276 Modern Greek Poetry (3) The development of modern Creek poetry from Cavafy to
the present; emphasis on selected poetry of Cavafy, Sikelianos, Elytis, Seferis, and Ritsos
277 Modern Greek Prose (3) Creek fiction since the First World War with special attention
given to the novels of Kazantzakis and contemporary prose of such writers as Tsirkas, Vas-
silikos, Taktsis, Samarakis, Hatzis.
290 Introduction to Film (3) A critical-analytical approach to world cinema covering film
theory and the major film movements (American film, Soviet realism, German expression-
ism, Italian neorealism, and surrealism) from the beginning of the silent era through the de-
velopment of sound up to 1959 (Group E)
291 The Contemporary Film (3) A critical-analytical approach to world cinema covering
major film movements and theory since 1960 (The French New Wave, Bergman, Kurosawa,
Cinema Nuovo, Eastern European film, and New American film). (Group E)
292 Avant-Carde Film (3) The function of cinema in contemporary society as a socio-cul-
tural, economic, and political object, as seen through critical analysis of experimental and
documentary films (Croup E)
295 Children's Literature (3) A critical study of literature for children, setting standards for
evaluation and appreciation.
296 Adolescent Literature (3) A survey of literature written for readers of junior high and
high school age The primary aim is to find standards of literary evaluation for adolescent
works.
134/English
300 Colonial and Revolutionary American Literature (3) Writers of Colonial and Revolu-
tionary America (Group C)
301 Folklore in America (3) A study of folklore in American life and literature, with em-
phasis on occupational, regional, and ethnic influences. (Croup C)
302 Development of the American Novel (3) Beginnings of the American novel to Frank
Norris (Group C)
303 Introduction to Multi-Ethnic American Literature (3) American ethnic, racial, and na-
tional groups in American literature and the contributions of creative literary artists repre-
senting these cultures (Group C)
304 American Jewish Novel (3) A study of major American Jewish novelists: Cahan, Singer,
Roth, Potok, Bellow, Malamud, Wallant, and Wiesel No knowledge of Yiddish or Hebrew
necessary (Group C)
305 Modern American Drama (3) American drama from the early 1900's to the present,
with emphasis on the development of the American Theater as seen in such major
dramatists as O'Neill, Odets, Wilder, Miller, Williams, and Albee. (Croup C)
306 Modern American Novel (3) The novel in America from Dreiser to the present.
(Group C)
307 Modern American Poetry (3) Ma)or 20th-century American poets (Croup C)
308 American Women Writers (3) A portrait of the American woman: her social position,
her attitudes toward sexuality A re-evaluation of women writers in view of these observa-
tions: Olsen, Gather, Chopin, Oates, and others (Croup C)
330 Old English Language and Literature (3) An introductory study of the language (450-
1150 AD) through a reading of religious and secular poetry and prose (Croup A)
331 Middle English Language and Literature (3) An introductory study of the language
(1150-1450 AD) through a reading of selected literary texts (Croup A)
332 English Drama to 1642 (3) English drama from the early liturgical tropes to 1642, exclu-
sive of Shakespeare (Croup A)
333 Tudor Literature (3) Prose and poetry of the Tudor period Thomas More to Edmund
Spenser (Group A)
334 Stuart Literature (3) Prose and poetry of the Stuart period )onson and Donne to Dry-
den. (Group A)
335 Shakespeare I (3) Selected comedies, histories, and tragedies Literary historical back-
ground and Shakespeare's development as a dramatist (Croup A)
336 Shakespeare II (3) Similar to LIT 335 with a different choice of plays; either course may
be taken first (Croup A)
337 Literature of the Enlightenment (3) A critical consideration of the 18th-century writers,
exclusive of the dramatists The struggle between tradition and revolt (Group B)
338 Restoration and 18th Century Drama (3) The drama from the reopening of the theaters
in 1660 to 1800 (Group B)
339 18th Century British Novel (3) The British novel from Defoe to Austen (Group B)
340 The Romantic Movement (3) Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, Keats, and their
contemporaries in the light of social background and critical doctrine. (Croup B)
341 19th Century British Novel (3) The British novel from Austen to Hardy. (Croup B)
342 Victorian Literature (3) Victorian thought and culture in poetry and non-fiction prose.
(Group B)
343 Modern British Drama (3) British drama from Wilde to the present, with emphasis on
the rebirth of the British drama and its major writers. (Group B)
344 Modern British Novel (3) The novel in England from Conrad to the present. (Croup B)
345 Modern British Poetry (3) Major 20th-century British poets. (Group B)
English/135
360 Oriental Literature (3) A survey of the literature of both the Near and Far East from
Classical times to the present. (Croup D)
361 Modern Continental Drama (3) A consideration of the chief writers who influenced the
modern drama: Ibsen, Strindberg, Chekhov, Hauptmann, Pirandello, Sartre, Brecht, and
lonesco. (Croup D)
362 Modern Continental Fiction (3) Important modern European writers in translation:
Flaubert, Dostoevsky, Unamuno, Gide, Mann, Kafka, Camus, Sarte, and Moravia. Their
aesthetic and philosophical contributions to modern fiction. (Group D)
363 Modern Literature of Russia and Eastern Europe (3) A study of a selected number of
modern works by Dostoevsky, Gogol, Bunin, Brecht, Kafka, Lukacs, Benjamin, which
demonstrate the interrelationship of the national literatures of Eastern Europe and display
common themes and styles. (Group D)
364 Modern Irish Literature (3) Major literary writers of Ireland from 1840 to the present:
George Moore, Synge, Yeats, Joyce, Shaw, O'Casey, Beckett, Behan, and Brian Moore.
(Group B)
365 Short Fiction (3) Analysis and interpretation of short fiction. (Group E)
366 Criticism (3) A study of the theories of classical antiquity, England, and the United
States, with emphasis on the relevance of these theories to English and American literature
of the moment. (Group E)
390 Comparative Cinema (3) A comparative approach to the study of film, which each
semester focuses on a selected theme (myth and film, subversive film, Brechtian film), direc-
tor(Pasolini, Bergman), or cinema group (Eastern European film. Oriental film). (Group E)
400 Literature Seminar (3) Topics announced annually Required of English majors in the
junior or senior year May be repeated for credit.
Topics previously offered:
Doris Lessing Mark Twain
Emerson The Devil
Children's Novel Byron
Fantasy Colonial Literature
American-Jewish Novel Jane Austen
Hawthorne Odysseus as a Modern Hero
Spenser-Milton Whitman and Melville
Joyce-Beckett F. Scott Fitzgerald
Ibsen-Chekov Satire and Irony
Hamlet Archetypes and Ethnic Stereotypes
Shaw in American Literature
Longer Prose Fiction Willa Gather
435 Chaucer (3) An interpretation of Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde (Group A)
437 Spenser (3) A study of The Faerie Queene and shorter poems. (Group A)
440 Milton (3) A survey of the major poetry and prose works. (Group A)
The English department accepts certain humanities courses as major electives. Consult
the Handbook for English Majors for a list of approved humanities courses.
Environmental
(Outdoor)
Education
Certification Program
John Holingjak,
Coordinator
This interdisciphnary program enables teacher-education majors to secure
certification to teach environmental (outdoor) education. The course sequences
in the program are drawn from existing curricula in the natural sciences, social
and behavioral sciences, and health and physical education and permit students
to graduate with dual certification. That is, their teaching certificates will be
valid for environmental education as well as for their major area of study. For the
additional certification in environmental education, students are required to
complete four core courses and two elective courses chosen from one of the
following areas of concentration: natural sciences, recreation-centered, man-
centered, or curriculum-centered. Students wishing to explore this program
should consult with the coordinator of environmental education.
REQUIRED CORE COURSES
Conservation of Natural Resources (GtO 230)
Basic Ecology (BIO 201)*
Field Ecology and Natural History (BIO 272)*
Organization and Administration of Outdoor Education (EDO 420)
Semester Hours
3
4
3
13
ELECTI VES — two courses from one of these areas:
Group A — Natural Sciences
Field Botany (BIO 275)
Field Zoology (BIO 277)
Entomology (BIO 377)
Ornithology (BIO 378)
Earth Science(ESS 101)
General Astronomy (ESS 111)
Physical Geology (ESS 201)
Introduction to Oceanography
(ESS 230)
Marine Ecology (MSC 260)
Group C — Recreation-Centered
Principles of Recreation (PED 250)
CampingandOuting(PED 370)
Supervised Camping Leadership
(PED 467)
Arts and Crafts in Recreation (PED 367)
Group B — Man-Centered
Environmental Crises
(CEO 232)
Introduction to Anthropology:
Cultural (ANT102)
Human Paleontology (ANT 331)
Culture Change (ANT 333)
Regional Planning (CEO 214)
Introduction to Sociology (SOC 100)
Urban Sociology (SOC 336)
Urban Growth Dynamics (GEO 212)
Population Problems (GEO 210)
Group D — Curriculum-Centered
Conservation Education Curriculum
(K-12)(EDO405)
Methods in Conservation Education
(EDO 410)
History of Conservation (EDO 415)
Independent Studies in Environmental
Education (EDO 425)
Environmental (Outdoor) Education
Workshop (EDO 411)
"Biology majors must substitute biology courses from Croup A with approval of advisor
138/Ethnic studies
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: EDO
405 Conservation Education Curriculum (K-1 2) (3) Conservation education as it exists in the
present school curriculum, and ways to integrate conservation into elementary and
secondary school disciplines. Characteristics, interrelationships, and uses of our natural re-
sources; problems and policies of industrial management in conservation as they are related
to the school curriculum
410 Methods in Conservation Education (3) Basic concepts and practices of conservation
and outdoor education and their role in the school program
415 History of Conservation (3) Development of the conservation movement in the U.S.,
with emphasis on the progressive adaptations of conservation to our changing social and
economic order
420 Organization and Administration of Outdoor Education (3) Basic concepts of outdoor
education; the role of outdoor education in the school program; the initiation and ad-
ministration of outdoor education
425 Independent Studies in Environmental Education (3) Special research projects, reports,
readings in conservation and outdoor education. Open to seniors only. PREREQ: permission
of instructor.
Ethnic
Studies
Andrew Dinniman
Director
Jorge Escorcia
Associate Director
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE: Andrew Dinniman, Jorge Escorcia, Bonita Freeman-Witthoft,
jody M Harris, Kostas Myrsiades, Iris Mayo, Alfred D Roberts, Jeanette Sam, Irene C. Shur,
Philip D Smith, Richard I Webster
The Institute for Ethnic Studies (lES) offers transcript recognition and a
certificate to any student, regardless of major, who satisfactorily complete 18
semester hours of work in ethnic studies. To earn the certificate and transcript
recognition, students must take Sociology 235 (Racial and Ethnic Understanding)
and must take at least one ethnic-oriented course in each of the following areas.
(The other courses can be taken in any of the areas.)
A Art, English, humanities, language, literature, philosophy, Spanish, or speech and
theatre.
B Economics, geography, history, political science, or a social science interdisciplinary
course.
C. Anthropology, education, physical education, sociology, or social welfare.
As soon as possible, students should register their intent to earn this distinction
with the director of the Institute for Ethnic Studies (Sykes 206). At the end of each
semester, students should report to the director the ethnic-related courses
completed during the semester and the courses planned for the following
semester An updated list of courses approved for credit is available each
semester, before the advisement and scheduling period from the Institute for Eth-
Ethnic studies/139
nic Studies. Students can use an approved ethnic-related course towards the
completion of the Certificate of Ethnic Studies at the same time it is being used
to fulfill their major, minor or elective requirements. Up to six hours of transfer
credit from other colleges in ethnic-related courses can, with the approval of the
director of the Institute for Ethnic Studies, be used to partially fulfill the require-
ments for the Certificate of Ethnic Studies.
Eighteen credit hours of ethnic studies core courses lead to a Certificate of
Ethnic Studies. Also available are three options to students interested in specific
areas of ethnic studies These options are:
• Afro-American Studies leading to a Certificate of Afro-American Studies.
• Hispanic-American Studies leading to a Certificate of Hispanic-American Studies.
• Jewish-American Studies leading to a Certificate of Jewish-American Studies.
For each option presently offered there are in addition to the relevant ethnic
studies core courses, certain cognate courses. These cognate courses do not
necessarily deal directly with American ethnic group life but give an added di-
mension of social and historical background.
In both the ethnic studies, and the optional programs, students must complete
18 credit hours and, as described above, at least one course must be in category
A, B, and C. Please note that students working on the Certificate of Afro-Ameri-
can Studies must take History 373 (Afro-American History) and either Literature
202 or 203 (Afro-American Literature); students working on a Certificate of His-
panic-American Studies must take Anthropology 120 (Cultures of Ethnic Peoples
in America); and students working on a Certificate of Jewish-American Studies
must take History 145 (The Jew in History) and Literature 304 (American-Jewish
Novel).
In order to maintain an active registration in the ethnic studies and the related
options, students must attend a group advisement session each semester and two
ethnically related events — speakers, musical programs, art shows, theatre pro-
ductions, films, etc —during the semester.
FOR ADVISEMENT IN ETHNIC STUDIES, CONTACT PROFESSOR ANDREW
DINNIMAN,SYKES206
COURSES LEADING TO A CERTIFICATE OF ETHNIC STUDIES
-ETHNIC STUDIESCORE COURSES-
Croup A
ART 404 Ethnic-American Art
ENC 339 History and Dialects of American English
ENC 340 Sociolinguistic Aspects of English
LIT 202 Afro-American Literature I
LIT 203 Afro-American Literature II
LIT 301 Folklore in America
LIT 303 Introduction to Multi-Ethnic American Literature
LIT 304 American-Jewish Novel
LIT 308 American Women Writers (Dr. Alice Markow's sections)
MUS 121 Fine Arts Music (Dr. Irving Cohen's sections)
MUS 125 Perspectives in Jazz
MUS 126 Folk and Traditional Music of the Western World
MUS 427 African and Afro-American Music
SPG 409 Intercultural Communication
Group B
ECO 349 Economics of Poverty
ECO 350 Urban Economics
140/Ethnic studies
HIS 145 The Jew in History
HIS 161 Violence in America
HIS 163 American Minorities
HIS 364 US Urban History
HIS 370 American Indians
HIS 371 Africans in the New World
HIS 372 Topics in Afro-American History
HIS 373 Afro-American History
PSC 252 Civil Liberties and Civil Rights
SSC 201 The American Indian and the Frontier
SSC 480 Ethnic Culture Workshop
Group C
ANT 120 Cultures of Ethnic Croups in America
ANT 140 Folklore in Society
ANT 320 The American Indian
ANT 321 The American Indian Today
EDU 360 The Disadvantaged Child
EDU 361 Teaching in Urban Schools
PED 141 Social, Folk, Square Dance
RED 342 Advanced Folk Dance
SWO 325 Race Relations and Social Work Practice
SOC 235 Racial and Ethnic Understanding
SOC 335 Racial and Cultural Minorities
SOC 342 Urban Sociology
COURSES LEADING TO
A CERTIFICATE IN
AFRO-AMERICAN STUDIES
In fulfilling the Afro-American Studies Option, the student may select from the following
ethnic core courses:
Group A
ART 404 Ethnic-American Art
ENC 339 History and Dialects of American English
ENC 340 Sociolinguistic Aspects of English
LIT 202 Afro-American Literature I
LIT 203 Afro-American Literature II
LIT 301 Folklore in America
LIT 303 Introduction to Multi-Ethnic American Literature
MUS 125 Perspective in Jazz
MUS 427 African and Afro-American Music
SPC 409 Intercultural Communication
Group B
ECO 349 Economics of Poverty
ECO 350 Urban Economics
HIS 161 Violence in America
HIS 163 American Minorities
HIS 364 US Urban History
HIS 371 Africans in the New World
HIS 372 Topics in Afro-American History
HIS 373 Afro-American History
PSC 252 Civil Liberties and Civil Rights
SSC 480 Ethnic Cultures Workshop
Group C
ANT 120 Cultures of Ethnic Groups in America
EDU 360 The Disadvantaged Child
EDU 361 Teaching in Urban Schools
Ethnic studies/141
SOC 235 Racial and Ethnic Understanding
SOC 335 Racial and Cultural Minorities
SOC 342 Urban Sociology
SWO 325 Race Relations and Social Work Practice
In addition, the following cognate courses may be taken only as part of the Afro-
American Studies Option:
Group A
LAN 191-2 African Languages (up to 6 credits)
Group B
HIS 140 Emerging Nations (Africa)
HIS 311 History of Africa to 1800
HIS 312 History of Subsaharan Africa Since 1800
PSC 348 African Culture and Politics
Group C
ANT 326 Cultures and Peoples of Subsaharan Africa
COURSES LEADING TO
A CERTIFICATE IN
HISPANIC-AMERICAN
STUDIES
In fulfilling the Hispanic-American Studies Option, the student may select from the
following ethnic core courses:
Group A
ART 404 Ethnic-American Art
ENC 339 History and Dialects of American English
ENG 340 Sociolinguistic Aspects of English
LIT 303 Introduction to Multi-Ethnic American Literature
SPC 409 Intercultural Communication
Group B
ECO 349 Economics of Poverty
ECO 350 Urban Economics
EDU 360 The Disadvantaged Child
EDU 361 Teaching in Urban Schools
HIS 161 Violence in America
HIS 163 American Minorities
HIS364US. Urban History
PSC 201 Civil Liberties and Civil Rights
SSC 480 Ethnic Cultures Workshop (Permission of the instructor required)
Group C
ANT 120 Cultures of Ethnic Croups in America
SOC 235 Racial and Ethnic Understanding
SOC 335 Racial and Cultural Minorities
SOC 342 Urban Sociology
SWO 325 Race Relations and Social Work Practice
In addition the following cognate courses may be taken as part of the Hispanic-American
Studies Option:
Group A
ART 411 Latin-American Art
LAN 305 Introduction to Bilingual-Bicultural Education
SPA 309 Spanish-American Literature
SPA 321 Civilization of Spanish America
SPA 411 Seminar in Spanish (when applicable)
142/Ethnic studies
Group B
CEO 302 Latin America
HIS 315 History of Latin America to 1825
HIS 316 History of Latin America since 1825
PSC 340 Latin-American Culture and Politics
COURSES LEADING TO
A CERTIFICATE IN
JEWISH-AMERICAN
STUDIES
In fulfilling the Jewish-American Studies Option, the student may select from the follow-
ing ethnic core courses:
Group A
ART 404 Ethnic-American Art
LIT 303 Introduction to Multi-Ethnic American Literature
LIT 304 American-Jewish Novel
SRC 409 Intercultural Communication
Group B
HIS 145 The Jew in History
HIS 161 Violence in America
HIS 163 American Minorities
HIS 164 US. Urban History
PSC 252 Civil Liberties and Civil Rights
SSC 480 Ethnic Cultures Workshop (Permission of instructor required)
Group C
ANT 120 Cultures of Ethnic Groups in America
SOC 235 Racial and Ethnic Understanding
SOC 335 Racial and Cultural Minorities
SOC 342 Urban Sociology
In addition the following cognate courses may be taken as part of the Jewish-American
Studies Option:
Group A
LAN 191-194 Hebrew (up to 6 credits)
PHI 102 Introduction to Religious Studies
PHI 463 History of Hebrew Thought
Group B
HIS 140 Emerging Nations (Near East)
H IS 309 H istory of the Middle East
HIS 310 The Arab and the Jew
COURSE DESCRIPTION
SSC 480 Ethnic Cultures Workshop (3) This workshop considers the history, traditions,
customs and contributions to American life of various ethnic groups. The lectures and
special programs are designed to increase the students' knowledge of the multicultural
nature of American society today Projects, specifically tailored to the students individual
needs, are directed by a faculty member of the Ethnic Studies Institute of West Chester
State College
Foreign
Languages
Ronald L Gougher
Chairperson
Alfred Roberts
Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Frieman, Gutwirth, Lombardi, Roberts, Smith
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Escorcia, Clumac, Gougher, Kuhlmann, Kulaski, Lipscomb,
Schneider
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Braidotti, Eisenstadt, Garcia-Barrio (Part-time), Greene, Peters,
Reiss
INSTRUCTORS: Brown, Rosso (Part-time)
BACHELOR OF ARTS-FOREIGN LANGUAGES
French Russian
German Spanish
Latin
The program in foreign languages is intended to provide an advanced
educational program for the student interested in the most human aspect of the
humanities, language. The program provides a flexible basis for a wide variety of
vocations involving bilingual skills and cross-cultural understanding. These in-
clude government, commerce, and industry as well as publishing and social serv-
ices. It also serves as a preparation for graduate studies leading to advanced
degrees. The major should be planned with the help of the faculty advisor
REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS IN FOREIGN LANGUAGES:
1 General Requirments, see page 70 44 semester hours
2. Arts and Letters Core, see page 72 1 5 semester hours
3. Foreign Language Concentration 33 semester hours
4 Two Cognate Courses:
A Linguistics 230 3 semester hours
B History of Language Area 3 semester hours
5 Demonstration of proficiency in a second language through the
intermediate II level
Depending on his second language proficiency, the student has from 27 to 39 elective
hours He may choose to apply some of these to additional advnaced courses in his major
area or to continue second or third language study
For all foreign language majors some study abroad is desirable, indeed almost in-
dispensable
FRENCH-CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS (33 sh)
ERE 101-102*, 201-202, 203-204, 205-206, 207-208, 365.
Additional courses to complete the 33 s h under advisement
GERMAN-CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS(33 s h )
GER 101-102*, 201-202, 203-204, 205-206, 207-208, 365
Additional courses to complete the 33 s h under advisement
LATIN-CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS (33 sh)
LAT101-102*,201,202, 303,406
Additional courses to complete the 33 sh under advisement.
144/Foreign Languages
RUSSIAN-CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS(33 s h )
RUS 101-102*, 201-202, 203, 205-206, 207-208, 305-306, 365, 401
Additional courses to complete the 33 s h under advisement
SPANISH-CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS(33 s h )
SPA 101-102*, 201-202, 203-204, 207-208, 320-321, 365; Two of the following:
SPA 305, 306, 307, 308, 309
Additional courses to complete the 33 s h under advisement.
•Foreign language maiors receive no credit towards graduation for 101 and/or 102 in their majors If 101 and/or 102 in
another language are taken as free electives. they will be credited towards graduation
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION - FOREIGN LANGUAGES
French Russian
German Spanish
Latin
The Instructional I Certificate in a foreign language qualifies the holder to
teach his major language in the public schools (kindergarten through 12th grade)
of Pennsylvania
REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION-FOREIGN LANGUAGES
1 General Requirements, see page 70 44 sh
2. Arts and Letters Core, see page 72, Foreign Language Department advis- 1 5 s h
ing required
3. Foreign Language Concentration 33 sh.
4. Two cognate courses:
A Linguistics 230 3 s.h.
B History of Language Area 3 sh.
5. Student must complete professional education sequence of 29 sh
The students is allowed from 12 to 14 hours of electives, provided by No 5 of General Re-
quirements and by the Arts and Letters Core, and is advised to use them in areas which will
contribute to his profession.
For all foreign language majors some study abroad is desirable, indeed almost in-
dispensable. Students can receive assistance in selecting programs in areas where their
language is spoken.
FRENCH-SPECIALIZED PREPARATION (33 s h )
FRE 101-102*, 201-202, 203-204, 204-206, 207-208, 365
Additional French courses to complete the 33 sh
Students must also complete LAN 301, credited to Professional Education.
GERMAN-SPECIALIZED PREPARATION (33 s h )
GER 101-102*, 201-202, 203-204, 205-206, 207-208, 365
Additional German courses to complete the 33 s h
Students must also complete LAN 301, credited to Professional Education
LATIN-SPECIALIZED PREPARATION (33 s h )
LAT 101-102*, 201, 202, 303, 406
Additional Latin courses to complete the 33 s h
Students must also complete * LAN 301 , credited to Professional Education
RUSSIAN-SPECIALIZED PREPARATION (33 s h )
RUS 101-102*, 201-202, 203, 205-206, 207-208, 365, 401
Additional Russian courses to complete the 33 s h
SPANISH-SPECIALIZED PREPARATION (33 s h )
SPA 101-102*, 201-202, 203,204.207-208, 320-321, 365: Two of the following:
SPA 305, 306, 308, 309
Additional Spanish courses to complete the 33 s h
Students must also complete LAN 301 , credited to Professional Education
•Foreign language majors receive no credit toward graduation or certification for 101 and/or 102 in their majors If 101
and/or 102 in another language are taken as free electives, they will be credited towards graduation
Foreign Languages/145
CREEK, ITALIAN, PORTUGUESE
The following courses in Greek, Italian and Portuguese may be offered, but no major field is
available
GREEK-CLASSICAL AND NEW TESTAMENT
Elementary Creek l-ll(CRE 101-102) and Intermediate Creek l-ll(GRE 201-202)
ITALIAN
Elementary Italian l-ll (ITA 101-102), Intermediate Italian l-ii (ITA 201-202), Introduction to
Dante(ITA301), and High Points in Italian Literature (ITA 302)
PORTUGUESE
Elementary Portuguese l-ll (POR 101-102) and Intermediate Portuguese l-II (POR 201-202)
ADDITIONAL LANGUAGES
Selected critical or uncommonly taught languages such as Chinese, Japanese, Polish, Serbo-
Croatian, Modern Greek, Modern Hebrew, (LAN 191-192-193-194)
THE JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD PROGRAM
The following courses in French are offered at the University of Montpelher,
France, under the Junior Year Abroad Program sponsored by West Chester State
College The program is designed for persons interested in France in order to give
them a firsthand acquaintance with French life and enable them to achieve an
active command of the language
The program is open to any student enrolled in a college or university who has
completed the equivalent of two years of college French and is able to take lec-
tures in French. During the time the student is enrolled in the program, he is a
student of West Chester State College and will receive a minimum of 30 credits
for a full two semesters of college work after successful completion of the year-
abroad program of studies. Each course runs for two semesters and is conducted
entirely in French by French professors. Other types of programs can be arranged
for non-language majors.
COURSE OFFERINGS
Advanced Grammar and Composition (ERE 361-62)
Advanced French Conversation (ERE 363-64)
Phonetics and Translation (ERE 365-66)
Contemporary French Civilization (ERE 367-68)
Literary Studies (FRE 369-70)
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
FRENCH
Symbol: FRE
101-102 Elementary French l-ll (3) (3) Fundamentals of French grammar, syntax, and
pronunciation Introduction to French culture through easy reading texts The audio-lingual
method is employed at all times Work in the language laboratory required
200 Intermediate Research (1) Special studies in French for studio art majors Approval of
department required
201-202 Intermediate French I — II (3) (3) Intensive review of grammar and syntax Readings
in French literature as a basis for class discussion in French and practice in composition
Language laboratory drill for remedial work only PREREQ: FRE 102 or equivalent
Note: All advanced literature and civilization courses include lectures and discussion in the
foreign language, and all student papers and examinations must be written in the foreign
language.
146/Foreign Languages
203-204 Advanced French Grammar and Composition l-ll (3) (3) The more complex gram-
matical and syntactical structures of the language, with particular attention to stylistics.
Practice in writing compositions on a more advanced level, with emphasis on correct usage.
PREREQ; PRE 202 or equivalent Work in the language laboratory required
205-206 French Civilization l-ll (3) (3) France's political and educational systems, her
economic and religious institutions, and her folkways The arts in France today PREREQ:
FRE 201 or equivalent
207-208 Advanced Oral French l-ll (3) (3) Intensive drill in the oral use of the language to
develop proficiency in listening comprehension and speaking PREREQ: FRE 203 or
equivalent.
210 French for Business (1) Study of the language and vocabulary of business, trade, and
industry in French Intended for those interested in careers in business and industry
PREREQ French 201 or equivalent
211 Scientific French (1) Language and vocabulary of science in French Techniques of
translating scientific texts from French to English PREREQ: FRE 201 or equivalent
212 French for Travelers (1) Study of the language of travel along with a comparison of
French and American customs and way of life in general
365 French Phonetics (3) Description and practice in the sounds of the French language
and its major dialectical differences Contrastive analysis with English PREREQ: LIN 230
401 French Literature of the 18th Century (3) The "philosophes" of the 18th century, em-
phasizing the works of Voltaire, Rousseau, Montesquieu, and Diderot PREREQ: FRE 206.
402 French Lyric Poetry (3) Development of French lyric forms; French versification, study
of selected poets, using "explication de textes "
403 French Literature of the 17th Century (3) 17th century prose, lyric and narrative poetry;
the concept of classicism
404 French Classical Drama (3) Corneille, Racine, and Moliere PREREQ: FRE 205
405 French Literature of the Middle Ages and Renaissance (3) Survey of selected readings
in Modern French translation from Old French literature and from such major figures as
Villon, Rabelais, the Pleiade poets, and Montaigne
406 Modern French Theater (3) Study of 20th century theatrical forms, extending from the
end of World War I to the present
407 19th Century French Novel (3) Development of the French novel from the pre-Roman-
tic period through the Naturalistic writers
408 20th Century Novel (3) The French novel of the century, from Proust and Gide to the
"roman nouveau
410 Independent Studies in French Language and Literature (3) Special topics for advanced
students only Admission by permission of instructor
411 Seminar in French (3) Independent study and research for upper division students
Topics announced annually by the French faculty PREREQ: permission of instructor
412 Seminar in French (3) Independent study and research for upper division students.
Topics announced annually by the French faculty PREREQ: permission of instructor.
FRENCH JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD PROGRAM
361-62 Advanced Grammar and Composition (6)
363-64 Advanced French Conversation (6)
365-66 Phonetics and Translation (6)
367-68 Contemporary French Civilization (6)
369-70 Literary Studies (6)
Foreign Languages/147
GERMAN
Symbol: GER
101-102 Elementary German l-ll (3) (3) Fundamentals of German grammer, syntax, and pro-
nunciation Introduction to German culture through easy reading texts. The audio- lingual
method is employed, and language laboratory drill is required.
200 Intermediate Research (1) Special studies in German for studio art majors Approval of
department required.
201-202 Intermediate German l-ii (3) (3) Review of grammar and syntax Readings in
German literature as a basis for class discussion in German and practice in composition.
Language laboratory drill required for remedial work only. PREREQ: GER 102 or equivalent.
Note: All advanced literature and civilization courses include lectures and discussion in the
foreign language, and all student papers and examinations must be written in the foreign
language.
203-204 Advanced German Grammar and Composition l-ll (3) (3) The more complex gram-
matical and syntactical structures of the language, with particular attention to stylistics
Practice in writing compositions on a more advanced level, with emphasis on correct usage.
PREREQ: GER 202 or equivalent
205 Survey of German Literature I (3) German literature from its earliest beginnings to
1800. PREREQ: GER 202 or equivalent
206 Survey of German Literature II (3) German literature from 1800 to the present
PREREQ: GER 202 or equivalent
207-208 Advanced Oral German i-ll (3) (3) Intensive drill in the oral use of the language to
develop proficiency in listening comprehension and speaking PREREQ: GER 203 or
equivalent.
210 German for Business (1) Intensive practice in writing business correspondence, job ap-
plications, discussions of business practices in Germany
211 German for Science (1) Study of basic vocabulary for reading documents related to
various scientific fields Readings in individual fields of endeavor
212 German for Travel (1) Study of major cities and cultural sites in Germany. Concentra-
tion on contemporary information and travel.
305 German Civilization (3) The evolution of Germany's social, political, and economic in-
stitutions An analysis of the major contributions of German civilization to Western culture
PREREQ: GER 202 orequivalent
365 German Phonetics (3) Description and practice in the sounds of the German language
and its major dialectical differences Contrast ive analysis with English. PREREQ: LIN 2 30
401 The Age of Goethe (3) German literary doctrines and masterpieces of the periods of
Enlightenment, Storm and Stress, and Classicism PREREQ: GER 202 orequivalent
402 Contemporary German Literature (3) Works of the principal German writers of the
20th century PREREQ: GER 202 or equivalent
403 The German Short Story (3) The German short story from Romanticism to the present
PREREQ: GER 202 or equivalent
404 Goethe (3) Important works of Goethe, his background and literary development
PREREQ:GER205
405 Scientific German (3) Review of syntax, readings, and translation in general science
and basic technical fields PREREQ: GER 102 or equivalent
406 German Literature of the 19th Century (3) German realism of the 19th Century
PREREQ: GER 206 or equivalent
407 German Lyric Poetry (3) Modern German poetry of pre and post World War II
PREREQ: GER 206 or equivalent
148/Foreign Languages
408 Modern German Drama (3) Maior dramatists of the 20th Century PREREQ CER206or
equivalent
409 German Literature of the Romantic Period (3) PRtRbQ GER 206 or equivalent
410 Independent Studies in German Language and Literature (3) Special topics for ad-
vanced students only, admission by permission of instructor
411 Seminar in German (3) Independent study and research for upper division students.
Topics announced annually by the German faculty PREREQ: permission of instructor
412 Seminar in German (3) Independent study and research for upper division students
Topic announced annually by the German faculty PREREQ: permission of instructor
GREEK
Symbol: CRE
101 Elementary Greek I (3) For students who have had no previous Greek Forms, syntax,
and idioms of Koine Creek
102 Elementary Greek II (3) A continuation of Greek 101 Readings in New Testament and
Septuagint Greek Introduction to Attic Creek
201 Intermediate Greek I (3) Review of the Attic Creek and readings in Socratic dialogues
of Plato PREREQ CRE 102
202 Intermediate Greek II (3) Introduction to Creek tragedy Sophocles' Antigone and
Euripides' Medea are read and analyzed PREREQ: CRE 201
301 Greek Reading l-Homer (3) Introduction to Homeric prosody and grammar Analysis of
selected portions of the Iliad.
302 Greek Reading II Greek Historians (3) Introduction to Greek historiography Analysis
of selected readings in the historians
ITALIAN
Symbol: ITA
101-102 Elementary Italian l-ll (3) (3) Intensive drill, both in class and the language labora-
tory, with pronounciation, intonation, and basic linguistic patterns. Introduction to Italian
culture through basic dialogues and easy reading texts
201-202 Intermediate Italian l-ll (3) (3) Review of Italian grammar and syntax Introduction
to Italian literature through short readings of intermediate difficulty Composition and con-
versation in Italian based on reading assignments Language laboratory for remedial drill,
PREREQ: ITA 102 or equivalent
301 Introduction to Dante (3) This course is taught in English and designed for those de-
sirous of further study in Italian literature, as well as students in related fields: other Ro-
mance languages, English literature and other areas
302 High Points in Italian Literature (3) The most important Italian writers from the Renais-
sance to the present day, with emphasis on the modern period
303 Italian Culture and Civilization (3) An introduction to the philosophical and artistic
contributions of the Italian world to Western Civilization
304 Advanced Oral Italian (3) Theoretical and practical approach to phonology, phonetics,
and basic self-expression in the Italian language
LATIN
Symbol: LAT
101-102 Elementary Latin l-ll (3) (3) Forms, syntax, and idioms of classical Latin Selected
readings
Foreign Languages/149
201 Cicero (3) Selections from the orations, letters, and essays PREREQ; LAT 101, 102, or
two years of secondary school Latin
202 Vergil (3) Reading and analysis of celebrated portions of the Aeneid The nature of
Latin epic poetry PREREQ: LAT 201 or three years of secondary school Latin
Note: LAT 202 or four years of secondary school Latin is prerequisite to all following
courses in Latin
301 Teaching of Latin (3) Introduction to the problems, methods, and materials in the
teaching of Latin
302 The Latin Lyric Poets (3) Latin lyric poetry through readings in Catullus and the Odes
and Epodes of Horace Practice in the composition of lyric poetry
303 Advanced Latin Prose Compositon (3) Required of Latin majors, open to other students
accepted by the instructor The complex syntactical structures of Latin of classical style
Translations of English into classical Latin
304 The Latin Elegiac Poets (3) Latin elegiac poetry through readings, in Ovid, Tibullus,
Lygdamus, Sulpicia, and Propertius Practice in the composition of the elegiac poetry.
305 Reading Course in Latin (3) Open to Latin majors only Area and content to be deter-
mined by student's needs
306 Roman Historians (3) Introduction to Roman historiography Reading in Livy, Sallust,
and Tacitus
401 Roman Drama (3) Origins and development of Roman drama Selected plays of
Plautus, Terence, and Seneca
402 Roman Philosophy (3) Introduction to Creek and Roman philosophy Readings in
Cicero, "Tusculan Disputations," and Lucretius, "De Rerum Natura "
403 Roman Satire (3) Origins and development of Roman satire Readings in Horace,
Persius, and Juvenal
404 The Latin Novel (3) Readings in Petronius, "Satyricon," and Apuleius, "The Golden
Ass " Lectures and discussions of the emergence of the novel as a literary form.
405 Medieval Latin (3) Prose and poetry from the 4th to the 1 7th centuries.
406 Latin Tutorial Course (3) Required of majors in Latin or Classics; open to other students
accepted by the instructor Introduction to the history of the alphabet; principles of histori-
cal and comparative linguistics, especially as applied to Creek and Latin; and history of the
Latin language as seen in ancient authors and inscriptions
410 Independent Studies in Latin Language and Literature (3) Special topics for advanced
students only, admission by permission of instructor
411 Seminar in Latin (3) Independent study and research for upper division students.
Topics announced annually by the Latin faculty PREREQ: permission of instructor
412 Seminar in Latin (3) Independent study and research for upper division students.
Topics announced annually by the Latin faculty PREREQ: permission of instructor.
PORTUGUESE
Symbol: POR
101-102 Elementary Portuguese Ml (3) (3) Fundamentals of Portuguese grammar, syntax,
and pronounciation Introduction to Brazilian heritage and culture through graded reading
selections
201-202 Intermediate Portuguese l-ll (3) (3) Review and continuation of basic Portuguese
with emphasis on vocabulary expansion and cultural insights through increased readings
materials Introduction to selected Portuguese and Brazilian authors PREREQ POR 102.
150/Foreign Languages
RUSSIAN
Symbol: RUS
101-102 Elementary Russian l-ll (3) (3) Fundamentals of Russian grammar, syntax, and pro-
nunciation Extensive drill in the language laboratory required
200 Intermediate Research (1) Special studies in Russian for studio art majors Approval of
department required
201-202 Intermediate Russian l-ll (3) (3) Grammar review with readings in Russian literature
as a basis for class discussion in Russian and practice in composition Language laboratory
drill recommended for those needing further work in pronunciation and intonation PRE-
REQ: RUS102
Note: All advanced literature and civilization courses include lectures and discussion in the
foreign language, and all student papers and examinations must be written in the foreign
language
203 Advanced Russian Grammar and Composition (3) The more complex grammatical and
syntactical structures of the language, with particular attention to stylistics Practice in writ-
ing compositions on a more advanced level, with emphasis on current usage PREREQ: RUS
202 or equivalent
205-206 Advanced Readings in Russian Literature l-ll (3) (3) Works of Pushkin, Lermontov,
Turgenev. and Gorki are read and analyzed PREREQ; RUS 202 or equivalent
207-208 Advanced Oral Russian l-ll (3) (3) Intensive drill in the oral use of the language to
develop proficiency in listening comprehension and speaking PREREQ: RUS 203 or
equivalent
303-304 Scientific Russian l-ll (3) (3) Review of syntax: reading and translation in general
science and basic technical fields PREREQ: RUS 202 or equivalent
305-306 Russian Civilization l-ll (3) (3) A study of the cultural, philosophical, religious, and
artistic contributions of Russia PREREQ: RUS 202 or equivalent
365 Russian Phonetics (3) Description and practice in the sounds of the Russian language
and its ma)or dialectical differences Contrastive analysis with English PREREQ: LIN 230
401 The Russian Novel (3) The Russian novel and literary trends of the 19th and 20th cen-
turies PREREQ: RUS 205orequivalent
402 The Russian Drama (3) Works of the major dramatists of the 19th and 20th centuries.
PREREQ: RUS 205 or equivalent
403 Russian Poetry of the 10th Century (3) A study of the principal Russian poets of the
20th century PREREQ RUS 205 orequivalent
410 Independent Studies in Russian Language and Literature (3) Special topics for ad-
vanced students only, admission by permission of instructor
411 Seminar in Russian (3) Independent study and research for upper division students
Topics announced annually by the Russian faculty PREREQ: permission of instructor
412 Seminar in Russian (3) Independent study and research for upper division students
Topics announced annually by the Russian faculty PREREQ: permission of instructor.
SPANISH
Symbol: SPA
101-102 Elementary Spanish l-ll (3) (3) Fundamentals of Spanish grammar, syntax, and pro-
nunciation from the oral-aural point of view Introduction to Spanish culture through easy
reading texts
200 Intermediate Research (1) Special studies in Spanish for studio art ma|ors Approval of
department reciuired
201-202 Intermediate Spanish l-ll (3) (3) Review of Spanish grammar and syntax Readings
Foreign Languages/151
in Spanish literature as a basis for class discussion in Spanish and practice in composition
Language laboratory drill recommended for remedial work where needed PREREQ; SPA 102
or equivalent
Note: All advanced literature and civilization courses include lectures and discussion in the
foreign language, and all student papers and examinations must be written in the foreign
language
203 Advanced Spanish Grammar (3) Review and mastery of Spanish grammar with empha-
sis on common grammatical problems, syntactic structures, and idiomatic expression.
PREREQ: SPA 202 or equivalent
204 Advanced Spanish Composition (3) Written expression in Spanish on a more advanced
level Special attention to sty listics An application of SPA 203. PREREQ: SPA 203
207-208 Advanced Oral Spanish l-ll (3) (3) Intensive drill in oral usage of the Spanish lan-
guage to develop proficiency in listening comprehension and speaking PREREQ: SPA 203 or
equivalent
305 Spanish Medieval Literature (3) Spanish literature from its earliest beginning to the end
of the 14th century PREREQ: SPA 203 or equivalent.
306 Spanish Literature of the Renaissance (3) Spanish literature from the Celestina through
the 17th century Emphasis on the Golden Age PREREQ: SPA 203 or equivalent
307 Spanish Literature of the 18th and 19th Centuries(3] Spanish literature from the begin-
ing of the 18th century to the end of the 19th excluding the Generation of 1898. PREREQ:
SPA 203 or equivalent
308 Spanish Literature of the 20th Century (3) The literature and thought of this century in
Spanish letters PREREQ: SPA 203 or equivalent
309 Spanish American Literature (3) Spanish American literature through major authors
and works. Perspective on the different literatures PREREQ: SPA 203 or equivalent
320 Civilization of Spain (3)Major contributions of Spain Cultural, geographic, literary, -
philosophical, and artistic manifestations of the Hispanic world PREREQ: SPA 202 or
equivalent
321 Civilization of Spanish America (3) Cultural, geographic, literary, philosophical, and
artistic manifestations of the Hispanic American World PREREQ: SPA 202 orequivalent
365 Spanish Phonetics (3) Description and practice in the sounds of the Spanish language
and its m a |or dialectical differences Contra stive analysis with English. PREREQ: LIN 230.
400 An Introduction to Cervantes and Don Quixote (3) Reading the full text of Don
Quixote important chapters and topics will be analyzed Special emphasis given to prob-
lems of translation.
401 Spanish "Comedia" of the Golden Age (3) Spanish National Theater Themes and
traditions in the "Comedia." PREREQ SPA 306 or equivalent.
402 Cervantes (3) Study of "Don Quijote " Cervantes' contribution to literature. An insight
into his works. PREREQ: SPA 306 orequivalent
403 Spanish Lyric Poetry (3) Analysis of Spanish poetic expression and poetic form Read-
ing of the main lyric poets of Spanish literature PREREQ: SPA 305 or 306 or 307 or 308 or
equivalent
404 The Picaresque Novel (3) The picaresque tradition in Spain The literary "picaro ' The
contributions of Spain toother literatures PREREQ: SPA 306 or equivalent.
405 Modern Spanish Theater (3) Contemporary Spanish theater from the late 19th century
to the present PREREQ: SPA 307 or 308 or equivalent
406 The Generation of 1898 (3) An evaluation of the Generation of 1898; its role in the
literature, history, and philosophy of Spain PREREQ SPA 307 or 308 orequivalent.
410 Independent Studies in Spanish Language and Literature (3) Special topics for ad-
vanced students only; admission by permission of instructor
152/Foreign Languages
414 The Black in Spanish American Literature (3) For undergraduates who are interested in
the ( har.u teri/ation of blacks in Spanish American Literature and the pohtical and social
c ontext of their litt>rarv portrav<il
456 Seminar in Spanish (3) Independent study and research for upper division studc>nts
Topics announced annLially by the Spanish faculty PRE RhQ; permission of instructor
457 Seminar in Spanish (3) Independent study and research for ufiper division students
To[iics announced annually by the Spanish fac uity PRtRtQ: permission of instructor.
ADDITIONAL LANGUAGES
LAN 191-192 Critical Language l-II (3) (3) Self-instructional program in one of the seldom
taught languages: Chinese, |a(ian(>se, Polish, Serbo-Croatian, Modern Greek, Modern He-
brew, Portuguese, etc The student works with an integrated text and tape program and a tu-
tor Ry permission of Department of Foreign Languages
LAN 193-194 Critical Language lll-IV (3) (3) Continuation of 1 AN 191-192
COURSESCOMMON TO ALL LANGUAGES
LAN 250 The Art of Translation (3) Techniques of translating literary, journalistic, and
technical and scientific texts PRLRFQ 202 or ecjuivalent in a modern language
LAN 301 Teaching of Modern Languages: K-12 (5) Problems, methods, and materials of
teaching second languages at all levels Observation and participation in second-language
classrooms PRFRFQ: completion of language courses through the advanced level and LIN
230
LAN 303 Second Languages in the Elementary School (3) Technic^ues and materials used in
teaching second languages in the elementary school Practice in the application of these
technic]ues and observation of foreign language classes PRFRFQ: completion of interme-
diate level in the chosen foreign language
LAN 305 Introduction to Bilingual/Bicultural Education (3) Introduction to the history,
philosophy, current status, and future directions of Bilingual/Bicultural education Survey of
materials, techniques, instructional processes, and instructional patterns Overview of test-
ing, placement, and pupil evaluation I'RFRFQ intermediate level proficiency in a second
language and LIN 250 or equivalent
LIN 411-412 Seminar in Linguistics (3) Specialized studies m linguistics Topics announced
annually PRFRFQ Fin 2 ?0 or at least junior standing
LIN 230 (also ENG 230) Introduction to Linguistics (3) See FNG 230
LIN 250 Psycholinguistics (3) Introduction to the study of relationships between language,
generative models, comnninication theory, and learning theory Major emphasis on natural
language develofiment and bilingualism
LIN 330(alsoPHI330) Introduction to Meaning (3) See PHI 330
LIN 360(alsoPHI360) Philosophy of Language (3) See PHI 360
LIN 380 Language and Culture (3) I anguage as an aspect of culture, linguistic-perceptual-
( ognitive c ategories, sc)cial and [isyc hological aspects of language PRFRFQ Fin 230 or per-
mission oi instructor
LIN 415 (also SPC 415) General Semantics (3) See SPC 41 S
Geography
and
Planning
Charles W Crassel,
Chairperson
PROFESSOR: Langdon
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Bielski. Crassel, Rampon, Tachovsky
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: Rengert
The basic objectives of study in geography at West Chester are three-fold: (1)
to serve the genera! education needs of all students, (2) to provide specialized
preparation needed for either teaching of geography, or for working in geography
and planning related fields, and (3) to meet the particular needs of students in the
arts and sciences The department attempts to assist students in comprehending
the broad scope of man's physical/cultural environment and relationships to hu-
man situations and problems As a discipline, geography provides a way of
developing skills and of organizing knowledge from various disciplines, and en-
ables students to examine the integrated whole of a people with reference to
habitat and interspatial relationships
BACHELOR OF ARTS-GEOGRAPHY
1 General Requirements, see page 70 44 s h
2. Foreign Language Requirement fash
3. Social Science Core, see page 72 21 sh
4 Ceographv Core Requirements 33 sh
Required CEO102, 103, 212, 225, 400 (16s h)
Geography elect ives (under advisement) (17 s h.)
5 Cognate Courses 12 sh
Courses (under advisement) which are specifically related to identified
career aspirations, and chosen outside General Requirements, or Social
Science Core, or Geography Core
fa Free t lectives 12 sh
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION
COMPREHENSIVE SOCIAL STUDIES: GEOGRAPHY (CONCENTRATION)
Students interested in teaching secondary school social studies ma\ pursue a concentra-
tion in geography while earning state certification and the Bachelor of Sc lence degree See
description under COMPRtHfcNSIVt SOCIAL STUDIFS B S IN FDUCATION, PageUp
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: CEO
101 World Geography (3) The scope of geography and its special place in the cultural
spectrum FHuman society is examined in a terrestrial frame of spatial, environmental and re-
source factors Emphasis is placed on the development of skills in the use of the "tools" of
geography
154/Geography and Planning
102 Physical Geography (3) The study of basic principles of physical geography and of
relationships between components of the total earth environment
103 Human Geography (3) An inquiry into the theoretical and applied approaches to the
study of human spatial behavior and the distribution of social problems
200 Patterns of World Cultures (3) An examination of selected, non-western areas, rep-
resenting different stages of development, in the contemporaneous world Emphasis is
placed on cultural adaptation, innovation and achievement of human occupants of these
areas
205 Geographic Influences in American History (3) Geographic characteristics which bore
prominently on the discovery and colonization of America, and on the progressive develop-
ment of the United States up to the 20th century
210 Population Problems (3) Regional variations in the distribution of human populations.
Numbers, past and present, in relation to demographic characteristics and migrations of
populations
212 Urban Growth Dynamics Analysis of patterns, processes, and consequences of urban
growth and development Theory of, systems, size, spacing, and functions of cities
214 Regional Planning (3) The regional method of analysis of the problems of urban and
regional planning Emphasis is placed on systems of housing, recreation transportation, in-
dustry, and commerce
216 Planning for Public Services (3) A study of the quality of individual life Analysis of
geographic variation in social well being, problems of social system monitoring, and social
indicators used in planning
220 Location of Economic Activity (3) Introduction to basic theoretical models of agri-
cultural, industrial and settlement grography Emphasis is placed on fundamental methods
of geographic analysis
225 Map and Aerial Photo Interpretation (4) A laboratory course designed to develop skills
in and promote an understanding of maps and aerial photos Offered in fall
230 Conservation of Natural Resources (3) An inquiry into the type, size and distribution of
natural resources, and into the problems of resource management Emphasis is placed on
the United States
232 Environmental Crises (3) The nature and dimensions of environmental problems with
emphasis on endangered life-support systems Aspects of natural and social environment
systems, and their mutual interrelationships
234 Environmental Perception (3) An interdisciplinary inquiry into the mechanics and
meaning of human encounters with varied types and elements of environment
236 Climatology (3) Climatic variations on the earth, and their classification into regional
types Relationships of plants, soils, and cultures to types of climate
238 Geomorphology (3) Constructional and degradational forces which have shaped pre-
sent landforms, and are constantly reshaping and modifying landforms Interpretation of
geologic and topograhic maps; field studies
300 Pennsylvania (3) A regional study of Pennsylvania: cultural and economic responses to
environmental factors Analysis of population, urbanization, landforms, resources, agri-
culture and industry in the commonwealth
301 Anglo America (3) A regional study of the United States and Canada, human adjust-
ment to and interaction with physical environment Emphasis is placed on relations between
the two nations
302 Latin America (3) A regional study of Middle and South America, hispanic historical
and present-day adjustments to and interaction with physical environment
303 Europe (3) A regional study of Europe, excluding the USSR and its satellites, includes
a macro-study of the contient, and sequential micro-studies of culturalized landscapes
Geography and Planning/155
304 The Soviet Union (3) A regional study of European and Asiatic USSR; analysis of
geographic factors in relation to strengths and weaknesses as a major world power
311-315 Geography Area Field Study (3 cr. for each study) Field courses involving travel
and study in the United States and selected foreign countries Costs vary; with each course
PRFREQ: permission of department chairperson Offered summer only
320 Land Use Planning (3) An inquiry into the development of comprehensive studies by
governmental and private agencies, emphasizing the development of skills in problem
identification and resolution
322 Land Development Controls (3) An insight into the why and how of land development,
emphasizing the role of local government in zoning and subdivision regulation
324 Data Systems for Planning (3) An inquiry into primary data sources needed in the
planning process, emphasizing appropriate applications and actual limitations of data.
326 Geographical Analysis (3) Applications of basic statistical techniques to problems of
spatial significance, emphasizing the adaptation of technique to problem, and the under-
standing and interpretation of specific analytical methods as applied to real-world situa-
tions
328 Computer Graphics (3) Designed to develop skills in the design and use of analytical
and comuter-mapping systems, the course emphasizes the techniques of spatial problem-re-
solution and display.
400 Senior Seminar in Geography (3) Methods, bibliography, and presentation of research
in geography A research paper is prepared, and must be acceptable as a departmental sen-
ior research paper
401 Cartography (4) A laboratory course to develop proficiency in the design, construction,
and appropriate application of maps and map related graphics
402 Teaching Geography in Secondary Schools (3) Contemporary methods and resources
for the formulation, organization, presentation, and evaluation in geographic instruction
Open only to upper-division B S majors in geography
410 Independent Studies in Geography (1-3) Research projects, reports, readings in
geography PREREQ: permission of department chairperson
415 Internship in Geography (15) Practical job experience in applying geographic theory,
executing substantive research, and engaging in community service in selected off-campus
situations. Open only to upper-division B A majors in geography
Government
and
Politics
David Eldredge
Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Brady, Harding, Mayo, Milne, Shea
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Burns, Burton, Eldredge, lacono
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Marbach, Sandhu
Three programs are offered:
1 The B A. degree with a concentration in Public Administration is interdisci-
plinary and intended to prepare students for a variety of possible alternatives in
state, local and national government as well as with private interest groups. The
program features internship experiences with participating agencies
2. The B.A. degree with a general political science concentration is designed for
those with interest in understanding their society and the world. It is especially
relevant for careers in such fields as pre-law, politics, public relations and jour-
nalism.
3. The B.S. in Education is available for the student with a sincere desire to teach
in a secondary school system. Graduates are certified to teach any of the social
sciences.
Majors in the department must consult the department handbook and their ad-
visor annually for current requirements.
BACHELOR OF ARTS-POLITICAL SCIENCE-
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
1 General Requirements, see page 70 44s.h.
2. Foreign Language Requirements 0-12 s.h.
Intermediate Competency Required
3. Social Science Core, see page 72 21 s.h.
4 Public Administration Concentration, PAD 27 s.h.
364, 356 or 374, 361 or 363, 375, 377, 378 C EO 21 6, 320, 322
5 PAD 412 Internship 6-1 5 sh.
6 A course in each of two of the following areas: 6 s.h.
Political Theory: 335, 338, 339
Political Behavior 322, 329
International Relations: 217, 313, 314
Comparative Government: 340, 341 , 342, 348, 349
7 Cognate requirements 3-12 sh.*
ENG 230, MATH 121, SPH 230orSPH109
8 Additional Free Electives 0-24 s.h.*
•All cognates except English, and two of the geography courses may be taken as part of General Requirements and/or So-
cial Science core, resulting In available hours for free electives or internship Students with Intermediate Language Skills
may free six more hours
Government and Politics/157
BACHELOR OF ARTS-POLITICALSCIENCE-GENERAL
1 General Requirements, see page 70 44 sh
2. Foreign Language Requirements 0-12 sh
Intermediate Competency Required
3. Social Science Core, see page 72 21 sh.
4. Political Science Requirements 30 sh
A. American Government and Politics (PSC 100)
(credited to Social Science Core)
B One course in each of the following six fields:
International Relations: 217
Political Behavior: 322, 329
Political Theory 338, 339
Comparative Government: 340, 341, 342, 348, 349
American Government: 252, 350, 354, 355, 356
Public Administration: 361, 363, 364, 369, 374, 375, 377, 378
C Political Science Symposium (PSC 399)
D Senior Project (PSC 401)
E. Two additional political science courses from list approved by
department
5 Cognate requirements Courses outside the ma|or but considered relevant 1 5 s h *
for majors
6 Free tiectives 12-21 sh*
"Srnce some cognate requirements may be met by general requirements, the student may increase free electives available
by as much as nine semester hours, conversely B A students may need to devote some hours to foreign language require-
ments
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION
Comprehensive Social Studies: Government and Politics (concentration)
Students interested in teaching secondary school social studies may pursue a concentra-
tion in government and politics while earning state certification and the Bachelor of Science
degree See description under COMPREHENSIVE SOCIAL STUDIES: B S IN EDUCATION,
Page 21 5
A note on course numbering system: 100 level courses are designed for general education
use; 200 level are usually to be considered a second course, but may be taken by non-majors
for general education when they correspond to special interests; 300 level are of greater dif-
ficulty and 390 through 412 usually for upper level majors. The second number indicates
general sub-field in the discipline, and the third number is only for identification.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: PSC
100 American Government and Politics (3) Devoted to understanding how the system
works: political action, elections, interest groups, civil liberties. Congress, the presidency
and the courts are among the topics considered Seeks to provide a framework in terms of
which process and current issues become meaningful. Each semester
121 Introduction to Government and Politics (3) Survey of fundamental concepts in politi-
cal science Considers nature of the state, freedom, sovereignty, equality, theories of repre-
sentation, other areas Each semester
125 Grass-Roots Politics and the American Voter (3) Understanding the American elector-
ate and the political party system Culture, ideology, and socio-psychological factors are
stressed Campaign strategy and implementation at the grass-roots level are the central
themes (Not for majors credit )
130 Contemporary Political Problems (3) A "theme" oriented course with semester's topic
announced in advance Emphasis on in-depth subject area study (Not for majors credit )
158/Government and Politics
215 Politics of the Law in Society (3) Nature, functions, limits and sources of the law as an
instrument of social and political control and direction The political and social base and
consequence of the development of the law as it applies to the poor, the ecology, property,
contracts, torts and the criminally accused
217 American Foreign Policy (3) Cultural, political, economic, and psychological influ-
ences on policy; process of decision making. Special attention to a few policy areas such as
relations with allied, underdeveloped, revolutionary or Communist countries. Possible re-
sponses to threats of war, population growth, resource shortages, and pollution may be ex-
amined
252 Civil Liberties and Civil Rights (3) A survey of the sources of civil liberties and civil
rights in the United States with an inquiry into contemporary problems and their solutions
through statutory and constitutional developments.
313 International Politics (3) Politics among nations, including politics carried on through
international organizations. Examines power politics, techniques of diplomacy, methods of
current international organizations. Special attention to US interests and policies
314 Futuristic World Politics (3) Alternate ways to deal with problems arising from popula-
tion growth and the new technology; shrinking resources, pollution, the menaced oceans
and space, nuclear war Theories are tested with social science knowledge and possibly
some simulation
322 Public Opinion, Propaganda, and Political Behavior (3) The dynamics of opinion for-
mation and change, the role of public opinion m policy formation; political socialization,
survey research and propaganda techniques considered.
329 Judicial Behavior (3) A behavioral approach to the law, with specific reference to con-
ceptual, methodological and ideological considerations. Depending on availability of in-
formation, role-playing simulations with students becoming judges and attorneys
338 Introduction to Political Thought (3) Great political thinkers of Western Civilization
from Plato to the present Historical background of Western thought and its relevance to the
present political world.
339 Contemporary Political Thought (3) Consideration of major political thinkers since
Marx. Includes writings and political significance of Marcuse, Fromm, Lenin, Trotsky and
the Democratic Socialists
340 Latin American Culture and Politics (3) Comparative analysis of contemporary Latin-
American systems Political cultures, decision-making, ideologies, political processes. Latin-
American social systems are examined comprehensively, but Mexico, Brazil, Argentina and
Chile are analyzed comparatively
341 Politics of non-Western Areas (3) Emphasis on the problems of nation-building, politi-
cal participation, and elite-mass relationships in the less developed nations Latin American,
Asian or African nations Latin American, Asian or African nations may be stressed as a case
study.
342 Government and Politics of Western Europe (3) Primary attention focuses on France,
West Germany, and Great Britain; secondary attention on other European systems Political
cultures, popular participation, political parties and formal institutions of government
348 African Culture and Politics (3) The political nature and practices of individuals, or-
ganizations and government of Black Africa are examined in the cultural context of the con-
temporary independent period
349 Comparative Communism (3) Comparative analysis of the ideological, political, social
and economic systems of Communist nations Concentration is on comparisons between the
Soviet Union and Communist China, but other Communists systems are considered.
350 American Constitutional Law (3) The development of the American Constitutional Sys-
tem as reflected in leading decisions of the United States Supreme Court Emphasis on na-
tional powers, federalism, and the Bill of Rights. PREREQ: PSC 100 or consent of instructor.
Government and Politics/159
354 American Political Parties (3) Patterns, functions and history of the American political
party system at national, state and local levels Theoretical and empirical studies of politi-
cal interest groups, public opinion and voting behavior
355 Congressional politics (3) Deals with the internal and external factors which influence
Congressional behavior Includes the role of constituents^ pressure groups, parties, the com-
mittee system, rules and the leadership. Relationships to president and court structure and
impact of electoral politics also considered Comparisons with state legislatures
356 American Public Policy (3) Actual policy; its formation and execution Policy areas
considered vary from semester to semester. May include role playing simulation PREREQ:
PSC 100 or 101 or permission of instructor.
390 Teaching Behavioral Sciences in Secondary Schools (3) Preparation for teaching secon-
dary social studies, especially behavioral sciences and most particularly political science
Focus is on achievement of behavioral objectives based on a knowledge of learning theory
applied to curriculum, methods, materials and evaluation PREREQ: EDP 250
399 Political Science Symposium (3) Nature of research in political science. Construction
of a research design Extensive reading in an area of political science. Each semester
400 Senior Seminar in Political Science (3) Research in political science Methodology,
bibliography, and presentation, both oral and written The research paper for the seminar
must be acceptable as a required departmental senior research paper.
401 Senior Project in Political Science (3) Execution of the research design constructed in
PSC 399. Involves completion of major senior paper under supervision of a staff member. Ex-
tensive independent effort. PREREQ: PSC 399. Each semester
410 Independent Studies in Political Science (1 to 3) Research projects, reports, readings in
political science Open to seniors only PREREQ: permission of instructor
412 Internship in Political Science (3 to 15) Upper level student field placement learning.
Short term 3 to 6 hour experiences in political settings under faculty advisement; and 9 to 1 5
hour placements in state, federal, local governmental/public serving agencies Learning con-
tracts and faculty advisement create a whole experience from exposure to government ad-
ministration and political interface. Each semester
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
Symbol: PAD
361 State and Local Government (3) Examination of the organization, functions, and poli-
tics of state and local government, including analysis of politics in states, counties, cities
and towns in urban, suburban and rural areas. Intergovernmental relations in education,
transportation and welfare policy are examined
363 Urban Government (3) Structures and processes of central city and suburban govern-
ment are considered Examines patterns and trends in governmental organization and ad-
ministration as well as sources of conflict in urban decision making, eg., the urbanization
process, race and class antagonism, and city-suburban perspectives.
364 Elements of Public Administration (3) Considers public administration in the United
States as a process of implementing public policy. Uses case studies and projects with texts
focusing on organizational theory, human behavior and motivation, budgeting, personnel,
and administrative responsibility Each semester
369 Politics of Bureaucracy and Administrative Bahavior (3) In-depth examination of the
fourth branch of government. Impact of the administrative apparatus (bureaucracy) on pub-
lic policy formulation and implementation. Case studies and student projects
374 Municipal and Administrative Law (3) An in-depth examination of the impact of mu-
nicipal law and local regulation and its social, economic and political impact Attention to
such areas as zoning.
160/Government and Politics
375 Government Finance (3) Policy choices for public sector economic activity. National
state and local activities in allocation, distribution, stabilization functions; grants-in-aid;
taxation, student projects in revenue studies PREREQ: PAD 364, ECO 231 or 101
377 Government Personnel and Management (3) Examination of governmental recruitment
practices, including current personnel classification and compensation policies, as well as
government selection, recruitment, and promotion procedures Managerial functions of
oversight, supervision and motivation are heavily emphasized Recommended PREREQ:
PAD 364
378 Public Organizations: Theory and Practice (3) Nature of public organizations such as
government agencies, the environment of their operations, relations to public and private
organizations, theories of their structure and behaviors, stressing the public setting and
political processes which provide their functioning environment
412 Internship in Public Administration (3 to 15) Same as PSC 412, but students with public
administration concentration must meet PREREQ: PAD 364. Each semester
Health,
Physical Education,
and
Recreation
I
Ronald B.Woods
Acting Dean
Walter E. Funk
Chairperson, Department of Health
David S. Charters
Chairperson, Department of Physical Education
Richard B. Yoder
Director of Athletics
Joyce R. Countiss,
Assoc. Director of Athletics
Edward C. Bitner,
Coordinator of Recreational Services
Norman A. Cochran,
Coordinator of Elementary Physical Education
Phyllis A. Goetz,
Coordinator of Public Health
John L. DeMillion
Coordinator of School Health
Katherine A. Margerum,
Coordinator of Student Teaching
John N, Trezise,
Course Coordinator of Non-Major Physical Education
Richard B. Yoder,
Coordinator of Safety Education
Roger W. Mustalish
Coordinator of Environmental Health
The School of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation at West Chester has
a record of excellence and a long history; West Chester's program of coeduca-
tional physical education is one of the oldest in the United States. The first Direc-
tor of Physical Training, Dr. Clyde Ehinger, was appointed in 1890.
DEGREE PROGRAMS
B.S. in Health and Physical Education
B.S. in Health Education
B.S. in Public Health
The School of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation offers a dual major
leading to the Bachelor of Science in Health and Physical Education and a
162/Health, Physical Education, and Recreation
second program leading to the Bachelor of Science in Health Education. Both
programs, upon satisfactory completion, permit the student to attain the Penn-
sylvania Instructional I Certificate, valid for teaching the specified subject in the
elementary and secondary schools of Pennsylvania for three years. In addition,
the school offers a Bachelor of Science degree in Public Health which qualifies
individuals for employment in the various health and health-related professions.
ADMISSION
Students seeking admission to the School of Health, Physical Education, and
Recreation must meet the basic requirements of the college (see Admission to
Westchester).
Admission to the Degree Program in Health and Physical Education. Appli-
cants must have participated in both physical education classes and extra-
curricular athletic programs in secondary school. A preadmission interview con-
ducted by school faculty evaluates the candidate's promise of performance in
the program.
Admission to the Degree Programs in Health Education and Public Health. A
preadmission interview conducted by Department of Health faculty members
evaluates the applicant's personal qualifications for admission.
Transfer Students — see three items pertaining to transfer students under
Admission to West Chester
PROFESSIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
MAJORS
Students in the dual major must purchase uniforms. (See "Additional Costs" in
Fees/Expenses.) As a prerequisite for student teaching, students in the dual major
must have completed the extracurricular credit requirements of the Department
of Physical Education.
FACILITIES
Facilities to support the programs of the school have kept pace with a rapid in-
crease in students and faculty. The new Health and Physical Education Center
and field complex, located on south campus, provide the college with one of the
nation's outstanding facilities for education and research in health and physical
education. Among its notable components are its research facilities, its multi-
purpose teaching stations, and a one-acre gymnasium divisible into six separate
pneumatically sealed gymnasiums. A vast complex of tennis courts and baseball,
lacrosse, field hockey, soccer, and football fields is also located on the south
campus.
INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETIC PROGRAM
West Chester regards athletic activities as an important part of the college ex-
perience— indeed, as a facet of education. The underlying purpose of West Ches-
ter's athletic program is the development of enduring educational values. To
achieve these purposes and to provide opportunities to train those who will later
become coaches, the School of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation ad-
ministers the athletic program, which provides a broad variety of team, in-
dividual, and dual sports for men and women students.
Health, Physical Education, and Recreation/163
To permit participation by as many students as possible the college offers a
wide variety of intercollegiate athletics. The men's intercollegiate athletic pro-
gram includes: baseball, basketball, cross country, football, golf, gymnastics, in-
door track, soccer, swimming, tennis, track and field, and wrestling. The women's
intercollegiate athletic program includes: badminton, basketball, field hockey,
gymnastics, lacrosse, Softball, swimming, tennis, track and field, and volleyball.
Through participation in the planning, organization, and performance of these
sports, leadership capabilities are developed Schedules are sought which, while
in the college's class, measure up to the high athletic traditions and standing of
West Chester.
West Chester is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association,
Association for Intercollegiate Athletics for Women, Intercollegiate Amateur
Association of America, Eastern Association for intercollegiate Athletics for
Women, Eastern Collegiate Athletic Conference, East Coast Conference, and
Pennsylvania and Philadelphia Associations for Intercollegiate Athletics for
women
West Chester's Health and Physical Education Center and field complex afford
excellent facilities and equipment for the college's broad and varied athletic pro-
gram. Qualified and experienced athletic trainers are an integral part of the
intercollegiate program
Health
Walter E. Funk,
Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Lemcke, Nye
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: DeMillion, Fisher, Funk, Coetz, Huffman, Reese, Reed,
Steinmetz, Voss
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Boyle, Mustalish, Leap
INSTRUCTOR: Hofford
The Department of Health offers programs in the following areas— health
education, a preparation to teach kindergarten through grade twelve in schools,
public health, a preparation to enter the field of community health through pro-
grams and services delivered by private, local, state, and national institutions,
and a new program in environmental health designed for students interested in
improving health through control of environmental factors such as air, water,
food waste, radiation and industrial hygiene.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN HEALTH EDUCATION
1 General Requirements 44s.h.
Refer to page 70 for a full explanation of the distribution of these requirements. The De-
partment of Health Education recommends that students apply those courses marked
with an asterisk (under 4 — Related Requirements) to general requirements.
Note that general requirements afford the major 12 s h. of free electives
2 Specialized preparation 35s.h.
A Foundations of Health I, HED 201 3
B. First Aid for Health Professionals, HED 204 3
164/Health, Physical Education, and Recreation
C. Organization and Administration of Public Health, HED 242 3
D. Addictivesfor Health Professionals, HED 302 3
E. Nutrition-Weight Control, HED 303 3
F. Family Life and Sex Education, HED 304 3
C. School Health Program, HED 305 3
H. Human Anatomy, BIO 209 4
I. Human Physiology, BIO 309 4
J Mental Hygiene, PSY 370 3
K Seminar in Health, HED 401 3
3. Professional Education Requirements 31 s.h.
A School and Society, EDF 100 3
B. Psychology of Learning and Development, EDP 250 3
C Introduction to Instructional Communications, EDM 300 3
D Evaluation in Health and Physical Education, PED 351 3
E Human Development, HED 206 3
F. Preparation for Teaching Health, HED 307 3
C. Field Experience in Health Education, HED 308 1
H Student Teaching, HED 404 12
4 Related Requirements 13 s.h.
A Speech Fundamentals: Interpersonal Communication, SPC 101 * 3
B Introduction to Sociology, SOC 200* 3
C Introduction to Psychology, PSY 100* 3
D Chemistry and Man, CHE 100 3
E Basic Experimental Chemistry, CHL 100* 1
*May be credited to General Requirements
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PUBLIC HEALTH
1. General Requirements 46 s.h.
Refer to page 70 for a full explanation of the distribution of these requirements. The De-
partment of Health Education recommends that students apply those courses marked
with an asterisk (under 4 — Related Requirements) to general requirements.
Note that general requirements afford the major 12 s.h of free electives.
2. Specialized Preparation 36 s.h.
A Foundationsof Health I, HED 201 3
B. First Aid for Health Professionals, HED 204 3
C Community Health, HED 241 3
D. Addictivesfor Health Professionals, HED 302 3
E. Nutrition-Weight Control, HED 303 3
F. Family Life and Sex Education, HED 304 3
G. School Health Program, HED 305 3
H. Basic Biological Science, BIO 100 3
I Introductory Medical Microbiology, BIO 104 4
J Human Anatomy, BIO 209 4
K Human Physiology, BIO 309 4
3 Professional Education Requirements 46 s.h.
A Human Development, HED 206 3
B. Organization and Administration of Public Health, HED 242 3
C Chronic and Communicable Diseases, HED 341 3
D. Preparationfor Field Work, HED 342 3
E Semmar in Health, HED 401 3
F Field Experience Public Health, HED 421 12
G Mass Media in Society, ENG 261 3
H. Introduction to Instructional Communications, EDM 300 3
I Introduction to Social Work, SWO 200 3
) Human Problems, SWO 250 3
K. Ecology, BIO 370 4
L. Statistics, MAT 121 3
44-47 sh
2 credits
3-6 credits
9 credits
9 credits
9 credits
12 credits
1 sh
21 s h
Health, Physical Education, and Recreation/165
Electives, under advisement
Students may elect any of the following chemistry courses in place of Chemistry 100.
Chemistry for Nurses, CHE 101
General Chemistry l-ll, CHE 103-104
Chemistry: An interdisciplinary approach l-li, CHE 106-107
CONCENTRATION IN ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH
1 GENERAL EDUCATION
Physical Education
English Composition
Humanities
Social and Behavioral Science
Mathematics and Science
Free Electives
2 REQUIRED BYTHE COLLEGE
SOC 135 Human Relations Experience (1)
3 PUBLIC HEALTH CORE
HED 201 Foundations of Health I (3)
HED241 Community Health (3)
HED 242 Organization & Administration Public Health (3)
*HED421 lnternship(12)
4 REQUIRED COURSES 6s h
*HED 350 Environmental Health(3)
*HED 455 Environmental Health Seminar(3)
5 ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH ELECTIVES 10 sh
*H ED 360 Air Quality and Health (3)
*HED361 Water Quality and Health (3)
*HED 362 Occupational Health and Safety (3)
*HED 363 Solid Waste Management (2)
*HED 364 Food Sanitation (2)
*HED 365 Institutional Environmental Health (2)
6 SUPPORTING COURSES-SELECTED UNDER ADVISEMENT 43 sh
HED 105 Consumer lssues(3)
CHE 103 General Chemistry 1(3)
CHL 103 General Chemistry I Lab(2)
CHE 104 General Chemistry 11(3)
CHL104GeneralChemistry II Lab(2)
CHE 230 Introduction to Organic & Biological Chemistry (3)
CHL 230 Basic Experimental Organic & Biological Chemistry (2)
CHE 321 Analytical Chemistry (3)
CHL 321 Analytical Chemistry Lab(2)
BIOIIOGeneral Biology(4)
BIO 364 Bacteriology(4)
BIO370Ecology(4)
BIO 484 Epidemiology (3)
SPC 109 Communication & Social Action (3)
CSC 101 Introduction to Computers (3)
CSC 121 Computer Uses and Abuses(3)
GE0214Regional Planning(3)
GEO 232 Environmental Crises(3)
PAD 361 State and Local Government (3)
PAD 363 Urban Government (3)
■Ncu I (Hirscs ( iirrcnllv hciriK clcvflopcd lor ihc ( oik cnlr.ilion
166/Heaith, Physical Education, and Recreation
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
HEALTH
Symbol: HED
The first number in parentheses shows number of class meetings per week; the second one
shows semester hours of credit
101 Health (2) (2) Contemporary health problems of the college student
102 Mental Health (3) (3) Designed to aid persons in improving their understanding of
themselves and others Emphasis on ways to recognize mental health problems
103 Addictives (3) (3) Thorough study of all addictives in relation to the individual and so-
ciety
104 Human Sexuality (3) (3) Study of sexuality as it relates to self; the interrelationships
with persons
105 Consumer Issues (3) (3) Study of consumer issues today that relate to the field of
health
106 Contemporary Issues In Living and Dying (3) (3) Current controversial issues including
death and dying How involved persons cope with death
107 Parenthood Education (3) (3) Examining the role of the parent; improvement of parent-
child relationships
108 Introduction to Environmental Health (3) (3) Methods of promoting health by control-
ling environmental factors relating to air, water, food, wastes, accidents, housing, radiation
and industrial hygiene
201 Foundations of Health I (3) (3) Fundamental knowledge of the major health problems
202 Foundations of Health II (3) (3) Fundamental knowledge of the major health problems.
PREREQ: HED 201
203 Criminal Justice Health (3) (3) Prepares the student to recognize health problems and
to perform effectively in emergency health-related situations
204 First Aid for Health Professionals (3) (3) Prepares students entering the professional
field of health to meet emergencies requiring first-aid procedures
206 Human Development (3) (3) Study of growth from conception through adolescence
from the mental, emotional, and physical viewpoints
207 Health for Early Education (3) (3) A study of health education content and methods
that will lead to the development of good health practices in young children PREREQ: EDE
251.
241 Community Health (3) (3) Community health problems and services considered on the
local, national, and international levels Includes practical experience.
242 Organization and Administration of Public Health (3) (3) A study of the components,
functions, and interrelationships that are parts of any program and/or organization in public
health
301 Health for the Elementary Grades (3) (3) Principles and procedures for meeting the
health needs of the child
302 Addictives for Health Professionals (3) (3) Thorough study of the health professionals
responsibility in controlling addictive practices by members of society in such areas as al-
coholism, drug use, etc.
303 Nutrition — Weight Control (3) (3) Practical approach to the role nutrition and dietetics
plays in improving the quality of our lives, socially, physically, mentally and emotionally.
Dispelling of fads and fallacies
304 Family Life and Sex Education (3) (3) Basic concepts and objectives of such a program
for students at different age levels Organizing, launching, and evaluating the program.
Health, Physical Education, and Recreation/167
305 School Health Program (3) (3) School health services, environment, health instruction,
and organization and administration of a school health program
306 Preparation for Classroom Teaching (3) (3) A comprehensive study of the materials
available in health education and the techniques for their prompt implementation PREREQ
for health and physical education majors: HED 202, 305
307 Preparation for Teaching Health (3) (3) A comprehensive study of the materials availa-
ble in health education and the techniques for their proper implementation PREREQ for
health education majors: HED 201, 302, 305
308 Field Experience in Health Education (2) (1) Observations and aid experience of class-
room teaching in health education
341 Chronic and Communicable Disease (3) (3) The study of diseases, causes, effects and
control.
342 Preparation for Field Work (3) (3) A comprehensive study of those areas leading to a
successful field experience
401 Seminar in Health (3) (3) A seminar required of all seniors that are school health and
public health majors which involves researching and conducting seminars in the current
critical health issues.
402 Workshop in Family Life and Sex Education (3) (3) Basic concepts and objectives of
such a program for students at different age levels Organizing, launching, and evaluating
the program Summer only.
403 School/Community Health Workshop (3) (3) A study of common problems relating to
health for the home, school, and community
404 Student Teaching— Health (12) Practical classroom experience in teaching health
education PREREQ: HED 303, 304, 305, 307, 308
421 Field Experience Public Health (12) Practical field experience working in some facet of
the public health field.
168/Health, Physical Education, and Recreation
Physical
Education
David S. Charters,
Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Cochran, Cottrell, Kapilian, Lank, Lowe, Norris, Serpico, Sturzebecker,
Woods, Youmans
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Bonsall, Butler, Charters, Coates, CoMier, Donley, Furlow,
Goodwin, Greenwood, Karas, Lorback, Margerum, Martin, Parkinson, Reese, Trezise, Wil-
kinson, Wintermute, Yoder
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: Bitner, Bove, Caldwell, Countiss, Giunta, Godek, Jones, Lauletta,
Pagano, Remley, Smith, Taylor, Trnka
INSTRUCTORS: Cash, Hargreave, Lappano, Lubking, Thielz
HEAD COACHES FOR MEN: Baseball-Serpico, Basketball-Voss, Cross-Country- Butler,
Football — Furlow, Golf — Charters, Gymnastics — Trnka, Soccer — Lorback, Swim-
ming—Pagano, Tennis — Woods, Track — Butler, Wrestling — Collier
HEAD COACHES FOR WOMEN: Badminton- Boyle, Basketbail-Caldwell, Field Hoc-
key—Cash, Gymnastics — Thielz, Lacrosse — Lubking, Softball — Boyle, Swimming— Park-
inson, Tennis— Karas, Track — Hargreave, Volleyball — Greenwood
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
1. General Requirements 44s.h.
Refer to page 70 for a full explanation of the distribution of these requirements. The
School of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation recommends that students apply
those courses marked with an asterisk (under 4 — Related Requirements) to General Re-
quirements
Note that General Requirements afford the major 12 s.h. of free electives.
2 Professional Education Requirements
School and Society (EDF 100) 3
Psychology of Learning and Development (EDP 250) 3
Evaluation in Health and Physical Education (PED 351) 3
Preparation for Teaching Activities (PED 243) 1
Physical Education for Elementary Grades (PED 350) 3
Preparation for Classroom Teaching (HED 306) 3
Student Teaching (PED 490) 12
3. Health and Physical Education Core Requirements
Physical Education
Soccer/Wrestling (PED 110) 1
Soccer/Basketball(PED111)
Gymnastics I (Men's Equipment)(PED 112) 1
Gymnastics I (Women's Equipment) (PED 113)
Aquatics Fundaments (PED 140)* 1
Social, Folk, Square Dance (PED 141)* 1
Tennis/Badminton (PED 142) 1
Golf/Archery/Recreational Games (PED 143) 1
Basketball/Baseball (PED 210) 1
Hockey/Volleyball (PED 211)
Football and Track/Field (PED 212) 1
Lacrosse and Track/Field (PED 21 3)
Health, Physical Education, and Recreation/169
Physical Conditioning/Volleyball) (PED 214) 1
Modern Dance I (PED 215)
Fundamental Movement and Elementary Rhythms (PED 242) 1
Principles of Recreation (PED 250) 2
Physical Activity for Special Children (PED 251) 3
Safety Concepts, Emergency Procedures, Injury Management (PED 271) 2
Applied Physiology (PED 352) 3
Organization and Administration of Physical Education and Athletics
(PED 353) 3
Kinesiology (PED 361) 2
History and Philosophy of Health and Physical Education (PED 451) 2
Health Education
Foundations of Health III (HED 201-202) 6
School Health Program (HED 305) 3
Human Development (HED 206) 3
Other Fields
Human Anatomy (BIO 209) 4
Human Physiology (BIO 309) 4
EffectiveWritingll(ENG121) 3
4. Related Requirements
Effective Writing I (ENG 120)* 3
Introduction to Anthropology (ANT 102)* 3
Chemistry and Man (CHE 100)* 3
Basic Experimental Chemistry (CHL 100)* 1
Introduction to Mathematics (MAT 103)* 3
Introduction to Philosophy (PHI 101)* 3
Introduction to Psychology (PSY 100)* 3
Speech Fundamentals: Interpersonal Communication (SPC 101)* 3
5. Area of Concentration Requirements
During the sophomore year, the student may select an area of concentration The re-
quirements which the student must meet for his area are shown below.
*Mav be credited to General Requirements
AREAS OF CONCENTRATION (SELECT ONE)
SECONDARY PHYSICAL EDUCATION CONCENTRATION RECOMMENDED FOR MEN-8
S.H.
Required: Prep for Tchg (PED 310), Principles of Coaching (PED 452). Select six of the fol-
lowing activities courses: PED 312-314-316-318-320-322-324-326-328-330 Select one course (2
credits) from the following theory courses: PED 453-454. Under advisement, two credits in
Health Education may be chosen in place of one theory course
SECONDARY PHYSICAL EDUCATION CONCENTRATION RECOMMENDED FOR
WOMEN-8S.H.
Required: Prep for Tchg (PED 311), Principles of Coaching (PED 452). Select six of the fol-
lowing activities courses: PED 312, 314, 316, 318, 321, 323, 325, 327, 330 Select one course (2
credits) from the following theory courses: PED 453-454, 455. Under advisement, two credits
in Health Education may be chosen in place of one theory course.
ELEMENTARY PHYSICAL EDUCATION CONCENTRATION - 7 S.H.
Required: Elementary Physical Education Curriculum (PED 354) Select two of the
following three courses: PED 340, PED 440, or PED 453
DANCE CONCENTRATION -7 S.H.
Required: Modern Dance l-ll (PED 215-343); History of the Dance (PED 344); Dance
Production I (PED 345); Dance Production II (PED 346); Principles of Choreography (PED
170/Health, Physical Education, and Recreation
441) Select one dance course from PED 341 or 342. Select one course from : PED 442-443.
Select one course from PED 101 —)azz or Ballet
SAFETY CONCENTRATION-12S.H.
Required: Education for Safe Living (PED 355); Principles and Practices of Driver and Traf-
fic Safety Education (PED 356); Methods and Materials of Safety Education (PED 450);
Preparation for Teaching Driver Education (PED 456) NOTE: Meets State certification re-
quirements for driver education
ATHLETIC TRAINING CONCENTRATION-18S.H.
Required: Therapeutics (PED 357, 357-L); Advanced Athletic Training I (PED 358, 358-L);
Athletic Injury Management l-ll (PED 459-460) NOTE: Meets National Athletic Trainer's As-
sociation certification requirements
SPECIAL PHYSICAL EDUCATION CONCENTRATION - 10 S.H.
Required: Therapeutics for Special Physical Education (PED 362, 362-L); Pathology for
Special Physical Education (PED 360). Select either PED 457 or Psychology of Exceptional
Children (EDA 241)
SECONDARY HEALTH EDUCATION CONCENTRATION - Minimum of 9 S.H.
Select from the following courses for a minimum of 9 semester hours: At least two courses
from HED 103, 105, 106, 301, 305, 401. Any of these: Mental Hygiene (PSY 370); Con-
temporary Social Problems (SOC 332); Basic Ecology (BIO 201)
RECREATION AND/OR OUTDOOR EDUCATION CONCENTRATION -7-9 S.H.
This is a two-track program The student may, under advisement, select courses in recrea-
tional services and/or outdoor education
NON-DEGREE PROGRAMS
Certification in Driver Education and Safe Living (Highway Safety and General Safety
Education).
Completion of the following program will enable the teacher to endorse his teaching
certificate with this area Students must apply for the endorsement through the office of the
dean of the School of Education
PED355, 356, 450, 456 12s.h.
The program may be taken in whole or in part during summer sessions Some of the
courses are also offered in fall and spring semesters.
ATHLETIC TRAINING EDUCATION PROGRAM
In 1972 the school introduced a program, approved by the National Athletic Trainer's As-
sociation, which prepares students to become certified athletic trainers As of 1974 West
Chester was the only college offering this new opportunity toward certification in a summer
program Interestingly, the West Chester program has had an outstandingly high percentage
of women participants. The training-education program is designed for both undergraduates
and in-service teachers and coaches
The following courses can be taken during a nine-week summer period as partial fulfill-
ment of the National Athletic Trainer's approved program for preparation toward national
certification. The total program consists of a 18-hour block, with prerequisites Twelve of
these hours are offered, as follows:
PED 357, 357-L, 358, 358-L, 359 12 s.h
Consult the Undergraduate Summer Catalog for schedules Or write to the School of
Health and Physical Education before May 1
COACHING CERTIFICATION PROGRAM (ATHLETIC COACHING, K-12)
The Pennsylvania Department of Education now requires that coaches be certified. Those
who successfully complete the program at West Chester earn a transcript and written en-
dorsement from the School of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation and official certi-
fication from the P D.E. attesting to school administrators that recipients have attained
I
Health, Physical Education, and Recreation/171
basic preparation for coaching. The program is a model for a needed broadening of coach-
ing standards. Students pursuing the B S in Health and Physical Education automatically
achieve coaching certification.
Certification requires competencies equivalent to fifteen (15) to eighteen (18) hours of
course work Behavioral competencies in the theoretical foundations of coaching, skill ac-
quisition and management techniques are also required Course offerings at both the under-
graduate and graduate levels are available The program is open to any person who applies
for admission through the chairperson of the Physical Education Department Applicants
should direct inquiries to that office.
RECREATIONAL SERVICES
The Office of Recreational Services, under the supervision of the School of Health and
Physical Education, seeks to provide for the leisure time of the college community. Recog-
nizing that the needs of each person it serves is different, it seeks to meet these needs
through a variety of activities and programs. Recreational Services is divided into three divi-
sions each designed to work in specialized recreational programs Details of each are pro-
vided in the Recreation Services Handbook
GENERALSERVICES
General Services activities are of a non-competitive nature, both organized and informal.
Informal programs include providing recreational equipment to individuals and groups for
leisure time use and scheduling swimming pool facilities and gymnasium for free play. For-
mal programs provide instruction classes in arts and crafts, skiing trips, siimnastics, golf,
square and folk dances, bowling, roller and ice skating parties, bicycle trips, an a run-for-fun
jogging program. A new picnic area for use by the college community was added in 1975 and
in 1977 a golf driving range
RECREATIONAL SPORTS (INTRAMURALS)
The Recreational Sports Program is designed to afford every student the opportunity to
participate in individual and/or group competition. Emphasis is placed on providing this ex-
perience for those students who do not have time, desire, ability, or physical attributes to
participate in intercollegiate athletics. Included in the program are flag football, volleyball,
boxing, cross country, Softball, basketball, swimming, lacrosse, tennis, indoor soccer, and
floor hockey. Coed activities are volleyball, badminton, arm wrestling, foul shooting, field
hockey, and paddleball.
SPORTS CLUB
Sports clubs have been growing in popularity as a means of meeting the recreational
needs of college students Students, faculty, and staff members with similar sports interests
have the opportunity to enjoy these interests together West Chester has 13 sports clubs co-
ordinated through Recreational Services Each club selects its own faculty advisor, develops
a constitution based on the club's philosophy, elects its own officers, and sets up the train-
ing schedule and program. All full or part time undergraduate or graduate students are eligi-
ble to join any club Persons interested in joining a club may contact the president of the
club for details on becoming a member
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Symbol: PED
The first number in parentheses shows number of class meetings per week; the second one
shows semester hours of credit.
101-102 Physical Activities l-ll (2) (1) (2) (1) A program of selected activities from the cate-
gories of: aquatics; individual sports; physical conditioning; team sports
103-106-108-109 Elective Physical Activities lll-IV-V-VI (2) (1) for each course Free-elective
activities selected from categories listed under 101-102
172/Health, Physical Education, and Recreation
107 Music and Movement (2) (1) A course which examines and develops the perception of
rhythm through movement
110 Soccer I/Wrestling (Men) (3) (1)
111 Soccer/Basketball (3) (1) Emphasis is placed upon fundamental skills, women's rules
and tactics of each sport, accomplished through drills and game situations.
112 Gymnastics I (Men's equipment) (3) (1) Apparatus skills, stunts, tumbling, and pyramids
for teaching all age levels
113 Gymnastics I (Women's equipment) (3) (3) Apparatus skills, stunts, tumbling, and pyra-
mids for teaching at all age levels.
140 Aquatics Fundamentals (3) (1) Basic principles of swimming are studied with an em-
phasis on the mechanical analysis and practice of all strokes; introduction to diving and
competitive swimming; safety and survival techniques; water games
141 Social, Folk, Square Dance (3) (1) Experience in the basic (50) square dance calls, inter-
national folk dance and traditional ballroom dances.
142 Tennis/Badminton (3) (1) An explanation of the mechanics and specific skills of both
tennis and badminton Emphasis is placed on conceptual understanding and personal skill
development through a variety of teaching progressions and methods
143 Golf/Archery/RecreationaiGames(3)(1)
200 Elementary School Physical Education (3) (2) Theoretical and practical approach for
the teaching of physical activities to elementary school children by the classroom teacher.
210 Basketball/Baseball (3) (1)
211 Hockey and Volleyball (3) (1) Basic fundamentals, tactics, and women's rules Modi-
fied active games Geared to teaching physical education classes.
21 2 Football and Track/Field (3) (1 )
213 Lacrosse and Track/Field (3) (1) Lacrosse: Basic fundamentals, tactics, and women's
rules Modified active games Geared to teaching physical education classes Track and
field: Principles of running, throwing, jumping Modification needed for physical education
classes Self-testing
214 Physical Conditioning/Volleyball (3) (1)
215 Modern Dance I (3) (1) Basic course offering the fundamentals of technique and im-
provisation
242 Fundamental Movement and Elementary Rhythms (3) (1) Fundamental locomotor and
axial movement; music and rhythm in relationship Rhythmical activities for the elementary
program, with suggested teaching methods
243 Preparation for Teaching Activities (3) (1) Methods of teaching in all areas of physical
education and the development of appropriate lesson plans for all ages
250 Principles of Recreation (2) (2) Historical background of the play movement: theo-
retical explanations of play; the need for it and its place in education. Methods of recreation
leadership
251 Physical Activity for Special Children (3) (3) A course of adapted physical education.
Common childhood disabilities are studied, with emphasis on problems of a chronic nature.
Also screening and practical training, working with physically and mentally handicapped
children
271 Safety Concepts, Emergency Procedures, Injury Management (3) (2) Prepares the stu-
dent to recognize and treat injuries that require immediate and long-term treatment
308 Officiating (Men) (9 weeks) (3) (1/2) Ethics and techniques of officiating Students may
select from baseball, basketball, football or soccer.
310 Preparation for Teaching Secondary Physical Education (3) (1) Each student develops a
physical education activity unit and teaches one lesson from that unit Further opportunities
Health, Physical Education, and Recreation/173
for familiarization with various teaching methods and styles through observation, demon-
stration lessons, and actual practice
312 Tennis II (9weeks)(3)(1/2)PREREQ:PED 142
314 Track and Field II (9 weeks) (3) (1/2) PREREQ: FED 212
316 Basketball II (9 weeks) (3) (1/2) PREREQ: PED210
318 Lacrosse I (9 weeks) (3) (1/2)
320 Baseball(9weeks)(3)(1/2) PREREQ: PED 210.
321 Volleyballll(9weeks)(3)(1/2) PREREQ: PED 211
322 Soccer II (9 weeks) (3) (1/2) PREREQ: PED 110
323 Field Hockey II (9 weeks) (1/2) Individual and team tactics, and special situations.
Basic knowledge needed for coaching hockey PREREQ: PED 211
324 Football (9 weeks) (3) (1 12)
325 Officiating I (9 weeks) (3) (1/2) Ethics and techniques of officiating. Students may se-
lect from a variety of indoor sports.
326 Wrestling II (9 weeks) (3) (1/2) PREREQ PED 110
327 Gymnastics 11 (Women's equipment) (3) (1) Teaching and coaching techniques for
apparatus stunts, tumbling, pyramids PREREQ: PED 113.
328 Gymnastics il (Men's equipment) (9 weeks) (3) (1/2) Advanced work on gymnastics
apparatus including trampoline, with emphasis on teaching progression, spotting tech-
niques, and class safety. PREREQ: PED 112.
330 Life Saving (9 weeks) (3) (1/2) Review of basic aquatic skills. Emphasis on lifesaving
practices, safety and survival techniques. Successful completion of this course may lead to
senior lifesaving certification by the American Red Cross
331 Water Safety Instruction (3) (2) Leadership procedure in aquatics activities for schools
and school camps Swimming strokes and life saving techniques are analyzed. Opportunity
to qualify as a waterfront safety instructor
340 Self Testing Activities in Elementary School Physical Education (2) (2) Theory and
methods to present activities to children on an individualized self-testing basis The oppor-
tunity is provided for direct contact with children to try out the self-testing activities and
prepare individualized programs
341 Advanced Social and Square Dance (3) (1) Experience with square dancing beyond the
50 basic calls, opportunity for calling squares, and more intricate social dance styles.
342 Advanced Folk Dance (3) (1) International folk dances requiring an advanced degree of
difficulty with step patterns, formations and styling. Opportunities for teaching, resource
material and performance
343 Modern Dance II (3) (1) Continuation and development of the training offered in PED
215. Emphasis is placed on longer combinations and more complex problem-solving themes.
PREREQ: PED215
344 History of Dance (3) (2) Evaluation of dance as an art form in relation to man and his
society. Physiological, sociological, and psychological implications; dance forms and types
Film and other materials focus on parallel developments in related arts.
345 Dance Production Workshop I (3) (1) Survey of six styles of dance performance: ballet,
modern, jazz, Afro-American, tap, folk. Each area is studied independently of the other
areas. All are integrated into a final performance, created and directed by the students and
available for school, college, and community presentation
346 Dance Production Workshop II (3) (1) An extension of PED 345 Emphasis is on produc-
tion elements and a final, student-created and directed performance, available for school,
college, and community presentations
347 Summer Dance Workshop (Technique Emphasis or Composition) (2) (1) Provides new
174/Health, Physical Education, and Recreation
experiences and reinforces known experiences in areas of modern dance techniques, ballet
techniques, dance composition, and analysis of teaching materials
350 Physical Education for Elementary Grades (6) (3) Students are assigned to elementary
schools for teaching and observation and cooperating teachers and college supervisors
(Mon -Wed.-Fri 1-3 p m )
351 Evaluation in Health and Physical Education (3) (3) Selecting, administering, scoring,
and evaluating tests of physical fitness, general motor ability, motor educability, and skill
and knowledge
352 Applied Physiology (3) (3) The application of physiological principles to physical
education
353 Organization and Administration of Physical Education and Athletics (3) (3) Principles
of program building in curricular and extracurricular physical education; organizing, admin-
istering, and supervising intramural and interscholastic athletic programs.
354 Elementary Physical Education Curriculum (3) (3) Constructing and evaluating the cur-
riculum in elementary physical education Progression and continuity, along with develop-
mental needs and interests of children, are considered
355 Education for Safe Living (3) (3) Survey of safety education History, philosophy, and
psychology of accident prevention
356 Principles and Practices of Driver Education and Traffic Safety (3) (3) Techniques of as-
sessing the knowledge, skill and psycho-physical characteristics of a beginning driver; the re-
lation of these to the safe operation of a motor vehicle
357 Therapeutics for Athletic Training (3) (3) This course is designed to prepare the student
in the theory of therapeutic exercise and the physiological basis of therapeutic modalities
357-L Therapeutics for Athletic Training, lab (3) (2) This course is designed to develop skills
in the evaluation of injury, therapeutic exercise techniques and application of therapeutic
modalities PREREQ: PED 357
358 Advanced Athletic Training I (3) (3) This course is designed to present the anatomy of
the body and the injuries that occur in sports Prevention, causes, signs, symptoms, initial
management and support for activity for each injury will be presented
358-L Advanced Athletic Training I, lab (2) (1) Course is designed to reinforce learning of
human anatomy with lab experiences and provide opportunity to practice skills needed for
the support of athletic injuries for activity. PREREQ: PED 358
359 Advanced Athletic Training II (3) (3) A review of special problems PREREQ PED 358
360 Pathology of Special Education (2) (2) Considerations of the commonly seen disabling
conditions in special physical education with regard to anatomical and physiological chang-
es and differences in their prognosis
361 Kinesiology (2) (2) Basic fundamentals of movement, articulation, muscular actions,
analysis of the related principles of mechanics
362 Therapeutics for Special Physical Education (3) (3) A course for those students inter-
ested in the special physical education concentration Manual muscle testing, ROM meas-
urement, orthopaedic evaluations, principles of therapeutic exercise, and guidelines for
exercise programs for those handicapping conditions commonly seen in schools are pre-
sented PREREQ: BIO 109, BIO 309, PSY100, HED372, PED 251, PED 352, PED 361.
362-L Therapeutics for Special Physical Education, lab (3) (2) A course designed to give
those students enrolled in PED 362 practical experience in those topics presented in PED
362 PREREQ: PED 362
367 Arts and Crafts in Recreation (3) (3) Theoretical and practical applications of arts and
crafts as recreative outlets for all age groups Arts and crafts materials customarily found in
school, camp, and community recreation programs are used
PED 368 Leadership in Recreation (3) (3) Basic concepts and leadership techniques, studied
in various recreation settings Opportunities for students to practice and develop their own
techniques through work in community recreation agencies.
Health, Physical Education, and Recreation/175
369 Principles of ROPE (3) (3) History, philosophical background, objectives, educational
strategies, curriculum, safety considerations, and administration of an adventure-based out-
door pursuits program
370 Camp Counseling (3) (3) Theory and practice in camping and outing programs, ap-
proached from viewpoints of the camper, counselor, supervisor, specialists, and director.
371 Wilderness Adventure I (Mini Outward Bound) (2) (1) An Outward Bound experience.
Exposes the student to the Outward Bound philosophy, curriculum, and methodology.
372 Wilderness Adventure II (2) (2) The Wilderness Adventure experience is an adaptation
of the Outward Bound Program. The experience is designed to provide the participants with
an experiential outdoor pursuits experience
375 Outdoor Recreation (3) (3) The purpose of this course is to acquaint the student with
the role outdoor recreation plays in today's society. The student will develop an appre-
ciation for the outdoors through participation in outdoor recreation programs and learning
skills necessary to participate in the program
376 Recreational Games (3) (2) This course is designed to provide the student with the
skills, techniques and available resources involved in planning and directing recreational
games. Instruction includes selection of games, activities and opportunities for practical
application of interested students
377 intramural and Recreational Sports (3) (3) A study of the basic ingredients required for
administering successful intramural program The student serves in the intramural office
and program as a student leader and supervisor. In addition, the student will study the rules,
regulations, and policies of community sports with national headquarters and leadership
440 Movement Education in Elementary Physical Education (2) (2) Teaching techniques
and subject matter for a program of movement education suitable for children. Designed to
help children develop awareness of the body and space in order to develop effective move-
ment patterns
441 Principles of Choreography (3) (1) The art of dance composition. Basic elements of.
space, rhythms, and motion dynamics Students design original movement, progressing from
simple to complex solo and group forms PREREQ: RED 215.
442 Dance Notation Improvisation (3) (1) Designed to give the student exposure to improv-
isational themes and elementary skills of recording movement through written symbols
443 Dance and Theatre Arts (3) (1) Advanced level modern dance techniques, with em-
phasis on all aspects of production: accompaniments, costume, sets and lighting
449 Learning on the Move (3) (3) A combination of movement education and perceptual
motor theory and activities to help teachers and parents to guide the children to maximum
developmental potential. Pre-school, nursery, and kindergarten ages
450 Methods and Materials of Safety Education (3) (3) A study of the total safety program,
with emphasis on the teaching of safety Each student prepares a practice lesson
451 History and Philosophy of Health and Physical Education (2) (2) A study of past and
present concepts of physical education; philosophy and principles of modern physical edu-
cation programs
452 Principles of Coaching (2) (2) Principles and methods of coaching sports in the school
program
453 Motor Learning (2) (2) A study of the theories of learning in relation to the acquisition
of motor skills
454 Theories and Practices of Conditioning and Training (2) (2) The application of modern
principles to the training and conditioning of athletes. The students will design a year-round
conditioning program that considers age and level of competition as well as individual de-
velopment differences.
456 Preparation for Teaching Driver Education (3) (3) An advanced course to prepare stu-
dents to teach driver education in the secondary schools.
176/History
457 Psychology of Physical Disability (3) (3) A course designed for students in special edu-
cation. Psychology applied to physical disability; personal and cultural implications of
handicaps; the psychodynamics of disability
458 Physical Disabilities of Childhood (2) (2) A course designed for students in special ed-
ucation Common orthopedic and neurological disabilities of childhood, especially chronic
deviations Emphasis is on understanding the medical aspects and problems of rehabili-
tation.
459 Athletic Injury Management I (3) (3) A practical course designed to provide the student
with guided exposure to experiences normally found in an athletic training program support-
ing fall and winter sports PREREQ: RED 359
460 Athletic Injury Management II (3) (3) A practical course designed to provide the stu-
dent with guided exposures to experiences normally found in the athletic training program
supporting winter and spring sports PREREQ: PED 459
467 Supervised Camping Leadership (Arranged) (3) A program in camp leadership at chil-
dren's summer camps PREREQ; consent of instructor
490 Student Teaching (12) Observation and participation in teaching situations in the jun-
ior and senior high schools under qualified cooperating teachers and college supervisors.
PREREQ: PED 243, 353, HED 206, 373
History
Robert E. Carlson,
Chairperson
Norbert C. Soldon,
Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Carlson, Crowley, Foster, Fox, Harding, lohnson, Riley, Schaick, Sessa, Shur,
Soldon, Stuart, Swan, Turner, Webster, Young
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Burgwyn, Doyle, Peters, Shaffer,
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: Heston
The student of history seeks to recreate the past (or, more precisely, as much of
it as possible) not only rationally to explain and understand the past for its own
sake, but also to identify himself and his age with earlier times He is concerned
with the origins and development of and relationships between past people and
events and, from the multiplicity of credible and sometimes conflicting
evidence, renders judgments on causation and consequences He seeks to
achieve a sense of the past. Among the careers open to history majors are the
law, government service, teaching, research, journalism, and business. Indeed, a
strong preparation in history can lead to possibilities in virtually every field of en-
deavor. The Department of History office is 506 Main Hall; the telephone
number is (21 5) 436-2201
BACHELOR OF ARTS-HISTORY
1 General Requirements, see page 70 44 sh
2 Foreign Language Requirement 0-1 2 sh.
3 Social and Behavioral Sciences Core Requirements, see page 72 21 s h
History/177
4. History Concentration Requirements 24 s h.
HIS152
Senior Seminar (HIS 400)
Croup 1 American History (6 hrs.)
Croup 2 European History (3 hrs.)
Croup 3 World and Regional History (3 hrs.)
History Electives (6 hrs )
5. Cognate Courses 6-15s.h.
Five cognate courses selected from literature, art, philosophy. Three of
these may be credited to Ceneral Requirements In that event, the
student will extend his free elective area to 27 s h
6. Free Electives 18-27 sh.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION
COMPREHENSIVE SOCIAL STUDIES: HISTORY (concentration)
Students interested in teaching secondary school social studies may pursue a concentra-
tion in history while earning state certification and the Bachelor of Science degree. See
description under COMPREHENSIVE SOCIAL STUDIES: B.S. IN EDUCATION, PagellS.
GROUPS 1,2, and 3
GROUP 1 AMERICAN HISTORY
HIS 151, 152, 344, 345. 351, 352, 353, 354, 355, 356, 357, 358, 359, 360, 361, 362, 363, 364, 370,
372, 373
GROUP 2 EUROPEAN HISTORY
HIS 219, 220, 320, 321, 322. 323, 324, 325, 326, 327, 330, 331, 333, 334, 335, 336, 345, 346, 347
GROUP 3 WORLD AND REGIONAL HISTORY
HIS 101, 102, 145, 218, 301, 302, 305, 306, 309, 310, 311, 312, 315, 316, 317, 348
STUDENTS IN ALL PROGRAMS GIVEN IN THE HISTORY DEPARTMENT NOTE:
Under Ceneral and/or Social and Behavioral Sciences Core Requirements, all students
must complete HIS 101 , 102, 1 51 , and 1 52.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: HIS unless otherwise shown
GENERAL
SSC 331 Teaching Social Studies in Secondary Schools (3) Methods and materials of teach-
ing social studies for prospective secondary school teachers Emphasis is on the "New Social
Studies" and instructional materials drawn from the social sciences. Taken by social-science
education majors in their junior year Must be successfully completed prior to doing student
teaching
SSC 380 Ethnic Cultures Workshop (3) A summer workshop sponsored jointly by the
Schools of Arts and Letters and Social and Behavioral Sciences Contributions of ethnic
groups to the United States culture are considered Open only to juniors and seniors PRE-
REQ Permission of the dean of the School of Social and Behavioral Sciences
HISTORY
100 Mainstreams in History (3) A topical interpretation of mankind's cultural development
from the earliest times to the present
101 History of Civilization I (3) Man's cultural elements and social institutions m the West
and the East from earliest times through the Renaissance
102 History of Civilization II (3) Developments in civilizations from 1500 to the present,
with emphasis on Western Civilization and its interrelationships with the non-Western world.
120 Impact of War on European Society (3) An examination of the interrelationship of war-
fare and society in Europe from the feudal period to the present.
178/History
122 Major Figures in European History (3) A study of the major figures in European history
(1450-1970) and their interaction with the dynamic forces of their times
126 History of Utopias (3) Study of the history of Utopias and Utopian schemes from
Plato's Repubhc to contemporary American communes Utopia, both as an antidote for real-
ity, and as a seeding-bed for social, political and economic reform
140 Emerging Nations (3) A survey of non-Western societies and the impact of Westerniza-
tion on the traditional cultures of Africa, or Asia, or Latin America, or the Middle East Area
focus varies with instructor
145 The Jew in History (3) Review of the four thousand years and five civilizations which
have welcomed the Jewish people; emphasis on the Jews in contemporary society.
146 The Holocaust (3) Focuses on ethnic, nationalistic, economic and religious causes.
20th century Naziism, racism, and anti-Semitism; the Nuremburg Trials.
151 History of United States I (3) The social, economic, political, and intellectual develop-
ment of the United States from the beginning of the Colonial period through the Civil War
152 History of United States II (3) The social, economic, political, and intellectual develop-
ment of the United States from 1865 to the present, with emphasis on the new industrialism
and on foreign affairs
161 Violence in America (3) A study of violence in American society both as an instrument
of change and a method of social control
163 American Minorities (3) A survey of racial, religious, and ethnic minorities and their
struggles and successes in the United States
164 Depression Decade: The Thirties (3) Selected problems of the depression decade, with
emphasis on the political, social and personal reactions to the period
165 The Turbulent Sixties (3) Examination of the stress and conflict in American politics,
arts, literature, and society of the 1960's
166 20th Century America (3) A survey of the United States since 1898 Emergence of the
nation as a world power is stressed
167 Popular Culture in Twentieth-century America (3) Survey of the history of modern
American popular culture and arts, and their impact on our society Popular literature, the
motion picture industry, sport and amusements, popular music and the mass media
218 The Ancient World (3) Classical Greece and Rome with consideration of economic,
social, intellectual, and political history. Selected writings of the ancients
219 Medieval Europe (3) Western Europe from the fall of Rome to approximately 1300
Economic, social, political, and intellectual developments in the major kingdoms of the
West; the history of the Universal Church
220 Renaissance and Reformation (3) Political, economic, social, and cultural forces which
emerged in Europe, 1300 to 1650. The evolution of modern states and the rise of the middle
class.
301 History of South Asia (3) A historical study of developments on the Indian sub-
continent (India and Pakistan), the course also considers those areas of Southeast Asia
(Burma and Thailand) which have been traditionally influenced by the course of Indian
events.
302 (also ANT 327) Cultures and Peoples of India (3) Hindu and Muslim social structures;
village-based societies; religious, cultural, social structures, urbanization; Indian minority
social patterns (Parsi, Jewish, Christian).
305 History of East Asia (3) Survey of the historical and cultural background of China,
japan, and Korea Emphasis is given to the significance of the modern period of East Asia
and its impact on world affairs
306 20th Century Japan (3) Role of )apan in Asian and World Affairs from the Meiji Res-
toration of 1865 through World War 1 1 and until the present time, ending with an attempt to
look into the future progress of Japan as an Asian power
History/179
309 History of the Middle East (3) Recent history of the major middle Eastern countries.
Geographical, cultural, economic, and religious factors which have influenced the history of
the area. Special attention to Middle East problems which affect international relations.
310 The Arab and the Jew (3) Cultural and historical background and events which have
shaped the present Arabic and Jewish views; emphasis will be placed on their current rela-
tions with each other
311 History of Africa to 1800 (3) A survey of the traditional culture and of the historical
development of the African continent prior to the 19th-century. Emphasis is upon the length
and diversity of Africa's history prior to European colonization.
312 History of Sub-Saharan Africa Since 1800 (3) A survey of Black Africa's development in
the 19th and 20th centuries Emphasis is upon Africa's colonial experience as the back-
ground for the emergence of independent Africa
315 History of Latin America to 1825 (3) Pre-Columbian period, colonial Latin America and
movements for independence; Indian, European, and African backgrounds; government,
economy, society, religion, culture, and enlightenment Interaction of diverse cultures in
New World.
316 History of Latin America Since 1825 (3) Latin America in 19th and 20th centuries;
liberalism, conservatism, dictatorship, revolution, socialism, industrialization, agrarian
reform, cultural-intellectual achievements, and international relations Topical approach,
using individual countries as case-history illustrations
317 History of Mexico (3) Mexico from Pre-Columbian period to present including civiliza-
tions of Mayas and Aztecs, Spanish conquest. Colonial Period, movement for independence,
era of Santa Anna, La Reforma, Diaz dictatorship, Mexican Revolution, cultural-intellec-
tural achievements, international relations, and modernization of Mexico since the Revolu-
tion
320 Women in Modern Europe (3) Lives and careers of women in the 19th and early 20th
centuries through autobiographies The problem of women's self-image and sense of,
identity.
321 History of England to 1688 (3) The British people and their institutions from Roman
times to the Glorious Revolution, with primary emphasis on the Tudor and Stuart periods
322 History of England Since 1688 (3) England as a world leader during the Commercial
and Industrial Revolutions, the evolution of the democratic process, and the emergence of
liberalism followed by the democratic welfare state
323 Modern Germany (3) Germany in the 19th and 20th centuries: Napoleonic era, rise of
Prussia, nationalism and unification, imperialism and World War I, National Socialism,
World War II, and divided Germany
324 Russian History to 1917 (3) Russian history from 9th century Kiev to the end of the
Imperial period Ma)or emphasis on the continuing religious, economic, social, and political
tradition peculiar to the Russian State.
325 Soviet Russia (3) Political, economic, social, and cultural aspects of Soviet society in
the light of traditional Russian patterns and the goals of Communism
326 History of Modern Italy (3) A study of Italian unification, the Era of Liberalism,
Fascism, and post World War 1 1 developments.
327 Modern France, 1789 to Present (3) French Revolution; Napoleon; Bourgeois France;
Third Republic; The Great War and Versailles; Nazism and the Popular Front; The Collapse
of 1940; The Fourth Republic; The DeGaulle Era
330 Conflicts in Modern Europe (3) Power politics in Europe; alliances and counter-
alliances; imperialism; first World War and Versailles peace settlements; emergence of
totalitarian ideologies.
331 20th Century Europe (3) European fascism and communism; totalitarianism confronts
liberalism; interaction between domestic politics and foreign policy; polarization of
European politics; disintegration of the political institutions of the traditional state.
180/History
333 European Economic History (3) European demographic and technological change;
trade unions; agriculture; trade; the entrepreneur; distribution of income and welfare from
10th century to now
334 European Intellectual History (1250-1800) (3) The development of Western thought and
culture from the High Middle Ages to the origins of Romanticism and Democracy
335 European Intellectual History Since 1800 (3) Ideas and the arts in modern European
history, from Romanticism to Existentialism
336 The European City (3) Urban life in Europe from Periclean Athens to now Interaction
of people with their material environment
344 History of Pennsylvania (3) The founding and development of Pennsylvania from its
Colonial beginnings to the present, with emphasis on the relation of the past to the present.
345 The Status of Women in Two Worlds (3) Comparison of the history and present status
of women under the 20th century's two major political systems: communism and capitalism
346 Jesus and the 20th Century (3) Jesus' significance seen through "The Historical Jesus
School," scientific socialism, nationalism, colonialism, existentialism, liberalism, neo-
orthodoxy, ecumenicity, charisma, "the Jesus People," Marxist-Christian dialogue.
347 Jesus and Marx (3) The relationship between Christianity and Marxism from the con-
frontation and contradiction of the nineteenth century to the coexistence and cooperation
of the twentieth century
348 The Bible in History (3) The Bible as a historical record From the Pentateuch, through
the prophetic literature, the Apocrypha, the Pseudepigrapha, the Dead Sea Scrolls to the
New Testament Historical records of other ancient Near Eastern civilizations will be com-
pared with Biblical sources
351 Women in America (3) American women's daily routines, social roles, and search for
rights and identity since colonial days Recent goals, values, and conflicts
352 Modern American Military History (3) The role of the American military in shaping the
course of the nation in the twentieth century
353 (also ANT 260) Artifacts and Culture (3) Patterns of American civilization, explored
through study of the material culture
354 U.S. Labor History (3) History and analysis of labor organizations: labor and govern-
ment; labor and political parties; women and children and minority groups in labor or-
ganizations; the strike; technology and labor; Big Labor
355 American Intellectual History (3) Political and economic thought, theology, science,
philosophy, literature
356 U.S. Environmental History (3) Three centuries of change in American attitudes and ac-
tions toward the environment, with emphasis upon the roots and development of today's
ecology crisis
357 Diplomatic History of the United States (3) The theory and practice of American
diplomacy from Colonial times to the present with emphasis on the 20th century
358 Economic History of the United States (3) The economic development of the American
nation as it evolved from a frontier, agricultural country into an urban, industrial power.
359 History of the American Frontier (3) The westward movement and expansion from
Colonial times to the end of the 19th century The frontier forces which shaped American
democratic institutions and ideals
360 Technology and American Life (3) Promises and practices of American life in response
to the interaction of American forms, values and scientific-technological change from the
colonial period to the present
361 Constitutional History of the United States (3) The development of the Constitution of
the United States from the Philadelphia convention to the present with emphasis on major
supreme court decisions.
History/181
362 Social and Cultural History of the United States (3) The evolution of American society
with emphasis on the impact of improving material conditions upon labor, the arts, educa-
tion, religion, social mores, and family life. The changing status of women, blacks and
immigrants.
363 History of the South (3) The social, economic, political, and intellectual forces that
have made the American South
364 U.S. Urban History (3) A survey of the rise of the American city from early Philadelphia
to the modern metropolis. The recurring themes of growth, immigration, social mobility, city
politics, city planning, urbanism, and surburbanism
370 American Indians (3) A survey of Indian civilization on the continent of North America
and the confrontation of this civilization with white culture.
372 Topics in Afro-American History (3) Topics vary each semester Emphasis on student
research and participation in discussions PREREQ: HIS 373 or consent of instructor.
373 Afro-American History (3) The Afro-American: origins, period of slavery, industrializa-
tion of the South, migration to northern urban centers, civil rights movement, and the evolu-
tion of "Black Power."
400 Senior Seminar in History (3) Research in history Methodology, bibliography, and
presentation, both written and oral The research paper for the seminar must be acceptable
as a required departmental senior research paper Required of all history majors
410 Independent Studies in History (1 to 3) Research projects, reports, readings in history
Open to seniors only PREREQ: Permission of department chairperson
450 InternshipinHistory (1 to3]
460 Field Studies in History (3)
Instructional
Media
Education
Joseph M Spiecker,
Chairperson
PROFESSOR: Straver
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Redmond, Spiecker
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Reis, Steinmetz
West Chester's program in this field is at the graduate level. See the Graduate
Studies Bulletin for details The following undergraduate courses are available
through the Department of Instructional Media Education
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: EDM
300 Introduction to Instructional Communications (3) Techniques, materials and equip-
ment, and the development of skills in their use in teaching. Class meets three times weekly.
450 Design and Production of Visual Communication Materials (3) Exploration of visual
communication materials through use of research materials, demonstrations, various pro-
duction techniques The student designs and produces visual instructional materials.
460 Basic Photography (3) Workshop-type course stressing the photographic processes
Camera handling and film and print processing included Students must have complex
camera and must purchase personal developing equipment
470 Motion Picture Production (3) Scripting and shooting of super 8 film, including mag-
netic sound recording and reproduction
475 Sound Reproduction in Educational Communication (3) Theory and practice in sound
recording and reproduction and their application in education
480 Closed Circuit Television Production (3) A production course emphasizing the prac-
tical work of all aspects of closed-circuit television Preparation of scripts, graphics, anima-
tions, photos, films, film loops, slides, sound recordings, models, guides for learning and
teaching, lighting, staging, electronic technical information
Latin-American
and
Russian
Studies
Offered jointly by the Schools of Arts and Letters and Social and Behavioral
Sciences
Any student in the college, regardless of his or her area of specialization, may
earn transcript recognition and a letter of vertif ication in Latin-American Studies
or Russian Studies after satisfactory completion of 21 semester hours of work,
distributed as follows:
L LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES 21 semester hours
Required: Either A or B
A 1. Spanish or Portuguese
(Intermediate level or above) 6s. h.
2 Latin-American History 6s. h.
OR
B 1. Latin-American History 6s. h.
2. Latin-American Civilization and Thought 6s.h.
Electives: As advised, from Latin-American-oriented courses offered by the Departments
of Sociology, Political Science, Business and Economics, Education, Education, Fine-
Arts, or other departments of West Chester State College. In track A, one three (3) credit
course must be devoted to literature, art history, or music 9 s.h.
For advisement, see Professor Lombardi in the Department of Foreign Languages or Pro-
fessor Crowley in the Department of History
II. RUSSIAN STUDIES 21 semester hours
Required: Either A or B
A. 1. Russian language (Intermediate level or above) 6s. h.
2. Russian History 6s. h.
OR
B. 1. Russian History 6s. h.
2. Russian Civilization and Thought 6s. h.
Electives: 9sh.
As advised, from Russian-oriented courses offered by the Departments of Geography
and Planning, Anthropology/Sociology, Political Science, Business and Economics,
Education, Fine Arts or other departments of WCSC In track A, one three (3) credit
course must be devoted to literature, art history, or music
For advisement, see Professor Glumac in the Department of Foreign Languages or Pro-
fessor Swan in the History Department
A student should maintain a 3.0 average in area-studies courses to be recom-
mended for graduate work in the area-studies concentration he chooses.
Mathematical
Sciences
Frank E Milliman,
Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Branton, Filano, Crosshans, Koh, L'Heureux, Mandelbaum, Montemuro
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Ahlborn, Fabrey, Fasnacht, Kerrigan, Milliman, Moser, Seybold,
Verno, Weaver
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Hodgson, Morgan, Stanley, Wiener, Wolfson
The major in mathematics begins with a basic core program including compu-
ter science, foundations, and calculus. This is followed by a required sequence of
courses covering the major areas of mathematics Additional specialization in
specific branches of mathematics is possible through available electives.
BACHELOR OF ARTS-MATHEMATICS
The B.A. program in mathematics enables each student to receive the basic
preparation required for the career of his choice. Among these are college and
university teaching, research and other service in government and industry, and
computer programming. In all cases each student receives a sound preparation
for graduate study in the field of mathematics.
Beyond meeting the general requirements of 44 s.h , the major in this program
pursues the following curriculum:
Foreign Language Requirement 6 s.h.
Through the Intermediate II level m French, German, or Russian
Related Requirements
CSC 141
PHY 101-102:
Electives (12 s h )
This 12-hour elective program in mathematics or related areas must be approved by the
department at the time of junior standing
Mathematics Concentration Requirements
MAT 110, 141, 142, 241, 242, 411, 412, 441, 442; electives in mathematics (12 sh)
Electives to complete 1 28 s h
BACHELOR OF ARTS-MATHEMATICS
COMPUTER SCIENCE CONCENTRATION
The major who selects the computer science concentration also meets the general re-
quirements of 44 s h and the foreign language requirement given above Specifically, the
requirements are:
Requirements in Mathematics and Science
Mathematics
MAT 110, 141, 142, 241, 242, 343, 421, 425; electives in mathematics(6 s h )
Science
PHY 101
Mathematical Services/185
Computer Science Requirements
CSC141,142, 241,242, 490(3 s.h.);electives in computer science (6 s. h.)
Electives to complete 1 28 sh
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE-COMPUTER AND INFORMATION SCIENCES
Prepares the student for a career in the field of computer and information sciences.
Course work is taken in computer science, mathematics, and either business or another area
of the student's choice In addition, the student gains valuable on-the-job experience
through an internship program with local industry or business Normally this program re-
quires attendance during two summer sessions in addition to the 8 academic semesters Be-
yond meeting the general requirements of 44 s h., the student pursues a core curriculum and
one of the following 3 tracks:
Information Systems — prepares the student to use the computer as a tool for management
in business and industry. (Systems Analyst)
Computer Systems — prepares the student to engage in the design, development and ef-
fective use of computer systems through emphasis on software and computer system
structure (Systems Programmer)
Computer — Arts and Sciences — prepares the student to be an effective computer user in an
approved area of his choice.
CORE CURRICULUM
COMPUTER SCIENCE REQUIREMENTS
CSC 141, 142, 241,242, 361
MATHEMATICS REQUIREMENTS
MAT161, 162, 261,221
COOPERATIVE EXPERIENCES
CSC 200, 300, 400
INFORMATION SYSTEMS TRACK REQUIREMENTS
CSC 321, BAC 201-202, BAD 201, BMK 221,'eC0131, ENG 268, 6 sh of electives in business,
computer science, or mathematics, and electives to complete 1 28 s h
COMPUTER SYSTEMS TRACK REQUIREMENTS
CSC 331, 341, BAC 201, ENG 268, 9 s h of electives in computer science and mathematics,
and electives to complete 128 s h.
COMPUTER-ARTS AND SCIENCES TRACK REQUIREMENTS: Sequence of courses ap-
proved by Department of Mathematical Sciences and the appropriate academic department
(21 sh ), and electives to complete 128 s h.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION -MATHEMATICS
The major in this program meets the general requirements of 44 sh., the professional edu-
cation requirements of 30 sh. (see page 21 5), and the following specialized requirements.
Requirements in Mathematics and Science
Mathematics
MAT 110, 141, 142, 241, 242, 231. 350(credited to professional education), 411, 421, 441; 412
or 422 or 442; electives in mathematics 9 s h.
Related Requirments
PHY 101-102
Electives to complete 128 s.h.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MATHEMATICS
Symbol: MAT
101-102 Mathematics for Elementary Teachers l-ll (3) (3) Formal development of the
186/Mathematical Services
natural numbers, integers, rationals, reals, and complex numbers; probability; intuitive geo-
metry 101 must precede 102
103 Introduction to Mathematics (3) An introduction to the nature and spirit of math-
ematics and its cultural significance
105 College Algebra and Trigonometry (3) A unified course in algebra and trigonometry.
PREREQ High school algebra
107-108 Calculus for Business (3) (3) Differential and integral calculus with emphasis on ap-
plications Also includes the study of matrices, determinants, and linear programming using
the simplex method 107 must precede 108.
110 Foundations of Mathematics (3) Topics such as set theory, relations, induction, and the
real number system are formally treated Special topics such as number theory, intuitive
geometry, probability, and congruences are examined in an informal setting
121 Statistics (3) Basic concepts of statistics Frequency distributions, measures of central
tendency and variability, correlation, probability and theoretical distributions, significance
of differences, and hypothesis testing For non-mathematics majors
121 L Statistics/Lab (4) Basic concepts of statistics Frequency distributions, measures of
central tendency and variability, correlations, probability, distributions of random variables,
estimation and hypothesis testing. Basic concepts of computer programming and use, using
the BASIC language to aid in understanding and solving statistical problems
141-142 Calculus l-ll (3) (5) The calculus of real valued functions of a single real variable,
including series 141 must precede 142
161-162-261 Applied Calculus l-ll-lll (4) (4) (4) Emphasis on problem solving and applica-
tions characterize this course in differential and integral calculus When applicable, topics
in finite mathematics are introduced to support the theory and application of the calculus
Must be taken in order.
209 Topics in Mathematics for the Elementary Teacher Introduction to progamming in
BASIC; computer uses for the classroom teacher, descriptive statistics with applications for
teaching; and measurement of length, area, volume and temperature that focuses on the Si
metric system with practice in the classroom Additional topics in applied mathematics will
be considered PREREQ: MAT 102 Offered in fall
212 Algebra for Elementary Teachers (3) Formal structure of groups, rings, and fields with
examples from the elementary curriculum Topics from linear algebra including matrices,
determinants, and linear programming. PREREQ: MAT 102. Offered in spring
221 Applied Statistics (3) Statistical analysis of data, hypothesis testing, regression
analysis, and analysis of variance. PREREQ: CSC 101 or CSC 102 or CSC 141 and MAT 142 (or
MAT 162 ) Usually offered in spring
231 Foundations of Geometry (3) Geometric foundations from an advanced viewpoint
Topics are chosen from euclidean and non-euclidean geometries. Offered in spring.
233 Geometry for Elementary Teachers (3) Modern informal approach to two and three- di-
mensional geometric figures, measurement, similarity, congruence, coordinate geometry,
and the postuJational method. PREREQ: MAT 102 Offered in fall
241-242 Calculus lll-IV (4) (4) The calculus of several variables Topics include the algebra
and geometry of n-dimensional euclidean space, linear transformations, directional de-
rivatives, integration and Stokes' Theorem PREREQ: MAT 142 241 must precede 242.
261 See 1 61-1 62 for description
321 Combinatorics and Graph Theory (3) Introduction to set theory, graph theory, and
combinatorial analysis Includes relations, cardinality, elementary combinatorics, principles
of inclusion and exclusion, recurrence relations, zero-one matrices, partitions, and Polya's
Theorem PREREQ: CSC 101 or CSC 141 and MAT 261 or MAT 242
340 Analysis for Elementary Teachers (3) An intuitive introduction to theory of calculus:
limits, continuity, the derivative and the integral PREREQ MAT 102 or consent of professor
Mathematical Services/187
343 Differential Equations (3) The general theory of nth order, linear differential equations
including existence and uniqueness criteria and linearity of the solution space General
solution techniques for variable coefficient equations, series solutions for variable coef-
ficient equations, and study of systems of linear equations PREREQ: MAT 241 Offered in
spring
350 Foundations of Secondary Mathematics Education (3) Aims of mathematics instruc-
tion, implications of learning theory, contrast current mathematics programs, significance
of research, identification of current issues, analysis of current approaches to the teaching
of mathematics, lesson preparation, use of teacher-made and commercially available tests
and instructional materials PREREQ: MAT 241 Offered in fall
351 Teaching Mathematics in Elementary Schools I (3) Concepts, learning aids, syllabi,
texts, and methods in elementary school mathematics PREREQ: MAT 101-102
352 Teaching Mathematics in Elementary Schools 11 (3) Techniques for teaching children
concepts such as geometry in two and three dimensions, number sentences, graphing, ratios
and percent, quantifiers, etc ; use of laboratory materials will be emphasized PREREQ:
MAT 351 Offered in spring
354 Techniques of Teaching Secondary School Mathematics (3) Techniques used in the pre-
sentation of specific mathematical concepts, associated materials, levels of questioning,
motivational devices Scope and sequence of secondary mathematics topics Criteria for
text evaluation Preview of student teaching PREREQ: MAT 350 Usually offered in spring
390 Seminar in Mathematics Education (3) Typical topics are: remedial programs, low
achiever programs, materials for mathematics education, methodology in mathematics edu-
cation, mathematics and the computer, theories of mathematics education, and analysis of
research in mathematics education PREREQ: MAT 351
391 Seminar in Mathematics for Elementary Teachers (3) Topics selected for their rel-
evance and value for the prospective elementary teacher PREREQ: permission of depart-
ment chairperson
400 History of Mathematics for Elementary Teachers (3) History and development of ele-
mentary mathematics from primitive times to the discovery of the calculus Problems of the
period are considered PREREQ: MAT 212, 233
401 History of Mathematics (3) Development of mathematics from the Babylonian era to
the 18th century Some modern topics included PREREQ: MAT 241
405 Special Topics in Mathematics (3) Topics announced at the time of offering
411-412 Algebra l-ll (3) (3) Abstract algebra Algebraic systems; groups; rings, integral do-
mains, and fields, PREREQ: MAT 241 411 must precede412
414 Theory of Numbers (3) Properties of the integers; primes, factorization, congruences,
and quadratic reciprocity. PREREQ: MAT 242 Usually offered in spring.
416 Linear Algebra (3) Basic concepts and results of vector spaces including characteristic
polynomials, Jordan forms, and inner product spaces Applications to the geometry of affine
and euclidean spaces PREREQ: MAT 411 or consent of instructor Usually offered in spring.
421-422 Mathematical Statistics l-ll (3) (3) Probability theory, discrete and continuous ran-
dom variables, distributions, moment generating functions Statistical sampling theory, joint
and interval estimation, test of hypothesis, regression, and correlation PREREQ: MAT 242,
421 must precede 422 421 in spring; 422 in fall
425 Numerical Analysis (3) Numerical methods for the approximate solution of applied
problems Interpolation theory, curve fitting, approximate integration and numerical
solution of differential equations PREREQ: CSC 100 or CSC 101 or CSC 102 or CSC 141 and
MAT 261 (or MAT 242)
427 Introduction to Optimization Techniques (3) Nature of optimization problems: deter-
ministic and stochastic, discrete and continuous Computer methods of solution: systematic
and random search: linear quadratic, dynamic programming, and others PREREQ: CSC 101
(orCSC141)andMAT261 (or MAT 242).
188/Mathematical Services
431 Topics in Geometry (3) Announced at time of offering PREREQ: MAT 231 .
432 Topology (3) Elements of point set topology Separation axioms Connectedness,
compactness, and metrizability PREREQ: MAT 242 Usually offered in fall
433 Differential Geometry (3) Classical differential geometry from a modern viewpoint.
Curves and surfaces, shape operators; introduction to Riemann geometry. PREREQ: MAT
242.
441-442 Advanced Calculus l-ll (3) (3) A rigorous treatment of the calculus of a single real
variable. Topics in several real variables and an introduction to Lebesque integration.
PREREQ: MAT 242 441 must precede 442
443-444 Applied Analysis l-ll (3) (3) The techniques of analysis applied to problems in the
physical sciences Topics include: partial differential equations, orthogonal functions, com-
plex integration, and conformal mapping PREREQ: MAT 242 443 must precede 444
445 Complex Variables (3) Introduction to functions of a complex variable Analytic func-
tions, mappings, differentiation and integration, power series, and conformal mappings.
PREREQ: MAT 242. Usually offered in spring
490 Seminar in Mathematics (3) Topics in mathematics selected for their significance and
student-instructor interest Independent study and student reports, oral and written.
PREREQ: senior standing and consent of department chairperson
493 Mathematical Modeling (3) The idea of a mathematical model of a real situation.
Techniques and rationales of model building Examples from the life, physical, and social
sciences. PREREQ: MAT 242, 343.
COMPUTER SCIENCE
Symbol: CSC
101 Introduction to Computers (3) Programming and use of the computer for the student's
various needs The student writes a number of programs to accomplish a variety of comput-
ing tasks Several computers and programming languages considered
102 Introduction to Computers— Business (3) The business major learns to program and
use the computer, and writes a number of business-related programs.
121 Computer Uses and Abuses (3) Introduction to the computer as a tool of society. Cur-
rent and potential uses of the computer, and areas where its use or misuse could be detri-
mental to society if not properly controlled
141-142-241-242 Computer Science l-ll-lll-IV (3) (4) (4) (4) The art and science of computing
is introduced via an elementary language, usually BASIC. Structured programming is
studied via COBOL. The structure and operation of the computer is investigated in terms of
its machine language A comparative study is made of several procedural languages, such as
FORTRAN, APL, PL-I. PREREQ: 2 years high school algebra 141-142 offered in fall and
spring; 241 offered in fall; 242 offered in spring.
200 Cooperative Operations (3) The student works in an organization's computer center as
a junior computer operator to gain familiarity with day-to-day activities and the jargon of
the computer industry PREREQ: CSC 142, at least 40 clock hours in the college's computer
center's operations section, and approval of the Computer Science Committee
300 Cooperative Applications Programming (4) The student works in the applications pro-
gramming section of an information systems group as a junior programmer to gain exper-
ience in programming and implementing small projects of use to the company PREREQ:
CSC 242 and approval of the Computer Science Committee
311 Firmware (3) Hardware characteristics of general purpose digital computers and re-
lated equipment with emphasis on microprogramming. PREREQ: CSC 242
321 Data Base Management Systems (3) Characteristics of generalized data management
systems; survey of widely used systems; techniques for improving the interface between a
Mathematical Services/189
manager and information he needs to make decisions through easy-to-use generalized re-
porting systems PREREQ: CSC 242. Offered in fall.
325 Systems Design (4) The student designs and implements an information system. This
project involves the complete system development cycle; analysis, design, programming
with documentation, implementation, and follow up. PREREQ: CSC 321, approval by Com-
puter Science Committee of a detailed project proposal. Offered as needed.
331 Operating Systems (3) Operating systems and their user characteristics Maintenance
of a complex operating system with emphasis on important trade-offs made in tuning the
system. Core and file management, systems accounting, other user related services.
PREREQ: CSC 242 Offered odd years in spring.
335 On-Line Computing (3) Design, implementation, modification of information systems
in an on-line environment. File management systems and data structures appropriate to real-
time computing with emphasis on back-up and recovery techniques PREREQ: CSC 242. Of-
fered in spring even years.
336 Data Communications (3) Hardware and software characteristics of equipment provid-
ing communication between computers and remote terminals. PREREQ: CSC 242. Offered
as needed.
341 Compiler Construction (3) Translation, loading, execution of a higher level language.
Syntax analysis of simple expressions and statements. Organization of a compiler; design
and implementation of a simple compiler. PREREQ: CSC 242. Offered spring even years.
350 Computers in Education (3) Technical knowledge and skills for successful use of the
computer as a supportive tool of education in elementary and secondary school classes. Us-
ually offered summers.
361 Simulation (3) Computer simulation utilizing logical, numerical, and Monte Carlo
modeling to represent systems. Use of special languages to simulate actual systems.
PREREQ: CSC 101 (or CSC 102 or CSC 141), MAT 261 (or MAT 242), MAT 221 (or equivalent).
Offered in fall.
371 Computer Graphics (3) Construction and manipulation of prototypes for graphical dis-
play purposes. PREREQ: CSC 141 (or CSC 101 or CSC 102), MAT 261 (or MAT 242) Offered in
fall.
400 Cooperative Specialty (9) Working for an organization in his concentration area, the
student applies his background to real problems. PREREQ: approval of Computer Science
Committee
490 Independent Project in Computer Science (1-5) The student designs and implements a
software system. Project problems are drawn from local industry and college departments.
A computer science faculty member supervises each project. PREREQ: consent of in-
structor. Offered as needed.
495 Topics in Computer Science (3) Announced at time of offering. PREREQ: consent of in-
structor Offered as needed.
499 Independent Study in Computer Science (1-4) In conjunction with the instructor, the
student selects study topics via literature search. PREREQ: consent of instructor. Offered as
needed
Music
Charles A. Sprenkle,
Dean
Alexander Antonowich,
Associate Dean
Ira C. Singleton,
Associate Dean
for Graduate Studies
and Research
PROFESSORS: Antonowich, Barrow, Carey, Cohen, Johns, Merrell, Munger, Pennington,
Pflieger, Schick, Schmidt, Singleton, Sprenkle, Stringer, Veieta, Weils, Wilkinson, Wright
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Alt, Bedford, Belmain, Boerlin, Dorminy, Frenz, Friday,
Gangemi, Haban, Hales, Klein, Laudermilch, McHugh, Markow, Murray, Nelson, Pandel,
Pethes, Sheppard, Southall, Sullivan, Sweet, Vandever, Voois, Wagner, Whitten, Williams
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Collins, Conaway, Cuidetti, Hegvik, Lee, Northeimer, Roper,
Vinquist (Part-time)
INSTRUCTORS:Ahramjian, Breuninger (Part-time), Dillard (Part-time), Coebel (Part-time),
Lucas, Swartley
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN MUSIC
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
The School of Music offers three programs of study leading to undergraduate
degrees:
(1) Bachelor of Science in Music Education: a balanced program of general,
specialized, and professional courses leading to qualification for a Pennsylvania
Instructional I Certificate to teach music in the elementary and secondary
schools of Pennsylvania for three years Three teaching concentration pro-
grams—general, instrumental and vocal-choral — are provided
(2) Bachelor of Arts in Music: a balanced program of courses which are general
and specialized, providing a concentration area in either performance or a com-
bination of music theory and music literature; structured for students desiring a
liberal-arts education with a major in music.
(3) Bachelor of Music: a balanced program of courses which are general, special-
ized, and professional for the performing musician; structured for students desir-
ing a college degree and interested in such areas as professional performance,
studio teaching, and church music.
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
Candidates for admission to the School of Music must meet the general re-
quirements for admission as indicated under Admission to West Chester In addi-
tion, all candidates must appear for a personal interview and certain music tests,
which vary according to the degree program sought
The college will provide large instruments such as the tuba, string bass, or
timpani for these tests. All smaller instruments must be brought to the college.
Music/191
All candidates will take the Seashore Measures of Musical Talents, for which no
preparation is necessary.
The following are acceptable as "major" instruments: violin, viola, cello, bass,
trumpet, trombone, baritone, tuba, French horn, oboe, English horn, flute, Bb
clarinet, saxophone, bassoon, and percussion (provided the candidate
demonstrates an acceptable competence in playing various percussion
instruments). The guitar and accordion are not considered acceptable major
performance areas. However, the School of Music will audition a candidate on
these instruments if he believes the audition will demonstrate evidence of his
background
TRANSFER STUDENTS — consult the paragraphs headed "Transfer Students' and
"College Policies for Students Transferring from a Non-Accredited Institution" under Admis-
ion to West Chester
MUSIC TESTS- BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION
(1) Each candidate must demonstrate skill in at least one performing medium in which he
excels: piano, organ, voice, or a band or orchestra instrument It is preferable, although not
required, for pianists and vocalists to perform at least part of their audition from memory
(2) All candidates are tested in voice, piano, and sight singing
(3) A piano, organ, or voice major who has band or orchestra instrument experience is urged
to demonstrate his ability on his instrument
Note: Each candidate must bring music for the vocal, piano, and instrumental composi-
tions he intends to perform, and should come prepared with a song that will demonstrate
vocal range and quality. Candidates for B A and B Mus degrees will also take all of the
tests required for admission to the B S program
MUSIC TESTS- BACHELOR OF ARTS IN MUSIC
Those planning to elect the concentration in performance must demonstrate an advanced
level of accomplishment in an audition Memorization is preferred for vocalists and pianists
MUSIC TESTS- BACHELOR OFMUSIC
Each candidate must demonstrate an advanced level of proficiency in the major area of
performance as evidenced by his ability to perform compositions representing a variety of
musical periods and must show potential as a professional performer Memorization is re-
quired for pianists and vocalists
NOTE
Candidates for the B A and B.Mus. degrees will also take all of the tests required for ad-
mission to the B S program
SCHOOLOF MUSIC DEGREE PROGRAMS
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION
Candidates choose one of three teaching concentration programs — general, instrumental,
or vocal-choral They must satisfactorily complete 128 semester hours, distributed among
the following areas:
1 General Requirements (see page 70) 44 s h
MUS 221, Theatre/Speech (General and Vocal-Choral Concentrations),
PSY100, and MUS 414 are required
2. Professional Education Requirements 26-28 s.h.
EDF 100, MUS 331, MUS 332, methods course or courses in the teaching
concentration (2-4 hrs), EDP 250, MUS 431 .
3. Specialized Preparation 56-58 s.h.
A Theory and Music History [23 s h )
Theory I, II, III, IV
Aural Activities, I, II, III, IV
192/Music
Music in Western Civilization II
B. Applied Music{2bM2-35sh)
Conducting(4 s.h )
Major Performing Area (Individual Lessons) (8-9 s h.)
Minor Performing Area (Individual Lessons) (4-6 s.h )
Minor Performing Area (Class Lessons)(3 1/2-11 s h.)
Musical Organizations (6-11 s.h.)
C. f/ec(/ves(0-81/2s h)
Chosen from courses listed by each department in the school.
BACHELOR OF ARTS
1. General Requirements (see page 70) 44 s.h.
The following requirements are credited to General Requirements:
MUS 221, MUS 414, special concentration requirements (Consult the student handbook)
2. Foreign Language Requirement 6 s.h.
(through Intermediate II level)
3. Music Core 30 s.h.
Theory I, II, III, IV
Aural Activities I, II, III, IV
Counterpoint I
Music in Western Civilization II
Secondary Performance Area (2 s h )
Conducting (Choral or lnstrumental)(2 s h )
4. Area of Concentration Requirements 48 s.h.
Elect Either A or B.
A Concentration in Performance
Major Performance Area (Individual lessons, recital)(12 s.h )
Musical Organization (2 s h )
Music History elective (3 s h )
Special elective requirement of Concentration Area
(under advisement) (9 s h )
Electives(22s h )
B. Concentration in Theory-Music History and Literature
Piano(8s h )
Musical Organizations (4 s h )
Research Techniques (3 s.h )
Music History electives (chosen from Mus 340-345)(9 s h.)
Free Music History elective (3 s h )
Counterpoint II (3 s h )
Form and Analysis (3 s h )
Orchestration (3 s h )
Composition I (3 s h )
Free electives in history or theory (9 s.h.)
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
1 General Requirements (see page 70) 44 s.h.
MUS 221 , MUS 414 are required
2. Foreign Language Requirement 6s. h.
(need not be at intermediate level)
3 Area of Concentration Requirements 78 sh.
A Requ/red Core (66 sh)
(1) Music History(9s h )
Music in Western Civilization II
Aesthetics and Music Criticism
Music History-Literature elective
Music/193
(2)TheorY of Music (23 s. h.)
Theory I, II, III, IV
Aural Activities I, II, 111, IV
Counterpoint I
(3) Applied Music (34 s.h.)
Major Performance Area (including recitals) (16 s.h.)
Secondary Performance Area (4 s.h.)
Musical Organization (2 s.h.)
Conducting (Choral or Instrumental) (2 s h.)
Master Class and/or Ensemble (4 s.h )
Literature (Applied Major) (6 s.h )
B. Electives (under advisement] {M s h.)
Note: Voice majors are required to elect at least 9 s h of foreign language study (These
studies may be at any level.)
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
DEPARTMENT OF THEORY AND COMPOSITION
Symbol: MUS
lames /. Wright, Chairperson; Coeyman, Cangemi, Haban, Munger, Nelson, Sullivan,
Wilkinson, and Staff.
112 Theory of Music I (3) Fundamentals of music theory, music writing, keyboard
harmony Elements of musical form; binary and ternary forms Tonic, dominant, sub-
dominant and leading tone triads in root position and inversions. Analysis and creative
activity
113 Theory of Music 11 (3) Supertonic, submediant and mediant triads and their inversions;
secondary dominants Modulation Compound ternary, rondo and variation forms. Analysis
and creative activity PREREQ: Mus 112
114 Aural Activities I (2) Development of basic hearing skills, chiefly through sight singing
and dictation activities based upon the subject matter of MUS 112
115 Aural Activities II (2) Continued development of basic hearing skills. PREREQ: MUS
114
212 Theory of Music III (3) Diatonic and chromatic seventh cords and their inversions.
Modulation. Invention and fugue, sonata-allegro forms. Analysis and creative activity.
PREREQ: MUS113
213 Theory of Music IV (3) Harmonic and contrapuntal techniques of the 20th century.
Form in contemporary music Analysis and creative activity PREREQ: MUS 212.
214 Aural Activities III (2) Material of advanced difficulty involving chromatic alteration,
foreign modulation, and intricate rhythms. PREREQ: MUS 115
215 Aural Activities IV (2) Continuation of MUS 21 and activities involving nontonal
music. PREREQ: MUS 214.
312 Counterpoint I (3) The contrapuntal techniques of tonal music. Choral prelude and in-
vention PREREQ: MUS 212.
313 Counterpoint II (3) Advanced contrapuntal forms including canon and fugue.
PREREQ: MUS 312.
314 Musical Form (3) The standard forms of tonal music based on the treatises of
Goetschius and Salzer PREREQ: MUS 212
315 Orchestration (3) The orchestra; use of instruments individually and in combination.
PREREQ: MUS212.
316 Performance Practices in Contemporary Music (1) Technical problems of understand-
ing new notation (eg graphic, proportional, multiphonics, microtones, metric modulation.
194/Music
asymetrical rhythm groupings, prose scores, etc ) and facility in performing scores which
include these techniques PREREQ: MUS213
412 Composition I (3) Creative writing in the forms, styles, and media best suited to the
capabilities and needs of the student. PREREQ: MUS 212
413 Composition II (3) Further application of MUS 412, stressing contemporary techniques.
PREREQ: MUS412
414 Acoustics of Music (3) The study of sound: its production, transmission, and reception.
Musical instruments, the acoustics of rooms, and the physical basis of scales
415 Serialism and Atonality (3) Compositional procedures and theoretical concepts in
atonal and serial works of Schoenberg, Berg, Webern, Bartok, Stravinsky, and more recent
composers PREREQ: MUS 213
416 Jazz Practices (3) )azz history, writing, and performance Survey of basic jazz litera-
ture; fundamental techniques in arranging and improvising PREREQ: MUS 213 or equiva-
lent.
DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC HISTORY AND LITERATURE
Symbol: MUS
Liselotte M. Schmidt, Chairperson; Johns, Murray, Pflieger, Wells, Vinquist and Staff.
121 Fine Arts (Music) (3) Designed for the general requirements An introductory course in
the history and appreciation of music from the Middle Ages through the contemporary
period. Not open to music majors or elementary education student with a concentration in
music
Note that other courses are available to the non-music major for general requirements.
Particularly suitable are MUS 122, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 421. Additional courses may also
be taken for the same purpose, with consent of department chairperson.
122 Music History I (3) The history and appreciation of music from the earliest times
through the Baroque period Musical forms, aesthetic concepts, and practices Analysis and
listening experience.
123 Music History II (3) The history and appreciation of music from the classical through
the contemporary period. Continuation of MUS 1 22
125 Perspectives in Jazz (3) For non-music majors Guided listening to improve understand-
ing and enjoyment of jazz with emphasis upon jazz heritages, chronological development,
and sociological considerations, culminating in an analysis of the eclectic styles of the
1960'sand70's
126 Folk and Traditional Music of the Western World (3) Introductory survey of music and
musical styles of folk and traditional music in the Western world Analysis of styles, forms,
aesthetic and cultural concepts, and practices, surveyed as they relate to folk music and the
mainstream of art music
127 Special Subjects Seminar (3) Significant topics presented by faculty members and/or
visiting lecturers Designed for the non-music major who has had little or no previous
musical experience Fulfills the general requirements
128 Music in American Life (3) Chronological study of music in American life and culture,
placing emphasis on music as a gauge of cultural history; no previous musical training
necessary; meets the general education requirements For non-music majors
221 Music in Western Civilization I (3) A history of music from earliest known times
through the Baroque Period — to 1750 Analysis of styles, forms, aesthetic concepts, and
practices. PREREQ for music majors: MUS 113 For non-music majors: consent of instructor
222 Music in Western Civilization II (3) A history of music from the Classical through Con-
temporary Period Analysis of styles, forms, aesthetic concepts, and practices PREREQ for
music majors: MUS 113 For non-music majors: consent of instructor
224 Keyboard Literature I (3) A survey of literature for keyboard instruments from the
Music/195
Baroque Period through the late Classical Period The various styles in solo and ensemble
literature are illustrated by recordings and performance by keyboard majors
225 Keyboard Literature II (3) A continuation of MUS 224 Performance by keyboard
majors and recordings Literature from the Romantic through the Impressionist Period is
studied
227 Literature of the Musical Theater (3) The literature of the musical theater from Sings-
piel to Broadway Musical Changes m style are observed and analyzed
320 Folk and Non-Western Music (3) A study of the music of non-Western folk music,
along with an introduction to ethnomusicology and its research techniques PREREQ: MUS
221-222
321 African and Afro-American Music (3) African music in its social context African- in-
fluenced music of the Western hemisphere including spirituals, work songs, field hollers,
ragtime, blues, jazz, gospel songs, and soul music. Some "art" music by black composers
PREREQ: an introductory course in music or permission of instructor.
322 American Music (3) Survey of the development of music and musical style from 1620
to the present Analysis of styles, forms, aesthetic concepts, and practices PREREQ: MUS
221 and 222, or permission of the instructor
323 Aesthetics and Music Criticism (3) The nature of aesthetic experience and various
problems in the philosophy of art Principles of criticism related to music and its per-
formance For music majors, or non-music majors with permission of instructor
324 String Literature (3) A survey of literature for string instruments from the pre-Baroque
through the Classical Period Study of style, form, and analysis; performance Students, per-
forming on their major instruments, and pertinent recordings provide illustrative literature.
For music majors, or non-music majors with permission of instructor
326 Woodwind Literature (3) A survey of literature for flute, oboe, clarinet, and bassoon
from the Baroque and Classical Periods. Recordings and performance by woodwind majors.
For music majors, or non-music majors with permission of instructor.
328 Brass Literature (3) The nature and development of brass instruments, observed in the
solo, ensemble, and orchestral literature of the 16th, 17th, and 18th centuries. For music ma-
jors, or non-music majors with permission of instructor
329 Art Song (3) Origins and development of the art song.
340 Medieval Music (3) Development of plainsong and secular monody and beginnings of
early history of polyphony through the 14th century Consideration of contemporary trends
in the visual arts, history, and literature. PREREQ: MUS 221 and 222, or permission of in-
structor
341 Renaissance Music (3) Sacred and secular music in the age of Dufay; changing forms
and styles through the music of the Franco-Flemish groups; the frottola and related forms;
Palestrina and his contemporaries, with a brief consideration of contemporary trends in the
visual arts, history, and literature. PREREQ: MUS 221 and 222, or permission of instructor.
342 Baroque Music (3) Styles and forms of Baroque repertoire; contributions of the major
Baroque composers; role of music and musicians in the society of the period PREREQ: MUS
221 and 222, or permission of instructor
343 Late 18th Century Music (3) Changing styles and forms in: the sons of J. S. Bach; the
Viennese pre-classicists; the Mannheim school; opera; Joseph and Michael Haydn, Mozart,
and their contemporaries; the early works of Beethoven. PREREQ: MUS 221 and 222, or per-
mission of instructor.
344 Music of 19th-century Romanticism (3) Historical developments during the Romantic
Period (circa 1800-1900). Analysis of changes and trends; comparative aspects of new forms.
PREREQ: MUS 221 and 222, or permission of instructor
345 Contemporary Styles (3) Trends in modern music from about 1900 to the present.
Analysis and listening experience. PREREQ: MUS 221 and 222, or permission of instructor.
196/Music
346 Bach and His Works (3) The life of ) . S. Bach; works for organ, keyboard, and other in-
struments; cantatas and larger choral works PREREQ: MUS 221 and 222, or permission of in-
structor
348 Problems in Performance Practice (3) Historical and analytical consideration of spe-
cial problems in the accurate realization and performance of music from the Middle Ages to
the present PREREQ: MUS 221 and 222, or permission of instructor,
349 Introduction to Research in Music History (3) Basic bibliographical material, library re-
sources, and research techniques applicable to undergraduate study in music history and lit-
erature Required of B A majors in music history and theory. Open to others with permission
of instructor and department chairperson
424 Development of the Opera (3) A basic course in the origin and development of the
opera and its dissemination throughout the Western World PREREQ: MUS 221 and 222, or
permission of instructor
425 Literature of Orchestra Music (3) A study of representative orchestra works; sympho-
nies, concert!, suites, overtures, and others, from the Baroque Period to the present. Appre-
ciation and analysis. PREREQ: MUS 221 and 222, or permission of instructor
426 Choral Repertoire (3) The development and performance style of the choral repertoire.
428 Chamber Music Literature (3) Analysis of style and form of chamber music repertoire
from the Baroque through Modern Period Emphasis on appreciation as well as structure.
PREREQ: MUS 221 and 222, or permission of instructor
429 Special Subjects Seminar (3) Significant topics presented by faculty members and/or
visiting lecturers Designed to meet the specific needs of undergraduate music majors.
DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC EDUCATION
Symbol: MUS
Margaretta A. Carey, Chairperson; Antonowich, Belmain, Collins, Merrell, Northeimer,
'singleton. Stringer, and Staff.
030 Fundamentals of Music (no credit) For elementary education students who do not
meet minimum requirements on a music fundamentals test. For these students the course is
a prerequisite for MUS 231 Intervals, scales, key signatures, and other fundamentals of
musical notation are stressed
231 Music for the Classroom Teacher (3) Designed to equip the elementary classroom
teacher to participate in the music program Emphasis on teaching procedures and mate-
rials PREREQ: passing grade on a music fundamentals test
232 Music in Early Childhood (3) Designed to equip the teacher of early childhood to de-
velop specific concepts utilizing singing, rhythmic and melodic activities Emphasis on lis-
tening and movement to music Fall semester only
331 The Music Curriculum, K-6; Methods and Materials (3) The study of music and the
learning process at the elementary level; the listening program, pedagogy for the elementary
music program, and materials
332 The Music Curriculum 7-12; Methods and Materials (3) The study of music and the
learning process at the secondary level; the listening program, the middle and junior high
school genera! music programs, ethnomusic, programs and performances, basics of adminis-
tration, related arts, the music major program, and evaluative techniques.
333 Instrumental Methods (2) Fundamentals underlying the development in instrumental
programs in the public schools Emphasis upon program organization and administration,
teaching procedures, and materials
Note that MUS 331, MUS 332, and MUS 333 are scheduled concurrently, normally in the
junior year, in order to permit regular and ample opportunity for observation in area pubic
schools.
334 Teaching Music Listening at the Elementary Level (3) The teaching of the elements of
music, musical concepts, and the development of aesthetic sensitivity through listening.
Music/197
335 Choral Materials and Practices (2) Designed to acquaint the student with the vast
amount of choral music suitable for school use Program building and rehearsal techniques
are demonstrated
337 Instrumental Techniques and Materials (2) For juniors and seniors who desire to spe-
cialize in instrumental music Considers rehearsal procedures, effective materials, minor re-
pairs of instruments, competitions and festivals, and marching band procedures PREREQ:
MUS333.
338 Piano Pedagogy (3) Designed as preparation for studio teaching Emphasis is on mate-
rials and varied approaches for the early stages of instruction
430 Related Arts Pedagogy in Music Education (3) Historical background of the related
arts movement Principles of related arts teaching related to musical elements, forms, and
styles, with appropriate teaching techniques at specified grade levels. Materials for school
music programs: basal music series, other texts and literature, resources in related arts.
Demonstration lessons and unit planning
431 Student Teaching, Practicum, and Direction of Student Activities (12) Observation and
participation in teaching vocal and instrumental music in situations ranging from the pri-
mary grades through senior high school. Undertaken in conjunction with qualified cooperat-
ing teachers Professional conferences and visitations are an integral part of the experience
PREREQ: 96 semester hours including the required Music Theory, Music History and all pro-
fessional education courses
DEPARTMENT OF KEYBOARD MUSIC
Richard K. Veleta, Chairperson; Bedford. Hales, Lucas, McHugh, Pandel, Pennington, Pethes,
Schick, Voois, Ward, Whitten, Wilkinson and Staff.
NUMBERING SYSTEM
Private and class lessons given by the Department of Keyboard Music are shown by the fol-
lowing numbers, together with the approriate prefix:
PIA-Piano ORG-Organ
Course Number Semester Hours
001-002 Class instruction in minor performance area 1/2
101-402 Private instruction in minor performance area 1
105-106 Private instruction in minor performance area, Elementary Educa-
tion students with a concentration in music 1
107-109 Private instruction in major performance area. Elementary Educa-
tion students with a concentration in music 1
111-412 Private instruction in major performance area, Music Education pro-
gram 1
413 Elective credit for senior recital, accompanying, or other partici-
pation in concerts or recitals, or extra study of literature. Available
to Music Education seniors only during the non-student- teaching
semester by permission of the department. 1
121-422 Private instruction for Music Education students with Advanced
Standing 1
131-432 Private instruction in major performance area, B.A. program 1 or 2
141-442 Private instruction in major performance area. B.Mus. Program 2
MAK 311-314 Master Class (Keyboard] (1) For keyboard majors. Experience in performing
memorized literature. Class members also play two-piano compositions and ensemble music
for piano and other instruments. Keyboard trios, quartets, and quintets are analyzed and
performed.
PIA 310 Accompanying (2) A laboratory course in the principles of playing accompani-
ments to art songs, concertos, and Baroque recitatives; and in ways to realize continuos and
make orchestral reductions at the piano
PIA 400 Piano Class (Elementary Teachers) (3) Piano accompaniments for classroom music
activities; teaching of practical classroom materials.
198/Music
DEPARTMENT OF VOCAL AND CHORAL MUSIC
Roy D. Sweet, Chairperson, Alt, Conaway, Dorminy, Frenz, Friday, Markow, Sheppard,
Vandever, Wagner, Williams, and Staff.
NUMBERING SYSTEM
Private and class lessons given by the Department of Vocal and Choral Music and shown by
the following numbers, together with this prefix:
vol -Voice
Course Number Semester Hours
001-002 Class instruction in minor performance area 1/2
101-402 Private instruction in minor performance area 1
105-106 Private instruction in minor performance area, Elementary Educa-
tion students with a concentration in music 1
107-109 Private instruction in major performance area, Elementary Educa-
tion students with a concentration in music 1
111-412 Private instruction in major performance area. Music Education pro-
gram 1
413 Elective credit for senior recital, accompanying, or other extra parti-
cipation in concerts or recitals, or extra study of literature. Available
to Music Education seniors only during the non-student- teaching
semester by permission of the department. 1
121-422 Private instruction for Music Education students with Advanced
Standing 1
131-432 Private instruction in major performance area, B.A. program 1 or 2
141-442 Private instruction in major performance area, B.Mus. program 2
Die 111 English-Italian Diction (3) English, Italian, and Latin diction for singers Use of
phonetics with application to singing of selected songs
Die 112 French-German Diction (3) French and German diction for singers Use of phonet-
ics with application to singing of selected songs
MXC 111 Mixed Chorus (1/2-1) Designed to acquaint the student with choral literature for
Mixed Chorus, Women's Chorus, and Men's Chorus. Program performance included
CHC 111 Chamber Choir (1/2) Performance of music of the Renaissance and Baroque Pe-
riod The performing choir is selected by audition.
MCL 111 Madrigal Class (1) Performance techniques in the music of the Renaissance Re-
quirement for students in the Vocal-Choral concentration of the B S in Music Education
program; may be met by Chamber Choir.
OPC 111 Opera Chorus (1/2) An elective course devoted to the training of a choral group
which participates in opera or operetta productions May not be used to satisfy choral
credits Membership by audition.
CHO 111/311 Choir (1/2-1) Designed to give the student a wide association with the choral
literature for mixed chorus Music of high-school level as well as more difficult literature.
CCH 111/311 Concert Choir (1/2-1) Devoted to acquiring a fine technique in choral singing
through the preparation of programs for performance Membership by audition.
WGC 111 Women's Glee Club (1/2) An opportunity for non-music students to learn the
choral literature for women's chorus Membership by audition
ceo 311 Choral Conducting I (2) A practical application of conducting and vocal tech-
niques in choral direction through practice in conducting a choral group
ceo 312 Choral Conducting II (2) Continued development of conducting techniques with
stress on conducting of polyphonic choral music and on the musical styles of the various
choral periods. PREREQ: CCO 211.
Music/199
MAV 311 Master Class (Voice) Baroque Period (1)
MAV 312 Master Class (Voice) German Lied (1)
MAV 313 Master Class (Voice) French Melodic (1)
MAV 314 Master Class (Voice) 20th Century Art Song (1)
OPW 421 Opera Workshop I (2) A study of the arts and crafts required in a musical produc-
tion; coaching, set designing and construction, stage movement, and costuming
OPW 422 Opera Workshop II (2) Ma|or roles in short productions and minor roles in ex-
tended productions By audition
OPW 423 Opera Workshop III (2) Continuation of OPW 422. By audition.
OPW 424 Musico-Dramatic Production I (3) Major roles and/or major responsibilities in ex-
tended productions. By audition
OPW 425 Musico-Dramatic Production II (3) Continuation of OPW 424 By audition
DEPARTMENTOF INSTRUMENTAL MUSIC
Edward A. Barrow, Chairperson; Boerlin, Brueninger, Cohen, Coebel, Cuidetti, Hegvik, Klein,
Laudermilch, Moss, Roper, Southall, Swartley, and Staff.
NUMBERING SYSTEM
Private and class lessons given to the Department of Instrumental Music are shown by the
following numbers, together with the appropriate prefix;
VLN-Violin ENH- English Horn TPT-Trumpet
VLA-Viola CLT-CIarmet TRB-Trombone
VCL-Cello SAX- Saxophone BAR- Baritone
BAS-Bass BSN-Bassoon TBA — Tuba
FLU-Flute HRP-Harp PER- Percussion
OBO-Oboe FRH-French Horn
Course Number Semester Hours
001-002 Class instruction for Music Education majors in the playing and
teaching of the above instruments (Except VLN 001-002: 1 credit
each) 1/2
101-402 Private instruction in minor performance area 1
105-106 Private instruction in minor performance area, Elementary Educa-
tion students with a concentration in music 1
107-109 Private instruction in major performance area, Elementary Educa-
tion students with a concentration in music 1
111-412 Private instruction in major performance area. Music Education pro-
gram 1
413 Elective credit for senior recital, accompanying, or other extra parti-
cipation in concerts or recitals, or extra study of literature. Available
to Music Education seniors only during the non-student- teaching
semester by permission of the department. 1
121-422 Private Instruction for Music Education students with advanced
standing 1
131-432 Private instruction in major performance area, B.A. program 1 or 2
141-442 Private instruction in major performance area, B.Mus. Program 2
BRC 001 Brass Class (1/2) Class instruction in French horn, trombone, and tuba.
DRC 001 Double-reed Class (1/2) Class lessons in the playing and teaching of the oboe and
bassoon on an elementary level for music education majors
WWC 001 Woodwind Class (1/2) Class instruction in flute, oboe, and bassoon.
SEN 111 String Ensemble (1/2) Principles of ensemble playing through the performance of
various types of chamber music
200/Music
WEN 111 Woodwind Ensemble (1/2) Principles of ensemble playing through the perfor-
mance of various types of chamber music
BEN 111 Brass Ensemble (1/2) Principles of ensemble playing through the performance of
various types of chamber music
PEN 111 Percussion Ensemble (1/2) Principles of ensemble playing through the perfor-
mance of compositions limited to instruments of the percussion family
ELO 111 Elementary Orchestra (1/2) Music for the beginning orchestra through perfor-
mance. Emphasis on beginners' problems, organization, and techniques of string perfor-
mance
SYO 111/311 Symphony Orchestra (1) Emphasis on performance of a wide variety of or-
chestral literature for concerts, accompanying student soloists, opera, and oratorio.
OST 111 Orchestral String Techniques (1/2) Additional exposure to string orchestra litera-
ture and study of idiomatic string problems within regular orchestra parts.
ELB 111 Elementary Band (1/2) Music for the beginning band through performance. Em-
phasis on beginners' problems, organization, and techniques of wind and percussion play-
ing
CBA 111/311 Concert Band (1/2-1) Performance of the band literature suitable for junior
high and senior high levels
MBA 111/311 Marching Band (1/2-1) Program building, balance, and rehearsal techniques
are stressed. Members participate in marching band activities The Marching Band performs
precision and theme drills at football games and plays for community and college functions.
SBA 111/311 Symphonic Band (1/2-1) The Symphonic Band emphasizes performance of a
variety of band literature: standard repertoire, recently published compositions, and selec-
tions from festival lists
WIN 111/311 Wind Ensemble (1/2-1) A band of 50 or 60 members composed of outstanding
campus wind instrumentalists and percussionists. The ensemble performs difficult music se-
lected mainly from contemporary works.
ICO 311 Instrumental Conducting I (2) Development of conducting skills and techniques,
score reading, and terminology Works from the late 18th century are studied and con-
ducted
ICO 312 Instrumental Conducting III (2) Continued development of conducting skills and
score reading of more advanced music literature Works from the Romantic and Contempo-
rary Periods are studied and conducted PREREQ: CCO 211 or ICO 311
MAS 311-314 Master Class (Strings) (1) Standard repertoire for combinations of string in-
struments, including trios, quartets, quintets, and other groups involving piano, organ, and
other instruments
MAW 311-314 Master Class (Woodwinds) (1) Repertoire from the Baroque Period to the
present performed by ensembles of woodwind instruments Solos are performed and dis-
cussed
MAB 311-314 Master Class (Brasses) (1) Repertoire for brass solo, homogeneous ensemble,
and mixed ensemble is performed and discussed.
MAP 311-314 Master Class (Percussion) (1) Repertoire for solo and ensemble music for per-
cussion is performed and discussed.
Nursing
Malinda Murray
Chairperson
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Murray, Schoel
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Devlin, Ellett, Kline, Matz, Sell, Swope
INSTRUCTORS: Garrett, Harrison, Sianinka, Woodward
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING
The Bachelor of Science degree program in nursing is offered by the Depart-
ment of Nursing, which is an integral part of the School of Sciences and Mathe-
matics, The family-centered program is based upon the concept that man in
totality is a bio-psychosocial being with basic health needs. The Department of
Nursing believes that quality health care is a basic right of all people and that
man's health care needs can more adequately be met through the preparation of
the professional nurse who completes courses in the social and natural sciences,
humanities, and the nursing major.
Characteristics of the graduate include: 1) an awareness and sense of responsi-
bility for contemporary social issues; 2) concern for improvement of health care
within society through professional citizen activities; 3) competency in utilizing
the nursing process to assist clients at various adaptational levels and develop-
ment stages in a variety of settings; 4) collaboration, coordination and consulta-
tion as a colleague within the interdisciplinary health team; 5) belief in learning
as a life-long process; 6) utilization of the scientific method to make decisions
based upon predictable and unpredictable results in providing health care; 7)
participation in the change process by collection of data applying to nursing
theories and practice.
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
Nursing candidates are admitted once a year, in September.
Nursing students are required to supply their own transportation to clinical fa-
cilities.
Insurance Requirements. Students are required to carry liability insurance during
the junior and senior year at a yearly cost of approximately $1 5.
Uniforms. Students must purchase uniforms costing approximately $100 at the
end of their sophomore year.
HEALTH REQUIREMENTS
Nursing candidates must meet the general health requirements of all students
at West Chester State College for the freshmen and sophomore years. Candidates
must meet the following health requirements the summer prior to the junior and
senior years: Inoculations against smallpox, diphtheria, typhoid, tetanus and
poliomyelitis (a series of four); a complete physical examination which must in-
clude a complete blood count, blood serology, chest x-ray, urinalysis, dental and
eye examinations, and any other diagnostic tests deemed necessary
202/Nursing
POLICY- ACADEMIC PROMOTION REGULATIONS (STUDENT)
Incompletes, Failures, and D Grades
All nursing students who have a grade of incomplete, D, or F in a required course during
the freshman and sophomore level must repeat these courses and achieve a satisfactory
grade(C or above) before entering the junior level nursing ma)or courses
A student must achieve a grade of C or better in the nursing major in the junior year for
promotion to the senior year and achieve at least a C in the senior year for graduation
If a student must repeat a nursing course, a grade of C or better must be achieved Non-
achievement of at least a C in such cases is considered grounds for dismissal from the nurs-
ing major
Core Requirements*
PSYIOO, PSY210, tNG 121, 240, SOC 200, BIO 100, CHE 103-104, CHL 103-104, BIO 209-309,
BIO 214, CHE 230, PSY 375, BIO 307, CHE 404, SOC 240, PSY 245, or MAT 1 21.
■ Sonic (it ihi'M' ( nurse-. ni.i\ he ii^cd lo s<itist\ f^i'ncr.il rctniircnicnls
Nursing Concentration Requirements
NSC 212, NSC 311-312, NSC 411-412 A total of 1 28 credits are required for graduation
INTERNALTRANSFER POLICY
Purpose: To delineate procedures through which students presently enrolled at West
Chester State College may transfer into the nursing curriculum
Procedure: Students requesting an internal transfer should register with the department
chairperson, obtain a copy of the requirements of the nursing curriculum, and
bring a copy of academic record at the end of each semester to the Nursing
Office to become a part of the pre-transfer record
Policy: 1. Internal transfers will be limited annually to the number that the de-
partment can accommodate in a sound educational experience. This num-
ber will be determined by such factors as: attrition of nursing students In
the program, number of faculty available for clinical supervision and num-
ber of clinical assignments available to the students
2 From among the pool of qualified applicants the department will select
that number as determined by (1) above from those best qualified academ-
ically based on their science grades (C or above) and overall GPA (2 00 or
above) Both these values will be given equal weight in evakiating the stu-
dent
3 Transfer applications will be accepted one week after the end of the spring
semester of the year the applicant will have completed satisfactorily (C or
above) all requirements (freshman and sophomore) for the nursing curricu-
lum Notification of transfer into the nursing major will be given by July 1
of the same year.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: NSG
212 Nursing Theories and Concepts. (3) Sophomore Year Nursing theories and concepts,
conceptual frameworks, theories from other disciplines which may apply to nursing, and the
nursing process are studied in this course
311 Adaptation I. (10) lunior year, fall semester The emphasis of this course is the pre-
vention of illness and promotion of health by assessment of the health status, appropriate
intervention, and evaluation of the health promotion plan The nursing process provides the
framework for promotion of wellness in a variety of settings with clients of any age group
Clinical experiences are provided in agencies where relatively well populations have been
Philosophy/203
identified, such as schools, nursery schools, well baby clinics, health maintenance clinics,
etc PRtRtQ: NSC 212
312 Adaptation II. (10) lunior year, spring semester. The emphasis of this course is on the
maintenance of health and promotion of adaptive responses in clients with chronic health
problems The nursing process is used to assist these clients to adapt to stressors through
supportive therapeutic, palliative, and preventive measures. Clinical experience is provided
in settings where clients with chronic health problems have been identified These settings
include rehabilitation centers, a child development center, nursing homes, and acute care
settings These environments provide flexibility for students to implement changes for
clients and acquire skills which will be utilized in other nursing courses PRtREQ: NSC 311
411 Advanced Adaptational Problems I. (10 ) Senior year, fall semester The emphasis of
this course is on the study of adaptive responses that create new stresses which require addi-
tional adaptations and frequently interrupt an individual's modeof functioning The nursing
process is used to assist clients in crisis Clinical experience is provided in acute care
settings, in psychiatric inpatient settings, and in community health settings PRtREQ: NSC
312
412 Advanced Adaptational Problems II. (11) Senior year, spring semester NSC 412 is a
continuation of NSC 411 with the emphasis on the subconcepts of decision making and
advocacy The nursing process is utilized interdependently in approaching multi-health care
problems of clients Special attention is given to inquiry as the student correlates nursing
theories and concepts with identifiable research problems in varied environments Oppor-
tunity is provided in this semester to develop organization and management skills PRtREQ:
NSC 411
Philosophy
George S. Claghorn,
Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Claghorn, tlipple, Piatt, Riukas, Streveler, Struckmeyer
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Banyacski, Croddy, Williams
BACHELOR OF ARTS- PHILOSOPHY
The aims of philosophy are to familiarize the student with our intellectual heri-
tage, to promote clear thinking, and to encourage an understanding of other peo-
ple. As philosophy analyzes and relates many disciplines, it is general education
in the broadest sense. The philosophy major is standard preparation for oppor-
tunities in business and industry, particularly in connection with computers. It
leads also to government posts dealing with personnel, problem-solving, and
work with other cultures. Philosophy is recommended for pre-law and pre-semi-
nary students. This program opens the way to graduate work and to careers in
college teaching.
BACHELOR OF ARTS- PHILOSOPHY
Concentration: Philosophy
1 Ceneral Requirements, see page 70. PHI 101, one course in political science and one in
history are to be taken either under general requirements or as cognate requirements
2. Foreign Language Requirements: courses through the second year of a foreign language,
or equivalent proficiency.
204/Philosophy
3. Arts and Letters Core, see page 72.
4. Philosophy Concentration Requirements: 24 hours, including PHI 180, 190, 270, 272, and
499. PHI 374 is recommended.
5. Free Electives: 45 hours
Concentration: Religious Studies
1 General Requirements, see page 70 PHI 102 and one course in political science and one
in history are to be taken either under general requirements or as cognate requirements.
2 Foreign Language Requirements: courses through the second year of a foreign language,
or equivalent proficiency
3. Arts and Letters Core, see page 72.
4. Religious Studies Concentration Requirements: 24 hours, namely, PHI 261, 271, 276, 277,
278, 349, and SOC 344
5. Free Electives: 45 hours
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol.PHI
Note: Only PHI 399 and 499 have prerequisites. All other philosophy courses are non-
sequential and open to all students. Not all courses will be offered every year.
INTRODUCTORY COURSES IN PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION
101 introduction to Philosophy (3) The chief problems and methods of philosophic
thought, with a survey of some typical solutions. The place and influence of philosophy in
the life of man today. Offered every semester.
102 Introduction to Religious Studies (3) The role of religion in human life Illustration
drawn from various traditions, rituals, and belief patterns, both ancient and modern.
150 Critical Thinking and Problem Solving (3) Introduction to the principles of valid infer-
ence and effective thinking Problem solving; puzzles; games; decision-making; the
syllogism; probability; logical fallacies; creative thinking.
180 Introduction to Ethics (3) Great ethical systems of history and their application to per-
sonal and social life The right and the good, the nature of values, and critical ethical dilem-
mas
COURSES IN THE HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY
270 History of Ancient Philosophy (3) A survey of the major figures of ancient philosophy,
from the pre-Socrates through Plato, Aristotle, the Epicureans, and Stoics, to the Skeptics
and Neo-Piatonists Offered in fall
271 History of Medieval Philosophy (3) The history of philosophy from the early Church
fathers to the late Middle Ages St Augustine, St Thomas, mysticism, Jewish and Moham-
medan influences, humanism, and the rise of science
272 History of Modern Philosophy (3) From Descartes to Hegel The social, political, and
scientific impact of the philosophers Offered in spring
273 19th Century Philosophy (3) Hegel and German Idealism; decisive influences on Euro-
pean and American literature and thought. Survey of the chief themes of Schopenhauer,
Comte, Mill, Spencer, Marx, Kierkegaard, Darwin, and Nietzsche
274 Contemporary Philosophy (3) Philosophic trends since 1850, including the process
philosophy. Pragmatism, Positivism, Existentialism, and the Analytic School
284 American Philosophy (3) Leaders in science, literature, religion, and government who
have shaped American thought Philosophers of Puritanism, the Revolution, Transcendental-
ism, and native schools of Realism, Idealism, and Pragmatism
375 Existentialism (3) The rise and development of Existentialism Chief exponents; views
of man; influence on ethics, literature, and social action.
Philosophy/205
COURSESON PHILOSOPHICAL TOPICS
190 Logic (3) The art of critical thought and of sound reasoning. Formal and classical logic;
propaganda; introduction to the scientific method. Offered every semester
201 Contemporary Issues (3) Discussion and analysis of contemporary philosophical issues
of particular concern to students, such as death, personal identity, environmental ethics,
and human labor The topic varies from semester to semester.
330 (also LIN 330) Introduction to Meaning (3) Relationship between linguistics and philo-
sophy, with emphasis on meaning in language. Some issues in the theory of meaning from
both linguistics and philosophy; materials from each field to help solve these issues
360 (also LIN 360) Philosophy of Language (3) Questions of meaning in communication.
Emphasis on contemporary discussions of theories of natural language
374 Aesthetics (3) Interpretation of beauty and art. Effects of motivation; problems in
media and in goals. A background of meaning for the evaluation of specific works of paint-
ing, sculpture, music and architecture.
382 Social Philosophy (3) The relation between man and the state, especially as seen by
recent thinkers. Justice, natural rights, political obligation, freedom, and equality
483 Philosophy of History (3) Classic philosophies of history, including those of Augustine,
Vico, Hegel, Marx, Spengler, Toynbee and Collingwood Definitions of civilization, norms of
progress and decadence, determinism and indeterminism, causality, and pattern
486 Philosophy of Religion (3) Religion and the religious experience as viewed by major
Western thinkers. The existence of Cod, immortality, religious knowledge, evil, miracles,
and science and religion
487 Philosophy of Science (3) The nature of scientific method and scientific theory, with
reference to presuppositions, inference, explanation, prediction, applications, and verifica-
tion
488 Theory of Knowledge (3) Theories of truth, perception, and understanding. Classic and
contemporary discussions on the nature of the self, in relation to the known world
COURSES IN RELIGION
261 Indian Thought (3) The religious and philosophical heritage of India, from Vedic times
to. the present Examination of major classics, such as Rig Veda, Upanishads, Bhagavad-
Cita, and Yoga-sutras, with some attention also to recent writers such as Tagore, Gandhi,
and Radhakrishnan
262 Chinese and Japanese Thought (3) A survey of Far Eastern philosophy, religion and
scientific thought Confucianism, Taoism, and the various schools of Mahayana Buddhism,
including Zen, are given primary emphasis
276 History of Hebrew Thought (3) Hebrew concepts of God, man, and the universe. Bib-
lical origins; Philo; the Rabbinic writings; medieval traditions and interpretations;
Maimonides, Spinoza, Mendelssohn, and Buber; contemporary problems
277 History of Christian Thought (3) Christian views of God, man, society, culture, and
their interrelations. Classic controversies, such as faith and reason, culture and faith, deter-
mination and freedom
278 Comparative Religion (3) A study of selections from the primary sources of the world's
living religions Concepts of God, man, society, and Nature The relation of these writings to
each other; their impact on contemporary world culture
349 Ideas of the Bible (3) An introduction to Biblical concepts of revelation. Cod, Nature,
man, and redemption, in the light of Hebrew and Greek thought.
486 Philosophy of Religion (3) See "Courses in Philosophical Topics, " above.
206/Physics
INDEPENDENTSTUDIES AND SEMINARS
399 Seminar in Philosophy (3) An in-depth study of a man or topic in philosophy. Open to
all PREREQ: 6 hours of philosophy or permission of instructor
410 Independent Studies III (1-3)
499 Senior Seminar in Philosophy (3) An intensive study of some major theme of philo-
sophy Required of philosophy majors PREREQ: 6 hours of philosophy and senior standing,
or permission of instructor. Offered in spring.
Physics
(Pre-Engineering)*
Harold L. Skelton,
Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Rickert, Smith, Yarosewick
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Hawkes, Kaplan, Skelton
The Department of Physics at West Chester State College offers three
programs leading to the Bachelor of Arts in Physics, the Bachelor of Science in
Education, and a cooperative five year program with Pennsylvania State Uni-
versity leading to a B.A. in Physics from West Chester State College and a B S in
Engineering from Pennsylvania State University.
BACHELOR OF ARTS-PHYSICS
The physics program at West Chester is designed to prepare young men and
women for useful careers whether they intend to continue their education in
graduate school or seek a position in government or industry. The curriculum in-
cludes a strong foundation in mathematics and the humanities, as well as physics
which is structured on an experimental as well as theoretical basis. A wide choice
of electives in the B.A. program provides the flexibility to develop a concentra-
tion in some specific area of interest. Two such area concentrations have already
been developed by this department with the aid of faculty from the department
of earth science and the computer science group.
A) Computer Science Area. The student uses electives from his
program to complete the following sequence of courses:
CSC 241, CSC 361, CSC 371, MAT 221, and MAT 425.
B) Geology-Geophysics Area In this program, electives are
used to complete the sequence of courses: ESS 201, ESS 211,
ESS 302, ESS 305 or ESS 311, ESS 340 and ESS 320.
General program requirements for the B.A. degree in Physics include:
1. Physics Concentration Requirements 72 s.h.
A. PHYSICS: PHY 101-102, 212, 233, 251-252, 414, 421, 423,
440, 451; an additional 12 s.h. in physics must be chosen
from available electives
B. MATHEMATICS: MAT 141-142, 241-242, 343, CSC 104
*Check department for new engineering courses.
Physics/207
(" (HtMISTRY: CHh 105-104, CHI 1()M()4
2 Fleet ives 6s h
Candidates for the B.A. degree In physics must meet the foreign language re-
quirements which applies to all candidates for the B A. degree. See page 71 The
general requirements of the college, given on page 70, must also be met
In ()hvsi( s the ac ceptable languages are I renc h, Cjerm<in, or Russian
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION- PHYSICS
I h(> WS program in physics education provides a solid bac kgrocmd in ()hysi( s,
mathematics, and related science for a teac hing c areer at the sec ondary level
and leads to certification to teach physics in the public sc hools of Pennsylvania
1. Professional education Requirements 29 sh
See page 215
2. Physics Concentration Requirements 56 sh
A PHYSICS: PHY 101-102, 212, 233, 251-252, 421, 42 5, 451
B. MATHEMATICS: MAT 141-142, 241; MAT 343 or PHY 41 5
C SCIENCH: CHE 103-104; CHE 103-104; Astronomy elective,
biology elective
See page 70 for the general reciuircrnents of the c ollege
BACHELOR OF ARTS- PHYSICS- BACHELOR OF SCIENCE- ENGINEERING
The Department of Physics offers a cooperative engineering program with the
Pennsylvania State University requiring three years in residence at West Chester
State in a liberal arts curriculum plus two years in residence at Pennsylvania
State University for study in engineering At the end of this period the student re-
ceives two baccalaureate degrees; a B A from West Chester and a B S from Penn
State.
Areas of study in engineering are:
Aerospace Engineering
Agricultural Engineering
Ceramic Science
Chemical Engineering
Civil Engineering
Electrical Engineering
Engineering Science
Environmental Engineering
Industrial Engineering
Mechanical Engineering
Metallurgy
Mining Engineering
Nuclear Engineering
Petroleum and Natural Gas
Engineering
Program Requirements
A) PHYSICS: PHY 101-102, 212, 233, 251-252, 414, 423
B) MATHEMATICS: MAT 141-142, 241-242, 343, CSC 141
C) CHEMISTRY: CHE 103-104, CHL 103-104
Numbers in bold face type are equivalent to PENN STATE COURSES Students
intending to enroll in chemical engineering must have in addition CHE 231 and
232; in nuclear engineering, aerospace, or chemical engineering they must have
PHY 432 and MAT 343.
208/Physics
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: PHY unless otherwise shown (2-2) represents 2 hours lecture and
2 hours lab.
101 Physics I (4) An introductory course. Mechanics of solids and fluids, heat, temperature,
thermodynamics, the kinetic theory, and wave motion (2-2, 2 hours recitation) CONCUR-
RENT: MAT 141 or MAT 161.
102 Physics II (4) An extension of PHY 101 Electricity and magnetism, geometrical and
physical optics, and modern physics (2-2, 2 hours recitation) PREREQ: PHY 101 Concurrent
orMAT142orMAT162
103 General Physics I (4) An introductory non-calculus physics course Mechanics of solids
and fluids, wave motion, heat and temperature, thermodynamics, and kinetic theory. (3-2)
PREREQ: algebra and trigonometry
104 General Physics 11 (4) An extension of PHY 103 Electricity and magnetism, geometrical
and physical optics, and modern physics. (3-2) PREREQ: PHY 103
110 Acoustics for Speech and Hearing (3) Interference and transmission of sound waves.
Measurements of sound, standard scales, acoustic pressure, intensity, use of oscilloscope.
111 Physics and Anti-Physics (3) Relativity neutron stars, pulsars, black holes, quarks to
quasar's; controversial and thought-provoking ideas of twentieth century physics. PREREQ:
high school physics or equivalent
212 Mechanics (3) Kinematics and dynamics of particles and rigid bodies, work and
energy, harmonic oscillations PREPRE: PHY 102, MAT 142
233 Introduction to Modern Physics (3) Special relativity, quantum effects, atomic
structure and spectra, nuclear structure and reactions PREREQ: PHY 102 or 104, MAT 142 or
132.
251 Intermediate Physics Laboratory I (1) A course to familiarize students with laboratory
equipment and methods
252 Intermediate Physics Laboratory 11 (1) A continuation of PHY 251
320 Fundamentals of Radioisotope Techniques (3) Biological, chemical, environmental,
and physical effects of nuclear radiation Radiation detection instrumentation and radio
tracer methodology (2-2) PREREQ: CHE 104 and PHY 102 or PHY 104
413 Analytical Dynamics (3) Wave propagation, Lagrange's equations and Hamilton's
principle, rigid body motion, and special relativity. PREREQ: PHY 212, MAT 343
414 Heat and Thermodynamics (3) Equations of state, first and second laws of thermo-
dynamics, ideal and real gases, entropy, and statistical mechanics. PREREQ: PHY 102 or 104.
415 Mathematical Physics I (3) Selected topics in mathematics applied to problems in
physics, ordinary differential equations, complex variables, hyperbolic functions, vector
calculus, and numerical analysis PREREQ: MAT 241 and PHY 102 or 104
421 Electricity and Magnetism I (3) Electrostatics of point charges and extended charge
distributions, fields in dielectrics, magnetic fields due to steady currents Ampere's Law, and
induced emfs. PREREQ: PHY 102 or 104
422 Optics (3) Geometrical and physical optics Reflection and refraction at surfaces,
lenses, interference and diffraction, polarization PREPREQ: PHY 102 or 104.
423 Electronics (4) Laboratory study of standard electronic circuits — amplifiers, os-
cillators, power supplies, test circuits Some theory of solid state (1-6)PREREQ: PHY 102 or
104
430 Atomic Physics and Quantum Mechanics (3) Fundamental concepts at quantum me-
chanics with application to atomic physics Topics covered are Bohr model, Schrodinger
equation with applications, perturbation theory, helium atom, and scattering theory.
PREREQ: PHY 102, MAT 261 or 241, and one intermediate course in physics and/or
chemistry.
Pre-Professional Program/209
432 Introduction to Nuclear Physics (4) Basic nuclear properties, nuclear structure and
reactions. (3-3) PREREQ: PHY 233
440 Introduction to Research (1 to 3) Specific problems in consultation with the faculty
adviser PREREQ: consent of instructor
444 Seminar in Physics (1) Oral and written reports on approved topics Variation in topics
from year to year depending on the interest and needs of students
451 Advanced Physics Laboratory I (1) A course to familiarize students with contemporary
laboratory equipment and methods
452 Advanced Physics Laboratory II (1) A continuation of PHY 451 .
SCIENCE
Symbol: SCI
100 Elements of Physical Science (3) A study of motion, energy, light, and some aspects of
modern physics stressing a conceptual and historical understanding, and the development
of scientific process skills
151 Problems of Our Physical Environment (3) Energy shortage, methods of energy
conversion, possibilities and limitations, transportation — alternatives to the automobile,
pollution
Political Science— See Government and Politics
Pre-Professional
Program
Philip B. Rudnick, Coordinator
Comittee Members
Carmela Cinquina, Biology
Thomas DeMott, Biology
Marc Durand, Chemistry
Margaret Martinez, Biology
Robert Weiss, English
Stanley Yarosewick, Physics
The Pre-Professional Program prepares students for admission to health profes-
sional schools of medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine, podiatry and op-
tometry It consists of a chemistry-biology dual major curriculum, and intensive
personal counseling beginning in the freshman year The program is supervised
by a Pre-Professional Committee. Students with majors other than chemistry-
biology are required to have two advisors-one from their major field and one
from the Pre-Professional Committee.
Because of the intense competition for health professional school admission,
only academically talented and highly motivated students should apply to the
Pre-Professional Program. Applicants are evaluated on the basis of their po-
tential for achievement in the program. Students in the program are required to
maintain a minimum 3 0 grade point average.
210/Psychology
All West Chester students who wish to apply to health f)rot('ssional school
should ask their professors to forward letters of recommendation to the Pre-Pro-
fessional Committee and should process their application through the com-
mittee. The committee will send a composite letter of evaluation to the profes-
sional school No letters of recommendation should he sent direc tly to [)rc)fes-
sional schools.
CONC I NIKAI ION ANI)( OKI Kl (^IHRI Ml NIS lOR I'KI I'KOI I SSIONAI ( UKKK HI U\\
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE -CHEMISTRY BIOLOGY
BIOLOGY:
BIO 110, 117, VU), <4«, ^'SZ, ?M
CHEMISTRY:
CHF ^o^, 104, 2^^. m. V2^, i4s, 471
CHLIO.i 104,2.37, 545
MATHEMATICS:
MAI 121, 1h1, 162
CSC 101
PHYSICS:
PHY 105, 104
Concentration electives totaling 4 c rcdits
See also Biology and Chemistry
Psychology
Jay L Clark,
Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Bartholomew, Clark, Morse, Porter, ) , Sancis
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Cohen, Eldredge, Jackman, Porter, L , ShmehoLise
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Crawford, Pollak
The psychologist endeavors to apply scientific methods to explain, predict,
and in some cases control human behavior A B A degree in psychology prepares
the student to understand those variables, such as heredity, learning, and the en-
vironment, which shape and change behavior Careers are possible in c linics,
guidance centers, industry, hospitals, schools, and government
The B.S. in Education program prepares students to teach the social sciences
in the secondary schools
BACHELOR OF ARTS- PSYCHOLOGY
1. General Reciuirements, see page 70 44s.h.
2. Foreign Language Requirement, see page 71 6s h
3. Social Science Core Recfuirements, see page 72 21 sh
4. Psychology Requirements 3.5 sh.
a Required Psychology Courses (21 s h )
PSY 24.5, 246, 3.S4, 356 or 357, 364, 375, 400
b Psychology tiectives (12 sh)
5 Free tiectives 24s. h.
PsychoU)Ky/211
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION
( OMPKl fl[ NSIVl S()( lAI SIUDII S I'SYCMOl ()(iY (( orK cnlr.itionj
1 ( .fiicr.il Kc()iiir('mfnls, sec p.i^^c 70 44 s li
2 S()( i<il S< i«TU f (Ore Kc(|iiircnH'nts, sec p.inc 12 2\ s li
\ I'rod'ssion.il I due .ition Kc()iiir('tn('nls, src p.iuc 2 1 'i 2'-^ s h
4 Spec i,ili/c(l l'rr()<ir<iti()n i 5 s ti
.1 Scniiii<ir in Soc i<il S( icik c ( i s li )
I'SY 400 it inlcrdisc iplin.iry scmin.ir is not ollrrcd
I) l'sy( holo^iv K('(|iiir('nu'nls (1 '"> s li )
l'SV24''), iS4, 5% or {SZ, M)4, iZS
( S<)( i.il S( K'lK (• Kcfiuircmcnl (') s h )
(In .iddition to So( i<il S( icnc c (Ore)
d Advised { ogncitt's ((> s h )
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: PSY
100 Introduction to Psychology (3) Jntrodiic tion to the scientific study of behavior The
multiple bases of human behavior with emphasis on the learninji process Basic concepts,
princ iples, and methodolo(4V Offered fall, sprin^^ and summer
210 Developmental Psychology I (3) A survey of research findm^js and theoretical issues
related to developmental processes from the prenatal phase tcj senescence PKI RfQ PSY
100 Offered fall and spring
245 Research Methods and Statistics I (3) \ xperimenls on selec ted problems, with emphasis
on tec hnic^ues in the design and execution of experiments ancJ on the ap()lic aticjn of
elementary statistical techni(^ues to the collection, analysis, and interpretation of data.
PRFRFQ PSY 100 Offered fall and spring
246 Research Methods and Statistics II (3) ( onf inuation of I'SY 24S with emphasis on more
advanced experimental designs and statistical technic|ues PKFKK,^ PSY 24S Offered fall
and spring
270 Mental Hygiene (3) Application of principles of psychology to problems of individual
adjustment Processes of coping used by normal persons in everyday life PRFRFQ: PSY 100
Offered fall and spring
350 Motivation (3) A study of drives, motives, and emotions as determinants of behavior
Physiological and social aspec ts of motivation will be explored with some attention given to
pathological factors PRf Rl Q PSY 100 Offered fall or spring
354 Social Psychology (3) The study of the ways in which the individual is affected by the
ac tual, imagined or implied presence of others PRFRFQ: PSY 100 Offered fall and spring
356 Study of Personality (3) An introduction to the dynamics of personality functioning.
Topics such as self-esteem, stress, conflict, frustration, and defense will be explored
PRFRFQ PSY 100 Offered spring
357 Theories of Personality (3) An advanceci course in personality which examines the
theories and writings of Freud, Jung, Adier, Fromm, Frikson, Rogers, and other major per-
sonality theorists PRFRFQ: PSY 100 Offered fall
361 Applied Psychology (3) f^asic psychological principles as applied to industry, engineer-
ing, and other professions PRFRFQ PSYIfX)
362 History and Systems of Psychology (3) An integrated overview of the history of
psychology as well as the systems, theories and fundamental issues with which psychologists
have concerned themselves in the p.ist, recent, and the current stage of the science
PREREQ: PSY 100 Offered fall or spring
363 Psychology of Learning (1-2: one hour lecture, 2 hours lab) H.isk laws .ind theories of
212/Psychology
learnmy Selected laboratory experiments with animal and human subjects illustrating
fundamentals of learniny PRfcRtQ; PSY 245. Offered fall
364 Physiological Psychology (3) Anatomical, endocrinological and physiological proc-
esses underlying behavior, including motivation, emotion, learning and memory PREREQ:
PSY 100, BIO 100 or 110 Offered fall and spring
365 Industrial Psychology (3) A basic course for business majors Emphasis on theoretical
developments in psychology as these relate to study of people in organizations and industry
Offered fall and spring
375 Abnormal Psychology (3) The nature and manifestations of normality and abnorm-
ality, mental mechanisms and symptoms, psychoneuroses, psychoses, the psychopathic per-
sonality and mental deficiency PREREQ: 6 s h in psychology and junior or senior standing
Offered fall and spring
382 Developmental Psychology II — Infancy and Childhood (3) An advanced study of the
normal child from conception to puberty Emphasis on current theoretical issues involved in
the effects of early experience and environment PREREQ PSY 100 Offered spring odd
years.
383 Developmental Psychology III — Adolescence (3) An advanced study of the psycholog-
ical development of the young person from puberty to adulthood, emphasizing the develop-
mental problems of reaching maturity PREREQ; PSY 100 Offered fall
384 Developmental Psychology IV — Adulthood and Aging (3) An advanced study of psy-
chological development during the mature years and senescence PREREQ: PSY 100.
Offered spring, even years
390 Principles of Counseling and Psychotherapy (3) A review of theoretical assumptions
underpinning various approaches to counseling and psychotherapy, with particular ref-
erence to comparative outcome data. PREREQ: PSY 357 and 375 or permission of the in-
structor. Offered fall or spring,
400 Senior Seminar in Psychology (3) Advanced topics in psychology A written and/or oral
presentation describing and analyzing current issues in psychology Required of all psy-
chology majors Offered fall and spring
410 Independent Studies in Psychology (1 to 3) Special research projects, reports, readings
in psychology Open to seniors only PREREQ permission of department chairperson
Offered fall and spring
415 Verbal Behavior (3) Methods, materials and theoretical issues in the study of verbal be-
havior and verbal learning Serial, paired-associate, and free-recall learning; effects of lan-
guage habits and "higher-order" processes — such as coding behavior — on memory, transfer,
and the acquisition of verbal habits PREREQ: PSY 100
425 Psychological Testing and Measurement (3) Principles of psychological measurement
including standardization, scale transformation, reliability, validity, and item-analysis. Use
of tests for the solution of problems in industrial, business, and educational settings PRE-
REQ: PSY 100 Offered fall and spring
427 Behavior Modification (3) A survey of the principles and practices employed in induc-
ing behavioral changes in clinic, institution, agency, and school settings PREREQ: PSY 363
or permission of instructor Offered spring
430 Human Sexual Behavior (3) An intensive study of those variables under which human
sexual behavior functions Research from sociological and medical studies is integrated with
psychological knowledge PREREQ: 6 hours in psychology and junior or senior standing Of-
fered fall and spring
435 Animal Behavior (3) The evolution and adaptiveness of behavior Emphasis on physio-
logical, genetic and learning processes underlying animal behavior PREREQ PSY 100 or
permission of instructor. Offered fall or spring
441 Field Experience in Psychology I (3) A work-study program in an educational or mental
health facility under joint supervision of the instructor and the staff psychologists of the
Psychology/213
field institution PREREQ: Senior standing and permission of instructor. Offered fall and
spring
442 Field Experience in Psychology II (3) Continuation of PSY 441
443 Psychology of Group Processes (3) A survey of psychological group processes, tracing
the origins and historical development of the major contributing theoretical orientations.
PREREQ: PSY 100. Offered fall or spring
444 Community Psychology (3) The current development of a new specialization in psy-
chology—community consultation and community practice. PREREQ: PSY 100
465 Psychology of Women (3) A study of the behavior and experience of women. Bio-
logical, cultural, interpersonal and intrapersonal determinants of women's actions, thoughts
and feelings will be explored PREREQ: PSY 100. Offered fall and spring.
470 Sensory and Perceptual Processes (3) Theory, data, and methodology of sensory and
perceptual processes PREREQ: PSY 100. Offered fall, even years.
475 Cognitive Psychology (3) Study of higher order mental processes with emphasis on the
relationships of these functions to personality, motivation, emotions, and environmental in-
fluences. PREREQ: PSY 100.
490 Topical Seminar in Psychology (1-3) Special topics in psychology not covered under
existing regularly offered courses Offered fall or spring.
Reading
Jane K Celfand,
Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Gelfand, Hall
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Chnstensen, Keetz
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Salup, Szabo
The major focus of West Chester's program in reading is at the graduate level
See the Graduate Bulletin for details The following undergraduate co-jrses are
also available through the Department of Reading:
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: EDR
100 Reading and Study Skills (3) An individualized course to develop reading and study
skills such as comprehension, vocabulary, speed, remembering, concentration, taking notes,
mastering a text assignment, preparing for and taking examinations Offered fall and spring
semesters
320 Reading in the Content Areas (3) Understanding the reading process and the need for
reading instruction at the middle and secondary school level; specific skill development;
reading in the content areas; readability; evaluation. Offered fall and spring semesters.
321 Diagnosis and Remediation of Reading Problems (3) Identifying the nature and causes
of reading disabilities; experience in helping a child with reading problems Offered fall and
spring semesters PREREQ: EDE 311 or permission of instructor
323 Reading for the Handicapped: Diagnosis and Remediation (3) Reading materials, pro-
grams, evaluations, and teaching strategies for the mentally handicapped/physically handi-
capped are examined and discussed Students develop and utilize reading materials in a
classroom situation. Offered spring semester PREREQ: Permission of the instructor
Secondary
Education and
Professional
Studies
Kegham A. Mississyan,
Chairperson
Richard C Gleockler,
Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Buechele, Cleary, Deischer, Good (Charles), Means, Mississyan, Thomas,
Walters, Williams
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Gleockler, Holingjak, Leeds, Paganelli, Silverman, Treadwell
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Edwards, Hsu, Kumar
The degree of Bachelor of Science in Education, preparing the student for
teaching in the secondary schools, may be earned with academic specialization
in biology, chemistry, communications, earth and space science, English, French,
general science, German, Latin, mathematics, physics, Russian, Spanish, or social
studies (which includes concentrations in geography, government and politics,
and history). Satisfactory completion of a secondary curriculum will also qualify
the student for a Pennsylvania Instructional I Certificate, which is valid for teach-
ing the specified subject in approved secondary schools in Pennsylvania for three
years. The student must choose one academic field of specialization.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION
1 . General Requirements — Secondary Education Programs, see page 70 44 s h.
2 Professional Education Requirements — Secondary Education 30s.h.
Professional Education Courses
EDF100* School and Society 3 s h.
EDP250* Psychology of Learning and Development 3
EDM300* Introduction to Instructional Communications 3
EDS 306* Principles of Teaching and Field Experience in Secondary
Education 3
EDP351* Evaluation and Measurement 3
EDS 412 Student Teaching for Secondary Education, Including
Practicum 12
Methods of Teaching Academic Subject 3
30s.h
3. Specialization For Secondary Teaching — See appropriate page for each field of special-
ization
Specialization in one of the teaching fields listed below is required for graduation in
secondary education The minimum semester hours which West Chester requires for
each field will satisfy the teacher certification requirements in Pennsylvania The mini-
mum for each field of specialization may be noted in the particular B.S in Education
program given under the heading of the department (See School of Arts and Letters,
School of Sciences and Mathematics, or School of Social and Behavioral Sciences )
216/Secondary Education and Professional Studies
Secondary Teaching Fields
Biology French Physics
Chemistry General Science Russian
Communications German Social Studies
Earth and Space Science Latin Spanish
English Mathematics
The student following the secondary education program must confer regularly with his
professional studies advisor in the Department of Secondary Education and Professional
Studies, as well as with the academic advisor assigned by his respective academic de-
partment. The final certification of all students whose goal is the Bachelor of Science in
Education is the responsibility of the dean of the School of Education
*The student must have at least a grade of "C" in the asterisked courses in order to be
admitted to EDS 412: Student teaching.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
FOUNDATIONS
Symbol: EDF
100 School and Society (3) An introduction to the nature, function, scope, organization,
administration, and support of the public school in American society Offered every semes-
ter
350 The Professional and Student Personnel Services (3) An introduction to non-adjunctive
services in education PREREQ: EDP 250 Offered in spring
EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Symbol: EDP
249 Adolescent Development (3) Course focuses on the emotional, social, intellectual,
moral, physical, and self-concept factors shaping human behavior with emphasis on ado-
lescent behavior PREREQ: PSY 100, and EDE 251 or EDE 254 Offered in spring
250 Psychology of Learning and Development (3) A study of learning in relation to the
physical, social, emotional, and intellectual aspects of personality PREREQ: PSY 100
Offered every semester
351 Evaluation and Measurement (3) A survey of testing materials and procedures with
emphasis upon interpretation and application of results for pupil guidance purposes. Class
meets three times weekly PREREQ: PSY 100, E DP 250 Offered every semester.
SECONDARY EDUCATION
Symbol: EDS
306 Principles of Teaching and Field Experience in Secondary Education (3) Methods and
strategies of teaching in secondary schools will be the core of the course Implications of
classroom management and learning and other related problems will be discussed. PREREQ:
EDF 100, and junior standing Offered every semester.
410 Independent Study (1-3) Special topics or projects initiated by the student which will
enable her/him to do extensive and intensive study in an area of secondary education which
will sharply increase her/his knowledge of secondary education PREREQ: permission of de-
partment chairperson
412 Student Teaching and Direction of Activities (Secondary Education) Including Prac-
ticum (12) Observation and participation in teaching and all other activities related to the
teacher's work in the area of the students specialization PREREQ: 96 semester hours in-
cluding all professional-education courses Students must have at least a 2 0 cumulative
average and a 2 0 average in the major field. Offered every semester.
Special Education/217
Social Work — See Anthropology,
Sociology and Social Welfare
Sociology — See Anthropology,
Sociology and Social Welfare
Special
Education
Deborah A. Nickles
Chairperson
PROFESSOR: Freeman
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: ZIotowski
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Finkel, Nickles
Degree Program to teach the Mentally and/or Physically Handicapped
The object of the program in special education is to provide relevant and com-
prehensive training for those seeking certification in the teaching of the mentally
and physically handicapped.
The special education curriculum is designed to produce a teacher who is clin-
ically oriented with a foundation in normal growth and development and edu-
cational practices. The person will have been exposed to children between the
ages of 3 to 21 with mental and physical handicapping conditions ranging from
mild to severe but is not necessarily equally proficient in all areas Personal char-
acteristics essential for adequate preparation and performance will include a
minimal level of flexibility, receptivity, intellectual ability, physical stamina, and
a focus on professional and realistic expectations.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SPECIAL EDUCATION
1. General Requirements, see page 70 44s.h.
Introduction to Psychology is required.
2. Professional Education 27 s.h.
Required: EDF100, EDP250, E DM 300, EDP351, EDE 200 or EDS
306, EDA 41 5
3. Special Education 24s. h.
Required: EDA 101, EDA 102, EDA 220, EDA 301, EDA 302, EDA
350, EDA 360, EDA 403.
218/Special Education
4 Required Electives 9s. h.
Three courses are to be selected from the following four areas:
A course in music education methods
A course in teaching art
A course in children's literature
A course in teaching hygiene
5. Required Supporting Courses 24 s.h.
PED 252, EDE 251, EDS 249, EDE 315, EDR 323, EDE 330, SPP
340, MAT 357.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: EDA
100 Mainstreaming for Exceptional Students (3) This course is designed to acquaint the
classroom teacher with the prospective exceptional students who may be spending some
portion of the day in the regular setting Current regulations covering those placements will
be reviewed. Emphasis will be placed on adequately meeting special educational needs
101 Psychology of the Mentally Handicapped (3) An introduction to the range of excep-
tional children from an historical perspective with an indepth study of mental retardation
and emotional disturbance PREREQ: PSY 100
102 Psychology of the Physically Handicapped (3) An indepth study of the physically
handicapped and the learning disabled/brain damaged with an overview of psychological
and societal implications and multi-handicapping conditions PREREQ: PSY 100
220 Behavior Management (3) An exploration of current practices in management of be-
havior with emphasis on teacher delivered systems PREREQ: 101, 102.
241 Psychology of Exceptional Children (3) Psychology of children who are mentally gifted
or retarded or who have vision, hearing, speech, or orthopedic handicaps or emotional or so-
cial problems PREREQ: PSY 100
243 Psychology of the Mentally Retarded (3) Etiology, diagnosis, and various treatment ap-
proaches to the mentally retarded PREREQ: EDA 241.
245 Introduction to Learning Disabilities (3) Identification, education, and treatment of
the child labeled as learning disabled Emphasis given to the specific learning and emotional
needs which such a child presents An overview of the historical development and current
status of this field is included
301 Field Experience and Seminar: Mentally Handicapped (3) A weekly 3 hour practicum
and 11/2 hour seminar devoted to field experience with mentally handicapped students and
class analysis of observed needs and methods of teacher responses PREREQ: EDE 101
302 Field Experience and Seminar: Physically Handicapped (3) A weekly 3 hour practicum
and 1 1/2 hour seminar devoted to field experience with physically handicapped students
and class analysis of observed needs and adjustment factors PREREQ: EDE 102
330 The Academically Superior Child (3) The gifted child and means of providing an effec-
tive educational program for him
344 Problems in Special Education (3) Analysis of problems involving school personnel,
parents, community agencies, and the cultural background of students in special education.
PREREQ: EDA 350
350 Life Curriculum and Methods: Handicapped Learners (3) Preparation to assist handi-
capped students to achieve adaptive levels of behavior through the view of total life prep-
aration PREREQ: 101, 102.
360 Diagnostic and Prescriptive Teaching (3) An introduction to diagnostic procedures and
the conversion of these f mdings into relevant educational plans and instructional strategies.
PREREQ: 350
Speech Communication and Theatre/219
403 Senior Seminar: Current Trends (3) Exploration of emerging concepts, problems, trends
in a seminar format with emphasis on individual preparations. PREREQ: 360
410 Independent Study (1-3) Special topics or projects initiated by the student which will
enable her/him to do extensive and intensive study in an area of special education which will
sharply increase her/his knowledge of special education PREREQ; permission of chairper-
son
415 Student Teaching and Direction of Activities (Special Education) Including Practicum
(12) Participation in teaching and all other activities within the student teaching role related
to the teacher's work. Students meet once a week in a practicum session PREREQ: 96
semester hours including all professional education courses and all specialized preparation
courses
450 Mental Health/Mental Retardation Practicum (3) Provides opportunity to engage in
field work in the mental health/mental retardation field Field and class work adapted to in-
dividual interests.
Speech
Communication
and Theatre
William M. Morehouse,
Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Martel, Morehouse
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Berkowitz, Casagrande, Hashimoto, Keefe, Meiswinkel
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Del Polito, Hall, Klinzing
INSTRUCTORS: Bytnar, Saddoris
The aims of the Department of Speech Communication and Theatre are to de-
velop the student into an independent, responsible, and effective citizen by
enabling him to grasp the nature and scope of communication and performing
arts. The department's degree programs are designed to train teachers of commu-
nications, theatre craftsmen, and communications professionals.
DEPARTMENT RELATED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Little Theatre, The Forensic Society, and the West Chester College Musical
Theatre Company are student organizations which involve department faculty
and resources. These activities are open to all students. For more information
see: STUDENT AFFAIRS
BACHELOR OF ARTS PROGRAMS
The department offers two bachelor of arts degree programs. Beyond the 44
hours in general requirements, 15 hours of arts and letters core, and a demon-
strated proficiency in a foreign language through the Intermediate II level, the
220/Speech Communication and Theatre
degree in speech communication and the degree in theatre arts require areas of
concentrated study.
Department Internships
Intern experiences are provided for students by the department in work related to voca-
tional and academic interests Students have been placed in offices of congressmen, radio
and television stations, and local industries Students and their intern placements are
screened to assure mutual satisfaction for all parties involved. For details, students should
check with the department's internship coordinator
1. Bachelor of Arts in Speech Communication
A Requirements:
44 hours general education requirements
1 5 hours School of Arts & Letters Core
33 hours Speech Communication Concentration
30 hours cognate area
0-1 2 hours foreign language through 202
B Electives 42 hours
C For specific course requirements, request a Majors Student Handbook from the de-
partment
2. Bachelor of Arts in Theatre Arts
A Requirements;
44 hours genera! education requirements
1 5 hours School of Arts & Letters Core
51 hours Theatre Concentration
0-1 2 hours foreign language through 202
B. Electives 36 hours
C. For specific course requirements, request a Majors Student Handbook from the de-
partment.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION-COMMUNICATIONS
This program is designed to meet Pennsylvania standards for certification of
teachers of communication. Recipients of this certificate are quahfied to teach
English, speech, and theatre.
A. Requirements:
44 hours general education requirements
30 hours professional education requirements
30 hours communication core
30-33 hours in area of concentration
B. Areas of concentration include Speech, Theatre, Writing, Language and
Linguistics, Literature, Non-print Media.
C. For specific course requirements, request a Majors Student Handbook
from the department.
Note: The Communications Core is common to all of the areas of concentration
and is the basis for triple teacher certification in English, speech and drama.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: SPC
101 Speech Fundamentals: Interpersonal Communication (3) Development of competen-
cies for purposeful speech communication Awareness of the effects of language on com-
munications Recognition of the types and purposes of a selected number of
communications Grasp of the role of evidence and organization in spoken messages
Speech Communication and Theatre/221
102 (also THA 102) Oral Interpretation (3) See THA 102 for description
103 Communication Heritage (3) The development of critical communication variables
evolved from early Sophistic Greece through modern Empiricism.
105 Voice Dynamics (3) Training in the creative-esthetic production of speech, including
respiration, phonation, articulation, and resonation
106 (also SPP 106) Introduction to Phonetics (3) See SPP 106 for description
107 Competency Base Effective Speech for the Teacher (3) Course designed to help
education majors improve their own speech habits and to provide oral experiences directly
related to classroom teaching, administrative duties, and professional service
109 Public Communication (3) Devlopment of skills necessary to understand the theory of
and proficiency in communication as a problem-solving tool in the community. Special
emphasis is on the student's performance as a sender and receiver of messages directed at
social action.
117 Introduction to Radio-TV Film (3) A survey course designed to identify, analyze, and
evaluate the pragmatic, persuasive, creative, and technical dimensions of mass media.
203 Argumentation and Debate (3) Functions and principles of argumentation and debate,
including analysis, evidence, reasoning, and refutation. Class debating on vital issues.
209 Communication Theory (3) Examines the theoretical and practical implications of
basic interpersonal and mass communication theories.
216 Small Group Communication (3) Introduction to and practice in the structured small
group Emphasis on preparation for, analysis of, and participation in problem-solution
oriented groups.
217 Directing and Producing the Documentary Television Programs (3) Planning and
producing the non-dramatic television production
230 Business and Professional Speech Communication (3) Practice in effective speaking
and listening; reports and sales presentations; policy speeches, conference leadership tech-
niques, group dynamics, speaking; interpersonal communication in the business and
professional setting
250 Listening: Verbal and Nonverbal Perceptions (3) A study of the verbal and sensory
messages we are constantly receiving Listening as a theory and behavior; body language
and the uses of space, time, touch, objects and color inherent in the sensory messages we re-
ceive.
301 Psychology of Speech Communication (3) Communication as a psychological
phenomenon. Emotional and mental process in human communication Function of the
senses, motivation, and personality
303 Modern Trends in Argument (3) Study of the new thinking in argumentation theory
Deemphasizes classic validity and centers on the building of arguments which are
acceptable to the hearers. Work on Stephen Toulmin and Chaim Perelman is focus
316 Discussion: Non-Structured Group (3) A modified training group in which the group
members are the focus of all interaction.
317 Directing and Producing the Dramatic Television Program (3) Planning the program
Preparing the shooting script. Practice in rehearsing with actors and cameras
318 Forensics (3) Study in the philosophy and practice of forensics Initiating, developing,
and administrating a forensic program Coaching and judging debate and individual events
350 Communicators in Perspective (3) Study of speakers and speeches focusing on
controversial public issues
399 Directed Studies in Speech Communication (1-3) Research, creative projects, reports,
reading in speech communication Application must be made to advisors by students one
semester in advance of registration. PREREQ: approval of department chairperson. Open to
juniors and seniors only.
222/Speech Communication and Theatre
400 Internship in Speech Communication (3-6-12-15) This course provides a structured and
supervised work experience in communication Credits earned are based on amount of time
spent on the job Students must apply to the department intern coordinator and receive ap-
proval of department internship faculty committee to be admitted
402 Teaching Communications (3) Theory and practice in teaching junior and senior high
school communication and drama courses and in directing co-curricular programs in junior
and senior high school
403 Persuasion (3) Current theories of attitude and attitude change Practice in speaking to
modify behavior through appeals to the drives and motives on the listener PREREQ; SPC
101 or consent of instructor
409 Intercultural Communication (3) A study into factors which contribute to com-
munication breakdowns between diverse cultures and between fragmented segments within
the same society
415 (also LIN 415) General Semantics (3) Study of the relativistic view of language
developed by Alfred Korzybski Emphasis on language manipulation, its effect on individual
behavior, and its place in interpersonal communication
416 Group Communication Processes (3) Current research in small-group communication.
Emphasis is on major small-group theorists and their interrelationships.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: THA
100 Theatre Practice (1-3) Laboratory experience in technical aspects of play production.
Open to all students
101 Introduction to the Theatre (3) Survey of theatre as a humanity by exploring
development and use of forms, styles, and elements of drama. The study includes historical
periods, musicals, and Black Theatre
102 (also SPC 102) Oral Interpretation I (3) Theory and practice of oral presentation of
various types of literature to an audience
103 Beginning Acting (3) Theory and practice in creating the character through develop-
ment of the actor's physical and emotional responses. No previous experience is necessary
and the course is open to non-majors.
104 Stagecraft (3) Planning, construction, painting, rigging, and shifting of scenery. Man-
agement of all operations backstage. Laboratory required
113 Stage Movement (3) An introduction to movement for the undergraduate actor to
include actor-body emphasis concentration exercises, character development, nonverbal
communication, and the integration of voice and body
202 Oral Interpretation II (3) Advanced work in oral presentation of literature with em-
phasis on the theory and technique of readers theatre PREREQ: THA 102
203 Intermediate Acting (3) Theory and practice in developing actor's skills: bodily move-
ment, character interpretation, concentration, etc This is a beginning course for students
with previous experience
206 Theatre Production (3) Selection of plays suitable for elementary schools and junior
and senior high schools Techniques for effective minimal staging.
207 Children's Theatre (3) Production of children's theatre for stage and television. Course
elements will include script analysis and production values, publicity and tour preparation.
Students enrolled in the course will create a complete production.
209 Stage Makeup (3) Theory and practice in design and application of makeup for the
stage.
210 Creative Dramatics (3) Theory and practice in creative techniques of expression and
dramatic forms to be used as a teaching and recreational device for children and adults
Speech Communication and Theatre/223
215 History of Custome and Design I (3) The history of European costume from Creek to
Elizabethan Students are required to design costumes for periods studied
216 History of Costume and Design II (3) The history of European and American costume
from the 17th century to the present day Students are required to design costumes for each
of the periods studied. THA 21 5 is not a prerequisite
218 History of the Theatre to 16th Century (3) Development of the theatre from primitive
times through the Shakespearean period Analysis of theatrical productions as indications of
the life style of each historical period
219 History of the Theatre, 16th Century to Present (3) Development of theatre from
Shakespeare to present. Analysis of theatrical productions as indications of the life style of
each historical period
220 History and Aesthetics of the Oriental Theatre (3) Impact of oriental theatrical
traditions on Western thought and art Oriental integration of form and content, especially
in the theatres of India, China, and Japan
301 Directing (3) Theory and practice in play direction with emphasis on play seelection,
script preparation, casting, blocking, and rehearsing PREREQ: THA 103 or 203 and THA 104
or 206
303 Advanced Acting (3) Improvision, modern and period acting styles Acting projects
presented and defended before an invited audience One hour of lab PREREQ; THA 203
304 Scenic and Lighting Design (3) Principles and practice in designing an appropriate and
expressive milieu for the play. Perspective sketches, working drawings, lighting plots, and
models Historical development of stage scenery and lighting
309 Advanced Makeup (3) Theory, development, and application of theatrical makeup
according to: the play, its period, the style of production, the actor, and the character
Students must have previous knowledge of the basic two and three dimensional makeup de-
vices. PREREQ: THA 209
311 The Psyche of Woman in Modern Drama (3) If theatre mirrors the times, there must be
some reason for the preponderance of neurotic and domineering women found in dramatic
literature This course will explore the psychological and sociological reasons for this
character in modern drama.
399 Directed Studies in Theatre (1-3) Research, creative projects, reports, readings in
theatre. Application must be made to advisors by students one semester in advance or
registration PREREQ: approval of department chairperson Open to juniors and seniors
only
400 Internship in Theatre (3-6-12-15) This course provides a structured and supervised work
experience in theatre Credits earned are based on amount of time spent on the job Students
must apply to department intern coordinator and receive approval of department internship
faculty committee to be admitted.
401 Advanced Directing (3) Directing as a creative aspect of play production Problems in
directing actors in varied styles and forms of plays. PREREQ: THA 301
404 Advanced Scenic and Lighting Design (3) Analysis of excellent scene designs of the
past Practice in maximizing the visual impact of stage scenery and lighting Design projects
for selected visually challenging plays Students design for both student-directed and major
productions on campus One hour of lab PREREQ: THA 304
405 Advanced Costume Design and Construction (3) This course emphasizes the unrealistic
and stylized approaches for costume design and construction PREREQ: THA 215 or 216
and/or permission of instructor
Speech
Pathology and
Audiology
Michael S Weiss,
Chairperson
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Aungst, Maxwell, Peterson, Suppan, Weiss
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Alson, Dempsey, Eberhart, Stigora
INSTRUCTOR: Stuart
The major in speech pathology and audiology is designed to prepare students
to provide therapy in the elementary and secondary schools of the Common-
wealth and to provide students with basic knowledge of communication and
communication disorders necessary for graduate work.
Upon successful completion of the program, a student may qualify for the
Pennsylvania Instructional I Certificate in Speech Correction (K-12). To serve as a
speech pathologist or an audiologist in a rehabilitation center, hospital, or in pri-
vate practice, the student should have both a master's degree and the appropri-
ate Certificate of Clinical Competence from the American Speech and Hearing
Association
The department operates a Speech and Hearing Clinic which serves as a teach-
ing-training facility for the academic program. The clinic provides diagnostic and
therapeutic services for children and adults with speech and hearing problems.
These services are available to individuals from the college as well as the sur-
rounding communities
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION-
SPEECH PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY
Each student must complete the following requirements:
1 General Education, see page 70 44s.h.
2 Arts and Letters Core 9s.h.
In addition to the general education requirements for humanities, the student will select
nine semester hours in humanities under advisement
3 Professional Education 30s.h.
EDA 241, EDF100, EDP250, PSY 375, PSY 425, SPP 412, SPP 470
4 Specialized Preparation 42s.h.
PHY 110, SPP 101, SPP 106, SPP 107, SPP 203, SPP 223, SPP 236, SPP 323, SPP 343, SPP
346, SPP 350, SPP 351, SPP 352, SPP 471
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: SPP
101 Introduction to Communication Disorders (3) An introductory survey of norma! proc-
esses and disorders of speech, language and hearing Suitable for non-majors Replaces SPP
100 and SPP 201.
Speech Pathology and Audiology/225
106 (also SPC 106) Introduction to Phonetics (3) Study of the sounds of the English lan-
guage. Development of skill in their recognition, production, and transcription.
107 Speech and Language Development (3) Theoretical origin of speech in mankind and
the development of speech in the individual. Normal development of speech is stressed.
203 Anatomy of Speech and Hearing Mechanisms (3) A study of embryology, normal devel-
opment, neurology and physiology of anatomical structures of the speech and hearing
mechanisms
223 Voice and Articulation Disorders (3) The symptomatology, etiology, diagnosis and
treatment of communication disorders associated with articulation and voice. PREREQ: SPP
101 and 106
236 Language Disorders (3) The symptomatology, etiology, diagnosis and treatment of lan-
guage disorders in children and adults including the mentally retarded, emotionally dis-
turbed, neurologically impaired, and hearing impaired. PREREQ: SPP 107, 223.
323 Neuromuscular Disorders and Stuttering (3) The symptomatology, etiology, diagnosis
and treatment of communication disorders associated with stuttering and neuromuscular
disorders. PREREQ: SPP 223 or consent of instructor
343 Introduction to Audiology (3) An introduction to audiology and its relationship to
other medical and educational fields concerned with hearing impairments Developmental,
medical, social, physical, and psychological properties of hearing and sound are explored.
Evaluative techniques are introduced with opportunity for limited practical experience
346 Aural Rehabilitation (3) Medical, prosthetic, and educational approaches to aural re-
habilitation for children and adults are considered A comparative analysis of prevailing
theories and techniques is made A combined approach is stressed PREREQ: SPP 343.
347 Audiometry (3) A lecture-laboratory course which explores the measurement of hear-
ing. Opportunities to develop competencies in administering basic measures are provided
during lab periods. PREREQ: SPP 343
350 Clinical Principles in Speech and Hearing (3) A study of evaluative and therapeutic
materials and methods applicable to the professional setting PREREQ: SPP 106, 223 and
2.50 average in major (SPP) courses. Must be taken concurrently with SPP 351
351 Clinical Practicum (3) Supervised practice in the Speech and Hearing Clinic Designed
to prepare the student to evaluate and provide therapy for children and adults who have
communication problems. Must be repeated if performance is not satisfactory PREREQ:
permission of instructor. Must be taken concurrently with SPP 350
352 Advanced Clinical Practicum (3) PREREQ: SPP 351 and permission of instructor
410 Independent Study (1-3) Research, creative projects, reports, reading in speech pathol-
ogy and audiology. Application must be made to advisers by students one semester in ad-
vance of registration. Open to juniors and seniors only PREREQ: approval of department
chairperson. Offered upon demand.
412 Therapy in the Public Schools (Student Teaching) (12) Observation and participation in
teaching and activities related to the performance of a therapist's work in the area of speech
pathology and audiology PREREQ: satisfactory completion of all required speech, hearing,
and psychology courses through the sixth semester and senior standing Students must have
at least a 2.0 cumulative average and 2 5 average in the major field
469 Equipment Workshop (3) Evaluation, selection, use and maintenance of electronic
aids for the speech and hearing clinician Emphasis upon demonstrations and practical expe-
rience. Open to speech pathology and audiology students with senior standing Also offered
as SPP 509 for graduate credit.
470 School Language, Speech, and Hearing Programs (3) Orientation to and observation of
the organization, administration, and operation of school speech and/ or hearing programs
(K-1 2). For speech pathology majors with consent of instructor.
226/Urban Education
471 Inter-Professional Seminar in Speech and Hearing (3) Explores the interrelationship be-
tween the speech or hearing therapist and members of allied professions The course format
will include having guest speakers as well as observing specialists in their employment set-
ting PRERtQ permission of instructor
Theatre —
See Speech Communication and Theatre
The Undeclared
Major Program
The Undeclared Major Program is offered to West Chester students as a way to
explore fields of interest before entering a degree program. During this period of
no more than four semesters, the student schedules courses which fulfill the gen-
eral education requirements. Additional courses may be selected in a wide range
of disciplines
Students should understand that certain programs may require prerequisites to
further study. Completion of such prerequisites, if not undertaken during the
period of study as an undeclared major, may prolong college attendance accord-
ingly.
Certain programs have limited resources which may limit the number of stu-
dents in the program at any one time. A student may transfer into a program from
undeclared status only if 1 . there is a vacancy in the desired program 2. the head
of that program approves and 3. a formal approved change of major form has
been filed in the Office of the Registrar. Students should make inquiry about
such vacancies well in advance.
Urban
Education
F William Leeds, Associate Professor,
Coordinator
West Chester offers a special focus which strengthens the preparation of
teachers who wish to work in the schools of the inner cities, where the need for
skilled teachers is great.
The prospective urban teacher needs both carefully planned college courses
and equally well planned experience in the schools. Because of the complexity of
urban civilization and the diversity of the persons and situations he deals with,
the urban teacher should have a particularly rich background in both the liberal
arts and professional studies.
Women's studies/227
The focus upon urban education does not provide additional certification and
does not vary essentially from the normal requirements for either the elementary
or the secondary major.
Elementary education majors incorporate the urban education into their cur-
riculum by selecting it as their area of interest.
Secondary education majors who wish to consider this special preparation
must first consult with the coordinator of urban education Unless the require-
ments for their field are very heavy, students are usually able to fit the urban
education core into their curriculum without going beyond the 128 hours
required for graduation
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: EDU
360 The Disadvantaged Child (3) Backgrounds, problems, and potentialities of the disad-
vantaged student Offered in fall
361 Teaching in Urban Schools (3) An introduction to urban education by means of
observation, lectures, discussions, and related activities PREREQ: EDU 360 or permission of
instructor Offered in spring.
Women's
Studies
Madelyn Gutwirth, Pamela Hemphill, Anne Sessa
Coordinators
The Women's Studies Program consists of an interrelated group of courses of-
fered across a wide spectrum of disciplines by individual departments. The pro-
gram is under the supervision of the Steering Committee of Women's Studies
which decides what courses are acceptable to the program This program is en-
visaged primarily as an enrichment to liberal education rather than a pre-profes-
sional study, although the social transformation that is taking place both in
society and in intellectual life may ultimately make study in this area a
professional asset.
The aim of the program is to integrate the distaff experience into the cur-
riculum and to encourage inquiry into previously neglected areas such as
women's history and prehistory, women writers, artists and historical figures,
female psychology, and woman's place in society.
Women's Studies Courses
The Status of Women in Two Worlds Women in Contemporary Society
(HIS 345) (HIS 360)
Women in Modern Europe Woman in Western Literature
(HIS 320) (HUM 361)
Women in America Women in Modern Fiction
(HIS 351) (HUM 362)
Psychology of Women (PSY 490) American Women Writers (LIT 308)
228/Women's Studies
Bio-Medical Issues of Women and Society The Psyche of Woman in Modern Drama
(NSG414) (THA311)
Women in Art (ART 419) Feminist Poetry (LIT 274)
Women and Politics (PSC 301)
These courses are open to all students as free electives under general requirements. With
permission of their departments, they may also be taken as electives within the student's
program A woman's studies concentration consists of 18 credit hours, no more than 9 of
which may be taken in a single department, plus a final 2 credit individualized project.
Transcript recognition will be awarded upon its completion.
Descriptions of humanities courses in women's studies appear below. See departmental
listings for all other courses.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Symbol: HUM
360 Women in Contemporary Society (3) An interdisciplinary course designed to enable
students to analyze various kinds of statements on woman, to question the implications of
changing cultural patterns, and to sample, firsthand, efforts for change. P/F option.
361 Woman in Western Literature (3) An inquiry reaching back into classical antiquity for
some prototypes of woman in the literature of the West. Readings from Aeschylus,
Sophocles, Aristophanes, Euripides, Ovid, Dante, Petrarch, Shakespeare, Moliere, Austen,
Flaubert, James, Tolstoy, Shaw, Gather, Giraudoux, others.
362 Women in Modern Fiction (3) Short fiction selected from the works of such modern
women writers as Lessing, Drabble, Nin, and Morrison.
h^
RICHARD L THORNBURGH, Governor
COUNCILOF HIGHER EDUCATION
AUTHUR B SINKLER, Chairperson Lancaster
ROBERT B BROMLEY Bradford
KEITH DOMS Philadelphia
FERNE POLASKI Philadelphia
RICHARDC KELLER Millersville
STANLEY C MARSHALL Pittsburgh
WILLIAM HREA Pittsburgh
ROBERT C WISE Williamsport
BOARD OF STATE COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY DIRECTORS
PATRICIA MCOGHJ.AN IRVING O MURPHY
Chairperson FREDREDDIG
LAURENCE FENNINGER, JR. RALPH ) ROBERTS
REBECCA F GROSS BERNARD F SCHERER
JO HAYS BEVERLY SCHIFFRIN
ROBERTA J MARSH HARRY P. SEYLER
PETER A McGRATH JOHN B VELTRI
P.D.MITCHELL STEPHEN L YALE
PENNSYLVANIA DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
ROBERT G. SCANLON Secretary of Education
WARREN E RINGLER Commissioner of Higher Education
WEST CHESTER STATE COLLEGE BOARD OF TRUSTEES
STANLEY J. LIEBERMAN West Chester
Chairperson
D BERNARD KIRSCHNER Harrisburg
Vice Chairperson
CONSTANCE C.WINCHESTER Oxford
Secretary
SOFIA T DEL VILLAR West Chester
BARRY CDOZOR Broomall
CHARLES M PORTER Malvern
WALTER REEDER Downingtown
230
^Q}[SD[£D^tf[U(Stf|]Q[S
January 1, 1979
PRESIDENT
PROVOST AND VICE-PRESIDENT
FOR ACADEMIC AFFAIRS [Acting]
Dean of Academic Services
and Special Programs
Dean of Graduate and Continuing Studies
Dean, School of Arts
and Letters (Acting]
Dean, School of Education (Acting]
Dean, School of Health, Physical Education,
and Recreation (Acting]
Dean, School of Music
Dean, School of Sciences
and Mathematics
Dean, School of Social and
Behavioral Sciences (Acting]
Director of Academic Development (Acting]
Director of the Educational
Development Center (Acting]
Director of Library Services
Director of Research & Related Services
VICE-PRESIDENT FOR ADMINISTRA TION
AND FISCAL AFFAIRS
Budget Director
Chief of Law Enforcement
Computer Center Director
Director of Educational Media Services
Director of Facilities
Financial Manager (Acting]
Payroll Supervisor
Personnel Officer (Acting]
VICE-PRESIDENT FOR ADMISSIONS
ANDSTUDENT AFFAIRS
Dean of Student Development
Director of Admissions
Director of Athletics
Director of Career Development
Center (Acting]
Director of Counseling Center
Director of Financial Aid
Director of Health Services
CHARLES G MAYO
RICHARD G. BRANTON
JOHN S BROSS
LON W.WEBER
JOHN P FIELD
CARLOS R.ZIEGLER
RONALD B WOODS
CHARLES A. SPRENKLE
RUSSELL K. RICKERT
JAMESS. MILNE
WILLIAM I. GUY
ERNEST L. PETERS
FRANK Q. HELMS
MARTIN J. HIGGINS
DENNISD. BELL
EVERETT E. SHAFFER
WILLIAMS. HAYES, JR.
SAMUEL A. HOFFMAN
RICHARD LSTRAYER
ALFREDJ.SYKES
WASYL J. POLISCHUK
CAROLE S.DETTERLINE
R.CRISSMATTISON
LOUISE WEISLOGEL
KENNETH F BURDA
R GODFREY STUDENMUND
RICHARD YODER
WALTER BLAIR
THOMAS W. SPIERLING
THEODORE H BUTCHER
PHILIPE. KISTLER
231
Faculty
January, 1979
CHARLES C. MAYO {^97 4) President, Professor of Political Science
B.A., Reed College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California
DENNIS D. BELL (1971) Vice-President for Administration and Fiscal Affairs, Pro-
fessor
A.B., Defiance College; MA, Ph D , Ohio State University
RICHARD A. BRANTON (1962) Provost and Acting Vice-President for Academic
Affairs, Professor of Mathematics
B.S., West Chester State College; M.S., University of Delaware; Ph.D., University
of Pennsylvania
PATRICIA C. JOHNSON (1966) Acting Associate Vice-President for Academic Af-
fairs, Professor of History
B.A. Chestnut Hill College; Ph.D., University of Rochester
LOUIS F. WEISLOCEL (1970) Vice-President for Admissions and Student Affairs,
Associate Professor
A.B., Gettysburg College; M.S., Rutgers — The State University; M.A., Villanova
University, Ed.D., Nova University
RHODAABRAMOWITZ(1977)Ass/sfanf/?eg;sfrar
B.A., State University of New York at Cortland; MA, Brooklyn College
THOMAS J AHLBORN (1 967) Assoc/afe Professor of Mathemaf/cs
B.S., California State College; M.A., Kent State University
SYLVIA MOSS AHRAMJ I AN (1976) Instructor of Instrumental Music
B.Mus , Juilliard School of Music; M.Mus., Indiana University, Bloomington
LEILA B. ALSON (1973) Ass/stant Professor of Speechi Pathology and Audiology
B.A., Hunter College; M.A., Ohio University
LOIS W. ALT (1966) Assoc/ate Professor of Voice
B S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; B.Mus , M.Mus., University of Michigan
WILLIAM B. ANDERSON (1975) Ass/stanf Professor of Cr/m;na//usf/ce
B.A., Pennsylvania State University
ALEXANDER ANTONOWICH (1945) Associate Dean, School of Music: Professor
of Music Education
B.S., The Juilliard School; M.A., Ed.D., Columbia University
LESTER F. AUNCST (1973) Department of Speech Pathology and Audiology;
Associate Professor of Speech Pathology and Audiology
B.A., Augustana College; M.S., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
EDWARD A'ZARYd 977) Ass/sfant Professor of C/iem;stry
B.S., Bloomsburg State College, PhD , University of Western Ontario
DOROTHY D. BAI LE Y (1 958) Professor of English
B.A., Our Lady of the Lake College; MA, University of Texas; PhD , University of
Wisconsin
232
Faculty/233
JOHN H. BAKER {^974) Instructor of Art
B.A., West Chester State College
ANCELOS C. BALLAS {^972) Associate Professor of Business and Economics
B.S., M.A., New York University, PhD , New School for Social Research
THOMAS P. BAMAT (1 978) /Ass/stanfPro/essor of Soc/o/ogy
B.A , St. Mary's College; M.A., Ph.D., Rutgers University
PAULA. BANYACSKI (1 965) /\ssoc;afe Professor of Ph;7osophy
B.A., Eastern College
JUDITH BARON (1974) Clinical Psychologist, Counseling Center; Associate Pro-
fessor
B.A., M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., York University, Toronto
EDWARD A. BARROW (1956) Chairperson, Department of Instrumental Music;
Professor of Brass
B.Mus., M.Mus., Eastman School of Music; Ph.D., West Virginia University
ELISE BARTHOLOMEW (1970) Professor of Psycho/ogy
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University
CHARLOTTE E BARTLETT (1972)/\ssoc/afe Professor of Soc/a/ Work
B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.S.S., Bryn Mawr College
MARSHALL J. BECKER (1968) Professor of Anfhropo/ogy
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ROBERT M. BEDFORD (1966) Assoc/afe Professor of P/ano
B.Mus., M.S., The Juilliard School
CAROL BELMAIN (1 971 )Assoc/ate Professor of Mus/c£ducaf;'on
B.S.M.S., Ithaca College
JAYH. BERKOWITZ(1969)Assoc/afeProfessorofSpeec/i and Theatre
B.S., MA, Temple University
BERNICE BERNATZ (1954) Associate Dean for Student Development, Associate
Professor
B.A., University of Northern Iowa; M.A., University of Michigan
ROBERT W. BERNHARDT (1965) Chairperson, Department of Biology, Associate
Professor of Biology
B.S., M.S., Syracuse University
FLOYD R. BIELSKI (1 961 )Assoc/ate Professor of Geography
B.S., Indiana State University; MA, University of Illinois
E DWARD C, BITN E R (1 972) Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.S., University of Southern California
BARBARA R. BLACK (1970) Coordinating Counselor, Higher Education Op-
portunity; Assistant Professor
B.S., Cheyney State College; M.A., Kean College
WALTER R. BLAIR (1 966) fAct/ngj D/recfor of Career Deve/opmenf Center; Assoc/-
ate Professor
B.S., West Chester State College; M.Ed., Temple University
RICHARD E. BLAKE(1975)/\ss/stanf Professor of Art
B F A , Tyler School of Fine Arts
RICHARD A. BOERLIN (1961) Assoc/ate Professor of Woodwinds
B.S., M.S., University of Illinois
234/Faculty
DALE R BONSALL (1969) Associate Professor of Health and Pbiysical Education
B.S., West Chester State College, M Ed., Western Maryland College
JOHN BOSWORTH-FLINC (1965)Assoc/afe Professor of £ng//sh
A B., West Virginia University, M.A., Columbia University; MS), Northwestern
University
JOHN A. BOVE [^972) Assistant Professor of Heaitt) and Physical Education
B S., M Ed , West Chester State College
VALERIE E. BOYLAN (1 968) /^ss/sfanf Professor o/£ng//sh
B.A., MA, University of Dublin
BETTY FINCH BOYLE [^972) Assistant Professor of Health Education
B.S., Ball State University; M.Ed., West Chester State College
ERMINIO BRAIDOTTI (1978)/Ass/stanf Pro/essor of Spar7/sh and /fa/;an
B.A., Youngstown State University; MA., Middlebury College
THOMAS j . BRADY (1967) Professor of Political Science
B.S., West Chester State College; J D , Temple University
J USTO B BRAVO (1 964) Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Adamson University (Manila); Ph D , University of Kansas
LINDA S BREUNIC {^976) Higher Education Opportunity Program, Instructor
B S., M.A., West Chester State College
TYRONE BREUNINGER (1965) Instructor of Low Brass (Part Time)
B S , West Chester State College; MM., Temple University
JAMES B. BRICE [^96&) Associate Professor of Elementary Education
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester State College; MA, Villanova University
MICHAEL W. BROOKS (1971) Professor of £r7g/;s/i
B.A , Antioch College; MA, Ph.D., University of Toronto
JOHN S. BROSS(1 977) Dean of Academic Services and Special Programs
A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University
EMMA LEE BROWN (1969) Physicial Education Coordinator and Collection
Development Librarian; Associate Professor
A.B., Fairmount State College; M.S.L.S., Drexel University
RELIS B. BROWN (1969) Professor of e/o/ogy
A.B., Albion College; Ph.D., Yale University
ROGER J BROWN (1 968) /nsfrucfor of frenc/i
B.S, West Chester State College
WILLIAM C BROWN (1 968) Assoc/afe Professor of fi;o/ogy
B S., M Ed , Bloomsburg State College
JOSEPH P BROWNE (1966) Assoc/afe Professor of £ng/;s/i
B S , St Joseph's College (Pa); MA, University of Pennsylvania
STELLA P BRUTON (1 964) Assoc/afe Professor of £ng//sh
A B., M.A., Stanford University
WALTER E. BUECHELE, JR. (1962) Director of Summer Sessions, Professor of
Secondary Education and Professional Studies
B.S., West Chester State College; Ed.M , Ed.D., Temple University
KENNETH F. BURDA (1971) Dean of Student Development, Assistant Professor of
Human Relations
B S , California State College; M.Ed., Central Washington State College
Faculty/235
H. JAMES BVRGW\N{^968] Associate Professor of History
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ph D , University of
Pittsburgh
WILLIAM F. B\JRNS0964) Associate Professor of Political Science
B A., Allegheny College, M.A., Case Western Reserve University
A WAYNE BURTON {^965) Associate Professor of Political Science
B.A., Brigham Young University; M.A., University of Pennsylvania
THEODORE H. BVJCH^R [^970) Director of Financial Aid to Students, Associate
Professor
B.A., Lincoln University; MB. A., Drexel University
J.WILLIAM BUTLERd 966) Assoc/afe Processor o/Hea/f/i and Phys/ca/£c/ucaf/on
B.S., West Chester State College; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
ROBERT E. BYTNAR (1 975) /nsfrucfor of Speech Commun/caf/on and Thieatre
B.S. Ed., California State College; M.A., West Virginia University
KITTY C CALDWELL (1972) Ass/sfanf Professor of Heaitt) and Physical Education
B.S., M.Ed , West Chester State College
MARGARETTA A. CAREY (1968) Cliairperson, Deparment of Music Education;
Professor of Music Education
B.S., Lebanon Valley College; M.Mus., Eastman School of Music; Ed D ,
Pennsylvania State University
ROBERT E. CARLSON (1961) Cf^airperson, Department of History: Professor of
History
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
CECILY G. CARMICHAEL (1962) £ducaf;onCoord/nafor and Ch/7dren's Collection
Librarian; Assistant Professor
B.S., Simmons College; M.S.L.S., Drexel University
GERALD B. CARTRIGHT (1961) Liaison for In-Service Education. Supervisor of
Student Teaching; Associate Professor of Education
B.S , Lock Haven State College; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
DIANE O.CASAGRANDEd 968) Assoc/afe Professor of Speech and Theafre
A.B., Wayne State University; MA, Temple University; Ph D., Temple University
LOUIS A. CASCIATO (1963) Chairperson, Department of Earth and Space
Sciences, Associate Professor of Science Education
B.S., St. Joseph's College (Pa ); MS., Villa nova University
ROBIN CASH (1974) Instructor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., Ursinus College
CONRAD E. CHALICK (1962) Counseling Psychologist, Counseling Center; Asso-
ciate Professor
B.A , Pennsylvania Military College, M.A., Villanova University, Ed.D , Nova
University
DAVID S. CHARTERS (1968) Associate Professor of Health and Physical
Education
B.S , MS., Temple University
NONA E. CHERN {^968) Associate Professor of Elementary Education
B S., Temple University; M.S., University of Pennsylvania
236/Faculty
ELEANOR M. CHRISTENSEN 0972) Associate Professor of Reading
B.A., M.A., Michigan State University; Ph.D., University of Delaware
HUNG M. CHU (1976)/4ss/sfanf Professor of Business and Economics
B.S., St. Joseph's College (Indiana); M.B.S , Northern Illinois University; Ph D ,
Louisiana State University
CARMELAL CINQUINA(1963)Pro/essorof 8/o/ogy
B.S., West Chester State College, MS, Villanova University; Ph D , Rutgers — The
State University
GEORGE S.CLACHORN (1963) Cha/rperson, Department of Philosophy; Professor
of Philosophy
B.A., University of Chattanooga; PhD, University of Pennsylvania
JAY L CLARK (1967) Chairperson, Department of Psychology; Professor of Psy-
chology
B.A., University of Delaware; MA, Ph D , University of Minnesota
MARY ELIZABETH CLEARY (1967) Professor of Secondary Education and
Professional Studies
B A., St. Joseph's College for Women; A.M., Ed.D., George Washington University
BARBARA J COATES (1954) Associate Professor of Health and Physical Educa-
tion
B.S., Lockhaven State College; N A Allegheny College
NORMAN A. COC H RAN (1 956) Pro/essor of Hea/fh and Phys/ca/fducaf/on
B.S., West Chester State College; M.A., Ed.D , University of Maryland
BERNARD COHEN (1974)/4ssoc;afeP/-ofessoro/Psyc/io/ogy
B.A., Temple University; Ph.D., New York University
IRVING HERSCH COHEN (1969) Professor of /nsfrumenfa/ Mus/c/Mus;c /-//sfory
B.A., MA, Ph D , New York University
MILTON R. COLLIER (1967) Assoc/afe Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., MA., East Carolina University
JOHN C COLLINS (1968) Ass;sfanf Professor of Music Education
B S , The Juilliard School; MA, Montclair StateCollege
UEL W COMBS, JR (1967) Ass/stanf Professor of English
B.A., Adams State College; M.A., Temple University
STELLA F CONAWAY(1966)Ass/sfanf Professor of Voice
B Mus., M.Mus , The Philadelphia College of the Performing Arts
THOMAS ) CORR (1 966) Assoc/ateP/ofessor of £ng//sh
A.M., St loseph's College (Pa ); MA, John Carroll University; Ph D , Duquesne
University
EDWIN B. COTTRELL (1955) Associate Dean, School of Health and Physical Ed-
ucation; Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S , Slippery Rock State College; M Ed., University of Pittsburgh; Ed.D., Pennsyl-
vania State University
JOYCE R. COUNTISS(1976) Assoc/afe D/Vecfor of Afh/ef;cs;Ass;sfanf Professor of
Health and Physical Education
B.S., Douglas College of Rutgers University, M.A., Trenton State College; Ed.D.,
Temple University
Faculty/237
JON A. COWEN[^967) Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., University of Massachusetts; A.M., University of Pennsylvania
MARY E . CRAWFORD (1 978) Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.S., West Chester State College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Delaware
W. STEPHEN CRODDY n969)/Assoc;ate Professor of Ph/7osophy
B.A., University of Southern California; MA, Temple University; Ph.D., Brown
University
FLORENCE JOSEPH CROWLEY (1968) Professor of H/sfory
B.A., M.A., Brooklyn College; PhD , University of Florida
CEORGANN CULLEN (1964) Assoc/ate Professor of Biology
B.S., M.A., Kent State University
RONALD N. DEFINO(1973)Ass;sfanf Professor of Art
B.S , Philadelphia College of Art; M.F.A , Tyler School of Art
HARRY H. DEISCHER (1966) Professor of Secondary Education and Professional
Studies
B.S., M.A., M.S., Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
CAROLYN M. DEL POLITO (1976) Ass/sfanf Professor of Speechi Communication
and Ttieatre
B.A., Montclair State College; M.A., Ph.D., Purdue University
JOHN L. DE MILLION, JR. (1970) Assoc/ate Professor of /-/ea/t/i £c/ucaf;on
B.S , Slippery Rock State College; M.Ed , University of Pittsburgh
PHILIP M. DE MOSS (1972) Assistant Chairperson of Business & Economics,
Associate Professor of Business and Economics
B.A , Park College; M.A., PhD , Kansas State University
THOMAS DE MOTT (1969) Professor of Biology
A.M.E., Widener College; V.M D., University of Pennsylvania
CHARLOTTE DEMPSEY (1976) Ass/sfanf Professor of Speecfi Pathology and Audi-
ology
B.A., Milwaukee-Downer College; MA, University of Illinois
KATHLEEN DEVLIN (1976) Ass/sfant Professor of Nursing
B.S.N., Georgetown University; MSN, Georgetown University; MSN, Boston
University
DONALD E. DILLARD (1978) Instructor of Music Theory and Composition (Part-
Time)
B.S., West Chester State College; M.Mus., Westminster Choir College
ANDREW E. DINNIMAN (1972) Ass/'stant Dean for Student Development; Associ-
ate Professor of History and Human Relations
B.A., University of Connecticut; MA, University of Maryland; Ed D , Pennsyl-
vania State University
PHILLIP B. DONLEY (1965) Assoc/ate Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., M.S., West Virginia University; Certificate in Physical Therapy, D T Watson
School of Physiatrics
JOHN EC. DORCHESTER (1961 ) Professor of e/o/ogy
B.A , M.A., University of British Columbia, Ph D , University of Toronto
W. LARRY DORMINY(1972)Assoc;ate Professor of Voice
B.Mus., Jacksonville University; MM., Florida State University; DM, Indiana
University
238/Faculty
RAYMOND A DOYLE i^965) Associate Professor of History
B S , M.S., West Chester State College
MARY ANNE DUFFY (1969) Chairperson, Library Services; Documents and Map
Librarian; Assistant Professor
A.B , Immacuiata College; M S.L S., Drexel University
A SCOTT DUNIAP {^9b7) Associate Professor of Elennentary Education
B.A , King's College (NY.); M.Div., Eastern Baptist Theological Seminary
MARC L. DURAND (1968) Processor o/C/iem/sfry
B.S., Holy Cross College; Ph D., University of New FHampshire
JOHN L EBERHART (1969) Assistant Professor of Speec/i Pathology and
Audiology
B.S., Bloomsburg State College; MA, Syracuse University
JACK P EDWARDS (1968)/Ass;s(anf Professor of Secondary Education and Profes-
sional Studies
B.S , M Ed , West Chester State College
TFHOMAS ECAN (1968) Associate Professor of Mathennatics, Administrative Assis-
tant to the Vice-President for Academic Affairs
B S., M.Ed., West Chester State College; Ed D., University of Pennsylvania
JOHNEEHLEITERd 969) Associate Professor of Earth Sciences
A.B., M.A., Franklin and Marshall College; MA, Wesleyan University
HELEN R. EICHELBERCER(1975)Ass/sfanf Professor o/C/iem/sfrv
B.A., B.S., Texas Woman's University; Ph.D., University of New Orleans
RALPH A. E I SE NSTADT (1 965) Assistant Professor of German and French
B.A., University of Pennsylvania; MA University of Illinois
DAVID S. ELDREDCE (1967) Chairperson, Department of Government and Poli-
tics; Associate Professor of Political Science
B.A., Yale University; MAT., C.A.S., Harvard University
ELIZABETH ELDREDCE (1965) Assoc/afe Pro/essoro/ Psyc/io/ogy
B.A , Albright College; M.A., Temple University
MARIANNE ELEUTERIO(1973) Assoc/afe Pro/essoro/ e/o/ogy
B.S , Michigan State University; Ph.D., University of Delaware
CORA A. ELLETT (1 978) /Ass/stanf Professor of Nurs/ng
B.S N , University of Michigan; M.S., University of Michigan
JORGE ESCORCIA(1968)/\ssoc;ate Professor of Span/s/i
Lie, Universidad Pedagogica del Caribe; MA, Boston University
JAMES D FABREY (1975) Assoc/ate Professor of Mathematics
A.B., Cornell University; PhD Massachusetts Institute of Technology
JOSE PH FALG I E, J R. (1 970) Professor of English and Linguistics
B.A., Temple University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
WESLEY E. FASNACHT (1967) Coord/nafor, Instructional Applications, Computer
Center; Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Millersville State College, M.S., State University of New York at Buffalo
JOHN P FIELD (1970) Acting Dean, School of Arts and Letters, Professor of Eng-
lish
A.B., Bowdoin College; MB. A., Harvard University; A.M., PhD , University of
Cincinnati
Faculty/239
ALBERT E. ¥\iANO [^956) Professor of Mathematics
B.S., M.S., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
JUDITH S. FINKEL (1968)/\ss/sfanf Professor of Special Education
B.S., Temple University; M.Ed., West Chester State College
JOSEPH T FISHER (1968) /Assoc/afe Professor of Health Education
B.S., Slippery Rock State College; M.S., University of Illinois
ROBERT F FOERY (1971) Professor of Chemistry, Chairperson, Department of
Chemistry
B.S., LeMoyne College; M.S., Providence College; PhD , University of Iowa
FRANK B. FORD(1965)/\ssoc;afePro/essorof £ng//sh
B.A., M.A., University of Connecticut
WILLIAM D. FORDYCE (1 968) /\ssoc/afe Processor o/£ng//s/i
A.B., A.M.T., A.M., PhD , Harvard University
CLAUDE R FOSTER, J R (1967) Processor o/ H/sfory
B.A., Eastern College; B D , The Reformed Episcopal Seminary; MA., University
of Delaware; Th.M., Crozer Theological Seminary; Zeugnis fuer die deutsche
Sprache und Kultur, University of Freiburg; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
FRANK FOX (1967) Professor of H/sfory
B.S., Temple University; MA., University of Pennsylvania; PhD , University of
Delaware
THOMAS J FRANCELLA (1965) Professor of Criminal Justice
A.B., Syracuse University; M.A., Villanova University; J.D, University of Bal-
timore
HOWARD FREEMAN (1961) ProfessorofSpec/a/£ducaf/on
B.S., Millersville State College, M.A., University of Wyoming; Ed.D., University of
Pennsylvania
BONITA FREEMAN-WITTHOFT(1974)Ass/5fanf Professor of Anffiropo/ogy
B.A., University of Maine; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ROBIN FRENZ (1967)Assoc/afe Professor of Vo/ce
B.Mus , M.Mus., Westminster Choir College
H. RAYMOND FRIDAY (1969) Assoc/afe Professor of Vo/ce
B.S., West Chester State College; M.Mus., Oberlin College; Diploma, Academy of
Vocal Arts
WALTER E. FRIEMAN, ]R.{^96^) Professor of Classical Languages
B.S., New York University; STB., General Theological Seminary; ST M., Th.D.,
Philadelphia Divinity School
WALTER E. FUNK (1966) Cha/rperson, Department of Health Education; Associate
Professor of Health Education
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.Ed., University of Delaware
JOHN J FURLOW (1961) Assoc/afe Professor of Hea/f/i and Phys/ca/Educaf/on
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester State College
CLYDE J. GALBRAITH (1974) Ass/sfanf Professor of Sus/ness and £conom/cs
B.S., MB. A., Drexel University; C.P.A , Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
CHARLES D. GANG EMI (1961) Assoc/afe Professor of Mus/c Theory and Composi-
tion/Piano
B Mus , M.A., University of Pennsylvania
240/Faculty
CONSTANCE S. GARC\A-BARR\0 (^97b) Assistant Professor of Spanish
B.A., West Chester State College; MA Temple University; PhD University of
Pennsylvania
ROBIN GARRETT (1978) /nsfrucfor of Nurs/ng
B.S.N , Case Western Reserve University; M.S.N., University of Pennsylvania
WILLIAM N. GARRETT (1966) Professor of English
A.B., Ph.D , Columbia University
JOHN L. GAUNT (1970) Assoc/ate Professor o^£ng//sh
B.A , MA, Tulane University; Ph.D., University of Maryland
JANE K. G E LEAN D (1972) Cha/'rpersoa Department of Reading; Professor of Read-
ing
B.S., West Chester State College; MA, New York University; Ed.D., Lehigh Uni-
versity
ELIZABETH A GIANGIULIO (1972) Associate Director, Career Development
Center
B.S., West Chester State College; M.Ed., University of Arizona
E DWARD H . G I BSON (1 967) Assistant Professor of Elementary Education
B.S., West Chester State College, M Ed., Lehigh University; Ed.D, Nova
University
LOUISE S. G I UNTA (1 963) Ass/stanf Professor of Hea/fh and Phys/ca/£c/ucat/on
B.S., West Chester State College; M.Ed., Temple University
RICHARD C.GLEOCKLER(1 967) Ass/sfanfCha/rperson, Department of Secondary
Education & Professional Studies; Associate Professor of Secondary Education and
Professional Studies
B.S., Bloomsburg State College; M.Ed., Bucknell University
DUSAN P. GLUMAC (1963) Associate Professor of Russian
M.Div., M.S., University of Belgrade; MA, University of Pennsylvania
JOSEPH J , GODE K 1 1 1 (1 972) Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S , University of Delaware; M.S., West Chester State College
JOSE PH A. GOE BE L, J R. (1 968) Instructor of Percussion [Part time)
B.S., Millersville State College
PHYLLIS A. GOETZ (1975) Assoc/afe Professor of Hea/fhEducaf/on
B.S , West Chester State College; M.S., University of Maryland; Ph.D., University
of Maryland
CHARLES W. GOOD (1966) Professor of Secondary Education and Professional
Studies
B.A., Pennsylvania State University; MA., University of Pennsylvania; Ed.D.,
Temple University
CHARLOTTE M. GOOD (1965) Assoc/a(e Professor of Elementary Education
B.S., Bucknell University; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
HENRY E. GOODWIN (1960) Associate Professor of Health and Physical Educa-
tion
B.S., Lock Haven State College; M.S., Pennsylvania State University
RON ALD L. GOTTSH ALL (1 966) Assoc/ate Professor of Counse/or £ducaf)on
B.S., Shippensburg State College; M.A., Michigan State University
Faculty/241
ANDREW \ . GODDY [^977) Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S , M.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
RONALD L GOUGHER (1969) Chairperson, Department of Foreign Languages,
Director of International Education, Associate Professor of German
B.A., Muhlenberg College; M.A., Lehigh University
JOH N H . G R AFTON (1 961 ) Assistant Professor of Elementary Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.A., Scarritt College
CHARLES W. GRASSEL (1968) Chairperson, Department of Geography and Plan-
ning; Associate Professor of Geography
B.S., West Chester State College; M.S., University of Pennsylvania
PATRICIA EGRASTY (1970) Assoc/ate Professor of £/ementary£c/ucat;on
B.S., West Chester State College; M.Ed., Temple University; Ed.D., Temple
University
ANDREW W. GREEN (1970) Professor of Bus/ness and £conom/cs
B.S., New York University; L.L.B., Dickinson School of Law; Diploma in European
Intergration, University of Amsterdam; MBA., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
PAUL D.GREEN (1971) Professor of fng/;sh
A.B., Temple University; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University
SAUL H. GREEN BERG (1963) Assoc/afe Professor of Counselor Education
B.S., M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University; j.D., Baltimore University
SEYMOUR S. GREEN BERG (1964) Professor of Ceo/ogy
B.S., Brooklyn College; A.M., Ph.D., Indiana University
ROBERTGREENE(1967)A5s/stanf Professor of French
B.A., M.A., University of Pennsylvania
MILDRED L. GREENWOOD (1965) Associate Professor of Health and Physical'
Education
A.B., Wheaton College; M.Ed., Temple University
SHIRLEY R.GRICE (1972) Ear/yCh/7dhooc/ /Research Pro/ecf, Instructor
B.S., West Chester State College
FRANK GROSSHANS (1975) Professor of Mafhemaf/ca/ Sc/ences
B.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of Chicago
TERRY E. GUIDETTI (1966) Ass/sfanf Professor of Clarinet
B.Mus., M.Mus., Northwestern University
MADELYN GUTWIRTH (1966) D/recfor, Women's Program: Professor of French
B.A., Brooklyn College; MA, Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College
WILLIAM I. GUY (1974) D/recfor of Academ/c Development (Acting); Instructor
A.B., Temple University
SISTER M. TERESINE HABAN (1974) Assoc/afe Professor Music Theory and Com-
position
B.A., B.M., College of St. Francis; MM, Chicago Musical College; PhD , Eastman
School of Music
JAMES E HABECKER (1964)Assoc/afe Professor of f/emen(ary£ducaf/'on
A.B., Franklin and Marshall College; M.Ed., Western Maryland College; Ed.D.,
University of Pennsylvania
HELEN HALES (1962) Assoc/ate Professor of P/ano
B.Mus., M.Mus., Peabody Conservatory of Music
242/Faculty
JOSEPH C H^ll{^972] Professor of Reading
B.S , Ed.M., Ed D , Temple University
SAUNDRA HAll[^9b4) Assistant Professor of Speech and Theatre
B.A., M.A., Ohio State University
JOSEPHINE C. HAMPSON (^9b3) Library, Mathematics and Science Coordinator,
Associate Professor
B.S., West Chester State College; MS L.S., Drexel University
ROBERT C. HANNUM (1966) /Assoc/afe Processor o^Ceo/ogy
B.S , Michigan State University; MS, University of Pittsburgh
HUBERT E. HARBER (1970) Assoc/a(e Professor o/ Asfronomy Education
B.S., Louisiana State University; MBS, University of Colorado; MAT, Brown
University
CLIFFORD H. HARDING (1953) Pro/essor of H;sfory and Po//(/ca/ Sc/ence
A.B., Peru State College; M.A., University of Iowa; Ph D , New York University
FRANCIS M. HARCRAVE (1977) Instructor of Physical Education.
B.S., M.S., New York State University-Cortland
JODY M. HARRIS (1970) Director, Curriculum Enrichment; Director, Higher Edu-
cation Opportunity Program; Professor
B.S., Tuskegee Institute; MA, Columbia University; Ed.D., Pennsylvania State
University
SHIRLEY HARRISON (1974) /nsfrucfor. Department of Nursing
R.N., Albert Einstein School of Nursing; B S., West Chester State College; MSN.,
University of Pennsylvania
YOKO HASHIMOTO (1969)/\ssoc/afe Professor of Speech and Theatre
B.A., M.A., Aoyama Gakuin University (Japan); M.A., PhD, University of
Michigan
JOAN H ASSE LQU I ST (1 968) Assistant Professor of Elementary Education
B.S., Ed.M., Temple University
EUGENE C. HASSLER (1969) Chairperson, Department of Business and Econom-
ics; Associate Professor of Business and Economics
B S , Albright College; MB. A., Indiana University; C.P.A., State of Indiana
ELIZABETH A. HASSON (1970) Assoc/ate Director, Center for Academic Informa-
tion and Advisement
B.S., M Ed , West Chester State College
MARSHA L. HAUG(1978)Ass;sfanf D/recforof Acfm;ss/ons
B.A , Westminster College; M.S.Ed., State University College at Buffalo
J. BERNARD HAVILAND (1968) Professor o/ £ng//s/i
B.A., Princeton University; MA, Harvard University, Ph.D., Dublin University
ROBERT W. HAWKES (1962)Assoc/afe Professor of Phys/cs
B.S., West Chester State College; M.S., Pennsylvania State University
JACKG. HAWTHORNE (1965) Assoc/afe Professor of Art
B.A., Philadelphia College of Art; M.S., M.F.A., University of Pennsylvania
ARTHUR T HEGVIK (1975) Ass/sfanf Professor of Instrumental Music
B.M., MM., University of Michigan
FRANK Q. H ELMS(1 966) D/recfor of L/braryServ/ces, Associate Professor
B A., University of Delaware; M.L.S., Rutgers — The State University
Faculty/243
PAME LA H EMPH I LL (1 970) Pro/essor oMrf
B.A., Manchester University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
WILLIAM H. HENRY, \R. {^9b0] Assistant Chairperson, Department of English; Pro-
fessor of English
A.B., University of Pennsylvania; Ed.M., A.M., Ph.D , Temple University
ROBERT W. HERRES (1961) Assistant Chairperson, Department of Elementary
Education; Associate Professor of Elementary Education
B.S., State University of New York College at Oswego; M.A., Syracuse University
THOMAS J . H E STON (1 975) Assistant Professor of History
A.B., Gettysburg College; MA,, Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University
LEONARDS. HEVERLY (1967) Ser/a/s /./farar/an;/\ssoc;ate Professor
B.S., West Chester State College; MA., University of Pennsylvania; M S L.S., Villa-
nova University
MARTIN J. HIGCINS (1967) Director of Research and Related Services, Professor
of Educational Research
B.S., University of Dayton; M.A., Ph.D., University of Maryland
WALTE R J . H I PPLE, J R. (1 976) Professor of Philosophy
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago; Litt D., Shimer College
PERRY F. HOBERG (1965) Cha/rperson, Department of Art; Associate Professor of
Art and American Studies
B.F.A., B.S., Tyler School of Art; M.A., University of Delaware
WILLIAM U. HODGSON (1 968) /\ss/sfanf Professor of Maf/iemat/cs
B.S., University of Pittsburgh, M Ed., West Chester State College
CRAIG W. HOFFORD (1976) Instructor of Health and Physical Education
B.A., Lehigh University; M.A., Stanford University
PH I LIP HOGG ARD(1 968) Assoc/afe Professor of £/ementaryfc/ucaf/on
B.S., Jersey City State College; Ed.M., Rutgers — The State University; Ed.D., Uni-
versity of Pennsylvania
JOHN HOLINGJAK, JR. (1965) Coordinator, Certification Program in Environ-
mental Education; Associate Professor of Secondary Education and Professional
Studies
B.S., Kutztown State College; Ed.M., Temple University
E. RILEY HOLMAN (1972) Chairperson, Department of Elementary Education;
Associate Professor of Elementary Education
B.S., Southern Utah State College; M.S., Ed.D., Brigham Young University
WILLIAM P. HOUPTd 963) Adm/n;sfraf/on and f;sca/Affa/rs, Professor
A.B., M.A. (History), MA. (Literature), Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
YI-MING HSU (1975) Instructor, Secondary Education and Professional Studies
B.A., National Taiwan University; M.A., University of Oregon; D.Ed , University of
Georgia
VIRGINIA M. HUFFMAN (1967) Assoc/afe Professor of Health Education
B.S., East Stroudsburg State College; M.S., Pennsylvania State University
CLAUDE HUNSBERGER (1967) Assoc/afe Professor of £ng/;s/i
B.A., Temple University; M.A., Michigan State University; Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin
244/Faculty
LAWRENCE V. \^CONO{^96b) Associate Professor of Political Science
B.S., St. Joseph's College (Pa); MEd., West Chester State College
JOHNM. \ACECKO{^967) Associate Professor of Elementary Education
B.S., M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh; Ed.D., Nova University
KENNETH L. IACKMA\^0972) Associate Professor of Psychology
B A., M.S., Ph.D , University of Wyoming
RONALD M. JENKINS (1972) Assistant Dean for Student Development, Assistant
Professor
B.S., West Chester State College; M.S., Bucknell University
ROBERT H. JENSEN (1969) Director of Cultural Affairs and College Events; As-
sistant Professor
B.A., Randolph-Macon College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania
CONSTANTINE JOHNS (1954) Professor of Music History and Literature/Strings
B.S., Southeast Missouri State College; MA, Ed.D , Columbia University
ALLEN H. JOHNSON (1 974) /Assoc/ate Professor of Ceo/ogy
B.S., University of Illinois; M.S., University of Arizona; Ph.D., Case Western Re-
serve University
EMLYN H. JONES (1968)/4ss/sfanf Professor of Hea/fh and Phys/ca/Ec/ucaf/on
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester State College
HARRY C. JONES (1960)/\ss/stanf Professor of Biology
B S , Millersville State College; M.S., University of Pennsylvania
WALLACE J. KAHN{^977) Assistant Professor of Counselor Education
B.S., Bloomsburg State College; M. Ed., A.C.S., Ph D., University of Maryland
COERCE F. KANE (1966) Counseling Psyctiologist, Counseling Center; Associate
Professor
B.A., .Ursinus College; M.Ed., Temple University; Ed.D, University of
Pennsylvania
RALPH H. KAPILIAN (1970) Professor of Hea/fh and Pfiys/ca/£ducaf/on
B.S., Springfield College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Illinois
BRENT KAPLAN (1 968) Assoc/afe Professor of Phys/cs
B.M.E., M M E., New York University
BARBARA L K ARAS (1 966) Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.Ed , Temple University
CAROLYN B. KEEFE (1969)/\ssoc/afe Professor of Speech and Theatre
A.B., Oberlin College; M.A., Temple University; M.A., Villanova University
MARY A. KE ETZ (1 973) Associate Professor of Reading
B.S., University of Delaware; M.S., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
JAMES T KELLEHER (1968) /Associate Professor of English
B.A., Widener College; MA, Ph D., University of Pennsylvania
JOHN T KELLEY (1969) Assoc/afe Professor of English
B.S., St. Louis University; MA., Ph.D., University of Oklahoma
JOHN P. KENT (1972) Professor of fng//sh
B.A., Southhampton University (England); MA, PhD , University of Illinois
JOHN J KERRIGAN (1972) Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S., West Chester State College; M.A., Villanova University; D.Ed., Temple Uni-
versity
Faculty/245
AMMON C. KERSHNER,]R.[^96S) Professor of English
B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
CHARLOTTE E . K I NC (1 955) Professor of Elerventary Education
B.S., Ed.M , Ed.D., Temple University
WILLIAM E. K I PP(1 969) Ass;'sfanfD;'recforo/Ac/m/ss/ons, Associate Professor
B.A., Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh
EUGENE KLEIN (1 967) Assoc/afe Professor of Ce//o
B.M.E., Temple University; M.M.E., Indiana University
MARYL. KLINE (1968) Ass/stantProfessorof/Vurs/ng
R.N., Johns Hopkins Hospital; B.S., West Chester State College; M.S.N.,
University of Pennsylvania
DENNIS R. KLINZING (1976) Assistant Professor of Speech Communication and
Theatre
B.S., Clarion State College; M.A., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
SEBASTIAN S. KOH (1970) Professor of Mathemat/cs
B.S., National Taiwan University; M.A., Wayne State University; Ph D., University
of California
ALLA S. KUHLMANN (1965) Assoc/afe Professor of Foreign Languages
Diplome, Catholic University of Louvain (Belgium); M.A., University of Belgrade
(Yugoslavia)
MARIANNE H. KULASKI i^96b] Associate Professor of French and German
B.A., Ursinus College; M.A., Villanova University; Certificate d'etudes francaises
University of Geneva
CARRI E C. KULP (1958) Professor of Elementary Education
A.B., Wheaton College; M.Ed., University of Delaware; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College
V. K. KUMAR (1977) Assistant Professor of Secondary Education and Professional
Studies
B.S., Osmania University (India); M.S., Indian Agricultural Research Institute;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin
ROBERT S. KURZINSKY (1970) Assistant Director of Financial Aid to Students, As-
sistant Professor
B.S., Bloomsburg State College; M Ed , West Chester State College
G EORG E LANGDON (1 956) Professor of Geography
B.S., M.S., Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., Clark University
MONITA LANK (1 970) Professor of Health and Physical Education
A.B., M.A., Wichita State University, Ph.D., University of Iowa
BARBARA J . LAPPANO (1 970) Instructor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., M.Ed , West Chester State College
VICTOR LASUCH I N (1 970) Associate Professor of Art
B.F.A., M.F.A., University of Pennsylvania
KENNETH L. LAUDERMILCH (1968) Assoc/ate Professor of Brass
B.S., Lebanon Valley College; M.Mus., New England Conservatory of Music;
DMA., Catholic University of America
JOSEPH C. LAULETTA (1973) Assistant Professor of Health and Physical
Education
B.S., University of Delaware; M.Ed., Boston University
246/Faculty
JAMES M. LEAP i^972) Assistant Professor of Health Education
B S , Pennsylvania State University; M.Ed., Kent State University
HERBERT LEE (1968) Ass;sfant Director of Admissions, Associate Professor
B S , M.Ed., West Chester State College
PATRICIA T. l£E {^978) Assistant Professor of Piano
B.A., Mills College; M.A., Yale University
BARBARA LEECH (1977) /nsfrucfor-Pro/ecf COPE
B.A , West Chester State College; M.S., Drexel University
F. WILLIAM LEEDS (1963) Assoc/afe Professor of Secondary Education and Profes-
sional Studies
A.B., Temple University; M.A., University of Pennsylvania
JOHN D. LEMCKE (1965) Pro/essoro^Hea/fhEducaf/on
B.S , State University of New York College at Brockport; M Ed , Ed D , Temple
University
JAMES E. L'HEUREUX (1969) Pro/essoro/Mafhemaf/cs
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Louisiana State University
MATILDA LIPSCOMB (1969) Resident Director, junior Year Abroad; Associate
Professor of French
B.S., New York University; M.A., Washington University
RONALD P. LOMBARD! (1962) Professor of Romance Languages
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
MELVIN M. LORBACK (1957) Associate Professor of Health and Physical Educa-
tion
B.S., State University of New York College at Brockport; M.S., Pennsylvania State
University
JOHNM. LOWE, iR. [^970] Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S , M.S., West Virginia University; Ed.D., University of Toledo
SUSAN W. LUBKING (1978) Instructor of Health and Physical Education
B.S , Ursinus College
ROBERT C. LUCAS (1975) Instructor of Piano
B.M., Oberlin College; MM, University of Michigan
PATRICK W i\JCK {^973) Associate Professor of Sociology
B.A., University of Vermont; M.A., Ph.D., University of Connecticut
ALBERTA M. McAFEE (1970) Instructional Materials Center Librarian, Assistant
Professor
B.S., Kutztown State College; M.S.L.S., Drexel University
CHRISTINA W. McCAWLEY (1971) Library, Non-Print Cataloger, Assistant Pro-
fessor
B.A , Ohio Wesleyan University; M S.L.S., Catholic University of America
DWIGHT L. McCAWLEY (1971) Assoc/ate Professor of English
B.A., MA, University of Tennessee; Ph.D., University of Illinois
RUTH L. McCOACH (1969) /nsfrucfor. Educational Media Services
B.S., West Chester State College
MARY McCULLOUG H (1 977) Assistant Professor of Social Work
B.A., Millersville State College; M.S.W., University of North Carolina
Faculty/247
ROBERT F. McCUTCHEON {^97 4] Assistant Professor of Social Work
B.A , Upsala College; M.S.W , Rutgers School of Social Work
LYNETTE ¥. McGRAJh [^9b6) Associate Professor of English
B.A., University of Sydney; B.A., MA, Ph D , University of Illinois
DONNA FARESE McHUGH (1968) Assoc/afe Professor of P/ano
B.A., Dunbarton College of Holy Cross; M.Mus., Catholic University of America
DAVID E. McKENTY (1961) C/ia/rperson, Department of English; Professor of Eng-
lish
B.S., Temple University; M.A., PhD , University of Pennsylvania
ROBERT D McKINNEY(1952)Assoc/afe Professor of Art
B.S., Edinboro State College; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
VIRGIL E.MAGNUSON (1975) Ass/stanf Professor of C/iem/stry
B.A , Monmouth College; Ph D , University of New Hampshire
JOHN A. MAIN (1971) D/'rector of the Social Work Program, Associate Professor of
Social Work
B.F.A., University of New Mexico; MS W., D S.W., University of Pennsylvania
ELI M. MANDELBAUM (1964) Professor of Mat/iemat/c5
B.A., Temple University; M.A., Ph D , University of Pennsylvania
JOHN A. MANGRAVITE (1976) Assoc/ate Professor of Chemistry
B.S., St. Peters College; Ph.D., University of New Hampshire
ROBERT J. MARBACH (1 976) Ass/stant Professor of Po//f/ca/Sc/ence
B.A., LaSalle College; MA, Ph D , Temple University
KATHERINE A. MARGERUM (1959) Associate Professor of Health and Physical
Education
B.S., West Chester State College; Ed.M , Temple University
ALICE B. MARKOW (1965) Professor of fng//sh
A.B., University of Delaware; A.M., University of Maryland; PhD , University of
Pennsylvania
EMIL M. MARKOW (1965) Assoc/afe Professor of Voice
B.S , MA, Columbia University
MYLESMARTEL (1967) Professor of Speech and Theatre
B.A., University of Connecticut; M.A., Ph.D., Temple University
RACHEL A. MARTIN (1969) Assoc/afe Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.Ed., Temple University
MARGARET Y MARTINEZ (1967) Assistant Chairperson, Department of Biology;
Associate Professor of Biology
A.B., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Columbia University
CAROL R. MATZ (1973) Ass/s(an( Professor of Nursing
B.S., Albright College; MS, University of Maryland
C EORG E W. M AXI M (1 972) Associate Professor of Elementary Education
B.S., M.Ed., Mansfield State College; Ph D., Pennsylvania State University
SUSAN MAXWELL(1969)Assoc/ate Professor of Speech Pafho/ogy and Aud/o/ogy
B.A., Whittier College; M.A., Ohio University
ROBERT S. MEANS (1971) Professor of Secondary Education and Professional
Studies
B.A., M.A., Ph.D. .University of Alabama
248/Faculty
ROBE RTW ME DEI ROS (1968) Professor of Chem/sfry
B.S., University of Maine; M.S., Ph.D., University of Delaware
LAUREN B.MEISWINKEL (1967) Assoc/ate of Speech and Theafre
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; B.D , Drew University, School of Theology;
M.A. (History), MA. (Rhetoric Public Address), Temple University; D.Min.
(Theology), Drew University, School of Theology
RICHARD C. MERRELL (1968) Professor of Music Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.Mus., Eastman School of Music; Ed D , Penn-
sylvania State University
HAROLD W. METZ (1977)/\ssoc/afe Professor of Crimir)al Justice
A.B., Glenville State College; M Ed , Ohio University; Ed D West Virginia Univer-
sity
ROBE RT j . Ml LLE R (1 968) Assoc/afe Professor of £ng/;sh
B.S., Wilkes College; MA, Columbia University
FRANK E. MILLIMAN (1960) Acting Cfiairperson, Department of Mathematical
Sciences; Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.N.S., College of Holy Cross; A.B., Hobart College; A.M., Columbia University
JAMES S. MILNE (1969) Acting Dean, School of Social and Behavioral Sciences;
Professor of Political Science
B.S., Kutztown State College; MA, Villanova University; PhD , Temple Univer-
sity
KEGHAM A. MISSISSYAN (1964) Chairperson, Department of Secondary Educa-
tion and Professional Studies; Professor of Secondary Education and Professional
Studies
B.A., American University (Beirut, Lebanon); M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsyl-
vania
DIMITRI I. MONOS (1 978) Ass;stan( Professor of Soc/o/ogy
B.A., University of Maryland; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
MICHAELMONTEMURO (1965) Professor of Maffiemaf/cs
B.A., LaSalle College; M.A., Ed.D , Temple University
WILLIAM M. MOREHOUSE (1969) Cha/rperson, Department of Speech Communi-
cation and Theatre; Professor of Speech Communication and Theatre
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Purdue University
MARY ANN MORGAN (1962) Instructor of Elementary Education
B.S., East Stroudsburg State College
RONNIE L. MORGAN (1 973) Ass/stant Professor of Mafhemat/cs
B.S., Southwest Missouri State University; Ph.D., University of Missouri
WALENA C. MORSE (1968) Professor of Psychology
A.B., Duke University; M.A., Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College
JOSEPH G. MOSER(1966)Assoc;ate Professor of Maff7emat;cs
B.S., Rose Polytechnic Institute; M.S., Purdue University
SHIRLEY A. MUNG ER (1968) Professor of Mus/c Theory and Composition
B.A., M.A., University of Washington; DMA., University of Southern California;
Diploma in piano. Conservatoire Nationale de Musique (Paris)
MARTIN MURPHY (1966) Chairperson, Department of Anthropology, Sociology,
and Social Welfare; Associate Professor of Anthropology
A.B., A.M., University of Michigan
Faculty/249
MALINDA MURRAY (1978) Chairperson, Department of Nursing, Associate Pro-
fessor of Nursing
B.S.N., Emory University; M.E.D., Teacher's College, Columbia University
STERLING E. MURRAY (1 972) /Assoc/afe Professor o/Mus/c/-/;sfory and L/ferature
B.Mus., University of Maryland; A.M., Ph.D., University of Michigan
ROGER W. MUSTALISH (1978) /4ss/s(anf Professor of Health and Physical Educa-
tion
A.B., University of Pennsylvania; M.S., Michigan State University; M.P.H., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota
KOSTASMYRSIADES (1969) Professor of fng//sh
B.A., University of Iowa; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University
ALI NAGGAR {\^77] Associate Professor of Accounting
B.Com., Cairo University; MB. A., Long Island University; Ph.D., University of
Oklahoma
TAHANY NAGGAR (1 977) /\ss/sfanf Professor of Economics
B. Com., Rigadh University; M.A., Long Island University; Ph.D., University of
Oklahoma
MARY E. NEHLIC (1967) Assistant to the Director of Library Services, Associate
Professor
A.B., Wilson College; MS L.S., Drexel University
LARRY A. NELSON {^97^) Associate Professor of Music Theory and Composition
B.Mus., University of Denver; M.Mus , Southern Illinois University; Ph.D.,
Michigan State University
DEBORAH NICKLES (1969) Chairperson, Department of Special Education;
Assistant Professor of Special Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.S., Syracuse University
EDWARD N. NORRIS (1958) Associate Dean for Graduate Studies, School of
Health and Physical Education; Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.S., Virginia Commonwealth University; Ed.D.,
Temple University
SARA M. NORTHEIMER (1969) A ss/sfant Professor of Music Education
B.S., Ed.M., Temple University
ROBERT P. NYE (1968) Professor of Hea/th£c/ucaf/on
A.B., Gettysburg College; M.Ed., West Chester State College; Ed.D., Temple Uni-
versity
MARY ANN O'CONNELL (1970) £ar/yC/i/7dfiood Research Pro/ect, Instructor
B.A., Emmanuel College; MS., Central Connecticut State College
BERNARD S.OLDSEY (1969) Professor of £ng//sfi
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
WILLIAM R.OVERLEASE (1963) Professor of 6/o/ogy
B.S., B.S.F., M.S., Ph.D., Michigan State University
REYNOLD D. PAGANELLI (A967) Associate Professor of Secondary Education and
Professional Studies
B.S., Bloomsburg State College; M.A., Catholic University of America; C.A.S.,
Johns Hopkins University
250/Faculty
CHARLES W. PACANO (1967) Assistant Professor of Healtfi and Pfiysical Educa-
tion
B.S., West Chester State College; M Ed., Ohio University
WILLIE E. PAGE, JR. (1967) Assoc/afe Pro/essor o^ £ng/;sh
A.B., East Carolina University; MA, Florida State University
PRAXITELES PANDEL (1972) Assoc/afe Pro/essor o/ P/ano
B.Mus., M.S., The Juilliard School
SUSAN 8. PARKINSON (1968) Associate Professor of Healthi and Pliysical Educa-
tion
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.Ed., West Chester State College
MICHAEL A PEICH (1 968) Ass/s(antPro/essoro/£ng//sh
B A., Wartburg College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania
ROBERT E. PENNINGTON (1966) Professor o/P/ano
B.Mus., M.Mus., Mus.D., Northwestern University
ERMINIO J. PETA (1967) Pro/essoro/E/emenfary£c/ucaf/on
B.S., Kutztown State College; M.Ed., University of Florida; Ed.D., Lehigh
University
AMALIA T. PETERS (1969) Ass/sfanf Professor of Spanish
Institute of Juan Ramon Fernandez (Argentina); M.Ed., West Chester State
College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania
ERNEST L. PETERS (1969) Director of Educational Development Center (Acting);
Associate Research Director for Grants; Professor of Educational Research
A.B., Lafayette College; M.A., Villanova University; Ed.D., University of Denver
WILLIAM B. PETE RS(1 973) Assoc/afe Professor o/H/s(ory
B.A., Pomona College; M.A., California State University, San Francisco; Ph.D.,
University of California, Santa Barbara
FRANK E. PETERSON (1962) Associate Professor of Speech Pathology and Audi-
ology
B.S., Edinboro State College; MA., Columbia University
SHIRLEY T. PETHES (1968) Assoc/ate Professor of Piano
A.R.C.T., Royal Conservatory of Music of Toronto; Artist Diploma, University of
Toronto; M.Mus., Indiana University
RUTH B. PETKOFSKY (1968) Assoc/ate Professor o/£/emenfaryf ducat/on
A.B., Hunter College; MA, University of Minnesota
FREDERICK C. PFLIEGER (1961) Professor o/ Mus/c H/sforyand /./'ferafure
B.S., West Chester State College; M.Mus., PhD , West Virginia University
THOMAS W. PLATT (1 968) Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Washington and Jefferson College; M.A., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania
EDWARD I POLLACK (1 977) Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., SUNY at Binghamton; M.A., Ph.D., University of Connecticut
J ACK PORTE R (1 968) Professor of Psychology
B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., Temple University
LOU I S H . PORTE R (1 974) Assoc/ate Professor of Psychology
B.A., Ohio University; M.A., Ph.D., Howard University
Faculty/251
WILLIAM C. PRAJER(^9b9) Associate Professor of English
B.S., East Stroudsburg State College; MA, Pennsylvania State University; PhD ,
Ohio University
SANDRA F PRITCHARD (1967) Director, Center for Academic Information and
Advising: Assistant Professor
B.S., M.Ed , West Chester State College
CAROL A RADICH {^972) Associate Professor of Elementary Education
B.A., Glassboro State College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Maryland
WILLIAM J. RAHN (1965)Assoc;'afe Professor of Counse/or£ducaf;on
B.S., Villanova University; M.Ed , Temple University
WILLIAM) RAMPON (1 967) /Assoc/ate Professor of Ceograp/iy
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; MA, University of Oklahoma
WILLIAM J RARICK (1 968) Ass/sfanf Professor of Art
B.A., Philadelphia College of Art; M.F.A , Tyler School of Art
J UDITH D. RAY (1 978) Ass/sfanf Professor of Physical Education
ABE. of Harris Teachers College; MA Ed., Washington University
DAVID L REDMOND (1963) Associate Professor of Instructional Media
Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.S., Syracuse University
GEORGE F. REED (1966)Professor of Asfror7omyanc/Sc;ence Education
B.S , St Joseph's College (Pa); M.S., Ed.D , University of Pennsylvania
N. RUTH RE ED(1 953) Assoc/afe Professor of Hea/t/i£du cat/on
B.S., East Stroudsburg State College; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
THOMAS G REED (1967) Instructor of Art
B.S., West Chester State College
ROBERT W REESE (1951) D/recfor of A t/i/ef/cs. Associate Professor of Health and
Physical Education
B.S., East Stroudsburg State College; MS, University of Pennsylvania
RUSSELL E. REIS, \R.{^967) Assistant Professor of Instructional Media Education
B.S., M Ed., West Chester State College
MARY-ANN R E I SS (1 969) Assistant Professor of Spanish
B.A., Temple University; M.A., Villanova University
BARRY G. REMLEY {^966) Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester State College
ARLENE C. RENGERT (1976) Ass/stant Professor of Geography
A.B., University of Indiana; M.A., The Ohio State University; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
FRANCIS J. REYNOLDS(1961)Professor of Cfiem/stry
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; PhD , University of Pennsylvania
RUSSELL K RICKERT (1956) Dean, School of Sciences and Mathematics; Profes-
sor of Physics
B.S., West Chester State College; M.S., University of Delaware; Ed.D , New York
University
DONN C.RILEY (1966) Professor of History
A.B., M.A., Ph.D., St. Louis University
ROBERT D. RIMEL (1966)Ass/stant Professor of £ng//sh
B S. West Chester State College; M.A., University of Delaware
252/Faculty
STANLEY RIUKAS (1968) Professor of Ph/7osophy
A.B., Classical Gymnasium (Lithuania); Ph.B , Ph.L., Loyola University; Ph D , New
York University
SARAH E. RIVOIR (1964) Library, Business, Political Science and Law Coordina-
tor; Associate Professor
B.S., Temple University; MS L.S , Drexel University
ALFRED D. ROBERTS (1959) Assistant Chairperson, Department of Foreign Lan-
guages; Professor of Romance Languages
B.A., Ursinus College; MA., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
RONALD F ROMIC (1967) Professor of B/o/ogy
B.S., Bloomsburg State College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Delaw/are
HARRISON C. ROPER (1969) Ass/sfanf Professor of /nsfrumenfa/Mus/c
B.A , Haverford College; M.Mus., Catholic University of America
JOHN P ROSSO (1 975) /nsfrucfor/nC/ass;ca/ Language fPar(-(/mej
B.A , Haverford College; MA, University of Pennsylvania
PHILIP B. RUDNICK (1968) Professor of Chem/sfry
B.A., Yeshiva University; B A , Ph.D., Rutgers — The State University
JANE WESTON SADDORIS (1971) /nsfrucfor of Speech and Theatre
B.S., West Chester State College; M.A., in Education, Villanova University
BERNICE J. SALUP (1976) /\ss;sfanf Professor of Read/ng
B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., Temple University
JEANETTE L. SAM (1976) Special Assistant to the President, Director of Affirma-
tive Action
B.S., University of Michigan; M.S., University of Wisconsin; J.D., Temple
University
GLENN W. SAMUELSON (1965) Professor of Soc/o/ogy
B.A , Wheaton College; MAR., Eastern Baptist Theological Seminary; M.A., Tem-
ple University; M.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ed.D., University of Maryland
BHIMSANDHU(1978)/\ss/sfanf Professor of Po//f;ca/Sc;ence
B.A., Panjab University (India); M.A., University of Texas; PhD , University of
Missouri
HAROLD R.SANDS(1969)Professor of Psycho/ogy
B.A., Rutgers — The State University; M Ed., Temple University; Ph.D., Pennsyl-
vania State University
HARRY G. SCHALCK (1964) Assistant Chairperson, Department of History;
Professor of Liistory
A.B., Ursinus College; M.A., Ph D , Clark University
ROBE RT SCH ICK (1 961 ) Professor of P/ano
B A., Swarthmore College; M.A., Columbia University; A.Mus.D., Eastman School
of Music
LISELOTTE M. SCHMIDT (1970) Chairperson, Department of Music History and
Literature; Professor of Music History and Literature
B.Mus., Converse College; M.A., New York University; M Mus., Manhattan School
of Music; Ed.D., Columbia University; Fulbright Scholar (University of Munich,
Germany, 1957-58)
Faculty/253
RICHARD A. SCHNE\D^R {^9b7) Associate Professor of German and Spanish
M.A., University of Heidelberg (Germany); Diploma, University of Barcelona
(Spain)
DORIS R. SCHOE L(1 962) Assoc/afePro/essor of Nurs/ng
R.N., Bryn Mawr Hospital; B.S., in Nursing, Villanova University; M.S., in Ed., Uni-
versity of Pennsylvania
R. GERALD SCHOELKOPF (1969) History Coordinator and Special Collections
Librarian; Assistant Professor
B.A., Villanova University; M.S.L.S., McGill University
EUGENE W. SCHOOLE R (1961) Professor of fius/ness and fconom/cs
B.S., Fort Hays Kansas State College; MB. A., University of Kansas; A.M., Ph.D.,
Harvard University
LEROY SCHUETTE (1973) Acting Director of Evening Studies, Director of Urban
Studies Project, Educational Developmennt Center; Associate Professor
B.A., Yankton College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph D., University of Utah
JANET C. SEIDEL (1973) Chairperson, Department of Criminal justice; Associate
Professor of Criminal justice
B.S., Drexel University; M.Ed., West Chester State College; Ed.D., Temple Uni-
versity
ANNE E. SE LL(1 978) Ass/sfanf Professor of Nurs/ng
B.S.N., College Misericordia; M.S.N., Marquette University
GUSV. SE RMASd 971 )Assoc/afe Professor of Arf
B.A., Baylor University; B.F.A., B.S., University of Texas; M FA , University of
Wisconsin
NEIL A. SERPIGO (1967) Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.A., University of New Hampshire; Ed.M , Boston University; Ed.D , University of
Alabama
ANNE SESSA (1968) Professor of H/sfory
B A , Swarthmore College; Ph.D., University of Delaware
WILLIAM H SEYBOLD, J R (1967) Assoc/afe Professor of Mafhemaf/cs
B.S., Temple University; M.A., Northwestern University
HAROLD E SHAFFER (1962) Assoc/ate Professor of History
A.B., Susquehanna University; Litt.M., University of Pittsburgh
BERNICE SHAPIRO (1 969) Ass/stanf Professor of Arf
B.A., Cooper Union School of Architecture; B.F.A., Philadelphia College of Art;
M.Ed., Tyler School of Art
JOHNC. SH EA (1967) Professor of Po//f/ca/Sc/ence
B.A., Allegheny College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ph D., University of
Pittsburgh
J ANE E . SH E PPARD (1 953) Associate Professor of Voice and Choral Music
B.Mus.Ed., Westminster College (Pa); M.A., Columbia University; M.Mus.,
Indiana University
ROBERT R SHINEHOUSE (1966) Assoc/afe Professor of Psychology
B.S., Ursinus College; M.A., Temple University
IRENE G. SHUR (1956) Professor of History
B.S., Ohio State University; M.Ed , University of Delaware; Ed.D., University of
Pennsylvania
254/Faculty
JAY SILVERMAN (A977) Associate Professor of Secondary Education and Profes-
sional Studies
A.B , University of Chicago; Ph.D., New York University
CAROLYN C. SIMMENDINGERn958)/\ssoc/afe Pro/essoroMrt
B.S., Kutztown State College; M FA, Tyler School of Art
ELEANOR B. SINCLAIR (1970)L/farary, Humanities Coordinator
B.A., University of Delaware; M.L.S., Rutgers — The State University
IRA C. SINGLETON (1970) Associate Dean for Graduate Studies and Research,
School of Music; Professor of Music Education
B.S., West Chester State College; Ed.M , Temple University; Ph D , New York
University
HAROLD L. SKELTON (1968) Chairperson, Department of Physics; Associate Pro-
fessor of Physics
B.S , Case Institute of Technology; M.S., University of Delaware; PhD,
University of Delaware
SUSAN SLANINKA (1975) /nsfrucfor of Nurs/ng
B.S.N., Villanova University; M.S.N , University of Pennsylvania
CARL M SMITH (1971)/\ss;sfanf Professor of Business and Economics
B.B.A, MBA, Temple University; C.P.A., Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
EDWARD D. SMITH (1972)C/ia/'rperson, Department of Counselor Education; Pro-
fessor of Counselor Education
B.S., Shippensburg State College; M.Ed , Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
ELIZABETH SMITH (1967) Assoc;ate Pro/essor o/ £ng//sh
B.A., Blue Mountain College; M.S., University of Southern Mississippi
FRANK A. SMITH (1964) Professor o/P/iys;cs
B.S., Villanova University; M.A., Ed.D , Temple University
L I DA N E LSON SMITH (1 966) Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education
A B., Bard College; M.A., Sarah Lawrence College
PHILIP D. SMITH, JR. (1967) Director, Language Research Center; Professor of
Language and Linguistics
B.A., Pepperdine University; MA , University of Nevada; Ph D , Ohio State
University
NORBERTC. SOLDON (1963) Professor of /-//story
B.A., M.A., Pennsylvania State University; Ph D., University of Delaware
H. LEE SOUTHALL(1967)A550c/a(e Professor of Brass
B.S., West Chester State College; MA., Trenton State College
JOSEPH M. SPIECKER (1 968) Cha;rperson, Department of Instructional Media; As-
sociate Professor of Instructional Media Education
B.S., West Chester State College; Ed.M., Temple University; Ed D., Nova
University
THOMAS W. SPIERLING (1972) Director of, Counseling Center; Associate Profes-
sor
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University
CHARLES A. SPRENKLE (1959) Dean, School of Music; Professor of Music
B.S., Johns Hopkins University; B.Mus., M Mus., D.Mus A , Peabody Conservatory
of Music
Faculty/255
RUTH S. SJANl^Y {^959) Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B S , MA., University of Oklahoma
J ACK STE I N BE RC (1 978) Assistant Director of Computer Center
B A , M.A., Temple University
JAY P. STEINMETZ (1967) Ass/sfant Processor o/ /nsfrucf/ona/ Med/a Education
B.S., Millersville State College; M Ed., West Chester State College
JOHN R. STEINMETZn965)Assoc/ate Professo/- of Hea/t/ifducaf/on
B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., Temple University
LESLIE STEVENSON, JR (1972) Counseling Psyct^ologist, Counseling Center;
Assistant Professor
B.S., M.S., University of Utah
JOSEPH A. STIGORA (1973) Assistant Professor of Speecfi Pathiology and
Audiology
B S., Bloomsburg State College; M.A., Ph D , Bwling Green University
RICHARD L. STRAYER (1956) Director, Educational Media Services; Professor of
Instructional Media Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M Ed , University of Delaware; Ed D , Temple
University
PAUL A. STREVELER (1970) Professor of Philosophy
B.A., St. John's University (Minnesota); Ph.D., University of Wisconsin
C.WAYNE STR I NGER (1971) Professor of Mus/cfducaf;or7
B.S., Ohio State University; M.A., Ed.D., Columbia University; Diploma in Kodaly,
Eztergom, Hungary
FREDERICK R. STRUCKMEYER (1966) Professor of Ph;7osop/iy
B.A., King's College (NY); AM, Ph.D., Boston University
CHARLES H. STUART (1968) Professor of H/story
B.A., Houghton College; MA, Bradley University; PhD , Boston University
E LENA F. STUART (1 977) Instructor of Speech Pathology and Audiology
B A., Emerson College; MS, Purdue University
R. GODFREY STUDENMUND (1956) Director of Admissions, Associate Professor
of Education
B.S., Shippensburg State College; EdM., Temple University
RUSSELL L. STURZEBECKER (1946) Professor of Hea/tfi and Pfiys/ca/fducaf/on
B.S., West Chester State College; Ed.M , Ed D., Temple University
JAMES D. SULLIVAN (1967) Associate Professor of Music Theory and Composi-
tion
B.S., West Chester State College; MA. Eastman School of Music
VINCENT V. SUPPAN (1964) Associate Professor of Speech Pathology and
Audiology
B.S., West Chester State College; M.A., Columbia University
JANE B. SWAN (1 965) D/rector, Women's Center, Professor of History
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
EMILY T.SWARTLEY (1970) /nsfrucfor of F/ufe
B.Mus., Eastman School of Music; M.Mus., Temple University
256/Faculty
ROY D. SWEET (1953) C^a/Vperson, Department of Vocal and Choral Music; Asso-
ciate Professor of Voice and Choral Music
B.S., State University of New York College at Fredonia; M.Mus , Eastman School
of Music
JULIAN M. SWIREN (1964) Assoc/'afe Professor of Counse/or £ducat/on
B.S., M.S., University of Pennsylvania; D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
ANNM. SWOPE (1 976) Ass/sfan( Professor of Nurs/ng
B.S., University of Pennsylvania; M.P.H., Johns Hopkins University
PATRICK J M. SYLVESTER (1 968) Professor of Business and Economics
B.A., St. Francis Xavier University (Canada); MA., University of New Brunswick
(Canada); M.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ph D , Bryn Mawr College
ROBERT J. SZABO (1 974) Ass/sfant Professor of Read/ng
B.S., Kutztown State College; M.Ed., Ed.D., Lehigh University
JOHNC. TACHOVSKY (1 970) Assoc/afe Professor of Geography
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester State College; Ph.D., University of Cincinnati
CASSIA TARASCH 1(1 978) /-//gfier£c/ucaf/onOpporfun/fy Program, Instructor
B,S., M.A., West Chester State College
BRADLEY E. TAYLOR (1973) Ass/sfanf Professor of /-/ea/tfi and Phys/ca/ £c/ucat;on
B.S., M.Ed , Temple University
S. KEITH TAYLOR (1968) Professor of fng//s/i
B.A., Ursinus College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ed.D., Temple University
SANDRA J . TH I E LZ (1 973) Instructor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., Southern Connecticut State College
GEORGE M THOMAS (1966) Professor of Secondary Education and Professional
Studies
B.S., West Chester State College; M.Ed., University of Delaware; Ed.D., Temple
University
MARY THOMPSON (1978) hiigher Education Opportunity Program, Instructor
B.S., West Chester State College
JOSEPH M. THORSON (1968) Professor of Business and Economics
L.L.M , University of Lwow (USSR); M.A., Seton Hall University; Ph.D., Indiana
University
DAVID GTHURBON (1963) Ass/sfanf Professor off r?g//sh
A.B., M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh
Wl LLIAMTOROP (1971) Professor of C/iem/sfry
A.B., M.S., Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
THOMAS TREADWELL (1968) Associate Professor of Secondary Education and
Professional Education
B.A., Morris Harvey College; M.S., University of Bridgeport; Moreno Institute,
New York; Temple University (certified psychodramatist)
JOHN N TREZISE [^9b9) Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
MILAN TRNKA (1962)Ass/stant Professor of Hea/fh and P/iys/ca/£ducaf/on
A.B., Syracuse University; MS., University of Illinois
EUGENIA R.TRUESDELL(1969)£;brary, Print Cataloger; Associate Professor
A.B., Elmira College; B.S , Syracuse University; MS L S., Drexel University
Faculty/257
JOHN J. TURNER, JR. [^965) Professor of History
A.B., Muhlenberg College; MA., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D , Columbia
University
JOY VANDEVER (1964) Assoc/afe Professor of Voice
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester State College
RICHARD K. VELETA [^9b5) Chairperson, Departmer^t of Keyboard Music; Profes-
sor of Piano
B.Mus., M.Mus., D.Mus., Northwestern University
C. RALPH VE RNO (1 966) Associate Professor of Mattiematics
B.A., University of Pittsburgh; M.Div., Westminster Theological Seminary; M.S. in
Ed., University of Pennsylvania
MARY A. VINQUIST (1975) Assistant Professor of Music History and Literature
(Part-time]
B.M., St. Olaf College; MA, Indiana University; Ph.D , University of North Caro-
lina
JACQUES CVOOIS (1969) Assoc/atePro/essor of P/ano
B.Mus., Oberlin College; M.Mus., Manhattan School of Music
EARL E. VOSS (1971) Assoc/afe Professor of Heaitfi Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.Ed., Temple University
JACK WABER (1976)/\ss;sfanf Professor of Biology
B.A., Hope College, Michigan; Ph.D., University of Hawaii
G. ALAN WAGNER (1967) Assoc/afe Professor of Voice
B.Mus., Northwestern University; MP A., Carnegie-Mellon University
RAYMOND L. WALTERS (1977) Ass/stanf Professor o/ Cr/m/na/ /usf/ce
B.S., M.S., Michigan State University
SHIRLEY ANN WALTERS (1963) Acting Coordinator, Field Experiences (Student
Teachiing); Professor of Secondary Education and Professional Studies
B.S., Millersville State College; MA, University of Michigan; D Ed , Temple Uni-
versity
JOHN W. WARD (1961) Assoc/afe Professor of Englisli
A.B., M.A., Miami University; Ph.D., University of Delaware
MARTIN A. WATKINS (1975) Assoc/afe Professor of Basic Skills, Higher Education
Opportunity Program
B.A., University of North Carolina; M.A., Indiana University
JOHN W. WEAVER (1973) Assoc/afe Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Eastern Mennonite College; M.A., University of Delaware; Ph.D , Johns Hop-
kins University
LON W. WEBER (1977) Dean, Craduate and Continuing Studies
B.S., University of Wisconsin — Platterville; MS, Ph.D., University of Wiscon-
sin—Madison
R ICHARD J . WE BSTE R (1 967) Professor o/ H/sfory and Amer/can Sfud/es
A.B., Lafayette College; M.A., University of Delaware; A.M., University of Penn-
sylvania; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
SUSAN W.WEBSTER (1967) Ass/sfar7f Professor of B/o/ogy
A.B., Bucknell University; M.Ed , West Chester State College
258/Faculty
RUTH I. WEIDNER {^9b7) Music Librarian, Assistant Professor
B.A., Hood College; M.S.L S., Drexel University
MICHAEL S. WEISS (1978) Chairperson, Department of Speech Pathiology and
Audiology; Associate Professor of Speech Pathology and Audiology
B.A., Long Island University; MS, PhD , Purdue University
ROBERT H.WEISS (1967) Pro/essor of £ng//sh
A.B., University of Pennsylvania; A.M., Ph.D., Temple University
JAMES R. WELLS (1968) Professor of Music History and Literature/Instrumental
Music
B.S., West Chester State College; Ed.M , Temple University; Ed.D , Columbia Uni-
versity
THEODORA L WEST (1963) Professor of fng/;sh
B.A., University of Akron; MA, Ohio State University; PhD , University of Pitts-
burgh
LINWOOD J. WHITE (1 968) Assoc/ate Professor of Ar(
B FA , Maryland Institute College of Art; M.F A., University of Pennsylvania
W BENJAMIN WHITTEN (1959) Assoc/ate Professor of P/ano
B.Mus., M Mus., Peabody Conservatory of Music
PAUL R. Wl DICK (1 967) Professor of Sc/ence £ducaf/on
B.A., M.Ed., Wayne State University; MA, Eastern Michigan University; Ed.D.,
Temple University
MARK F. WIENER (1965) Ass/sfanf Professor of Maf/ieAT7af/cs
B.S., West Chester State College; A.M., University of Illinois
HARRY WILKINSON (1948) Professor of Mus/'c Theory and Composition/Organ
B.S., Ed.M., Temple University; Ph D., Eastman School of Music
LLOYD C WILKINSON (1960) Associate Professor of Health and Physical Educa-
tion
B.S., West Chester State College; MA., Villanova University
ARDISM WILLIAMS (1967)Assoc;ate Professor of Chem/sfry
A.B., Mount Holyoke College; A.M. Vassar College
EDWIN L WILLIAMS (1968) Assoc/ate Professor of Pfi/7osophy
B.A , West Chester State College
LOIS M. WILLIAMS (1955) Associate Professor of Music History and Litera-
ture/Voice and Choral Music
B.Mus., Western Michigan University; M.A., Columbia University; Fulbright
Scholar(Cermany 1953-1955)
THOMAS B. Wl LLI AMS (1 961 ) Professor of Secondary Education and Professional
Studies
B.S., Salisbury State College; Ed.D , Temple University
SONIA V WINCATE (197^) Ass/sfant Professor of Social Work
B.A., The Pennsylvania State University; M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania
JOHN M. WINTERMUTE [A9b6) Associate Professor of Health and Physical Educa-
tion
B S., Ithaca College; Ed.M , State University of New York at Buffalo
JACK E WISE (1 968) Assoc/afe Professor of fng/;s/i
B.S., M.Ed., Shippensburg State College
Faculty/259
PH\l\PWnONSK\ i^974) Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Queens College; Ph D , University of Minnesota
PAUL WOLFSON (1978) Assistant Professor of Matfiematical Sciences
A.B , Columbia University; M.S., Ph D , University of Chicago
MARGARET W WOOD (1973) Instructor of Speech Pathology & Audiology [Part-
time)
B S , MS, Syracuse University
RICHARD I. WOODRUFF (1966) Processor o/6/o/ogy
B.S., Ursinus College; M.Ed., West Chester State College; Ph D , University of
Pennsylvania
RONALD B. WOODS (1967) Acting Dean, School of Health, Physical Education,
and Recreation; Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., East Stroudsburg State College; M.S., University of Massachusetts; Ph.D.,
Temple University
CAROLYN A. WOODWARD (1 976) Instructor of Nursing
B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; MS, Villanova University
JAMES j. WRIGHT (1945) Chairperson, Department of Music Theory and Compo-
sition; Professor of Music Theory and Composition
B.S., West Chester State College; Ed M , Temple University; Ph D , Eastman
School of Music
STANLEY I YAROSE WICK (1969) Pro/essoro^P.'iys/cs
B S., University of New Hampshire; MS, Ph D., Clarkson College of Technology
MARGARETC. YEAKEL (1973) Professor of Soc/a/ Work
A B., A.M., Oberlin College; MS., D S.W , Case Western Reserve University
DANIEL j. YEH (1968) Library, Psychology-Sociology Librarian; Associate Pro-
fessor
B.A., National Taiwan University; M S L S., Drexel University
RICHARD B. YODER (1962) Director of Athletics; Associate Professor of Health
and Physical Education
B.S., West Chester State College; MA., Villanova
EDWIN L. YOUMANS (1 960) Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.A., University of Northern Iowa; M.A., PhD , University of Iowa
ROBERT J YOUNG (1965) Professor of History
B.S., Temple University; M.A., PhD , University of Pennsylvania
CARLOS R. ZEIGLER (1969) Acting Dean, School of Education; Professor of
Elementary Education
A.B., Elizabethtown College; M.Ed., Ed.D , Temple University
ELSIE B.ZIEGLER(1965)Professoro/£ng//sh
B.S., Elizabethtown College; M S L.S., Villanova University; Ed D , Temple
University
CORNELIA H. ZIMMERMAN (1977) Assoc/afe Professor of Elementary Education
B.S , Kutztown State College; M.Ed., Ed.D., Lehigh University
MARTIN ZLOTOWSKI (1973) Assoc/afe Professor of Spec/a/ fducaf/on
A.B , New York University; MA, Ph D., Michigan State University
EMERITI
W. GLENN KILLINGER, Dean of Men Emeritus
LLOYD C. MITCHELL, Dean of Music Emeritus
KENNETH C SLACLE, Dean of Arts and Sciences Emeritus
HAROLD W. BENDA, Dean of Education Emeritus
ELEANOR ASHKENAZ, Ctiemistry
MARYM. BUSS, Biology
FAYE A. COLLICOTT, Librarian
CERALDINE C CONBEER, Librarian
GEORGE CRESSMAN, Education
KATHERINE M DENWORTH, Education
MARK M EVANS, Director of Student Teaching
MARION FARNHAM,Arf
RUTH FELDMAN, Psychology
ROBERT B GORDON, Sciences
THELMA ). GREENWOOD, Biology
MURIEL LEACH, Health and Physical Education
JACK A. OWENS, Health and Physical Education
B. PAUL ROSS, £ducaf/on
GERTRUDE SCHMIDT, Mus;c
W CLYDE SKILLEN,e;o/ogy
S ELIZABETH TYSON, English
E ARLE C WATERS, Health and Physical Education
JOSEPHINE E WILSON, £ng//sh
Index/261
-A-
Academic Advising, 73
Academic Affairs, 13
Academic Calendar (Inside Front
Cover)
Academic Classification of Students,
73
Academic Development Programs, 19
Academic Honors List, 78
Academic Information and Advising,
17
Academic Policies and Procedures, 69
Acceptance Fee, 39
Acceptance of an Offer of Admission,
32
Accounting, 106
Course Descriptions, 106
Accreditation, 2
ACT Scores, 31
Adding A Course, 78
Address Change, 40
Administration of College, 231
Admission, 31
Acceptance of an Offer Of, 32
Early, 32
College Graduates Seeking Certifi-
cation, 34
General Requirements for, 31
How and When To Apply for, 31
Last Day For A. of New Freshman, 31
Notice of Decision Regarding, 31
Requirements in Specific Fields, 32
Advanced Placement Program, 79
Affirmative Action, 2
All Star Series, 59
Alumni Association, 64
Alumni Association of WCSC Scholar-
ship Fund, 45
Alumni Students Emergency Loan
Fund, 48
American Studies, 85
B.A. in, 85-86
Course Descriptions, 86
Anderson Hall, 23
Anthropology, Sociology, Social Wel-
fare, Dept. of, 87-96
Anthropology, 87
B.A. in, 88
B.S.in,88
Course Descriptions, 89-90
Application Fee, 38
Admission Procedure for Transfer
Students, 32-33
Armed Services ROC Program, 20
Arranging For Tests, 32
Art, 96-101
B.A., 96-97
Course Descriptions, 97-101
Art Collections, 26
Art, Department of, 96-101
Arts and Letters, Core Requirements,
72
Arts and Letters, School of, 67
Assistantships,
Graduate, Counseling Services, for
Seniors Seeking, 48
Astronomy
— See Earth Sciences
Athletic Coaching, K-1 2, 1 70-1 71
Athletic Field Complex, 25
Athletic Program, Intercollegiate,
162-163
Athletic Training Education Program,
170
Auditing Fee, 39
Auditing Privileges, 76
Awards, 44-47
-B-
Baccalaureate Programs, 4, 10
Bands, 59
Basic Educational Opportunity Grant
Programs, 44
Bilingual Education, 122
Billing Address Change, 40
Biology, 101-104
B.A. in, 101
B.S. in Ed. in, 101-102
Course Descriptions, 102-104
Biology, Department of, 101-104
Black Student Union, 62
Bookstore, 54
Brokenshire, Laury Samuel, Scholar-
ship, 45
Budget, Sample College, 44
Buildings,
North Campus, 23
South Campus, 25
Bull, E.O. Learning and Research
Center, 23
262/lndex
Bureau of Educational Media Services,
28
Business and Economics, Department
of, 105-111
Business Concentrations, 105-106
-C-
Calendar, Academic (Inside Front
Cover)
Campus and Facilities, 23
Campus Description, 23
Career Services, and Placement, 56
Carl, Robert L., Memorial Keyboard
Scholarship, 45
Center for Academic Information and
Advising, 17
Certification Programs, 4
Chamber Choir, 60
Chamber Music Groups, 59
Chamber Music Series, 59
Changing Majors, 73, 74
Chemistry, 111-115
B.S. in Chemistry, 112
B.S. in Chemistry — Biology, 112
B.S. in Clinical Chemistry, 113
B.S. in Forensic Chemistry, 112
B.S. in Ed. -Chemistry, 112-113
Internship Program, 111-112
Chemistry Core, 112
Course Descriptions, 113-115
Chemistry, Department of, 111-115
Chemistry Department Scholarship, 45
Chester County Athenaeum, 27
Chester County Intermediate Unit,
I.M.S., 27
Choir, 59-60
Class Load, Student, 73
Classification,
Academic, 73
Classification by College Program, 73
Classification of Students, 51
Resident Students, 51
Commuting Students, 51
Coaching Certification Program,
170-171
College Bands, 59
College Events, 59
Scheduling of, 56
College Information and Publications,
28
College Level Examination Program
(CLEP), 79
College Literature, 61
College Work-Study Program, 48
Communication,
B.S. in Ed, 220
Communications Directory, (Inside
Back Cover)
Community Center Fee, 37
Commuter Dues, 41-42
Commuting Students, 51
Comprehensive Social Studies,
115-116
B.S. in Ed, 115-116
Requirements, 116
Computer Center, 27-28
Computer and Information Sciences,
B.S. in, 184-185
Course Descriptions, 188-189
Concert Band, 59
Concert Choir, 59
Contents, 3
Continuing Education, 4, 18
Correspondence Courses,
Policy on, 80
Council of Higher Education, 230
Counseling Center, 55-56
Counseling Services for Seniors Seek-
ing Graduate Assistantships or Fel-
lowships, 48
Course Offerings, 85
Credit by Examination, 38, 79-80
Criminal Justice, 117-120
B.S. in, 117-118
Course Descriptions, 118-120
Criminal Justice, Department of,
117-120
Criterions, 59
Cultural Affairs, 59
Cumulative Index, 75
-D-
Damage Fee, 39
Dance Concentration, 169-170
Darlington Herbarium, 27
Darlington, Dr. William, 27
Degree Requirements, 69-71
Delinquent Accounts, 41
Dental Hygiene, 120
Description of the Campus, 23
Dining Accommodations, 52
Directions to the College, 10
Directory Information, 82
Dishonored Check Fee, 39
Drayer, Dr. Robert E,, Memorial
Award, 45
Driver Education and Safe Living Cer-
tification in, 170
Index/263
Dues, Commuter/Resident, 41-42
-E-
Early Childhood and Elementary Edu-
cation, Department of, 121-125
B.S. in Ed. in, 121-122
Elective areas.
Concentrations in, 122
Course Descriptions, 1 23-1 25
Earth Sciences, 125-128
B.S. in Ed. — Earth and Space Sci-
ence, 125
B.S. in Ed. — General Science,
126
B.S. in — Earth Science, 126
B.S. in Chemistry — Geology, 126
Course Descriptions, 126-128
Earth Science, Dept. of, 125-128
Economics,
B.A.in, 106
Course Descriptions, 107-108
Educational Development Center, 27
Educational Media Services, 28
Educational Psychology
Course Descriptions, 216
Education, School of, 67
Ehinger Gymnasium, 24
Elementary Physical Education Con-
centration, 169
Elsie Oleita Bull Learning and Re-
search Center, 23-24
Emeriti, 260
Engineering,
— See Physics
English, 129-135
B.A. in Literature, 129
B.S. in Ed-English, 130
Course Descriptions, 1 30-1 35
English, Department of, 129-135
Enrollment, 9
Environmental Education, 136-138
Course Descriptions, 1 38
Ethnic Studies, 138-142
Course Descriptions, 142
Evening Studies, 18
Examinations,
Arranging for, 32
Physical Education Requirements,
32
Extension of Teaching Certificates, 14
-F-
Faculty, 232-259
Faculty Senate Scholarship, 45
Family Educational Rights and Privacy
Act, 82
Farrell, John A., Stadium, 25
Federal Grants, 44
Fees and Expenses, 37
Fellovi'ships, Counseling Services for
Seniors Seeking, 48
Final Examinations, 76
Finance, 108
Course Descriptions, 108
Financial Aid, 43
Financial Obligations, 38
Foreign Languages, 143-152
B.A. in, 143
B.S. in Ed. in, 144
Course Descriptions, 145-152
Foreign Language, Department of,
143-152
Foreign Language Requirements, 71
Foreign Study, 145
Forensics, 61
Fraternities,
Service, 63-64
Social, 64
French,
B.A. in, 143
B.S. in Ed. in, 144
Concentration Requirements, 143
Course Descriptions, 145-146
Freshmen Placement in English Com-
position, 71
Freshmen String Scholarship, 45
-G-
General Requirements, 70
General Science,
B.S. in, 125
General Services, 171
Geography, 153-155
B.A. in, 153
B.S. in Ed. in, 153
Course Descriptions, 1 53-1 55
Geography and Planning, Department
of, 153-155
German,
Concentration
B.A. in, 143
B.S. in, 144
Course Descriptions, 147-148
Glee Club, Women's, 60
Gordon, Robert B., Natural Area for
Environmental Studies, 25
Government and Politics, 1 56-1 60
264/lndex
B.A. in Political Science, 157
B.A. in Political Science-Public Ad-
ministration, 156
B.S.in Ed. in, 157
Course Descriptions, 1 57-1 60
Government and Politics, Department
of, 1 56-1 60
Grade Changes, 75
Grade Reports, 74
Grading System, 74
Graduate Credit, 80-81
Graduate Studies, 21
Graduation Fee, 42
Graduation Honors, 81
Graduation Requirements, 81
Grants, 44-45
Graphic Arts, 28
Greek,
Course Descriptions, 148
Green, Francis Harvey, Library, 26
Gymnasium Uniforms, 42
-H-
Hamilton, Walker, Jr., Memorial
Scholarship, 46
Health, 163-167
B.S.in Health Ed., 163-164
B.S.in Public Health, 164-165
Concentration in Environmental
Health, 165
Course Descriptions, 166-167
Health and Physical Education,
Degree Programs, 161-162
Admission to the Program, 162
Professional Requirements, 162
Facilities, 162
Intercollegiate Athletic Programs,
162-163
Health and Physical Education Center,
25
Health, Physical Education and Recre-
ation, School of, 67, 161-176
Health, Physical Education and Recre-
ation Scholarship, 46
Health Service, 53
Higher Education Opportunity Pro-
gram
— See Academic Development Pro-
gram
Historical Properties, 27
History, 176-181
B.A. in, 176-177
B.S.in Ed, in, 177
Course Descriptions, 177-181
H istory. Department of, 1 76-1 81
History of the College, 9
Hollinger Field House, 24
Honor Societies, 62-63
Housing, 51-52
Housing Fee, 37
Human Relations Requirement, 71
Identification Photographs, 42
Identification Cards, 42
Independent Study, 79-80
Instructional 1 and II Certificate, 14
Instructional Media Education, 182
Course Descriptions, 182
Instructional Media Education, De-
partment of, 182
Instrumental Ensembles, 59
Instrumental Music, 199-200
Insurance Program, 53
Intention to Graduate, Required No-
tice of, 81
Interdisciplinary Programs, 10-11
International Education, 20
Internships, 13
Intracollegiate Government Associa-
tion, 56
Intracollegiate Governmental Associ-
ation Fee, 41-42
Intramurals, 171
Introducing West Chester, 9
Italian,
Course Descriptions, 148
-J-
Jones, Arthur E., Memorial Scholar-
ship, 46
Jones, Ruby B., Hall, 24
judiciary System, 57
Junior Year Abroad, 145-146
-K-
Keyboard Music, Department of, 197
Course Descriptions, 197
Kreuger, Fritz, K., Memorial Voice
Scholarship, 46
-L-
Late Registration Fees, 39
Late Payment Fee, 39
Latin American Studies, 183
Latin,
B.A. Concentration, 143
B.S. Concentration, 144
Course Descriptions, 148-149
Law, 108-109
Course Descriptions, 109
Index/265
Law Enforcement Education Program
Grants, 45
Lawrence Center, 24
Learning and Research Center, 23-24
Legal Residence, Determination of, 41
Library, 26
Library Cards, 42
Liguistics, 152
Literature,
B.A. in,129
Course Descriptions, 132-135
Little Theatre, 61
Loans, 48
Location of the College, 10
-M-
MainHall,24
Maintenance Building, 24
Management,
Course Descriptions, 109-110
Map, North Campus, 271
Marching Band, 59
Marine Science, 128
Marine Science Consortium, 17
Marketing,
Course Descriptions, 110-111
Marshall, Lewis H., Award, 46
Mathematical Sciences, 184-189
B.A., Mathematics, 184
B.A., Mathematics, Computer Sci-
ence Concentration, 184
B.S., Computer and information
Sciences, 185
B.S. in Ed., Mathematics, 185
Course Descriptions, 186-189
Computer Science Courses, 188-189
Mathematical Sciences, Department
of, 184-1 89
Media Center, 28
Men's Chorus, 60
Middleton, S. Powell, Memorial Schol-
arship, 46
Minimum Standards,
Maintenance of, 78
Transfer Students, 78
Mitchell, Lloyd C, Hall, 24
Mitchell, Lloyd C, Piano Scholarship,
46
Mitten, Robert M., Scholarship Foun-
dation, 46
Mixed Chorus, 60
Morgan, Clifton E., Memorial Award,
46
Morochko, Michael, Memorial Piano
Award, 46
Music, 190-200
Entrance Requirements, 190-191
B.A. in Music, 192
Bachelor of Music, 192-193
B.S. in Music Ed, 191-192
Course Descriptions, 193-200
Music Education, Department of,
190-200
Course Descriptions, 193-200
Music History and Literature, Depart-
ment of, 194-196
Course Descriptions, 194-196
Music Library, 26
Music, Private instruction Fees, 39
Music, School, 67, 190-200
Music Sophomore Scholarship, 46
Music Tests, 191
Music Antiqua, 60
Musical Organizations, 59-60
Musical Theatre Company, 61
-N-
Natlonal Direct Student Loan Program,
48
National Student Exchange Program,
17
National Teacher Examination, 14
New Student Orientation Program,
52-53
Non Degree Physical Education Pro-
gram, 170
Non-Discrimination Policy, 2
North Campus Buildings, 23-25
Notice of Intention to Graduate, 81
Nurses, Special Costs for, 42
Nurses,
Health Requirements, 201
Special Requirements, 201
Insurance, 201
Uniforms, 201
Nursing, 201-203
B.S. in, 201
Policy, 202
Course Descriptions, 202-203
Nursing, Department of, 201-203
Nursing Scholarship Program, 46
Nursing Student Loan Program, 48
-O-
Off Campus Housing, 52
Off Campus Life, Office of, 57
Off Campus Student Association, 57
266/lndex
Old Library, 24
Opera Chorus, 60
Organizations, 57-59
Musical, 59
Religious, 61
Service, 63-64
Orientation, 52-53
Overnight Guests, 52
Organizations & Activities, 57-59
Overseas Study, 17
Overloads, 73
-P-
Parent's Confidential Statement, 82
Parking Fee, 41
Parry, Hillary H., Memorial Scholar-
ship, 47
Pass-Fail Policy, 76
Payment, Advance, 38
Pennsylvania Department of Educa-
tion, 230
Pennsylvania High Education Assis-
tance Agency Loan Guaranty Pro-
gram, 48
Phi Mu Alpha, Sinfonia Powell Middle-
ton Award, 47
Philips Autographed Book Library, 26
Philips Memorial Hall, 24
Philips, William Pyle, Lecture Series,
59
Philips, William Pyle, Scholarships, 47
Philosophy, 203-206
B.A. in, 203-204
Course Descriptions, 204-206
Philosophy, Department of, 203-206
Photography, 28
Physical Education, 168-176
B.S. in Health and Physical Educa-
tion, 168-169
Areas of Concentration, 1 69-1 70
Course Descriptions, 171-176
Physical Examination Requirements,
32
Physical Examinations, 53
Physics, 206-209
B.A. in, 206-207
B.S.inEd. in, 207
B.A. in Physics, B.S. in Engineering,
207
Course Descriptions, 208-209
Physics, Department of, 206-209
Placement and Career Services, 56
Places of Worship, 61
Policy,
Early Admission, 32
For Deficient Scores, 32
For Storm Closings, 54
For Students Transferring from Non-
Accredited Institutions, 33
For Withdrawal, 78
Non-Discrimination,
On Correspondence Courses, 80
On Repayments and Refunds, 40
Pass-Fail, 76
Placement for Freshmen in English
Composition Courses, 71
Political Science,
B.A. in Public Administration Con-
centration, 156
B.S.inEd. in, 157
Course Descriptions, 157-160
Portuguese, 149
Post Office, 54
Practice Instruments, Fees for, 39
Pre-Health, 13
Pre-Law, 13
Pre-Professional Program, 209-210
Pre-Professional Study and Advise-
ment, 13
Pre-Theology, 13
Principal Buildings of North Campus,
23-25
Principal Structures of South Campus,
25
Private Music Instruction Fees, 39
Procedures, Academic, 69
Program Board, 64
Program Board Series, 64
Programs of Study, 85
Psychology, 210-213
B.A. in, 210
B.S. in Ed, in, 211
Course Descriptions, 211-213
Psychology, Department of, 210-213
Public Administration,
B.A. in Political Science, 157
Course Descriptions, 159-160
Public Health,
Degree Program, 164-165
Publications, 59,61
-Q-
QUAD, The, 61
Qualifying for the Teaching Certifi-
cates, 71
Index/267
-R-
Ram's Eye View (The Student Hand-
book), 61
Reading,
Department of, 214
Course Descriptions, 214
Readmission, 79
Readmission of Former Students, 33-34
Recitation Hall, 24
Recreation, 60
Recreational Services, 171
Recreational Sports, 171
Recreation and/or Outdoor Educa-
tion, 170
Refunds, 40
Reinstatement and Readmission, 79
Religious Organizations, 61
Religious Studies Concentration, 205
Repeating Courses, 75
Requirements,
Arts and Letters Core, 72
For the Baccalaureate Degree, 69
For Graduation, 81
Foreign Language Requirement, 71
General, 69-71
Human Relations, 71
Of the Schools, 72
Social and Behavioral Science, 72
Resident Credit, 81
Requirements, Basic Outline, 69-71
Residence Halls, 25
Residence Hall Association, 56-57
Residency Requirement — Social and
Behavioral Science Core, 72
Resident Dues, 41-42
Resident Students, 51
Reynolds Hall, 24
Rights to Privacy Act of 1974, 82
Robert B. Gordon Natural Area for En-
vironmental Studies, 25
ROC Program, 20
Rodebaugh, Mr. and Mrs. Everett G.,
23
Room Assignments, 51
Freshmen Students, 52
Transfer Students, 52
Married Students, 52
Overnight Guests, 52
Policy for Withdrawals, 52
Room Reservation Fee, 38, 79
Ruby Jones Hall, 24
Russian,
B.A. in, 143-144
B.S.in,144
Course Description, 150
Russian Studies, 183
-S-
SAT Scores, 31
Safety Concentration, 170
Sample Budget, 44
Scheduling of College Events, 56
Schmucker Science Center, 24
Scholarships, 44-47
Scholarships and Awards, 45-47
School of Health, Physical Education
and Recreation Scholarship, 46
School of Music Memorial Instrumen-
tal Scholarship, 47
Science and Mathematics, School of,
67
Second Baccalaureate Degree, 72-73
Secondary Education and Professional
Studies, 215-216
B.S.inEd. in, 215-216
Course Descriptions, 216
Secondary Education and Professional
Studies, Department of, 215-216
Secondary Health Education Concen-
tration, 170
Secondary Physical Education Con-
centration—Women, 169
Secondary Physical Education Con-
centration—Men, 169
Sensenig, David M., Memorial Scholar-
ship, 47
Serpentine, The, 61
Service Fraternities, 63-64
Service Organizations, 62
Shamseddine, Dr. Ahmed H., Memorial
Award, 47
SICO Scholarship, 47
Smith, Greg, Memorial Scholarship, 47
Social Anthropology, 88
Social and Behavioral Science, School
of, 67
Social Work Program, 93-96
B.A. in, 94
Field Placements, 94
Course Descriptions, 94-96
Sociology, 88
B.A. in, 88
Course Description, 90-92
Sororities, Social, 64
South Campus Structures, 25
Spanish,
B.A. in, 143-144
268/lndex
B.S.in,144
Course Descriptions, 1 50-1 52
Special Education, 217-219
B.S. in, 217-218
Course Descriptions, 218-219
Special Education Building, 24
Special Education, Department of,
217-219
Special Physical Education Concentra-
tion, 170
Speech and Hearing Clinic, 55
Speech Communication, 219-223
B.A. in, 219-220
B.S. in Ed. in, 220
Course Descriptions, 220-223
Speech Communication and Theatre,
Department of, 219-223
Speech Pathology and Audiology,
224-226
B.S. in Ed. in, 224
Course Descriptions, 224-226
Speech Pathology and Audiology, De-
partment of, 224-226
Sports, Athletics and Recreation, 60
Sports Clubs, 172
Standards, Students, 57, 78
State College and University Directors,
232
State Grants, 44
State Higher Education Grant Pro-
gram, 44-45
State Higher Education Grants to Vet-
erans, 44
Station WCUR, 61
String Orchestra, 59
Structure of the College, 67
Student Absence Policy, 74
Student Affairs, 51
Student Class Load, 73
Student Electronics and Television
Services, 28
Student Government Fee,
Student Handbook, 61
Student Standards, 57, 78
Student Teaching, 13-14
Summer Sessions, 19
Supplemental Educational Opportuni-
ty Grant Program, 44
Swimsuits, 42
Swope, Charles S., Scholarship Foun-
dation, 47
Swope Hall, 25
Sykes College Union Building, 25, 54
Symphonic Band, 57
Symphony Orchestra, 57
-T-
Taking Courses Out of Sequence, 76
Tanglewood, 25
Teaching Certificates, 14
Teaching Certif icate(s),
Qualifying for the, 71
Television, 28
Theatre,
Little, 61
Musical, 61
Theatre Arts, 222-223
B.A. in, 220
Course Descriptions, 222-223
Theory and Composition,
Department of, 193-194
Course Descriptions, 193-194
Transcript Fee, 39
Transcripts, 81-82
Transfer of Credit, 80
Transfer Students, 32
Application Procedure, 33
Minimum Standards, 78
Transferring From a Non-Accredited
Institution, 33
Transient Student Status, 80
Transient,
Lodging Fees, 39
Meal Fees, 39
Trustees, West Chester State College,
Board of, 230
_U-
Undeclared Majors Program, 226
Uniforms,
Gymnasium, 42
Nursing, 201
Urban Education, 226-227
Course Descriptions, 227
-V-
Vehicle Regulations, 54
Veterans' Affairs, 19-20
Vocal and Choral Music,
Dept. of, 198-199
Course Descriptions, 198-199
-W-
WCUR, 61
Welkinweir, 25
West Chester State College Student
Emergency Loan Fund, 48
Index/269
Wind Ensemble, 59
Withdrawal,
From a course, 78
From the college, 78
Withdrawal Procedures, 39-40
Women's Center, 18
Women's Chorus, 60
Women's Glee Club, 60
Women's Studies, 227-228
Course Descriptions, 228
Work-Study Program, 48
Wyeth, Andrew, 26
REQUEST FOR APPLICATION FORMS
(Secondary school students are asked to send this request as soon as possible following com-
pletion of their junior year )
1 Name
(Last) (First) (Middle)
2 Number and Street ^___
3 City State Zip Code
4. When do you wish to enter West Chester? 19
(State the month, September, January or June)
5. In what curriculum do you wish to enroll' (Please check one only)
Arts and Sciences D Nursing D
List Major Public Health D
Business Administration D Secondary Education D
Computer and Information D List Major
Sciences
Criminal Justice D Speech Correction D
Undeclared Major D
Elementary Education D
Health and Physical D
Education
Health Education D
Music D
Check the Music degree
you wish to pursue:
B.S. in Music Education
Bachelor of Arts
Bachelor of Music
6. Have you attended any other college? yes D NoCH
If so, give name of the college
How many semesters did you spend there?
7 Do you intend to apply as a Resident Student? 1] Commuter Student? D
8. When will you (or when did you) graduate from secondary school?
Month Year
Send to
Director of Admissions
West Chester State College
West Chester, Pennsylvania 19380
21 5-436-341 1
Note: When this information is received, instructions for completing your application will be
sent to you. Do not send application fee with this form
West Chester State College
West Chester, Pa. 19380
Summer Sessions 1980
Undergraduate Offerings
CALENDAR
Undergraduate Summer Sessions— 1980
) March and continues until the termination date given below for
Students register according to the first letter of their last names. No student may
register at other than the scheduled hour and date. Employed students should
arrange for time off in order to register at their designated hours.
PRE SESSION
Scheduling ends 4:00 p
m.
Friday, IVIay 23
Registration
A through F 8:30-9:45 a.m.
G through L 9:45-11:00 a.m.
M through R 12:30-1:45 p.m.
S through Z 1:45-3:00 p.m.
Monday, June 2
Classes begin 8:00 a.m
Classes end
REGULAR SESSION
Tuesday, June 3
Friday, June 20
Scheduling ends 4:00 p
Registration
A through F 8:30-9:45 a.m.
G through L 9:45-11:00 a.m.
M through R 12:30-1:45 p.m.
S through Z 1:45-3:00 p.m.
Friday, June 13
Monday, June 23
Classes begin 8:00 am
Holiday
Classes end
POST SESSION
Tuesday, June 24
Friday, July 4
Friday. August 1
Scheduling ends 4:00 f
Registration
A through F 8:00-9:00 a.m.
G through L 9:00-10:00 a.m.
M through R 10:00-11:00 a.m.
S through Z 1 1 :00-1 2:00 noon
Friday July 25
Monday, August 4
Classes begin 8:00 a.m
Classes end
Tuesday, August S
Friday, August 22
REGISTRATION LOCATION
Lawrence Center— at western end of campus, see map on back cover
TELEPHONES (AREA CODE 215)
Summer Sessions
436-2230
Registrar
436-2420
Admissions
436-3411
Graduate & Continuing Study
436-2243
Summer at West Chester..
At West Chester State College the 12-week
summer program is divided into three sessions of
three, six and three weeks, designated as the Pre,
Regular and Post Sessions, respectively. The
calendar for 1980 appears at left. Most of the
courses offered follow this schedule. Exceptions,
mostly in the workshops and other special
offerings, are noted in the course Ustings and in
the special workshop session of this catalog.
Additional information on a particular course
or program may be obtained from the department
offering it. General information is available at the
Office of Admissions, 110 Rosedale Avenue, and
the Office of Summer Sessions, Learning and
Research Center. High and Rosedale.
Why West Chester?
Students choose West Chester State College
for summer study for a variety of reasons. Our
convenient scheduling allows time for a summer
job or vacation as well as study. Our extensive
course offerings provide a great deal of flexibility
in planning a program. And our location is
especially attractive both to those students in the
Delaware Valley who want to be close to home
and job and those from farther away who see the
area as an exciting place to spend the summer.
What an exciting place West Chester can be!
Close enough to Philadelphia to be considered a
suburb with access to the city's theatres,
concerts, shopping and international cuisine, the
town is far enough into the country to be near the
fields and mountains for such outdoor pursuits as
horseback riding, backpacking, canoeing and
picnicking. Culture and history are there for the
absorbing, and nightUfe is as close as a walk up-
CONTENTS
Calendar and Telephone Numbers
1
General Information
2
Fees and Expenses
4
How to Register
6
Academic Information
e
Workshops and Special Offer
ngs
11
Pre Session Offerings
2
Regular Session Offerings
5
Post Session Offerings
10
Campus f^ap
Back Cover
NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY
regard lu iheir mariial s
the tollegt eniieavan lo i
m-disi
religious creed. In addition.
II of handicapped
appliei
o all SI
nfor admission and ei
d all pariicipanis in college-sponsored aciiviiies. Inquiries
•arding compliance wiih ihis policy may be directed lit Mr
mn Jenkins. Director of A/jfirmaiii* Action. Philips
.•morial Hall. Wesi Chester Slate College, telephone (215)
General Information
About the college...
West Chester Sute College is the
second-largest of the fourteen insti-
tutions of higher learning operated
by the Commonwealth of Pennsyl-
vania. Now in its second century,
the college is a multi-purpose, com-
prehensive institution offering a
wide range of both undergraduate
and graduate programs. New courses
and areas of study are constantly
being developed to meet changing
A look at the area...
The Borough of West Chester is
located in a rapidly developing but
still agricultural area near several
major metropolitan centers. A com-
munity of about 20.000, the town is
about 25 miles west of Philadelphia
and 17 miles north of Wilmington,
Delaware. Washington, D.C. and
New York City £ire both less than
three hours away.
As the county seat of Chester
County, West Chester is a thriving
community. Despite its recent
growth, the town retains its own
special flavor and historical dignity.
Colonial and victorian houses line
its brick-paved sidewalks with
occasional signs pointing out such
spots of interest as the homes of
composer Samuel Barber and artist
Horace Pippin.
Other nearby attractions include
Vfilley Forge. Longwood Gardens,
the Brandywine Battlefield. Winter-
thur and the Brandywine River
Museum.
Transportation...
West Chester State College is
accessible both by car and by public
transportation.
Public transportatioD is available
both by bus and train. SEPTA's
Red Arrow division operates a bus
from downtown West Chester
(about six blocks from the college)
into the 69th Street Terminal in
Philadelphia where connections are
possible with many other SEPTA
lines. Train service is available into
Media. Pa., and from there into Phil-
adelphia's 30th Street and Suburban
(Penn Center! Stations. In addition,
the Reeder Line provides bus service
to Eston, Coatesville and Delaware.
All of the above (except Red Arrow
Division) operate on fairly limited
schedules so it would be wise to get
additional information before plan-
ning to use them on a regular basis.
The West Chester State College
Office of Off-Campus Life, located in
Sykes College Union Building, acts
as a public transportation informa-
tion center by providing schedules
for all pubhc transportation serving
West Chester. Or call direct,
(area code 215)
SEPTA DA9-4800
Red Arrow 471-2800
I
Car routes into West Chester
include 100, 322, 52 and 202. The
college is near the Pennsylvania Turn-
pike, Route 1 and Interstate 95. See
the area map on the back cover for
details.
CarpooUng is the sensible alterna-
tive to both single driving and public
transportation for many commuters.
The Off-Campus Student Associa-
tion has designed a carpooling sys-
tem for West Chester State College
students and will have a carpool-
ing table set up at each summer
registration.
Campus facilities...
West Chester State College's 551-
acre campus contains a variety of
structures both historical and
modem including high-rise dorms,
classrooms and laboratories (many
air-conditioned!), and the Francis
Harvey Green Library with its
collection of more than 370,000
Pre Session Offerings
Monday. June 2, 1980— Friday, June 20, 1980
Registration— Monday, June 2, 1980
Classes begin— Tuesday. June 3, 1980
Unless specified ottierwise, pre-sesson classes meet Monday througti Friday
from 8:00 a.m. to noon witfi a break from 9:30 to 10:30 a.m.
— Accounting —
BAC 201-21 Principles of Accounting I (3)
BAC 202-21 Principles of Accounting II (3)
BAC 303-21 Cost Accounting I (3)
BAC 403-21 Federal Taxation (3)
— Anthropology & Sociology —
ANT 102-21 Introduction to Anthropology:
Cultural (3)
SOC 200-21 Introduction to Sociology (3)
SOC 200-22 Introduction to Sociology (3)
fvlon. througti Thu. 6:00-9:30
pm.
SOC 250-21 Contennporary Social Prob-
lems (3) Mon, through Thu.
— Art —
ART 101-21 Fine Arts. Art (3)
ART 105-21 Art Workshop (3) See "Sum-
mer Workshops/Other Special
Offerings"
ART 251-21 Art in the Elementary School
(3) 4:30-8:30 p.m.
ART 321-21, 232-21. 332-21. 332-21 Ceramics
Workshop (3) See "Summer
Workshops/Other Special Offer-
ings"
— Biology —
BIO 100-21 Basic Biology (3) Including
Lab
BIO 203-21 Current Issues in Ecology (3)
BIO 209-21 Human Anatomy (4) Lab Mon.
through Thu. 1:00-3:00 p.m.
BIO 271-21 Wildlife Conservation (3)
— Business Administration —
BAD 201-21 Business Organization and
Management (3)
BMK 221-21 Principles of Marketing (3)
BAD 408-21 Contemporary Problems in
Business (3)
BMK 320-21 Sales Management (3)
BAD 101-21 Introduction to Business (3)
BLA 301-21 Business Law (3)
— Chemistry —
CHE 321-21 Analytical Chemistry I (3) June
2 through July 11. 8:00-9:00
am See CHL 321 for labor-
atory
CHE 103-21 General Chemistry I (3) June 2
through July 4, 6:00-10:00 am
See CRL 103 for laboratory
SCI 370-21 Science and Human Values (3)
8:00-11 00 am
CHE 111-21 Chemistry: What People Eat
(3) For non-science majors:
includes laboratory
CHE 231-21 Organic Chemistry I (4) June 2
through July 4. 8 30-1 1:30 a m.
See CRL 231 for laboratory.
CHL 321-21 Analytical Chemistry I Labor-
atory (2) 9 00 am -12:30 p m.
CRL 103-21 Experimental General Chemis-
try I (2) 10:30 am -2 30 pm
CRL 231-21 Organic Chemistry I Labora-
tory (2) Noon-400 p.m
— Criminal Justice —
CRJ 100-21 History and Philosophy of Law
and Justice (3)
CRJ 312-21 White Collar Crime (3) Mon.
through Thu., 6.00-9:00 p.m.
CRJ 490-21 Practicum (12) TBA
_ Early Childhood & _
Elementary Education
EDE 200-:
EDE310-:
EDE 332-:
EDE 362-;
EDE 401-;
EDE 406-;
EDE411-;
Theory & Field Experience (3)
Communication Skills in the
Elementary School (3)
Teaching Social Studies in the
Elementary School (3)
Self and Group Processes in
the Classroom (3)
Creativity in the Classroom (3)
Classroom Management (3)
Student Teaching and Direc-
tion of Student Activities (Ele-
mentary Maiors) Including
Practicum (6) 8:00 a.m. -400
pm . Begins May 19
Administration and Supervi-
sion of Early Childhood Pro-
grams (3). 6:00-9:30 p m , Mon
through Thu
— Earth Sciences —
ESS 111-21 General Astronomy (3)
ESS 410-21 Independent Studies (1-3)
Must have permission of in-
structor
ESS 460-21 Special Problems (1-3) Must
have permission of instructor
SCE 300-21 Science for the Primary
Grades (3)
ESS 101-21 Earth Science (3) 6:00-9:30
volumes and subscriptions to ovei
2,600 periodicals. There is ample
open space on campus as well, son
utilized for organized sports and
recreation and some maintained in
its natxjral state.
Housing...
Housing on campus is available
to summer students. Dormitories
are well-appointed with lounge
areas, recreation rooms and laundry
facilities. They are conveniently
located near both Lawrence Center,
which houses the dining rooms, post
office and snack bar. and Sykes
College Union with its many student
services.
To apply for summer housing
write to
Director of Housing
206 Sykes College Union Building
West Chester State College
West Chester, Pa. 19380
This written appUcation must be
received at least one week prior to
the beginning of the session for
which housing is required.
Student Services...
Summer students at West Chester
State College have available the
same full range of services provided
during the academic year.
The Career Development Center,
which provides career planning and
placement services, is located on
the second floor of Lawrence Center.
For more information, call 436-2501.
The Counseling Center, staffed by
licensed psychologists, offers
individual couoseiing for personal
problem solving and other counsel-
ing ser\'ices on a confidential basis.
Come to second floor Lawrence
Center or call 436-2301.
Financial aid is available to
summer students in the form of
work-study employment, student
loans and student grants. Come to
second floor Lawrence Center or caU
436-2627.
The Student Health Service pro-
vides first-aid and routine treatment
of minor illnesses. Located in
Reynolds Hall, the office is open
seven days a week from 8:00 a.m.
to midnight. Summer students may
take advantage of a group accident
and health pohcy. approved by the
college, which covers them for the 12
Health Service.
Recreational Services provides
organized recreational activities for
summer students as well as offering
rental and loan of equipment for
student use. There are trips
scheduled to concerts, area points
of interest and professional baseball
games as well as on-campus activ-
ities such as intramural softball and
volleyball. Campus facilities includ-
ing the gymnasiums, pool and tennis
courts are open for informal recrea-
tional use. For additional informa-
tion, call 436-2133.
Important Notes
•The times and days of classes are subject to change.
•Each summer session offering is contingent upon adequate enrollment
in the judgement of college administration
•The college reserves the right to change policies, procedures and require-
ments at any time.
•The catalog is not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the
student and West Chester State College.
•Admission to a
academic year.
does not imply admission for the
— Economics —
BFN 325-21 Corporalion Finance (3)
ECO 101-21 Principles of Economics-
Survey (3)
ECO 131-21 Principles of Economics I (3)
ECO 132-21 Principles of Economics II (3)
— English —
ENG 000-21 Basic Writing (0)
ENG 120-21 Effective Writing I (3)
ENG 121-21 Effective Writing II (3)
ENG 268-21 Business Communication (3)
LIT 101-21 Great American Writers (3)
LIT 365-21 Short Fiction (3)
— Foreign Languages —
FRE 101-21 Elementary French I (3) 8:00-
9 30am , June 2-July 3
SPA 101-21 Elementary Spanish I (3) 8:00-
9:30 am . June 2-July 3
FRE French Majors Program (3-6)
See "Summer Workshops/
Other Special Offerings"
GER German tvlajors Program (3-6)
See "Summer Workshops/
Other Special Offerings '
LAT Latin Majors Program (3-6)
See "Summer Workshops/
Other Special Offerings '
FRE 201-21 Intermediate French I (3) 1100
am -12:30 pm , June 2-July 3
SPA 201-21 Intermediate Spanish I (3)
11:00 am -12:30 p m,, June 2-
July 3
SPA Spanish Majors Program (3-6)
See "Summer Workshop/
Other Special Offerings"
Self Instructional Language
Program (3-6) See "Work-
shops/Other Special Olfer-
— Government and Planning —
GEO 101-21 World Geography (3)
PSC 100-21 American Government and
PSC 338-21 Political Thought (3)
PSC/PAD 412-21 Internship (3)
GEO 214-21 Regional Planning (3). 6:00-
— Health
HED 102-21 Mental Health (3) 4 30-8:00
HED 107-21 Parenthood Education (3)
HED 403-21 Family Life/Sex Education (3)
— History —
HIS 101-21 History of Civilization I (3)
HIS 152-21 History of United States II (3)
HIS 360-21 Technology and American Life
(3), 6 00-9 30 pm , Mon
Through Thu
_ Instructional Media
Education ~
EDM 300-21 Introduction to Instructional
Communications (3)
— Mathematical Sciences —
MAT 101-21 Mathematics for Elementary
Teachers I (3)
MAT 103-21 Introduction to Mathematics
(3)
MAT 105-21 College Algebra and Trigo-
nometry (3)
MAT 107-21 Calculus for Business I (3)
MAT 141-21 Calculus I (3)
MAT 161-21 Applied Calculus I (4)
MAT 351-21 Teaching Math in Elementary
Schools I
CSC 300-21 Applications Programming,
TBA
— Music
MUS 222-21 Music in Western Civilization I
(3)
Philosophy —
Fees and Expenses
Special Notes:
•The fees listed below reflect charges as of the Fall Semester. 1979
For up-to-date information, contact the Student Accounts
Office, 215436-2552.
•FEES ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
•All charges for a session must be paid on the day of registration.
•Unless specified otherwise, fees are paid by check or money order
payable to: Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Your check or
money order serves as your receipt.
•IN-STATE AND OUT-OF-STATE SUMMER STUDENTS
PAY THE SAME BASIC FEE. This common basic fee is
appUcable to summer sessions only.
Basic Fee
$39 per semester hour of credit
equivalent charge of 0-credit
Housing Fee
(Room and Meals)
Regular Session- $228
Pre or Post Session- SI 14
No reduction for absences of a few
Private rooms: $4 extra per week.
Charges for individual meals-
Breakfast- $1.00
Lunch- $1.45
Dinner- $1.80
Music Instruction
Fee
(Regular SessionI
Piano, Organ, Instrument or Voice,
two half-hour lessons per week- $45
Instrument Class or Ensemble- $35
Pipe Organ for
Practice
Regular Session- $12
Pre or Post Session- $6
No charge for piano for practice
Rental of Band or
Orchestral Instru-
ments
Community Center
Fee
All StudenU
Regular Session- $2
Pre or Post Session- $1
Late Fee
A $10.00 late fee is charged to all
students (1) who fail to schedule prior
to the scheduUng deadline for a
Pre-Session Offerings, Con't.
— Physical Education —
RED 101-21
102-21 Physical Activities (Canoe-
ing) (1), 12 30-2:00 p m
PED 101-21
102-21 Physical Activities (Tennis)
(1), 12 30-200 p,m
PED 101-21
102-21 Physical Activities (Horse-
manship) (1). 6:00-8:00 p m
Additional Fee
PED 361-21
Kinesiology (2) 6:00-8:30 p.m
PED 458-21
Physical Disabilities of Child-
hood (2), 6 00-8:30 p,m
PED 351-21
Evaluation in Health and Phys-
ical Education (3) 6:00-9:30
PED 353-21
Organization and Administra-
tion of Physical Education and
Athletics (3) 6 00-9:30 p m
PED 355-21
Education (or Safe Living
PED 367-21
Arts and Crafts in Recreation
(3) 6 00-9:30 pm
PED 449-21
Learning on the Move (3) 6:00-
9:30 p m
PED 450-21
Methods and Materials of Safe-
ty Education (3), 6 00-9:30p m
PED 372-21
Wilderness Adventure (2) TBA
Additional Fee Schedule (See
Mr Jones, Physical Education
Department)
— Physics —
SCI 100-21 Elements of Physical
(3)
SCI 151-21 Problems ol the Rhysi
— Psychology —
PSY 100-21 Introduction ol Psychology (3)
PSY 345-21 Social Psychology (3)
PSY 357-21 Theories of Personality (3)
PSY 465-21 Psychology ol Women (3)
_ Secondary Education and
Professional Studies
— Special Education —
EDA 344-21 Problems in Special Educatic
(3) 6:00-9 30 pm
EDA 403-21 Senior Seminar Current
Trends (3) 6:00-9:30 p m
_ Speech Pathology _
& Audiology
SPR 101-21 Introduction to Communica-
tion Disorders (3)
SPR 406-21 Equipment Workshop (3) 6:00-
9:30 p.m.
Speech Communication _
& Theatre
SRC 101-21 Speech Fundamentals (3)
SRC 230-21 Business and Professional
Speech Communication (3)
6:30-10:00 p.m.. Mon through
Thu.
EDR 250-21 Psychology ol Learning and
Development (3)
EDR 351-21 Evaluation & Measurement (3)
session and fail to pay on the
designated day for the session (those
who both schedule and pay late), (2)
who fail to schedule by the deadline
date and schedule and pa}' on registr-
ation day (those who schedule late
but pay on timel and (3) who schedule
properly but fail to pay on the
designated registration day for the
session (those who schedule on time
but pay late.)
See the Summer Sessions Calen-
dar, page 1 , for scheduling deadlines
and registration days.
Dishonored Check
Fee
A fee of $10 is charged to accounts
with a stopped payment check or
check drawn for insufficient funds.
The late registration fee of $10 also
applies.
IGA
Student Government
Fees
All students residing in a college
dormitory during summer sessions
are required to pay IGA fees as
follows:
Regular Session- S4
Pre or Post Session- $2
Payment may be made by check,
money order or cash with checks
payable to "Intracollegiate Govern-
mental Association." A summer
activity card will be issued to
students paying fees which entitles
the student to participate in IGA
services and recreational activities
during the particular session.
Refunds
All refund requests must be made
in writing during the appropriate
. Contact the Office of the
. Learning and Research
Students who withdraw after
registration and before attending
the first scheduled class meeting
are entitled to a refund of all but $10.
Students who withdraw before one-
third of the scheduled classes have
met are entitled to apply for a refund
of one-half of the basic fees charged.
Students who withdraw after one-
third of the scheduled classes have
met are not entitled to a refund.
In cases of personal illness, certi-
fied by the attending physician, or
for emergency reasons having
trustees" approval, the college will
refund the portion of basic fees
covering the number of weeks re-
maining. All requests must be made
in writing to the financial manager.
Withdrawal
Procedure
Students who wish to withdraw
after paying their summer session
fees must follow the official with-
drawal procedure. Procedure begins
by completing the withdrawal forms
in the Office of the Registrar,
Learning and Research Center.
ARE YOU LISTENING?
West Chester State College does NOT have a pay-by-mail
system for Undergraduate Summer Sessions. Payment
MUST be made at registration.
Regular Session Offerings
Monday, June 23, 1980— Friday, August 1, 1980
Registration— Monday, June 23, 1980
Classes Begin— Tuesday, June 24, 1980
Unless specified otherwise, regular session classes meet Monday through
Friday for one and one-half hours.
— Accounting
Art
8:00 a.m.
BAG 301-31 Intermediate Accounting I (3)
9:30 a.m.
BAG 201-31 Principles of Accounting I (3)
BAG 202-31 Principles of Accounting II (3)
BAG 304-31 Cost Accounting II (3)
11:00 a.m.
BAG 405-31 AdvanceiJ Accounting (3)
6:45-10:00 p.m.
BAG 201-31 Principles of Accounting (3)
Tue. and Thur,
BAG 401-31 Auditing (3) Tue and Thu
_ Anthropology _
and Sociology
8:00 a.m.
ART 101-31 Fine Arts. Art (3)
ART 231-31, 232-31, 331-31, 332-31 Ceram-
ics Worhstiop (3) See Sum-
mer Workstiops/Other Special
Offerings"
9:30 a.m.
ART 105-31
Art Worksfiop (3) See "Sum-
mer Workshops/Ottier Special
Offerings"
8:00 a.m.
ANT 102-31
9:30 a.m.
ANT 103-31
11:00 a.m.
SOC 200-33
SOC 353-31
TBA
ANT 113-31
ANT 360-31
Introduction to Anttiropology
Cultural (3)
Introduction to Sociology {3}
Sociology of Religion (3)
Introduction to Anthropology:
Archaeology (3)
Introduction to Sociology (3)
Sexuality in Society (3)
Introduction to Sociology (3)
Juvenile Delinquency (3)
Archaeological Field
Techniques (3)
Historical Archaeology (3)
11:00 a.m.
ART 216-31, 217-31, 316-31. 317-31, 226-31,
227-31 Painting Workshop (3)
See ■Summer Workshops/
Other Special Offerings"
ART 231-32, 232-32, 331-32. 332-32 Ceram-
ics Workshop (3) See "Summer
Workshops/Other Special
Offerings"
ART 347-31. 409-31. 410-31 Weaving Work-
shop (3) See "Summer Work-
shops/Other Special Offerings"
7:00 p.m.
ART 241-31
8:30 p.m.
ART 242-31
Printmaking Introduction to
Relief Printmaking (3)
Printmaking: Introduction I
Silk-screen Printmaking (3)
— Biology —
8:00 a.m.
BIO 100-31 Basic Biology (3) Lab Tue. and
Thu. 1:00-3:00 p.m
8:00-10:00 a.m.
BIO 201-31 Basic Ecology (3) Including Lab
9:00 a.m.
BIO 117-31 General Zoology (4) Lab Ivlon.
and Wed. 1:00-4:00 p.m.
9:00 a.m.-Noon and 1:00-3:00 p.m.
BIO 476-31 Common Summer Flowers of
Chester County (1) July 14
through July 18. See "Work-
shops/Other Special Offerings"
BIO 475-31
of Chester
County (1) July 21 through
July 25 See Summer Work-
shops/Other Special Offerings"
12:30 p.m.
Field Ecology and Natural His-
tory (3) Including Lab
11:00 a.m.-Noon, Monday through
Thursday
Field Zoology (3) Lab Tue. and
00 p.m.
10:30 a.m
BIO 272-31
BIO 277-31
1 :00-'
11:00 a.m.
BIO 309-31
luman Physiology (4) Lab Tue.
nd Thu. 1:00-3:00 p.m.
— Business Administration —
8:00 a.m.
BAD 201-31
9:30 a.m.
BtvIK 327-31
BAD 101-31
11:00 a.m.
BAD 302-31
BMK 322-31
6:45-10:00
BAD 402-31
BAD 405-31
BAD 302-32
BLA 303-31
BAD 401-31
Business Organization and
Ivlanagement (3)
Marketing Management (3)
Introduction to Business (3)
Personnel Administration (3)
Advertising and Sales Promo-
tion (3)
p.m.
Organization Theory and Be-
havior (3) Mon and Wed.
Business Policy (3) Mon. and
Wed.
Personnel Administration (3)
Tue. and Thu.
Business Law (3) Mon. and
Wed.
Production Management and
Operations (3) Tue. and Thu.
3. Go to the SCHEDULING
AND ACADEMIC RECORDS
TABLE if
A. You plan to graduate in
August (Sign here for your
diploma) or
B. You need a form for
veterans' benefits, or
C. You wish to transfer your
West Chester State College
credits to another college,
secure the form here.
4. Go to the designated WRIT-
ING TABLES to fill out your
form.
5. Go to the CHECKING
TABLE where your registration
cards will be checked for accura-
cy and collected.
Station III
Northwest Dining Room
1. PAYMENT TABLE. Pay
basic fee and room-and-board
fee here.
2. AUTOMOBILE REGISTRA-
TION TABLE. Both commut-
ing and resident students obtain
automobile decals here.
3. STUDENT ACTIVITIES
TABLE. Pay IGA Student
Government fee here. Please
have check made out and ready.
See Fees and Expenses, page 5.
EXPLANATION OF COURSE
DESIGNATIONS
The courses in this catalog are identified in three parts: abbreviation,
course number and section number.
Key to Section Numbers:
Abr. Num. Sec.
Pre Session - 20 series ART 101 21
Regular Session - 30 series ART 101 31
Post Session - 40 series ART 101 41
Semester hours of credit are shown in parenthesis following course titles.
Course descriptions are in the West Chester State College 1979-80 Under-
graduate Studies Catalog. For additional information, consult the appro,
priate department.
— Economics
8:00 a.m.
ECO 101-31
9:30 a.m.
ECO 335-31
Principles of Economics— Sur-
vey (3)
Principles of Economics II (3)
Labor Economics (3)
rvloney and Bani<ing (3)
11:00 a.m.
ECO 131-31 Principles of Economics I (3)
ECO 351-31 Quantitative Business Analysis
I (3)
6:00-9:30 p.m.
ECO 131-32 Principles of Economics I (3)
Tue, and Ttiu.
— English —
8:00 a.m.
ENG 000-31
ENG 120-31
LIT 162-31
LIT 295-31
9:30 a.m.
ENG 000-32
ENG 121-31
LIT 101-31
LIT 364-31
11:00 a.m.
ENG 000-33
ENG 120-32
ENG 268-31
LIT 340-31
Basic Writing (0)
Effective Writing I (3)
Fiction (3)
Cflildrens Literature (3)
Bsic Writing (0)
Effective Writing II (3)
Great American Writers (3)
f^flodern Irisfi Literature (3)
Basic Writing (0)
Effective Writing (3)
Business Communication
Romantic fvlovement (3)
— Foreign Languages —
8:00 a.m.
FRE 101-21 Elementary Frencll I (3) Spe-
cial 5-week Session— June 2-
July 3
GER 101-31 Elementary German I (3)
SPA 101-21 Elementary Spanish I (3) Spe-
cial 5-week Session -June 2-
July 3
Elementary Frencfi II (3) July 7
througfl August 8 Students
must register on ttie first day of
Regular Session
Elementary Spanish II (3) July
7 through August 8. Students
must register on the first day of
regular session
Puerto Rican Language and
Culture (3)
9:30 a.m.
GER 102-31
11:00 a.m.
GER 201-31
GER 202-31
FRE 201-21
FRE 202-31
SPA 201-21
SPA 202-31
Elementary German (3)
Intermediate German I (3)
Intermediate German II (3)
Intermediate French I (3) Spe-
cial 5-week session June 2-
July 3.
Intermediate French II (3) July
7 through August 8. Students
must register on the first day of
regular session.
Intermediate Spanish I (3) Spe-
cial 5-week session June 2-
July 3
Intermediate Spanish II (3)
July 7 through August 8, Stu-
dents must register on the first
day of regular session
Frenc
h Map
rs Program
(3-6)
See
Sumrr
er Worksh
ops/
OIhe
Specie
1 Offerings'
Germ
an Majors Program
(3-6)
See
Sumrr
er Worksh
ops/
Othe
Specia
1 Offerings'
Latin
Ivfajor
B Program
(3-6)
See
■Sumn-
er Worksh
ops/
Othe
Specia
1 Offerings
Span
sh fvlaj
Drs Program
(3-B)
See
Sumn-
er Worksh
ops/
Othe
Specia
1 Offerings
Self-I
nstruct
onal Lang
uaqe
Progr
am (3-6) See "Sun
nmer
Work
Shops/
Other Sp
scial
Offer
ngs"
— Government and Planning —
8:00 a.m.
GEO 200-31 Patterns of World Culture (3)
9:30 a.m.
GEO 236-31 Climatology (3)
PSC 100-31 American Government and
Politics (3)
PSC 215-31 Politics of the Law in Society
11:00 a.m.
GEO 101-31 World Geography (3)
PSC 100-32 American Government and
Politics (3)
6:00-9:30 p.m.
GEO 212-31 Urban Growth Dynamics (3)
Tue and Thu
GEO 401-31 Cartography (4) Mon, and
Wed
PSC 100-33 American Government and
Politics (3) Tue and Thu
PAD 374-31 fvlunicipal and Adminislralive
Law (3) fvlon and Wed
TBA
PCS/PAD 412-31 Internship (3)
— Health —
8:00 a.m.
HEO 106-31 Living and Dying (3)
HED 202-31 Foundations of Health II (3)
Nutrition/Weight Control (3)
HED 303-31
Academic Information
Credits
During summer sessions credits
are usually earned at the rate of one
semester hour of credit for each week
of class. A student who attends all
three sessions may earn 12 credits.
West Chester State College stu-
dents wishing to carry more than six
semester hours during Regular
Session must obtain permission
from their advisor. Students from
other colleges must have permission
from the school to which they plan
to transfer the credits.
Reinstatement to
the College in the
Fall Semester
quired cumulative index by the end
of the spring semester may attend
summer sessions in order to improve
their averages. Those who have not
attained the required cumulative
index by the end of the sessions will
incur academic dismissal. Those
who achieve the required index will
be notified by letter from the chair-
person of the Academic Standards
Committee. They must then apply
for readmission.
Students should consult their
departmental handbooks concerning
minimum standards for retention.
Those admitted or readmitted after
June 1973 must consult the academic
information section of the current
Undergraduate Studies Catalog.
Withdrawal from
the College
West Chester State College degree
candidates who wish to withdraw
from the college - that is. not return
in the fall semester - should report
to the Office of the Registrar.
Withdrawal from a
Course
Withdrawal from a course must be
initiated by the student. He or she
must first inform the instructor of
the intention to withdraw. Then the
student must go to the Office of the
Registrar in the Learning and Re-
search Center to complete the pro-
cedure. If a student fails to follow
this procedure in withdrawing from
a course, he or she will receive a
grade of F for the course.
Refer to "Fees and Expenses,"
pages 4-5. for the withdrawal refund
policy and procedure.
Course Changes
After registration, the course
change periods are:
Pre and Post Sessions; The first
Tuesday after registration.
Regular Session: The first Tues-
day and Wednesday after registra-
tion.
Go to the Office of the Registrar.
Course changes may also be made
before the scheduling deadline of a
session in the Sumi
Office.
9:30 a.m.
HED 108-31
HED 201-31
HED 206-31
HED 301-31
I to En
nmental
Introductic
Health (3)
Foundations of Health I (3)
Human Development (3)
Health for Elementary Grades
(31
— History —
8:00 a.m.
HIS 101-31
HIS 344-31
9:30 a.m.
HIS 101-32
HIS 102-31
HIS 400-31
11:00 a.m.
HIS 102-32
6:00-9:30 a.
HIS 151-31
HIS 152-31
HIS 357-31
History of Civrlization I (3)
History of Pennsylvania (3)
History of Civilization I (3)
History of Civilization II (3)
Senior Seminar (3)
History of Civilization II (3)
m.
History of United States I (3)
Mon and Wed
History of United Stales II (3)
Tue and Thu,
Diplomatic History of United
States (3) Tue and Tfiu
Instructional Media
Education
8:00 a.m.
EDM 460-31 Basic Photography (3)
9:30 a.m.
EDM 300-31 Introdjctioh to Instructic
Communications (3)
— Mathematical Sciences —
8:00 a.m.
MAT 101-31
MAT 107-31
MAT 411-31
CSC 141-31
Math for Elementary Teachers
(3)
Main for Elementary Teachers
n (3)
Introduction to Mathematics
(3)
Calculus for Business I (3)
Modern Algebra I (3)
Computer Science I (3)
9:30 a.m.
MAT 108-31
MAT 121-31
MAT 441-31
CSC 101-31
CSC 495-31
CSC 495-32
11:00 a.m.
MAT 142-31
MAT 162-31
MAT 351-31
CSC 101-32
TBA
CSC 495-33
I II (3)
Calculus for Bu
Statistics I (3)
Advanced Calculus I (3)
Introduction to Computers (3)
Topics: APL (3)
Graphics for High School
Teachers (3)
Calculus II (4)
Applied Calculus II (4)
Teaching Math in the Elemen-
tary School (3)
Introduction to Computers (3)
Topics: Advanced Graphics (3)
Music —
8:00 a.m.
MUS 347-31
MUS 429-31
9:30 a.m.
MUS 121-31
MUS 344-31
MUS 112-31
MUS 113-31
MUS 212-31
MUS 213-31
MUS 429-32
11:00 a.m.
MUS 114-31
MUS 115-31
MUS 214-31
MUS 215-31
MUS 429-33
12:30 p.m.
MUS 338-31
SEN 111-31
History of Jazz (3)
Special Subjects Seminar
Electronic Music (3)
Acoustics (3)
Art Song (3) 8:00-11:00 am.,
June 23-July 11
Instrumental Conducting (2)
July 14-August 1. Students
must register on June 23.
Fine Arts, Music (3)
Music of the 19th Century (3)
Music Theory I (3)
Music Theory II (3)
Music Theory III (3)
Music Theory IV (3)
Special Subjects Seminar:
Wind Musicianship (2) June 23
-July 11
Aural Activities I (2)
Aural Activities II (2)
Aural Activities III (2)
Aural Activities IV (2)
Special Subiecls Sem
The Piano Concerto (3)
String Ensemble (2) July 14-
Augus1 1 Students must regis-
ter on June 23
1:00 p.m.
CCO 312-31
2:00 p.m.
CHO 311-31
3:15 p.m.
BND 311-31
Choral Conducting II (2)
Band (1) July 14-August 1, Stu-
dents must register on June 23.
— Philosophy —
8:00 a.m.
PHI 101-31
9:30 a.m.
PHI 101-32
11:00 a.m.
PHI 375
Introduction to Philosophy (3)
Introduction to Philosophy (3)
Existentialism (3)
6:00-9:30 p.m.
PHI 101-33 Introduction to Philosophy (3|
Mon. and Wed.
— Physical Education —
8:00 a.m.
PED 356-31
PED 362-31
Principles and Practices of
Driver Education and Traffic
Safety (3)
Therapeutics for Special Phys-
ical Education (3)
Summer Gradua-
tion
Students who expect
at the end of the summ
are urged to attend the spring com-
mencement preceeding summer
sessions. It is the student's respon-
aiblity to notify the Office of the
Registrar in person of anticipated
graduation and to see that his or her
name, written as desired is placed on
the list of prospective graduates.
College Regulations
and Policies
The same regulations for student
procedure and conduct that are in
effect during the academic year are
also in effect during summer
sessions. Deadhnes are adjusted
appropriately.
Academic poUcies may be found in
the Undergraduate Studies Catalog.
ACCREDITATION
West Chester State College is accredited by the Middle States Associa-
tion of Colleges and Secondary Schools: the National Council for Ac-
creditation of Teacher Education; the American Association for Health,
Physical Education, and Recreation; the National Association of Schools
of Music the Council on Social Work Education; and the American
Chemical Society. West Chester State College is a member of the Council
of Graduate Schools in the United States.
9:30 a.m.
PED 456-31 Preparation for Teaching Driv-
er Education (3)
11:00 a.m.
PED 101-31, 102-31 Physical Activities (Ten-
nis) First four weeks.
PED 143-31 Golf, Archery (1)
PED 200-31 Elementary school Physical
Education (2)
PEL 362-31 Therapeutics for Special Phys-
ical Education Lab (2)
PED 101-31, 102-32 Physical Activities (Sail-
ing) (1) First four weeks. Addi-
tional Fee.
TBA
PED 101-33, 102-33 Physical Activities (Rock
Climbing) (1)
PED 467-31 Supervised Camping Leader-
ship (3)
By Special Arrangement
PED 370-31 Camp Counseling (3)-See
Mr Lauletta, Physical Educa-
tion Department
Athletic Training Program— June 16-August 14
See Workshops/Other Special Offerings"
PED 367-31 Therapeutics (3)
PEL 367-31 Therapeutics Lab (2)
PED 357-32 Therapeutics (3)
PEL 357-32 Therapeutics Lab (2)
PED 358-31 Advanced Athletic Training I
(3)
PEL 358-31 Advanced Athletic Training I
Lab. (1)
PED 358-32 Advanced Athletic Training I
(3)
PEL 358-32 Advanced Athletic Training I
Lab. (1)
PED 359-31 Advanced Athletic Training II
(3)
PED 359-32 Advanced Athletic Training II
(3)
— Physics —
8:00 a.m.-l 2:00 noon
PHY 103-31 General Physics I (4) June 23
through July 18
PHY 104-31 General Physics II (4) July 21
through August 15 Students
must register June 23
— Psychology —
8:00 a.m.
PSY 100-31 Introduction to Psychology (3)
PSY 427-31 Behavior Modification (3)
9:30 a.m.
PSY 245-31 Research Methods and Statis-
tics I (3)
PSY 270-31 Mental Hygiene (3)
PSY 364-31 Physiological Psychology (3)
Introduction to Psychology (3)
Abnormal Psychology (3)
Animal Behavior (3)
n.
Developmental Psychology (3)
Mon and Wed
PSY 100-33 Introduction to Psychology (3)
Mon and Wed
PSY 365-31 Industrial Psychology (3) Tue
and Thu-
TBA
PSY 441-31, 442-31 Field Experience I and II
(3)
11:00 a.m.
PSY 100-32
PSY 375-31
PSY 435-31
6:00-9:30 p.
PSY 210-31
_ Secondary Education and _
Professional Studies
8:00 a.m.
EDF 100-31 School and Society (3)
8:00 a.m.-1:00 p.m.
EDS 412-31 Student Teaching and Direc-
tion of Activities (Secondary
Education) Including Practi-
cum (6)
9:30 a.m.
EDP 250-31 Psychology of Learning and
Development (3)
11:00 a.m.-Noon
EDP 351-31 Evaluation and Measurement
(3)
6:00-9:30 p.m.
EDF 100-32 School and Society (3) Tue
and Thu
EDP 250-32 Psychology of Learning and
Development (3) Mon and
Wed.
EDP 361-32 Evaluation and Measurement
(3) Tue and Thu
— Special Education —
8:00 a.m.
EDA 350-31 Life Curriculum and Methods
Hancidapped Learners (3)
Majors only
9:30 a.m.
EDA 301-31 Field Experience and Seminar
Mentally Handicapped (3)
EDA 302-31 Field Experience and Seminar:
Physically Handicapped (3)
_ Speech Communication
and Theatre
9:30 a.m.
SPG 217-31 Directing and Producing the
Documentary Television Pro-
vision Program (3)
11:00 a.m.
SPC 415-31 General Semantics (3)
6:00-9:30 p.m.
THA 210-31 Creative Dramatics (3) Mon.
and Wed.
SPC 101-31 Speech Fundamentals (3) Tue
and Thu
7:00-9:00 p.m.
THA 300-31 Summer Drama Workshop (1-3)
Mon. through Thu, See "Sum-
mer Workshops/Other Special
Offerings"
Speech Pathology
and Audiology
8:00 a.m.
SPP 106-31 Phonetics (3)
9:30 a.m.
SPP 107-31 Speech/Language Devs
ment (3)
TBA
SPP 352-31 Advanced Clinical Practic
(3)
Marine Science Consortium
SUMMER SESSIONS 1
Session r
Marine Brology
Introduction to
Oceanography
Session II
Marine Biology (repeat)
Marine Botany
Introduction to
Oceanography (repeat)
Field Methods tn
Oceanography
Session III
Marine Invertebrates
Field Methods in
Oceanography (repeat)
Behavior of Marine
Organisms
Marine Geology
WALLOPS ISLAND. VIRGINIA
the period between finals and Pre-Sesslon
Session IV
Marine Ichthyology
Wetlands Ecology
Tropical Invertebrates
Physical Oceanography
Session V
Marine Ecology
Coastal Vegetation
Ornithology
Chemical Oceanography
Sessions II through V correspond with the Pre-, Regular, and Post-Sessions
All interested students should contact Professor Harry Jones, Biology Department, 215 436-2520.
Post Session Offerings
Monday, August 4, 1980— Friday, August 22, 1980
Registration— IVIonday, August 4, 1980
Classes Begin— Tuesday, August 5, 1980
Unless specified otherwise, post session classes meet Monday thirougti
Friday from 8:00 a.m, to noon with a break from 9:30 to 10:30 a.m.
— Accounting —
BAG 202-41 Principles of Accounting II (3)
BAG 302-41 Inlermediale Accounting II (3)
Anthropology
and Sociology
ANT 102-41 Introduction to Anthropology
Cultural (3)
SOC 240-41 Sociology of the Family (3)
SOC 402-41 Community Involvement In-
ternship (6) TBA
— Art —
ART 101-41 Fine Arts, Art (3)
ART 104-41 Survey of Art History (3)
— Biology —
Jlogy (3) Including
— Business Administration —
BAD 201-41 Business Organization and
Management (3)
BAD 101-41 Introduction to Business (3)
BLA 302-41 Special Subjects m Business
eludes Laboratory.
Chemistry of the Environment
(3) 4:30-7,30 p m Includes
Laboratory and/or Field Trips
— Criminal Justice —
CRJ 220-41 Corrections (3)
CRJ 400-41 Case Management (3) 6:00-
9 30 p m Mon through Thu
CRJ 490-41 Practicum (12) TBA
_ Early Childhood and
Elementary Education ~
EDE 310-41 Communication Skills in the
Elementary School (3)
EDE 481-41 Constructing Activity-Oriented
Teaching Materials for the Ele-
mentary School Classroom (3)
— Earth Sciences —
ESS 410-41 Independent Study (1-3) Must
have permission of instructor
ESS 480-41 Special Problems (1-3) Must
have permission of instructor
ESS 520-41 Geology of the National Parks
(4) Must have permission of in-
structor— Johnson.
Economics
ECO 101-41 Principles of Economics-Sur-
vey (3)
ECO 132-41 Principles of Economics II (3)
ECO 352-41 Quantitative Business Analysis
I (3)
— English —
ENG 000-41
ENG 120-41
ENG 121-41
LIT 335-41
Effective Writing I (3)
Effective Writing II (3)
Shakespeare I (3)
FRE 102-31 Elementary French II (3) 8 00-
9 30 am July 7 through Aug-
gust 8. Students must register
on the first day of regular ses-
sion
SPA 102-31 Elementary Spanish II (3) 800-
9:30 a.m. July 7 through Aug-
gust 8 Students must register
on the first day of regular ses-
sion
FRE 202-31 Intermediate French II (3)
11 00 am -12 30 p.m July 7
through August 8 Students
must register on the first day of
regular session
SPA 202-31 Intermediate Spanish II (3)
11 00 am -12 30 pm July 7
through August 8 Students
must register on the first day of
regular session
— Government and Planning —
GEO 101-41 World Geography (3)6:00-9:30
pm
GEO 230-41 Conservation (3)
PSG 100-41 American Government and
Politics (3)
PAD 364-41 Elements of Public Adminis-
tration (3)
PSC/PAD 412-41 Internship (3)
10
— Health —
HED 104-41 Human Sexuality (3) 9 00 a
HED 201-41 Foundations of Health I (3)
9:00 a m —noon
— History —
HIS 161-41 Violence in America (3)
HIS 220-41 Renaissance & Reformation (3)
— Mathematical Sciences —
MAT 103-41 Introduction to Mathematics
(3)
MAT 105-41 College Algebra and Trig-
onometry (3)
CSC 200-41 Cooperative Operations (3) TBA
CSC 400-41 Cooperative Specialty (9) TBA
— Music —
MUS 121-41 Fine Arts, Music (3)
MUS 231-41 Music for the Classroom
Teacher (3)
MUS 416-41 Jazz Practices (3) Second
week of post session
— Foreign Languages — ;
— Philosophy —
1 to Philosophy (3)
— Physical Education —
PED 352-41 Applied Physiology (3)
PED 450-41 Methods and Materials of Safe-
ty Education (3)
PED 101-41, 102-41 Physical Activities (Ten-
nis) (1) 12:30-2:00 pm,
PED 371-41 Outdoor Adventure— Mini
Outward Bound (2) Additional
Fee
— Psychology
PSY 100-41 Introduction to Psychology (3)
PSY 430-41 Human Sexual Behavior (3)
_ Secondary Education and _
Professional Studies
EDP 250-41 Psychology of Learning and
Development (3)
EDP 351-41 Evaluation and Measurement
(3)
EDO 411-41 Environmental Outdoor Ed-
ucation Workshop (3)
— Special Education —
EDA 100-41 Mamstreaming for Exceptional
Students (3)
Summer Workshops &
Other Special Offerings
Art
Art Workshop
If chimpanzees can paint, why can't you? Take advantage of this open work-
shop which our Department of Art mitiated several years ago for those who
have the urge to express themselves in non-verbal, that is, visual media.
Enthusiastic response to this course grows with each season. It explores
techniques m drawing, painting, design, pnntmaking and 3-dimensional
media Offered pre and regular session for 3 credits See ART 105-21 and ART
105-31
Art in the Elementary School
A seminar course concerned with the effective and creative teaching of art in
theelementary school, this workshop explores a wide variety of media suitable
for use with children together with the innovative use of cultural and commun-
ity resources Offered in pre session. See ART 251-21.
Studio Workshops
A number of workshops, open in nature, offer opportunities in drawing, paint-
ing, water color, ceramics, weaving and printmaking. Offered in pre and
regular sessions. To make the appropriate course selection, check the course
listings with their descriptions in the regular catalog or consult the Depart-
ment of Art
Biology
Mini-Courses in Biology
Enthusiastic response to West Chester's mint-courses in biology has resulted
in more of these one-week sessions being offered this year. Nature lovers of alt
groups and varying levels of proficiency will enioy the many field trips to
observe and learn about the many species of flowers and trees native to the
local area Each course will meet for five days during regular session from 9 00
am, to noon and from lOOtoSOOp m Common Summer Flowers of Chester
County will be offered July 14-18. See BIO 476-31. Common Trees of Chester
County will be offered July 21-15. See BIO 475-31
Foreign Languages
Self-Instructional Language Program
Conversational Chinese. Japanese, Portuguese and Modern Greek may be
available depending on enrollment and staff. Students must register with
Ronald L Gougher, Department of Foreign Languages. West Chester State
College, West Chester, Pa 19380.
Advanced Majors Program
Students from other colleges and universities are welcome to apply for admis-
sion to this program which offers advanced courses in French, German and
Spanish Students may begin any time during June and complete work in July.
Time spent and credits earned {3-6) will vary according to the needs of
students Students must register with Ronald L. Gougher, Department of
Foreign Languages.
Latin Majors Program
Students from other colleges and universities are welcome to apply for admis-
sion to this program which offers all courses in Latin, Students may begin any
time during June and complete work m July Time spent and credits earned
will vary according to the needs of students. Students must registerwith John
Rosso, Department of Foreign Languages.
Music
Jazz Studies Workshop
Nationally known jazz artists will offer classes in stage band direction, con-
temporary improvisation, arranging and the pedagogy of improvisation The
workshop is designed for anyone interested in the study of )azz, both instru-
mental and vocal, and will accomodate all age groups and all levels of ability
The vocal aspect (includes both solo and ensemble) will be this years special
added attraction This workshop will be offered August 1 1 through August 15
for a lee of S70 For further information concerning the workshop and its
faculty, contact James Sullivan, School of Music, West Chester State College.
West Chester. Pa 19380. telephone (215) 436-2628 or 2739
Music Education Workshop
With intensive examination and utilization of Silver Burdett Music books and
materials for the classroom teacher, participants will select the level of class-
room music best suited for their needs The focus of instruction will be on
innovative and creative ways of teaching the basic skills and concepts of
music Instructors will mcludeSilver Burdett Music authorsandconsultants as
well as members of the WCSC Department of Music Education staff. Offered
July 14 through July 18 For further information contact Richard Merrell.
School of Music, West Chester State College, West Chester, Pa. 19380. tele-
phone {215) 436-3337
Marching Band Conference and Workshop
Designed primarily for high school and college directors and students, this
conference is sponsored by the West Chester State College Marching Band
and School of Music Offerings include flags, rifle and twirling instruction for
both intermediate and advanced sections, clinics m intermediate and
advanced percussion; and separate workshops for students and directors
Outstanding authorities participate This is the tenth annual band evenL It will
be offered August 4 through August 8 For information, contact James R
Wells, Marching Band Director, School of Music. West Chester State College.
West Chester, Pa 19380, telephone (215) 436-2495
Eighteenth Annual High School Music Workshop
In this summer music workshop for serious musicians of high school age, the
offerings will include band, orchestra, chorus, individual lessions, music the-
ory, music appreciation, conducting, improvisation seminar, related arts
seminar, ensembles and dance band as well as master classes in repertoire
and literature for students of voice and piano Concerts, recitals and special
clinics, open to the public, are highlights. Offered July 14through July 31, No
credit. For a brochure and application forms, write to the High School Music
Workshop, West Chester State College, West Chester. Pa. 19380.
Physlcal Education
Athletic Training Education Program
This block of courses, part of an 18-hour block with prerequisites, partially
fulfills the National Athletic Trainer's Association's approved program for
preparation toward national certification This summer the WCSC Department
of Physical Education rs offering twelve hours which run continuously and
which must be taken as a block from 800 to 11 30 am and 1,00 to 2:00 p.m ,
Monday through Friday Offered June 16 through August 14 See PED 357-31.
PED 357-32, PEL 357-31, PEL 357-32, PED 358-31. PED 358-32, PEL 358-31,
PEL 358-32, PED 359-31 and PED 359-32 listed m regular session. For addi-
tional information and an application, contact Phillip B, Donley. School of
Health Sciences, Department of Physical Education. West Chester State Col-
lege, West Chester, Pa, 19380. Deadline for applying is May 1. 1980.
Secondary Education and Professional Studies
Environmental (Outdoor) Education Workshop
While participants in the Environmental Education Workshop put in their fair
share of hard work, any description of the program still reads more like a
wilderness vacation brochure than a course offering A field-centered learning
experience, the workshop includes camping trips (several days at the Ohio
Pyle State Part area for a study of flora and fauna and a day of white-watering)
and a field investigation of the Wild Waterfowl area near Lebanon, Staff from
the Pennsylvania Game Commission take part in some of the field expeditions,
and there is other interaction with various governmental agencies as well as
informal investigation of various problems Designed to integrate the wide
range of background and interests among the participants, this workshop
provides credit toward certification, may be taken as an elective or may be
taken on an autitor's basis Offered during post session for 3 credits. See
EDO 41 1-41 For further information, contact John Holingjak, Coordinator of
Environmental Education, West Chester State College, West Chester. Pa.
19380. telephone (215) 436-2791
Speech Communication and Theatre
Summer Drama Workshop
Devoted to development of acting and directing skills through special projects
in a cabaret theatre" setting, this workshop produces several plays. Offered
for 1-3 credits during regular session See THA 300-31 For further informa-
tion, contact the Department of Speech Commumication and Theatre, West
Chester State College. West Chester, Pa. 19380, telephone (215) 43&-2500
Q
West Chester Stale College
West Chester, Pennsylvania 19380
Non-profit Organization
U.S. Postage Paid
West Chester. Pa. 19380
Permit No. 309
THIRD CLASS
19B0
SUMMER
SESSIONS
UNDERGRADUATE
OFFERINGS
SPECIAL NOTE:
NO ADDITIONAL FEE FOR OUT-OF-STATE SUMMER STUDENTS
Campus Map
WEST CHESTER
STATE COLLEGE
West Chester, Pennsylvania
Attention Scanner:
^oldout in Book!
Communications Directory
MAILING ADDRESS:
TELEPHONES:
Academic Advising
Affirmative Action
Admissions/Catalogs
Business/Financial
Matters
Cultural Affairs and
College Events
Continuing Education
Counseling Center
Curricula/Enrollment/
Undergraduate
Academic Matters/
Transcripts
Financial Aid/
Work-Study
Graduate Studies/
Catalogs
Higher Education Op-
portunity Program
Housing
IGA Business Office
Placement/Careers
Public Relations
Summer Sessions
Undergraduate Academic
Matters
Veterans' Affairs
West Chester State College, West Chester, Pa.
19380
Dial 436 plus number in parenthesis. For
Schools, Departments, and other offices not
shown here, call the College Switchboard: 436-
1000. Area Code: 215.
Director for Academic Advising, Anderson Hall
(3505)
Director of Affirmative Action, Philips Mem-
orial Hall (2433)
Director of Admissions, Learning and Research
Center (3411)
Financial Management Division, Philips Memo-
rial Hall (2211)
Director of Cultural Affairs and College Events
Sykes College Union Building (2336)
Director of Continuing Education and Evening
Studies, Anderson Hall (2811)
Student Affairs, Lawrence Center (2301)
Office of the Registrar, Learning and
Research Center (2420)
Director of Financial Aid to Students, Lawrence
Center (2627)
Dean of Graduate Studies, Ruby Jones Hall
(2243)
Director of Higher Education Opportunity Pro-
gram, Ruby Jones Hall (2600)
Student Development Office, Sykes College
Union Building (2818)
Intracollegiate Governmental Association,
Sykes College Union Building (2955)
Director of Career Development Center, Law-
rence Center (2501)
Director of College Information and Publica-
tions, Old Library, (2231)
Director of Summer Sessions Learning and Re-
search Center (2230)
Dean of Academic Services, Learning and Re-
search Center (2334)
Office of Veterans' Affairs, Ruby Jones Hall
(2668)
west Chester state college
west Chester, pa. 19380
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11